Handbuch_33_apm 467484 Catalog
119285-Attachment 119285-Attachment 119285-Attachment 639889 Batch8 unilog cesco-content
271532-Catalog 271532-Catalog 271532-Catalog 639889 Batch6 unilog cesco-content
100331-Catalog 100331-Catalog 100331-Catalog 639889 Batch6 unilog cesco-content
2014-09-05
: Pdf 467484-Catalog 467484-Catalog 639889 Batch7 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 648
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
2012 /2013 Catalogue 33 Edition 2012 / 2013 䡲 Enclosures Catalogue 33 䡲 Power Distribution 䡲 Climate Control 䡲 IT Infrastructure 12.2011 / E913 䡲 Software & Services Rittal. Power and Vision! RITTAL GmbH & Co. KG Postfach 1662 䡠 D-35726 Herborn Phone +49(0)2772 505-0 䡠 Fax +49(0)2772 505-2319 E-mail: info@rittal.de 䡠 www.rittal.com ENCLOSURES POWER DISTRIBUTION CLIMATE CONTROL IT INFRASTRUCTURE SOFTWARE & SERVICES Enclosures from page 23 Small enclosures............................................................ 27 Compact enclosures...................................................... 43 Wall-mounted network enclosures................................. 53 Enclosure systems ......................................................... 69 Floor-standing network enclosures................................ 79 Server enclosures .......................................................... 91 Console systems/PC enclosure systems/IW.................. 97 Operating housings/support arm systems/stand systems. 113 Hygienic Design........................................................... 153 Stainless steel .............................................................. 159 Ex enclosures/EMC...................................................... 175 Outdoor enclosures ..................................................... 181 Power from page 189 UPS – Power Modular Concept ................................... 190 Power Distribution Rack............................................... 200 Power System Module ................................................. 201 Fuel cell system ........................................................... 205 Climate control from page 207 Cooling with ambient air .............................................. 211 Cooling units ................................................................ 231 Liquid cooling .............................................................. 251 IT cooling ..................................................................... 271 CS Outdoor climate control.......................................... 285 Climate control accessories......................................... 291 IT infrastructure from page 307 Wall-mounted/floor-standing network enclosures..... 53/79 Server enclosures .......................................................... 91 Power ........................................................................... 189 IT cooling ..................................................................... 271 Monitoring .................................................................... 577 Security solutions ......................................................... 321 Software & services from page 333 Software ....................................................................... 337 Service ......................................................................... 349 Quality management.................................................... 353 System accessories from page 355 Enclosures ................................................................... 357 Monitoring .................................................................... 577 Human/machine interface............................................ 599 List of model numbers ................................................. 625 Index ............................................................................ 640 Dear Customer, In 2011, Rittal can reflect on five very successful decades. For the past 50 years, we have been redefining the future, in every project. Together with our customers, we have developed an innovative, value-creating system with precise-fit solutions for almost every industry. The new Rittal Catalogue 33 2012/2013 contains more than 600 pages of detailed information on “Rittal – The System.”. Discover the many different facets of our unique range of solutions that is unrivalled anywhere else. Each day, “Rittal – The System.”, with its coordinated modular system, facilitates innovative solutions with maximum cost efficiency for companies of all sizes. Embark on a voyage of discovery. The future – your success – starts right here. Best wishes Friedhelm Loh Owner and CEO of the Friedhelm Loh Group 3 1961: Series production of the very first standard enclosure, AE, begins. 4 Setting standards. For 50 years, and well into the future. To have been setting standards for 50 years, you not only need a good idea, but also the strength and ambition to implement it consistently. Rittal had the idea of producing standardised enclosures for its customers. This idea became a reality in 1961 with the very first standard enclosure AE, laying the foundations for long-term success. Today, Rittal are world market leaders. We do not see this as a reason to rest on our laurels, but rather as an incentive for future outstanding achievements: By permanently improving our products and services and constant, innovative collaboration with our customers. 5 1969: Development of the modular series enclosure system RS. 1985: Presentation of the perfect enclosure system PS 4000. With more than 7.1 million units sold, it becomes a global standard. 1999: Perfecting of the global standard PS 4000 and extending it to infinite possibilities with the Top enclosure system TS 8. 6 Perfect collaboration. For 50 years, and well into the future. We attach great value to direct contact with our customers, with qualified employees who listen attentively and understand your concerns. This is what enabled us to develop ground-breaking product series such as the modular series enclosure system RS at an early stage, in collaboration with our customers. This cooperation is based on our many years of expertise and the unstinting willingness of our employees to acquire forward-thinking knowledge and implement it in a professional fashion. Our customers are still the most important source of new products and services. We continue this dialogue enthusiastically throughout every phase of the process, from the initial idea, to development of a solution, through to the use of our products. 7 1983: Development and production of enclosure cooling units 1992: Ground-breaking ProOzone initiative to develop the first CFC-free cooling units. 2002: Revolutionising enclosure climate control with cooling units in the TopTherm series with innovative air routing. 2010: Development of the TopTherm chiller as a new modular concept in machine and process cooling. 8 Always two steps ahead. For 50 years, and well into the future. Rittal always offers solutions that make its customers’ business more efficient. One good example of this is the problem of heat generation in enclosures as a result of electronic components. Rittal has identified this problem and solved it by developing a wide range of climate control technologies. Highly efficient and versatile. With every innovation, we set new trends: With energy-saving cooling units with nano-technology, fan-and-filter units with innovative diagonal technology, modular recooling systems and modern software tools. 9 1988: Start of enclosure production for network technology. 2000: Rittal IT racks with an extensive range of accessories for modern IT infrastructures. 2011: Modular, scalable system solution for complete data centres. 10 We are always there for you. For 50 years, and well into the future. For years, we have seen increasing convergence between the IT and industrial markets. Back in 1988, Rittal seized on this opportunity, and has since used its industrial expertise to tap into global IT markets with the production of enclosures for modern network technologies. First, our experience and competency from industry were transferred to the individual components for IT use. From this, Rittal has continuously developed an unbeatable system solution with perfectly coordinated products and processes. Today, not only can our customers rely on pioneering solutions for super-efficient and reliable data centres, IT environments and infrastructures, but also on our global presence and availability. 11 The future 12 begins today! The fact that we are not content to look to the past, but instead are always looking to the future, has been pivotal to our success in recent decades. And the same goes for the next 50 years. For Rittal, the future starts afresh with every project. Be it the development of new materials, product improvements, process optimisations or investing in new production sites around the globe, everything we do is to your benefit and your advantage. 13 14 Faster. For 50 years, and well into the future. For Rittal, being faster is not an empty promise, but a claim that is practised throughout every area of the company, and that is linked to direct customer benefits: Fast development of innovations, with short paths and fast decision-making Fast tapping of new markets and industries Fast, problem-free use of all products worldwide, thanks to national and international approvals Fast individual solutions through direct product development in collaboration with customers Faster thanks to a perfect interplay between development, engineering, products and service Faster thanks to flexible project implementation with system solutions from a single source 15 Axia Award, Diesel Medal, Top Employer, Prize for Innovation – these are just a few examples of what other people think of Rittal! 16 Better. For 50 years, and well into the future. Many companies promise to be better. Rittal really is better. This isn’t just an empty claim; it has been confirmed by independent experts and selection jury members. They bear witness to our outstanding innovations and corporate achievements with positive analyses and awards. Most important of all for us, however, is the confirmation we get from our customers. For 50 years, they have been placing their trust in us, and therefore play a large part in our current position as global market leaders. The reasons for this are: Better with powerful innovative strength and the associated safeguarding of competitive advantages on the market Better thanks to certified quality in management, production and environmental protection Better thanks to rational production on state-of-the art, automated production lines Better through targeted solutions that are designed to make our customers’ lives easier Better thanks to the verifiable energy efficiency of our products with tangible cost savings Better with outstanding education and training, and superbly trained staff 17 18 Worldwide. For 50 years, and well into the future. One major advantage that our customers really appreciate is our global presence. For more than 50 years we have been on hand to offer advice, assistance and products. Around the globe. We call this healthy customer relationships. It helps our customers to successfully tap into new markets. A dynamic status quo that we will be further expanding in future. The cornerstones of our global availability: Worldwide thanks to outstanding logistics with 63 subsidiaries, 40 agencies, 100 warehouses with a total storage area of more than 160,000 m2 worldwide Worldwide thanks to production sites on 3 continents, in 10 state-of-the-art plants with a total production area of more than 210,000 m2 Worldwide thanks to global service with 5 global support points, more than 250 service partners and over 1,000 service engineers Worldwide thanks to international expertise with country-specific know-how and cross-regional approvals 19 20 Dynamic success. For 50 years, and well into the future. Rittal – a global success for more than 50 years – is part of the dynamic Friedhelm Loh Group, which invests continuously in new technologies and markets. It specialises in the invention, development and production of customised products and system solutions. At the heart of its success is a lively and exemplary corporate culture which is wholly committed to ethical, social and environmental values with commercial responsibility. The Friedhelm Loh Group includes the following specialists: Rittal Stahlo The world’s leading system suppliers of A modern steel service centre enclosures, power distribution, climate control, IT infrastructure and software & services Eplan Software for global engineering solutions Mind8 LKH Processors of plastics in the hot pressing and injection moulding fields Würz Energy Combined heat and power (CHP) units Solution providers for products that are available in a large number of versions and which require intensive explanation 21 22 Enclosures Small enclosures Polycarbonate enclosures PK .....................................................................28 Aluminium enclosures GA ...........................................................................32 Terminal boxes KL.......................................................................................34 E-Box EB .....................................................................................................37 Bus enclosures BG......................................................................................39 Compact enclosures Compact enclosures AE..............................................................................44 Compact system enclosures CM ................................................................48 Plastic enclosures KS ..................................................................................50 Wall-mounted network enclosures Wall-mounted enclosures ............................................................................54 Enclosure systems Baying systems TS 8 ...................................................................................70 Network distribution enclosures Network enclosures TS 8.............................................................................80 Network enclosures TE 7000.......................................................................85 Distributor racks ..........................................................................................88 Server enclosures Server enclosures TS 8 ...............................................................................92 Server enclosures TE 7000 .........................................................................95 Console systems/PC enclosure systems/IW TopConsole system TP..............................................................................100 One-piece consoles TP .............................................................................106 Universal consoles TP ...............................................................................107 PC enclosure systems ...............................................................................108 Enclosure for tower PC ..............................................................................109 Industrial Workstations ..............................................................................110 Operating housings/support arm systems/ stand systems Comfort Panel............................................................................................116 Optipanel ...................................................................................................118 Operating housings...................................................................................120 Support arm systems ................................................................................128 Stand systems ...........................................................................................147 Hygienic Design Small and compact enclosures HD...........................................................154 Stainless steel Enclosures .................................................................................................160 Support arm system CP-S .........................................................................168 Enclosure systems ....................................................................................170 Ex enclosures/EMC Ex enclosures ............................................................................................176 EMC enclosures ........................................................................................178 Outdoor enclosures Outdoor enclosures...................................................................................182 23 24 Competency in enclosure systems As system providers, Rittal are the world’s leading suppliers of innovative enclosure and case technology. Rittal meets very high standards of security, ergonomics, energy and cost efficiency. Your benefits Planning and engineering ● Software tools for targeted planning and project management ● Component library RiCAD 3D for efficient engineering Products ● Modular enclosure and case technology ● Extensive Rittal system solutions for a high level of investment reliability and maximum flexibility ● Compatibility with all types of applications: Industrial, IT, power distribution and climate control ● A comprehensive range of system accessories for individual installation and fast assembly Service ● Contiguous global delivery and service network ● Comprehensive quality management ● Our own accredited laboratories for tests, trials and protection category verification ● Global spare parts service ● AE Laser Express – Individual enclosures to order 25 26 Small enclosures Polycarbonate enclosures PK Polycarbonate enclosures PK .....................................................................28 Polycarbonate enclosures PK, accessories ................................................31 Cast aluminium enclosures GA Cast aluminium enclosures GA ...................................................................32 Cast aluminium enclosures GA, accessories..............................................33 Terminal boxes KL Terminal boxes KL.......................................................................................34 E-Box EB E-Box EB .....................................................................................................37 Bus enclosures BG Bus enclosures BG......................................................................................39 27 Polycarbonate enclosures PK PK accessories Page 31 System accessories Page 355 Polyamide cable gland Page 519 Material: − Housing of fibre-glass reinforced polyamide − Cover either transparent (version .100) or grey (version .000), made from fibreglass-reinforced polycarbonate − Cover screws from polyamide − Insulating bung from polyethylene − All-round foamed-in PU seal Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Enclosure with cover − Cover screws − Insulating bungs for wall mounting screws Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529 Approvals: − UL − cUL − Bureau Veritas Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Width mm 65 94 94 94 110 110 Height mm 65 65 94 94 110 110 Depth mm Model No. PK Packs of Cover 57 57 57 81 66 90 9500.000 9502.000 9504.000 9505.000 9506.000 9507.000 6 12 8 6 6 6 Transparent – – – – – – Grey Page Accessories Installation in the width 12 – – 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 Installation in the height 12 – – 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 31 40 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 31 100 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 31 10 sets 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 31 Width mm 130 130 130 130 130 130 Page Height mm 94 94 94 94 130 130 Support rail TS 35/7.5 Wall mounting brackets Turn-lock fastener Hinges Depth mm Model No. PK Packs of Cover 57 57 81 81 75 75 9508.100 9508.000 9509.100 9509.000 9510.100 9510.000 4 4 4 4 4 4 Transparent – – – Grey – – – – – – – 9545.000 9545.000 – – – – 10 10 31 Accessories Mounting plate Support rail TS 35/7.5 Packs of 31 Installation in the width 12 9565.000 9565.000 9565.000 9565.000 9565.000 9565.000 31 Installation in the height 12 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 9565.000 9565.000 31 Wall mounting brackets 40 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 31 Turn-lock fastener 100 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 31 10 sets 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 31 Hinges 28 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Polycarbonate enclosures PK Width mm 130 130 180 180 180 180 Height mm 130 130 94 94 94 94 Depth mm Model No. PK 99 99 57 57 81 81 9511.100 9511.000 9512.100 9512.000 9513.100 9513.000 2 Packs of Cover 4 4 2 2 2 Transparent – – – Grey – – – 9545.000 9545.000 – – – – 10 10 – – – – Page Accessories Mounting plate Support rail TS 35/7.5 Packs of 31 Installation in the width 12 9565.000 9565.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 31 Installation in the height 12 9565.000 9565.000 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 31 Wall mounting brackets 40 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 31 Turn-lock fastener 100 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 31 10 sets 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 31 Width mm 180 180 180 180 180 180 Page Height mm 110 110 110 110 110 110 Hinges Depth mm Model No. PK 90 90 111 111 165 165 9514.100 9514.000 9515.100 9515.000 9516.100 9516.000 Packs of Cover 2 2 2 2 2 2 Transparent – – Grey – – – – 9547.000 9547.000 9547.000 9547.000 9547.000 9547.000 10 10 10 10 10 10 Accessories Mounting plate Support rail TS 35/7.5 Packs of 31 Installation in the width 12 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 31 Installation in the height 12 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 31 Wall mounting brackets 40 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 31 Turn-lock fastener 100 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 31 10 sets 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 31 Hinges Width mm 182 182 182 182 182 182 254 254 Height mm 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 Depth mm Model No. PK Packs of Cover 90 90 111 111 165 165 90 90 9517.100 9517.000 9518.100 9518.000 9519.100 9519.000 9520.100 9520.000 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Transparent – – – – Grey – – – – 9548.000 9548.000 9548.000 9548.000 9548.000 9548.000 9549.000 9549.000 10 10 10 10 10 10 8 8 Page Accessories Mounting plate Support rail TS 35/7.5 Packs of 31 Installation in the width 12 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9567.000 9567.000 31 Installation in the height 12 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 31 Wall mounting brackets 40 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 31 Turn-lock fastener 100 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 31 10 sets 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 31 Width mm 254 254 254 254 360 360 360 360 Page Height mm 180 180 180 180 254 254 254 254 Hinges Depth mm Model No. PK Packs of Cover 111 111 165 165 111 111 165 165 9521.100 9521.000 9522.100 9522.000 9523.100 9523.000 9524.100 9524.000 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Transparent – – – – Grey – – – – 9549.000 9549.000 9549.000 9549.000 9550.000 9550.000 9550.000 9550.000 8 8 8 8 4 4 4 4 Accessories Mounting plate Support rail TS 35/7.5 Packs of 31 Installation in the width 12 9567.000 9567.000 9567.000 9567.000 9568.000 9568.000 9568.000 9568.000 31 Installation in the height 12 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9567.000 9567.000 9567.000 9567.000 31 Wall mounting brackets 40 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 31 Turn-lock fastener 100 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 31 10 sets 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 31 Hinges Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 29 Polycarbonate enclosures PK PK accessories Page 31 System acessories Page 355 Polyamide cable gland Page 519 Approvals: − UL − cUL − Bureau Veritas Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529 T T Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: − Enclosure with cover − Cover screws − Insulating bung for wall mounting screws (not with PK 9530.000 and PK 9531.000) H Colour: RAL 7035 H Material: − Housing and cover of fibreglass reinforced polyamide − Cover screws from polyamide − Insulating bung from polyethylene − All-round foamed-in PU seal B B Width (B) mm 65 130 180 254 50 50 Height (H) mm 65 94 110 180 52 65 Depth (T) mm 57 57 90 111 35 35 Model No. PK 9500.050 9508.050 9514.050 9521.050 9530.000 9531.000 10 Packs of Cover 12 4 2 1 10 Transparent – – – – – – Grey M16/20 4 10 – – – – M20 – – 16 24 – – M20/25 – – 2 – – – M25/32 – – – 4 – – M32/40 – – 2 4 – – – – – – – – 9547.000 9549.000 – – – – 10 8 – – No. of metric knockouts Cable gland for cable diameter 5 – 10 mm Page Accessories Mounting plate Support rail TS 35/7.5 Packs of 31 Installation in the width 12 – 9565.000 9566.000 9567.000 – – 31 Installation in the height 12 – 9564.000 9564.000 9566.000 – – 31 Wall mounting brackets 40 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 – – 31 Turn-lock fastener 100 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 – – 31 Hole patterns for metric knockout available on the Internet. 30 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Polycarbonate enclosures PK Accessories Mounting plate Colour: RAL 7035 For universal interior installation. Supply includes: − Mounting plate − Self-tapping assembly screws Material: 2.5 mm melamine phenol-coated laminated paper. Width mm Height mm PK 9510.000/.100, PK 9511.000/.100 110 110 10 PK 9514.000/.100, PK 9514.050, PK 9515.000/.100, PK 9516.000/.100 150 90 10 9547.000 PK 9517.000/.100, PK 9518.000/.100, PK 9519.000/.100 150 150 10 9548.000 For enclosure Packs of Model No. PK 9545.000 PK 9520.000/.100, PK 9521.000/.100, PK 9521.050, PK 9522.000/.100 220 150 8 9549.000 PK 9523.000/.100, PK 9524.000/.100 331 220 4 9550.000 Support rail Rail The support rail section provides good flexibility for accommodating terminal blocks and installed components. TS 35/7.5 Supply includes: − Support rails − Self-tapping assembly screws Rail length mm Packs of Model No. PK 81 12 9564.000 106 12 9565.000 144 12 9566.000 216 12 9567.000 336 12 9568.000 Turn-lock fastener For all enclosures A quick, convenient screw fastening aid is obtained by clipping into the head of the lid screw. Packs of Model No. PK 100 9582.000 Supply includes: 1 pack = 100 pieces Material: Polyamide Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 Hinges For hinged attachment of covers. The supplied drilling template ensures problemfree assembly. Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 Supply includes: 1 set = 2 hinges, 4 assembly screws, 4 polyethylene sealing bungs, 1 drilling template. For enclosure Material Packs of Model No. PK PK 9500.000/.100 – PK 9513.000/.100 Polycarbonate 10 sets 9580.000 PK 9514.000/.100 – PK 9524.000/.100 Polystyrene 10 sets 9581.000 Wall mounting brackets The enclosure can be screwed to the wall using four wall mounting brackets. The bracket is securely attached to the enclosure by means of pins. For all enclosures Packs of Model No. PK 40 9583.000 Supply includes: 1 pack = 40 pieces Material: Polyamide, grey Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 31 Cast aluminium enclosures GA GA accessories Page 33 System accessories Page 355 Material: − Enclosure: Cast aluminium − Cover: Cast aluminium, all-round foamed-in PU seal Surface finish: Textured paint Colour: RAL 7001 Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: − Enclosure with cover − Cover screws, captive − Screws for attaching support rails − Screw for connection of the PE conductor Width mm 50 58 98 150 75 125 175 250 122 Height mm 45 64 64 64 80 80 80 80 120 Depth mm Page 30 34 35 35 57 57 57 57 80 9100.210 9101.210 9102.210 9103.210 9104.210 9105.210 9106.210 9107.210 9108.210 Packs of 6 5 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 – – – – – 9105.700 – – 9108.700 Packs of – – – – – 10 – – 2 Wall mounting brackets 2 – – – – – – – – 9121.122 33 Hinge, exterior 2 – – – – – – – – 9123.000 33 Page Model No. GA Accessories Mounting plate Support rail TS 35, length 2 m 33 see page 467 Earth straps see page 501 Cable gland see page 519 Width mm 220 360 160 260 360 202 280 334 330 Height mm 120 120 160 160 160 232 232 233 230 Depth mm Model No. GA Packs of 91 82 91 91 91 111 111 111 181 9110.210 9111.210 9112.210 9113.210 9114.210 9116.210 9117.210 9118.210 9119.210 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Accessories 9110.700 – 9112.700 9113.700 9114.700 9116.700 9117.700 9118.700 9118.700 Packs of 2 – 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 Wall mounting brackets 2 9121.122 9121.122 9121.160 9121.160 9121.160 9121.230 9121.230 9121.230 9121.230 33 Hinge, exterior 2 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 33 Mounting plate Support rail TS 35, length 2 m see page 467 Earth straps see page 501 Cable gland see page 519 32 33 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Cast aluminium enclosures GA Accessories Mounting plate For universal interior installation, with mounting holes. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Exterior dimensions mm Width Height For GA enclosures Packs of Model No. GA 114 69 9105.210 10 9105.700 109 107 9108.210 2 9108.700 207 107 9110.210 2 9110.700 144 142 9112.210 2 9112.700 245 142 9113.210 2 9113.700 346 142 9114.210 1 9114.700 183 214 9116.210 1 9116.700 264 214 9117.210 1 9117.700 314 214 9118.210/9119.210 1 9118.700 Wall mounting bracket For GA enclosures Packs of Model No. GA For external mounting on surfaces – no need to dismantle the cover if pre-assembled. 9108.210/ 9110.210/ 9111.210 2 9121.122 Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated 9112.210/ 9113.210/ 9114.210 2 9121.160 9116.210/ 9117.210/ 9118.210/ 9119.210 2 9121.230 For GA enclosures Packs of Model No. GA 9108.210/ 9110.210/ 9111.210/ 9112.210/ 9113.210/ 9114.210/ 9116.210/ 9117.210/ 9118.210/ 9119.210 2 + 8 screws 9123.000 Hinge, exterior For fastening the cover to the enclosure base. Material: Die-cast aluminium Colour: RAL 7001 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 33 Terminal boxes KL System accessories Page 355 KL stainless steel Page 161 KL for Ex areas Page 176 Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel − Cover: Sheet steel, all-round foamed-in PU seal Surface finish: Enclosure and cover: Dipcoatprimed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint Colour: RAL 7035 Width mm Protection category: − Without gland plate: IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4. − With gland plate: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. Supply includes: − Enclosure with cover − Quick-action screw including plastic bushes − For enclosures with gland plate plus sheet steel gland plates with seals and assembly parts Packs of Height mm Depth mm Material thickness mm Enclosure Cover Approvals − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − VDE Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. 150 200 200 300 300 400 150 150 200 150 200 200 80 80 80 80 80 80 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1514.510 1528.510 1516.510 1515.510 1517.510 1518.510 Weight (kg) 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.1 2.6 3.2 Gland plate – – – – – – Model No. KL 1 Page Accessories Mounting plate 1 1560.700 1575.700 1562.700 1561.700 1563.700 1564.700 443 Support rail TS 35/7.5 10 2314.000 2315.000 2315.000 2316.000 2316.000 2317.000 467 Support rail TS 35/15 10 – – – – – – 467 3 pairs 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 425 Cover hinge 6 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 425 Earthing kit 5 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 503 Wall mounting bracket with 8 mm distance from wall 4 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 439 Spare quick-release fastener for KL 12 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 – Cover retainer 34 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Terminal boxes KL Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm Material thickness mm Enclosure Cover 1 Model No. KL 150 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 150 150 200 150 150 200 200 300 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.38 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1500.510 1529.510 1502.510 1501.510 1530.510 1503.510 1531.510 1507.510 Gland plate – – – – – – Weight (kg) 1.6 1.8 2.3 2.6 2.7 3.0 3.3 4.0 – Page Accessories Gland plate (top + bottom) Size – – – – 2 – 2 Qty. – – – – 1+1 – 1+1 – Gland plate (left + right) Size – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Mounting plate Qty. 1 1560.700 1575.700 1562.700 1561.700 1561.700 1563.700 1563.700 1567.700 443 Support rail TS 35/7.5 10 2314.000 2315.000 2315.000 2316.000 2316.000 2316.000 2316.000 2316.000 467 Cover retainer 3 pairs 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 425 Cover hinge 6 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 425 Earthing kit 5 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 503 Wall mounting bracket with 8 mm distance from wall 4 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 439 Spare quick-release fastener for KL 12 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 – Packs of 300 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 Page 300 150 200 200 300 300 400 400 Width mm Height mm Depth mm Material thickness mm Enclosure Cover 1 Model No. KL 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 1.38 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1535.510 1589.510 1504.510 1532.510 1508.510 1536.510 1511.510 1539.510 Gland plate – – – – Weight (kg) 4.5 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.8 5.2 6.2 6.7 Accessories Gland plate (top + bottom) Size 2 – – 2 – 2 – 2 Qty. 1+1 – – 1+1 – 1+1 – 1+1 Gland plate (left + right) Size 2 – – – – 2 – 2 Qty. 1+1 – – – – 1+1 – 1+1 From 514 From 514 Mounting plate 1 1567.700 1576.700 1564.700 1564.700 1568.700 1568.700 1571.700 1571.700 443 Support rail TS 35/7.5 10 2316.000 2317.000 2317.000 2317.000 2317.000 2317.000 2317.000 2317.000 467 3 pairs 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 425 6 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 425 Cover retainer Cover hinge Earthing kit 5 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 503 Wall mounting bracket with 8 mm distance from wall 4 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 439 Spare quick-release fastener for KL 12 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 – Rittal Australia RITTAL Pty. Ltd. 130 – 140 Parraweena Road Miranda NSW 2228 Phone: +61 (2) 9525 2766 Fax: +61 (2) 9525 2888 E-mail: info@rittal.com.au www.rittal.com.au Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 35 Terminal boxes KL Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm Material thickness mm Enclosure Cover 1 Model No. KL 500 500 500 500 200 200 300 300 120 120 120 120 1.25 1.25 1.38 1.38 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1505.510 1533.510 1509.510 1537.510 Gland plate – – Weight (kg) 4.4 4.9 5.8 5.2 Page Accessories Gland plate (top + bottom) Gland plate (left + right) Size – 2 – 2 Qty. – 2+2 – 2+2 Size – – – 2 Qty. – – – 1+1 From 514 From 514 Mounting plate 1 1565.700 1565.700 1569.700 1569.700 Support rail TS 35/15 10 2318.000 2318.000 2318.000 2318.000 467 3 pairs 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 425 Cover hinge 6 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 425 Earthing kit 5 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 503 Wall mounting bracket with 8 mm distance from wall 4 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 439 Spare quick-release fastener for KL 12 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 – Cover retainer 443 Rittal Portugal RITTAL – Sistemas Eléctricos e Eléctrónicos, Lda. Z. I. de Rio Meão Rua 8, no 228 4520-475 – Rio Meão Sta Maria da Feira Phone: +351 25678 0210 Fax: +351 25678 0219 E-mail: info@rittal.pt www.rittal.pt 36 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures E-Box EB System accessories Page 355 E-Box EMC-shielded Page 178 Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − VDE Supply includes: − Enclosure with hinged door − 180° hinge − Cam lock with double-bit insert − Mounting plate Colour: RAL 7035 F T G Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Dipcoatprimed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4. H Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel − Door: Sheet steel, all-round foamed-in PU seal Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. B Depth 120 mm Width (B) mm 150 150 200 200 200 300 300 200 Height (H) mm 150 300 200 300 400 300 400 500 Depth (T) mm 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 Mounting plate width (F) mm 125 125 175 175 175 275 275 175 Mounting plate height (G) mm 135 285 185 285 385 285 385 485 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.38 1.38 1.25 Material thickness mm Packs of Enclosure Door Model No. EB 1 Weight (kg) Page 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1553.500 1548.500 1549.500 1554.500 1550.500 1555.500 1556.500 1557.500 2.0 3.0 2.8 3.6 5.0 5.0 6.4 6.2 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 439 Accessories Wall mounting bracket with 8 mm distance from wall Pole clamp Mounting clip 4 1 set 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 441 30 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 467 Support rail TS 35, length 2 m see page 467 Cable gland see page 519 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems see page 411 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 37 E-Box EB Depth 155 mm Width (B) mm 300 300 300 Height (H) mm 400 600 800 Depth (T) mm 155 155 155 Mounting plate width (F) mm 275 275 275 Mounting plate height (G) mm 385 585 785 1.38 1.38 1.38 Material thickness mm Packs of Enclosure Door Model No. EB 1 Weight (kg) 1.25 1.25 1.25 1577.500 1578.500 1579.500 7.1 11.0 13.2 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 Page Accessories Wall mounting bracket with 8 mm distance from wall Pole clamp Mounting clip 4 439 1 set 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 441 30 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 467 Support rail TS 35, length 2 m see page 467 Cable gland see page 519 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems see page 411 Rittal Brazil RITTAL Sistemas Eletromecânicos Ltda. Av. Cândido Portinari, 1174 VI Jaguara 05114-001 São Paulo-SP Phone: +55 (11) 3622 2377 Fax: +55 (11) 3622 2399 E-mail: info@rittal.com.br www.rittal.com.br 38 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Bus enclosures BG System accessories Page 355 Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel − Door: Sheet steel with polycarbonate viewing window, 4 mm Surface finish: Enclosure and door: Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated, textured paint Protection category: IP 65 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. Approvals: − TÜV − Lloyds Register of Shipping − VDE − UL − cUL Supply includes: − Enclosure with door − Viewing window in the door − Product-specific supply scope, see tables Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Colour: RAL 7035 Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 300 400 500 300 300 300 300 80 80 80 80 1583.520 1584.520 1585.520 1586.520 Enclosure 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Door 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Left 1 Model No. BG Material thickness mm 200 Page Product-specific supply scope Door hinge Left Left Left Cam lock with double-bit insert 1 1 1 1 Support rail TS 35/7.5 2 2 2 2 M12 2 2 2 3 M20 5 9 13 24 M25 2 2 3 – 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 Number of metric holes Accessories Lock cover 1 Cable glands see page 519 Wall mounting bracket see page 439 Pole clamp see page 441 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems see page 411 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 423 39 Bus enclosures BG Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 400 300 300 120 120 1605.520 1606.520 Enclosure 1.25 1.38 Door 1.25 1.25 Right Right 1 Model No. BG Material thickness mm 200 Page Product-specific supply scope Door hinge Cam lock with double-bit insert 1 1 Support rail TS 35/7.5 1 1 Number of metric holes M12 2 – M20 – 2 M32 5 9 M50 – 1 Accessories Lock cover 1 2476.000 2476.000 423 400 600 Page 200 200 Cable glands see page 519 Wall mounting bracket see page 439 Pole clamp see page 441 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems see page 411 Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 125 125 1558.510 1559.510 Enclosure 1.25 1.25 Door 1.25 1.25 1 Model No. BG Material thickness mm Product-specific supply scope Door hinge Bottom Bottom Quick-release fastener 2 3 Support rail TS 35/7.5 1 1 Gland plate in base 1 1 Accessories Cable glands see page 519 Wall mounting bracket see page 439 Pole clamp see page 441 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems see page 411 Width mm 400 400 400 400 400 400 Height mm Packs of 300 300 300 300 300 300 Depth mm 155 155 155 155 155 155 Mounting plate width 385 385 385 385 385 385 Mounting plate height 275 275 275 275 275 275 1 Model No. BG Material thickness mm Page 1577.500 1577.5201) 1577.5301) 1577.5501) 1577.5601) 1577.4501) Enclosure 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 Door 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom 1 1 1 1 1 1 Product-specific supply scope Door hinge Cam lock with double-bit insert Viewing window Size mm – Position2) mm 340 x 115 340 x 190 340 x 115 340 x 190 340 x 155 – 92 42 92 42 92 Mounting plate 1 1 1 1 1 1 Gland plate in base – – – 1 1 – Accessories Lock cover 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 see page 519 Wall mounting bracket see page 439 Pole clamp see page 441 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems see page 411 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Bottom edge of window to 40 1 Cable glands 423 bottom edge of door Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Bus enclosures BG Width mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height mm Packs of 300 300 300 300 300 300 Depth mm 155 155 155 155 155 155 Mounting plate width 585 585 585 585 585 585 Mounting plate height 275 275 275 275 275 275 1 Model No. BG Material thickness mm Page 1578.500 1578.5201) 1578.5301) 1578.5501) 1578.5601) 1578.4501) Enclosure 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 Door 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom 2 2 2 2 2 2 Product-specific supply scope Door hinge Cam lock with double-bit insert Size mm Viewing window – Position2) mm 540 x 115 540 x 190 540 x 115 540 x 190 540 x 155 – 92 42 92 42 92 Mounting plate 1 1 1 1 1 1 Gland plate in base – – – 1 1 – Accessories Lock cover 1 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 Cable glands see page 519 Wall mounting bracket see page 439 Pole clamp see page 441 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems 1) Extended delivery times. 423 see page 411 2) Bottom edge of window to bottom edge of door Width mm 800 800 800 800 800 800 Height mm Packs of 300 300 300 300 300 300 Depth mm 155 155 155 155 155 155 Mounting plate width 785 785 785 785 785 785 Mounting plate height 275 275 275 275 275 275 1 Model No. BG Material thickness mm Page 1579.500 1579.5201) 1579.5301) 1579.5501) 1579.5601) 1579.4501) Enclosure 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 Door 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom 2 2 2 2 2 2 Product-specific supply scope Door hinge Cam lock with double-bit insert Size mm Viewing window – Position2) mm 740 x 115 740 x 190 740 x 115 740 x 190 740 x 155 – 92 42 92 42 92 Mounting plate 1 1 1 1 1 1 Gland plate in base – – – 1 1 – Accessories Lock cover 1 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 Cable glands see page 519 Wall mounting bracket see page 439 Pole clamp see page 441 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems 1) Extended delivery times. 423 see page 411 2) Bottom edge of window to bottom edge of door Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 500 500 300 160 120 1611.510 1609.510 Enclosure 1.38 1.38 Door 1.5 1.25 Right Bottom 1 Model No. BG Material thickness mm 400 Page Product-specific supply scope Door hinge Cam lock with double-bit insert 1 – Quick-release fastener – 2 Support rail TS 35/7.5 3 1 Number of drilled holes for PG 13.5 or M20 33 48 Accessories Lock cover 1 2476.000 – Cable glands see page 519 Wall mounting bracket see page 439 Pole clamp see page 441 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems see page 411 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 423 41 42 Compact enclosures Compact enclosures AE Compact enclosures AE..............................................................................44 Compact system enclosures CM Width: 600 – 800 mm, height: 800 – 1200 mm............................................48 Width: 1000 – 1200 mm, height: 1000 – 1400 mm ......................................49 Plastic enclosures KS Plastic enclosures KS ..................................................................................50 43 Compact enclosures AE System accessories Page 355 AE stainless steel Page 162 AE IP 69K Page 165 AE EMC-shielded Page 179 Hygienic Design Page 154 Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: See tables. Width (B) mm F T B Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 200 200 300 300 380 380 380 Height (H) mm 300 300 300 400 300 300 380 Depth (T) mm 120 155 210 210 155 210 210 Mounting plate width (F) mm 162 162 254 254 334 334 334 Mounting plate height (G) mm 275 275 275 375 275 275 355 Enclosure 1.25 1.25 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 Door 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1032.500 1035.500 1033.500 1034.500 1030.500 1031.500 1380.500 4.0 4.5 7.0 8.8 7.4 7.5 9.8 Material thickness mm Packs of Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − VDE G Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Dipcoat primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − Enclosure with hinged door(s), of all-round solid construction − Gland plate(s) in enclosure base − For single-door enclosures, door hinged on right, may be swapped to left (except with AE 1032.500 and AE 1035.500) − With cam lock or 3-point lock system − Mounting plate H Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel − Door: Sheet steel, all-round foamed-in PU seal Mounting plate thickness mm Cam lock 1 Model No. AE Weight (kg) Page IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4. Protection category Accessories Gland plate Size 1 1 – – 3 3 3 Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 From 514 Rails for interior installation 4 – – 2373.210 2373.210 – 2373.210 2373.210 459 Wall mounting bracket for external mounting 4 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 439 Baying kit 1 set 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 400 Door stay 5 – – 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 429 180° hinges Rain canopies 2 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 425 Sheet steel 1 – – – – – 2501.500 2501.500 431 Stainless steel 1 – 2470.000 2361.000 2361.000 2471.000 2472.000 2472.000 431 Earth straps see page 501 LED system light see page 494 Wiring plan pocket, plastic see page 428 Cable gland see page 519 Alternative lock systems see page 411 44 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Compact enclosures AE Width (B) mm 380 380 400 500 500 500 Height (H) mm 600 600 500 500 500 700 Depth (T) mm 210 350 210 210 300 250 Mounting plate width (F) mm 334 334 354 449 449 449 Mounting plate height (G) mm 570 570 475 470 470 670 Enclosure 1.38 1.5 1.38 1.38 1.5 1.5 Door 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.75 1.75 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 1038.500 1338.500 1045.500 1050.500 1350.500 1057.500 15.6 19.4 13.0 16.8 19.6 31.2 Material thickness mm Packs of Mounting plate thickness mm Cam lock 1 Model No. AE Weight (kg) Page IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4. Protection category Accessories Gland plate Size 3 4 4 4 4 4 Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 From 514 Rails for interior installation 4 2373.210 2373.350 2373.210 2373.210 2373.300 2373.250 459 Wall mounting bracket for external mounting 4 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 439 Baying kit 1 set 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 400 Door stay 5 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 429 180° hinge 2 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 425 Support strips 20 – – – 2325.000 2325.000 2325.000 426 Sheet steel 1 2501.500 – – – – – 431 Stainless steel 1 2472.000 – – 2362.000 – – 431 Rain canopies Earth straps see page 501 LED system light see page 494 Wiring plan pocket, plastic see page 428 Cable gland see page 519 Dust guard trim see page 432 Alternative lock systems see page 411 Width (B) mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H) mm 380 380 600 600 600 760 760 800 1000 Depth (T) mm 210 350 210 250 350 210 350 250 250 Mounting plate width (F) mm 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 539 Mounting plate height (G) mm 355 355 570 570 570 730 730 770 955 Enclosure 1.38 1.5 1.38 1.5 1.5 1.38 1.5 1.5 1.5 Door 1.5 1.5 1.75 1.75 1.75 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1039.500 1339.500 1060.500 1054.500 1360.500 1076.500 1376.500 1058.500 1090.500 15.4 20.0 22.8 24.8 28.4 32.1 36.0 33.6 50.5 Material thickness mm Packs of Mounting plate thickness mm Cam lock 1 Model No. AE Weight (kg) Page IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4. Protection category Accessories Gland plate Size 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 From 514 Rails for interior installation 4 2373.210 2373.350 2373.210 2373.250 2373.350 2373.210 2373.350 2373.250 2373.250 459 Wall mounting bracket for external mounting 4 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 439 Baying kit 1 set 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 – 400 Door stay 5 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 429 180° hinge 2 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 425 Support strips 20 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 426 Sheet steel 1 2502.500 2511.500 2502.500 – 2511.500 2502.500 2511.500 – – 431 Stainless steel 1 2473.000 – 2473.000 – – 2473.000 – – – 431 Rain canopies Earth straps see page 501 LED system light see page 494 Wiring plan pocket, plastic see page 428 Cable gland see page 519 Dust guard trim see page 432 Alternative lock systems see page 411 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 45 Compact enclosures AE Width (B) mm 600 760 760 800 800 800 Height (H) mm 1200 760 760 600 1000 1200 Depth (T) mm 300 210 300 300 300 300 Mounting plate width (F) mm 540 704 704 749 739 740 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1155 730 730 570 955 1155 Enclosure 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Door 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 Cam lock – 2 2 2 2 – 3-point lock system – – – – 1260.500 1077.500 1073.500 1055.500 1180.500 1280.500 55.0 40.0 44.5 33.9 57.0 70.0 Material thickness mm Packs of Mounting plate thickness mm 1 Model No. AE Weight (kg) Page IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4. Protection category Accessories Gland plate Size 5 5 5 5 5 5 Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 From 514 Rails for interior installation 4 2373.300 2373.210 2373.300 2373.300 2373.300 2373.300 459 Wall mounting bracket for external mounting 4 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 439 Baying kit 1 set – 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 – – 400 Door stay 5 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 429 180° hinge 2 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 425 Support strips 20 2326.000 2327.000 2327.000 2328.000 2328.000 2328.000 426 Rain canopies, stainless steel 1 – – 2474.000 2475.000 2475.000 2475.000 431 Height 100 mm 1 2816.200 – – – – 2818.200 369 Height 200 mm 1 2826.200 – – – – 2828.200 369 4 2509.000 – – – – 2509.000 438 Base/plinths Eyebolts Earth straps see page 501 LED system light see page 494 Wiring plan pocket, plastic see page 428 Cable gland see page 519 Dust guard trim see page 432 Alternative lock systems see page 411 Width (B) mm 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Height (H) mm 760 760 1000 1200 1400 Depth (T) mm 210 300 300 300 300 Mounting plate width (F) mm 944 944 939 940 940 Mounting plate height (G) mm 730 730 955 1155 1355 Enclosure 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Door 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Cam lock 2 2 2 – – 3-point lock system – – – 1100.500 1130.500 1110.500 1213.500 1114.500 2 2 2 2 2 52.0 56.0 71.0 85.0 97.0 Material thickness mm Packs of Mounting plate thickness mm 1 Model No. AE Door(s) Weight (kg) Page IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. Protection category Accessories Gland plate Size 4 4 4 4 4 Qty. 2 2 2 2 2 From 514 Rails for interior installation 4 2373.210 2373.300 2373.300 2373.300 2373.300 459 Wall mounting bracket for external mounting 4 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 439 Baying kit 1 set 1199.100 1199.100 – – – 400 Door stay 5 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 429 180° hinge 2 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 425 Support strips 20 2325.000 2325.000 2325.000 2325.000 2325.000 426 Rain canopies, stainless steel 1 – 2363.000 2363.000 2363.000 2363.000 431 Height 100 mm 1 – 2801.200 2801.200 2801.200 2801.200 369 Height 200 mm 1 – 2802.200 2802.200 2802.200 2802.200 369 4 – – – 2509.000 2509.000 438 Base/plinths Eyebolts Earth straps see page 501 LED system light see page 494 Wiring plan pocket, plastic see page 428 Alternative lock systems see page 411 46 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 47 Compact system enclosures Rittal CM System accessories Page 355 System lights Page 491 Cable duct Page 526 Climate control Page 207 F Also required: Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 provided suitable gland plates are selected. Supply includes: − Enclosure with hinged door(s) − R/h door hinge with singledoor enclosures, may be swapped to opposite side − 3-point lock − Mounting plate − Open base for individual cable entry − Gland plates, see page 378 – 380 − Or trim panel, see page 381 B Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Lloyds Register of Shipping G Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Colour: RAL 7035 H Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm − Door: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm, all-round foamed-in PU seal − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, 3.0 mm Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. T Width: 600 – 800 mm, height: 800 – 1200 mm Width (B) mm 600 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 Height (H) mm Packs of 800 1000 1200 1200 1000 1000 1200 1200 Depth (T) mm 400 400 300 400 300 400 300 400 Mounting plate width (F) mm 540 540 540 540 740 740 740 740 Mounting plate height (G) mm 755 955 1155 1155 955 955 1155 1155 5110.500 5111.500 5112.500 5113.500 5114.500 5115.500 5116.500 5117.500 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Model No. CM Door Page Base/plinths Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.800 8601.800 8601.800 8601.800 361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.800 8602.800 8602.800 8602.800 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.040 8601.030 8601.040 8601.030 8601.040 8601.030 8601.040 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.040 8602.030 8602.040 8602.030 8602.040 8602.030 8602.040 362 for height 4 5001.051 5001.052 5001.053 5001.053 5001.052 5001.052 5001.053 5001.053 459 for width 4 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.051 5001.051 5001.051 5001.051 459 in depth 4 8612.140 8612.140 8612.130 8612.140 8612.130 8612.140 8612.130 8612.140 459 in width Accessories Rail for interior installation Matching punched sections with mounting flanges 4 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 459 Base configuration rail 2 5001.370 5001.370 5001.371 5001.370 5001.371 5001.370 5001.371 5001.370 461 Mounting plate slide block 2 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 446 Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 426 TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 4 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 – – – – 459 Cable clamp rails 1 5001.080 5001.080 5001.080 5001.080 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 527 Sheet steel wiring plan pocket, depth 35 mm 1 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 429 Rain canopy/vented roof 1 5001.310 5001.310 – 5001.310 – 5001.330 – 5001.330 431 Alternative lock systems 48 see page 411 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Compact system enclosures Rittal CM Width: 1000 – 1200 mm, height: 1000 – 1400 mm Width (B) mm 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 1000 1200 1200 1400 1400 1200 Depth (T) mm 300 300 400 300 400 400 Mounting plate width (F) mm 940 940 940 940 940 1140 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. CM Doors 955 1155 1155 1355 1355 1155 5118.500 5119.500 5120.500 5121.500 5122.500 5123.500 2 2 2 2 2 2 Page Base/plinths Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.000 8601.000 8601.000 8601.000 8601.000 8601.200 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.000 8602.000 8602.000 8602.000 8602.000 8602.200 361 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.030 8601.030 8601.040 8601.030 8601.040 8601.040 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.030 8602.030 8602.040 8602.030 8602.040 8602.040 362 for height 4 5001.052 5001.053 5001.053 5001.054 5001.054 5001.053 459 for width 4 5001.052 5001.052 5001.052 5001.052 5001.052 5001.053 459 in depth 4 8612.130 8612.130 8612.140 8612.130 8612.140 8612.140 459 in width 4 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.020 459 2 5001.371 5001.371 5001.370 5001.371 5001.370 5001.370 461 Accessories Rail for interior installation Matching punched sections with mounting flanges Base configuration rail Mounting plate slide block 2 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 446 Support strips for door 20 4309.000 4309.000 4309.000 4309.000 4309.000 4596.000 426 TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 4 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.050 459 Cable clamp rails 1 5001.082 5001.082 5001.082 5001.082 5001.082 5001.083 527 Sheet steel wiring plan pocket, depth 35 mm 1 4115.500 4115.500 4115.500 4115.500 4115.500 4116.500 429 Rain canopy/vented roof 1 – – 5001.350 – 5001.350 5001.360 431 Alternative lock systems see page 411 Rittal China RITTAL Electro-Mechanical Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. No. 1658 Minyi Road Songjiang District Shanghai, 201612 Phone: +86 (0) 21 5115 7799 Fax: +86 (0) 21 5115 7788 E-mail: marketing@rittal.cn www.rittal.cn Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 49 Plastic enclosures KS System accessories Page 355 KS for potentially explosive areas Page 177 Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Dyed plastic with no aftertreatment − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Protection category: See table Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 Note: Under the influence of long-term UV radiation (sunlight) in conjunction with wind and rain, the surface finish may become visually impaired. This does not affect the protection of the installed electrical components in any way. If the enclosures cannot be protected from UV radiation, we recommend that they should be painted with a PUR paint. Ambient temperature –30°C to +75°C. F T B G For KS with viewing window: − Glazed acrylic, 3.0 mm with all-round rubber cable clamp strip Supply includes: − Enclosure with hinged door, of all-round solid construction, 3 mm double-bit lock − For single-door enclosures: R/h door hinge, may be swapped to opposite side by rotating the enclosure − For two-door enclosures: Lockable door on right − Mounting plate − Twin seal on the top and bottom edges of the door as integral rain protection strip − Press-fitted C sections at the sides for infinitely variable mounting plate depth adjustment − KS 1400.500 additionally with removable centre bar in the enclosure H Material: − Enclosure and door: Fibreglass-reinforced unsaturated polyester − Mounting plate: Sheet steel − Foamed-in PU seal Approvals: − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − VDE Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Width (B) mm 200 250 300 400 400 400 400 500 Height (H) mm Packs of 300 350 400 400 400 600 600 500 Depth (T) mm 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 300 Mounting plate width (F) mm 145 195 245 345 345 345 345 417 Mounting plate height (G) mm 250 300 350 350 350 550 550 450 Mounting plate thickness mm 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 1423.500 1432.500 1434.500 1444.500 1448.500 1446.500 1449.500 1453.500 Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Viewing window – – – – – – Cam lock 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 Model No. KS 3-point lock system – – – – – – – – 3.4 4.3 5.9 7.9 8.0 11.5 11.2 13.5 IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X. – – IP 56 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. – – – – – – Weight (kg) Protection category Page Accessories Mounting plate adjustment bracket 4 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1491.000 446 Threaded inserts M6 20 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 478 Pole clamp Wall mounting bracket Alternative lock systems 50 1 set 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 441 4 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 440 see page 411 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Plastic enclosures KS Width (B) mm 500 600 600 600 600 800 800 1000 Height (H) mm Packs of 500 600 600 800 800 1000 1000 1000 Depth (T) mm 300 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 Mounting plate width (F) mm 417 545 545 517 517 717 717 917 Mounting plate height (G) mm 450 550 550 750 750 950 950 950 Mounting plate thickness mm 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1454.500 1466.500 1467.500 1468.500 1469.500 1480.500 1479.500 1400.500 Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 Viewing window – – – – Cam lock 2 2 2 – – – – – 3-point lock system – – – 1 Model No. KS Weight (kg) Protection category 13.4 15.9 15.6 26.5 26.0 41.7 39.9 51.6 IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X. – – – – – IP 56 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. – – – Page Accessories Mounting plate adjustment bracket 4 1491.000 1481.000 1481.000 1491.000 1491.000 1491.000 1491.000 1491.000 446 Threaded inserts M6 20 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 478 Pole clamp Wall mounting bracket Alternative lock systems 1 set 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 441 4 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 440 see page 411 Rittal Denmark RITTAL A/S Dybendalsvænget 4 DK-2630 Taastrup Phone: +45 70 25 59 00 Fax: +45 70 25 59 01 E-mail: info@rittal.dk www.rittal.dk Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 51 52 Wall-mounted network enclosures Wall-mounted distributors VerticalBox ..................................................................................................54 FlatBox with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles ............................................55 FlatBox with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame .............................................56 QuickBox with glazed door .........................................................................57 QuickBox with glazed door/sheet steel door ..............................................58 QuickBox with vertical 482.6 mm (19˝) level ...............................................59 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 573/673 mm, pre-configured ...60 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 473 mm, with punched rails.....61 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 373 mm, with mounting plate ...62 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 473 mm, with mounting plate ...63 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 2-part, depth 369 mm, with swing frame .......64 Wall-mounted enclosures AE with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles ............65 Wall-mounted enclosures AE with 482.6 mm (19˝) pull-out frame ................66 Small fibre-optic distributors .......................................................................67 53 VerticalBox System accessories Page 355 Compact 482.6 mm (19˝) enclosure for small networks ● May be used as wallmounted, under-desk or desktop enclosure ● 482.6 mm (19˝) level, front and rear ● Free access from three sides for interior installation ● Freely selectable door hinging ● Passive ventilation with vent slots ● Rear panel prepared to accommodate a fan ● Horizontal 10 U may be used by installing 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles Material: − Sheet steel − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Enclosure with glazed door − Side panels (1 x fixed, 1 x slot-in) with vent slots − Knockouts for cable entry via roof or base − Slot-in rear panel with knockouts for cable entry and fan accommodation − 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level, 5 U, front and rear, depth-variable, distance between levels 434 – 489 mm − Security lock 12321 on the door, side and rear panel − 4 plastic feet, self-adhesive U Packs of Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. 5 Width mm 300 Height mm 540 Depth mm Model No. DK Page 600 1 7501.000 Accessories Mounting kit for VerticalBox, hinged mounting plate 350 x 484 mm 1 7501.100 567 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles, 12 U (10 U usable)1) 2 7502.203 554 518 Brush strip for cut-out openings 2x1m 7072.200 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 439 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 439 Fan expansion kit, 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 108/125 m3/h, air throughput, unimpeded airflow 1 set 7980.100 222 Blanking panel, 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U, RAL 7035 2 7151.035 571 Cable management panel, 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U, RAL 7035, with 5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm 1 7257.200 539 482.6 mm (19˝) socket strip, 7-way, with rocker switch 1 7240.220 505 Cable entry panel, 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U 1 7140.535 542 1) For mounting at the side of the VerticalBox. With these mounting angles, instead of 5 U vertically at the side, up to 10 U may be used horizontally if only a minimal installation depth is required. Infinitely depth-variable positioning. 54 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures FlatBox System accessories Page 355 For use as a wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosure. Small package – big performance. Time-saving, flexible, clever ● For flexible use as a wallmounted or floor-standing enclosure ● Maximum width and depth of 700 mm creates plenty of space for use as a patch distributor ● Toolless quick assembly ● System assembly on the open 482.6 mm (19˝) frame Material: − Sheet steel − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Note: − Max. installation depth: D – 112 mm − Max. distance between two 482.6 mm (19˝) levels: D – 126 mm Supply includes: − Flat-packed enclosure − 1 wall section − 2 basic supports − 2 roof/base plates, with cut-outs for cable entry, with brush strips − 2 mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) (for 6 U and 9 U) − 1 mounting frame 482.6 mm (19˝) (from 12 U) − 4 levelling feet (from 12 U) − 2 side panels, lockable − 1 glazed door, lockable, security lock 3524 E, door hinge point selectable − Connection components for toolless, fast assembly − Earthing kit for systemcompatible earthing of all enclosure parts Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. With 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles Packs of 6 6 9 9 Width mm 600 600 600 600 Height mm 358 358 492 492 Depth mm 400 600 400 600 7507.000 7507.100 7507.010 7507.110 U Model No. DK 1 Page Accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles as second attachment level 2 7507.706 7507.706 7507.709 7507.709 Levelling feet 4 7507.740 7507.740 7507.740 7507.740 374 Cover plates for fan panels 6 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 222 Earth rail 1 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 504 C rail for cable clamping 1 7016.140 7016.140 7016.140 7016.140 532 T-head rail for cable clamping 1 7016.150 7016.150 7016.150 7016.150 532 Fan, 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 117/135 m3/h, air throughput, unimpeded airflow 1 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 222 Fan, 48 V DC, 184 m3/h, air throughput, unimpeded airflow 1 7980.148 7980.148 7980.148 7980.148 222 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 294 Cable management panel, 1 U, 5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm 1 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 539 Component shelf 2 U, static installation, depth 250 mm 1 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 487 Component shelf 2 U, static installation, depth 400 mm 1 – 7119.400 – 7119.400 487 1 set – 7000.625 – 7000.625 486 1 – 7507.750 – 7507.750 371 Component shelf 1 U, complete set, pull-out, depth 500 mm Base/plinths Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 554 55 FlatBox With 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame Packs of 12 12 15 15 18 21 Width mm 600 600 600 700 700 700 Height mm 625 625 758 758 892 1025 Depth mm 400 600 400 700 700 700 7507.020 7507.120 7507.030 7507.200 7507.210 7507.220 U 1 Model No. DK Page Accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles as second attachment level 2 7507.712 7507.712 7507.715 7507.715 7507.718 7507.721 Cover plates for fan panels 6 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 554 222 Earth rail 1 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 504 C rail for cable clamping 1 7016.140 7016.140 7016.140 7016.140 7016.140 7016.140 532 T-head rail for cable clamping 1 7016.150 7016.150 7016.150 7016.150 7016.150 7016.150 532 Fan, 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 117/135 m3/h, air throughput, unimpeded airflow 1 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 222 Fan, 48 V DC, 184 m3/h, air throughput, unimpeded airflow Enclosure internal thermostat 1 7980.148 7980.148 7980.148 7980.148 7980.148 7980.148 222 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 294 Cable management panel, 1 U, 5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm 1 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 539 Component shelf 2 U, static installation, depth 250 mm 1 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 487 487 Component shelf 2 U, static installation, depth 400 mm Component shelf 1 U, complete set, pull-out, depth 500 mm Base/plinths 56 1 – 7119.400 – 7119.400 7119.400 7119.400 1 set – 7000.625 – 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 486 1 – 7507.750 – 7507.755 7507.755 7507.755 371 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures QuickBox System accessories Page 355 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Wall section: − Pre-configured mounting bracket − Brush strip for cable entry at the bottom/top − Cable clamp rail − 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles, fully depth adjustable Enclosure cover: − Base and cover tray with vent slots − Brush strip for cable entry at the top/bottom − 2 side security locks − Sheet steel door or glazed door with security lock 12321 − Version with Ergoform-S lock system, may optionally be retrofitted with semi-cylinder T2 B2 B1 T1 H2 Material: − Wall mounting plate with mounting brackets: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm − Enclosure cover: Sheet steel, 1.0 mm − Door: Sheet steel door or glazed door with sheet steel frame and single-pane safety glass, 3 mm Surface finish: Enclosure: Powder-coated H1 Wall-mounted enclosure with removable cover for perfect handling during installation and maintenance. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. With glazed door Packs of 6 6 6 9 9 12 12 12 12 Width (B1) mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H1) mm 362 362 362 495 495 628 628 628 628 Depth (T1) mm 300 400 600 400 600 400 500 600 600 Width (B2) mm 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 Height (H2) mm 355 355 355 488 488 621 621 621 621 Max. installation depth (T2) mm 247 347 547 347 547 347 447 547 547 7502.013 7502.014 7502.016 7502.024 7502.026 7502.034 7502.035 7502.036 7502.4361) U Enclosure cover Wall section 1 Model No. DK Page Accessories Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) 2 – – – – – 7502.203 7502.203 7502.203 7502.203 Solid gland plate 2 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 517 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 439 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 439 Combination rails for enclosure width 6 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 528 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 528 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 528 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 561 Combination rails for enclosure depth 300/400 mm 500/600 mm 300 mm Slide rails for the enclosure depth 400 mm 500/600 mm 6 10 2 554 4531.000 4531.000 4531.000 4531.000 4531.000 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 560/561 4531.000 4531.000 4531.000 4531.000 4531.000 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 560/561 Earthing kit 1 7502.240 7502.240 7502.260 7502.240 7502.260 7502.240 7502.260 7502.260 7502.260 503 Quick-release fastener 2 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 424 1) With Ergoform-S lock system for semi-cylinder, for combining with quick-release fastener QB 7502.220. 2) Additional mounting angles required at the rear. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 57 QuickBox With glazed door Packs of 15 15 15 15 18 18 21 21 Width (B1) mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H1) mm 762 762 762 762 895 895 1028 1028 Depth (T1) mm 400 500 600 600 400 600 400 600 Width (B2) mm 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 Height (H2) mm 755 755 755 755 888 888 1021 1021 Max. installation depth (T2) mm 347 447 547 547 347 547 347 547 7502.0543) 7502.056 7502.0643) 7502.066 U Enclosure cover Wall section Page 1 7502.044 7502.045 7502.046 7502.4461) Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) 2 7502.204 7502.204 7502.204 7502.204 7502.205 7502.205 7502.206 7502.206 554 Solid gland plate 2 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 517 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 439 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 439 Combination rails for enclosure width 6 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 528 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 528 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 528 Model No. DK Accessories 300/400 mm Combination rails for enclosure depth 500/600 mm 6 400 mm 2 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 560 500/600 mm 2 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 560 Earthing kit 1 7502.240 7502.260 7502.260 7502.260 7502.240 7502.260 7502.240 7502.260 503 Quick-release fastener 2 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 424 Slide rails for the enclosure depth 1) With Ergoform-S lock system for semi-cylinder F, 2) Additional mounting angles required at the rear. 3) Extended for combining with quick-release fastener QB 7502.220. delivery times. With sheet steel door Packs of 6 9 9 12 15 15 Width (B1) mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H1) mm 362 495 495 628 762 762 1028 Depth (T1) mm 400 400 600 600 400 600 600 Width (B2) mm 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 Height (H2) mm 355 488 488 621 755 755 1021 U Enclosure cover Wall section Max. installation depth (T2) mm 1 Model No. DK 21 347 347 547 547 347 547 547 7502.114 7502.124 7502.126 7502.136 7502.1443) 7502.146 7502.1663) Page Accessories Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) 2 – – – 7502.203 7502.204 7502.204 7502.206 Solid gland plate 2 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 517 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 439 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 439 Combination rails for enclosure width 6 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 528 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 528 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 528 Combination rails for enclosure depth 300/400 mm 500/600 mm 6 554 300 mm 10 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 561 400 mm 10 4531.000 4531.000 4531.000 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 560/561 500/600 mm 2 4531.000 4531.000 4531.000 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 560/561 Earthing kit 1 7502.240 7502.240 7502.260 7502.260 7502.240 7502.260 7502.260 503 Quick-release fastener 2 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 424 Slide rails for the enclosure depth 2) Additional 3) Extended 58 mounting angles required at the rear. delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures QuickBox System accessories Page 355 Supply includes: Wall section: − With pre-configured 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting brackets for accommodating equipment at the side − Brush strip for cable entry at the bottom and top Surface finish: Powder-coated Enclosure cover: − Side vent slots to support passive climate control − The enclosure is secured via two security locks positioned at the sides. Colour: RAL 7035 T2 B2 B1 T1 H2 Material: − Wall mounting plate with mounting brackets: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm − Enclosure cover: Sheet steel, 1.0 mm, with single-pane safety glass at the side, 3 mm H1 Wall-mounted enclosure with optimum use of the interior space thanks to side installation of the 482.6 mm (19˝) components. Status monitoring via side viewing window. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. With vertical 482.6 mm (19˝) level 3 6 Width (B1) mm Packs of 600 600 Height (H1) mm 631 631 Depth (T1) mm 210 360 Width (B2) mm 595 595 Height (H2) mm 621 621 Depth (T2) mm 198 348 1 7502.6301) 7502.6601) Gland plates, solid 2 7502.310 7502.310 517 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 2508.010 439 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 439 Combination rails for vertical mounting on the QuickBox wall section 6 7502.304 7502.304 528 Combination rails for horizontal mounting on the QuickBox wall section 6 7502.304 7502.304 528 Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) for front mounting, 12 U 2 7502.203 7502.203 554 U Enclosure cover Wall section Model No. DK Page Accessories 1) Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 59 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part System accessories Page 355 Socket strips Page 505 Wall mounting bracket Page 439 Cable clamps Page 529 Surface finish: Powder-coated Supply includes: − Wall section − Hinged part with 25 mm pitch pattern of holes in the front and rear frame − Designer glazed door − Mini comfort handle for 3 – 15 U − Comfort handle and 2-point lock for 18 – 21 U − Including security lock 3524 E − Product-specific supply scope, see table T1 T3 T2 B1 H1 Material: − Wall and hinged part: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm Colour: − Wall and hinged part: RAL 7035 − Glazed door: RAL 7035/7015 (slate grey) T4 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. H2 Wall-mounted enclosure with optimum accessibility thanks to hinged part. B2 Depth 573/673 mm, pre-configured 9 9 15 15 21 21 Width (B1) mm Packs of 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H1) mm 478 478 746 746 1012 1012 Depth (T1) mm 573 673 573 673 573 673 Clearance width (B2) mm 502 502 502 502 502 502 Clearance height (H2) mm 415 415 683 683 949 949 Depth of wall section (T2) mm 135 135 135 135 135 135 Depth of hinged part (T3) mm 416 516 416 516 416 516 Maximum installation depth (T4) mm 520 620 520 620 520 620 Load capacity of hinged part (kg, static) 45 45 75 75 75 75 U Protection category IP 54 to IEC 60 529 when using solid gland plates SZ 2235.135 1 Model No. DK 7709.735 7709.535 7715.735 7715.535 7721.735 7721.535 Page Product-specific supply scope Wall section: Hinged part: Gland plate, solid, top 1 Gland plate with brush insert, bottom 1 Vertical punched rails 2 Horizontal C rail 1 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles, fully depth adjustable 2 Side outlet filters left and right 2 Earth rail with star earthing Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 1 set 4 Accessories Gland plate for metric cable glands 1 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 517 Fan expansion kit, 230 V 1 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 222 Spare filter mats 5 3322.700 3322.700 3322.700 3322.700 3322.700 3322.700 301 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 – 2503.010 – 2503.010 – 439 Component shelf 2 U, static installation or fully extendible, 300 mm deep 1 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 485 Component shelf 2 U, static installation, 250 mm deep 1 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 487 Cable management panel, 1 U, 5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm 1 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 539 Lock inserts, type F see page 421 Included with the supply. 60 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part System accessories Page 355 Socket strips Page 505 Wall mounting bracket Page 439 Earthing Page 501 Cable clamps Page 529 Surface finish: Powder-coated Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Wall section − Hinged part with 25 mm pitch pattern of holes in the front and rear frame T1 T3 T2 B1 H1 Material: − Wall and hinged part: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm − Designer glazed door − Mini comfort handle for 3 – 15 U − Comfort handle and 2-point lock for 18 – 21 U − Including security lock 3524 E − Product-specific supply scope, see table Colour: − Wall and hinged part: RAL 7035 − Glazed door: RAL 7035/7015 (slate grey) T4 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. H2 Wall-mounted enclosure with optimum accessibility thanks to hinged part. B2 Depth 473 mm, with punched rails 6 9 12 15 18 21 Width (B1) mm Packs of 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H1) mm 345 478 612 746 878 1012 Depth (T1) mm 473 473 473 473 473 473 Clearance width (B2) mm 502 502 502 502 502 502 Clearance height (H2) mm 282 415 549 683 815 949 Depth of wall section (T2) mm 135 135 135 135 135 135 Depth of hinged part (T3) mm 316 316 316 316 316 316 Maximum installation depth (T4) mm 420 420 420 420 420 420 Load capacity of hinged part (kg, static) 30 45 60 75 75 75 7706.135 7709.135 7712.135 7715.135 7718.135 7721.135 U 1 Model No. DK Page Product-specific supply scope Gland plate, solid, top and bottom 2 Wall section: Vertical punched rails 2 Horizontal C rail for cable clamping 1 Hinged part: 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles, fully depth adjustable 2 4 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm Accessories Gland plate with brush insert 1 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 518 Gland plate for metric cable glands 1 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 517 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 439 Lock inserts, type F see page 421 Earth rail, horizontal 1 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 504 Component shelf 2 U, static installation and fully extendible 1 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 485 Component shelf 2 U, static installation, 250 mm deep 1 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 487 Component shelf 1 U, static installation, 140 mm deep 1 7119.140 7119.140 7119.140 7119.140 7119.140 7119.140 486 Cable management panel, 1 U, 5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm 1 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 539 Included with the supply. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 61 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part System accessories Page 355 Socket strip Page 505 Wall mounting bracket Page 439 Cable clamps Page 529 Earthing Page 501 Surface finish: Powder-coated Supply includes: − Wall section − Hinged part with 25 mm pitch pattern of holes in the front and rear frame B3 T2 T1 T3 B1 T4 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. B2 Depth 373 mm, with mounting plate 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 Width (B1) mm Packs of 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H1) mm 212 345 478 612 746 878 1012 Depth (T1) mm 373 373 373 373 373 373 373 Clearance width (B2) mm 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 Clearance height (H2) mm 149 282 415 549 683 815 949 Depth of wall section (T2) mm 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 Depth of hinged part (T3) mm 216 216 216 216 216 216 216 Maximum installation depth (T4) mm 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 Width of mounting plate (B3) mm 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 Height of mounting plate (H3) mm 165 299 432 565 699 832 965 Load capacity of hinged part (kg, static) 15 30 45 60 75 75 75 2243.605 2246.605 2249.605 2252.605 2255.605 2258.605 2261.605 U 1 Model No. EL Page Product-specific supply scope Gland plate, solid, top and bottom 2 Mounting plate supplied loose 1 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles 2 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 439 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 439 Gland plate with brush insert 1 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 518 Gland plate for metric cable glands 1 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 517 2238.000 2238.000 467 Wall section: Hinged part: Accessories Cable glands see page 519 Lock inserts, type F see page 421 C rails 4 Blanking plates, 482.6 mm (19˝) 3 2238.000 2238.000 2238.000 2238.000 2238.000 see page 564 Included with the supply. 62 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures H3 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 − Designer glazed door − Mini comfort handle for 3 – 15 U − Comfort handle and 2-point lock for 18 – 21 U − Including security lock 3524 E − Product-specific supply scope, see table H1 Material: − Wall and hinged part: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm Colour: − Wall and hinged part: RAL 7035 − Glazed door: RAL 7035/7015 (slate grey) H2 Wall-mounted enclosure with optimum accessibility thanks to hinged part. Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part Depth 473 mm, with mounting plate 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 Width (B1) mm Packs of 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H1) mm 212 345 478 612 746 878 1012 Depth (T1) mm 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 Clearance width (B2) mm 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 Clearance height (H2) mm 149 282 415 549 683 815 949 Depth of wall section (T2) mm 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 Depth of hinged part (T3) mm 316 316 316 316 316 316 316 Maximum installation depth (T4) mm 420 420 420 420 420 420 420 Width of mounting plate (B3) mm 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 Height of mounting plate (H3) mm 165 299 432 565 699 832 965 Load capacity of hinged part (kg, static) 15 30 45 60 75 75 75 2253.605 2256.605 2259.605 2262.605 2265.605 2268.605 2271.605 U 1 Model No. EL Page Product-specific supply scope Gland plate, solid, top and bottom 2 Mounting plate supplied loose 1 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles 2 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 439 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 439 Gland plate with brush insert 1 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 518 Gland plate for metric cable glands 1 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 517 2239.000 2239.000 467 Wall section: Hinged part: Accessories Cable glands see page 519 Lock inserts, type F see page 421 C rails 4 Blanking plates, 482.6 mm (19˝) 3 2239.000 2239.000 2239.000 2239.000 2239.000 see page 564 Included with the supply. Rittal Great Britain RITTAL Limited Braithwell Way Hellaby Industrial Estate Hellaby Rotherham S Yorks S66 8QY Phone: +44 (0) 1709 704000 Fax: +44 (0) 1709 701217 E-mail: information@rittal.co.uk www.rittal.co.uk Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 63 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 2-part System accessories Page 355 Cage nuts Page 567 Patch panel for copper technology Page 569 Socket strips Page 505 Surface finish: − Enclosure and swing frame: Primed and powder-coated − Front door: Anodised Approvals: − TÜV − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − VDE − UL/cUL − Bureau Veritas − Germanischer Lloyd Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Enclosure − Front door − Swing frame, 482.6 mm (19˝), fitted − Assembly parts T1 B1 B2 T3 H1 Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm − Swing frame: Sheet steel − Front door: Extruded aluminium section, acrylic glazing, 3 mm Colour: − Enclosure and swing frame: RAL 7035 − Front door: Silver T2 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. H2 Wall-mounted enclosure with optimum accessibility thanks to swing frame. Depth 369 mm, with swing frame 6 11 14 Width (B1) mm 600 600 600 Height (H1) mm 380 600 760 Depth (T1) mm 369 369 369 Clearance width (B2) mm 537 537 537 Clearance height (H2) mm 317 537 697 67 – 97 67 – 97 67 – 97 U Packs of Distance from glazed door to swing frame (T2) mm Maximum installation depth (T3) mm Page 270 270 270 1 1919.500 1920.500 1926.500 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 439 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 439 Gland plates for metric cable glands 5 2563.010 2563.010 2563.010 514 Blanking plates, 482.6 mm (19˝) 3 Cable management panel, 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U, 5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm 1 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 539 Cable entry panel, 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U 1 7140.535 7140.535 7140.535 542 Model No. EL Accessories see page 564 Standard swing frame with double-bit lock insert may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, type A, see page 421. 64 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Wall-mounted enclosures AE System accessories Page 355 Socket strips Page 505 Captive nuts Page 567 Viewing panels Page 407 Wall-mounted enclosures for small networks with a high protection category. Material: Enclosure: Sheet steel Surface finish: − Enclosure: Powder-coated − Mounting angles: Zinc-plated Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: See table. Supply includes: − Enclosure with hinged door − Interchangeable door hinge − Cam lock and double-bit insert − Gland plate with brush strip for cable entry in the enclosure base − Product-specific supply scope, see table Approvals: (except AE with pull-out frame) − UL − CSA − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − TÜV − VDE − Germanischer Lloyd Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. With 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles 8 13 16 Width mm Packs of 600 600 600 Height mm 380 600 760 Depth mm 350 350 350 Max. installation depth (T2) mm 310 310 310 U Protection category with gland plate for cable gland Page IP 55 to IEC 60 529 1 Model No. DK 7641.000 7643.000 7645.000 Product-specific supply scope Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝), fully depth adjustable 2 C rail, for cable clamping on the rear panel 1 Metal bracket for optional accommodation of an earth rail or 482.6 mm (19˝) socket strip 1 Cam locks 4 1x 2x 2x Size 5 5 5 Qty. 1 1 1 Accessories Gland plates in various versions 514 – 518 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 439 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 439 Wall mounting bracket for external mounting 4 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 439 Viewing window, 34 mm profile depth 1 2730.000 2731.000 2732.000 408 Viewing window, 60 mm profile depth 1 2760.000 2761.000 2762.000 408 Component shelf 2 U, static installation, 250 mm deep 1 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 487 Earth rail 1 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 504 Alternative lock systems see page 411 Included with the supply. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 65 Wall-mounted enclosures AE System accessories Page 355 Socket strips Page 505 Captive nuts Page 567 Viewing panels Page 407 Colour: RAL 7035 Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. 0 35 60 0 0 21 600 Supply includes: − Enclosure with hinged door − Cam lock and double-bit insert − Gland plate with brush strip for cable entry in the enclosure base − Product-specific supply scope, see table 525 Surface finish: − Enclosure: Powder-coated − Pull-out frame: Stainless steel Protection category: See table. 450 Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm 52 0 With 482.6 mm (19˝) pull-out frame Width mm Packs of 600 Height mm 600 Depth mm 350 Page L/h door hinge Cam locks 2 Side installation, vertical 4U Front installation, vertical and horizontal 10 U Protection category with gland plate for cable gland IP 54 to IEC 60 529 1 Model No. DK 7644.000 Product-specific supply scope Pull-out frame attached to telescopic slides 1 Outlet filter in enclosure base and on left-hand side 2 Viewing window on right-hand side 1 Cable clamp rail on rear wall 1 Additional cable clamp rail for mounting on the pull-out frame Accessories Choice of gland plates Size 5 Qty. 1 514 – 518 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 Wall mounting bracket for external mounting 4 2508.100 439 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 439 Shelf 1 7644.4001) 487 Component shelf, 1 U, 140 mm deep 1 7119.140 486 Earth rail, horizontal 1 7113.000 504 Fan expansion kit 230 V AC (only for use at the bottom) 1 set 7980.100 222 Fan expansion kit 48 V DC (only for use at the bottom) 1 set 7980.148 222 5 3322.700 301 Spare filter mats Alternative lock systems 1) 439 see page 411 Extended delivery times. 66 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Small fibre-optic distributors System accessories Page 355 Material: − Enclosure and cover: Fibreglass-reinforced polycarbonate − Cover screws: Polyamide − Insulating bungs: Polyamide − Foamed-in PU seal Colour: RAL 7035 17 0 Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529 5 T 244 Supply includes: − Enclosure with knockouts for cable glands − Hinged cover with seal − 2 cover screws, prepared for a lead seal − Insulating bungs for wall mounting − Mounting plate − Dividing plate − 12 cable glands PG 7 − 1 cable gland PG 16 14 169.5 − Cable entry via cable glands in knockouts (12 x PG 7 and 1 x PG 16). Assembled connectors fit through the knockouts (diameter of cut-outs: 12 x 12.5 mm and 2 x 22.5 mm). Additional sealing inserts are required to reduce the clamping range of the cable glands H Layout of the small fibre-optic distributor: − Mounting plate with variable accommodation for up to two splicing cassettes (cassette width variable from 92 to 120 mm) and integral antitwist guard − Dividing plate with comb strip for cable clamping, to cover the splicing cassette, and to accommodate 2 patch panels and patch panels for F-SMA, E-2000 ST couplings, E-2000 duplex, SC couplings and SC duplex couplings B Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Width (B) mm Packs of Height (H) mm 180 Page 254 Depth (T) mm 90 Number of fibres (when using patch panels) 1 – 24 Model No. DK 1 7451.000 7462.000 Accessories Locations per patch panel Patch panel for ST couplings Patch panel for SC, E-2000, E-2000 duplex couplings Patch panel for SC duplex couplings Wall mounting brackets Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Locations per enclosure 12 24 2 12/6 24/12 2 7463.100 6 12 2 7463.200 40 9583.000 31 67 68 Enclosure systems Baying systems TS 8 Height: 1200 mm/1400 mm, depth: 500 mm...............................................70 Height: 1600 mm, depth: 500 mm...............................................................71 Height: 1800 mm, depth: 400 mm...............................................................71 Height: 1800 mm, depth: 500 mm...............................................................72 Height: 1800 mm, depth: 600 mm...............................................................72 Height: 2000 mm, depth: 400 mm...............................................................73 Height: 2000 mm, depth: 500 mm...............................................................73 Height: 2000 mm, depth: 600 mm...............................................................74 Height: 2000 mm, depth: 800 mm...............................................................74 Height: 2200 mm, depth: 600 mm...............................................................75 IP 66/NEMA 4X and IP 66/NEMA 4 .............................................................76 For areas at risk from earthquakes..............................................................77 69 Baying systems TS 8 System accessories Page 355 TS 8 corner enclosures Page 401 TS 8 stainless steel Page 172 Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Door, roof and rear panel: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Mounting plate and gland plates: Zinc-plated Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. Supply includes: − Enclosure frame with door(s), 3 mm double-bit lock insert − Mounting plate − Gland plates − Rear panel − Roof plate − 4 eyebolts Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − TÜV Mark − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − VDE − Germanischer Lloyd F T B G Colour: RAL 7035 H Material: − Enclosure frame, roof, rear panel and gland plates: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm − Door: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, 3.0 mm Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Height: 1200 mm/1400 mm, depth: 500 mm Width (B) mm 600 800 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 1400 1400 1400 Depth (T) mm 500 500 500 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Door(s) 1296 1296 1296 8645.500 8845.500 8245.500 Page 1 1 2 86.0 107.5 163.5 2 8145.235 8145.235 8145.235 385 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.200 361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.200 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.050 8602.050 8602.050 362 527 Weight (kg) Walls Side panels Base/plinths Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 358 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 364 Accessories Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4191.000 4192.000 4196.000 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps 6 4944.000 4945.000 4947.000 465 1 set 8802.065 8802.085 8802.1251) 513 426 Section for cable entry, rear Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4598.000 4596.000 Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel 1 4116.X00 4118.X00 4116.X00 429 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 425 1 4583.500 4583.500 429 System lights Door stay for escape routes see page 491 4583.500 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems see page 412 1) Packs of 2 sets 70 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Baying systems TS 8 Height: 1600 mm, depth: 500 mm Width (B) mm 600 800 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 1600 1600 1600 Depth (T) mm 500 500 500 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Page 1496 1496 1496 8665.500 8865.500 8265.500 Door(s) 1 1 2 100.0 103.0 159.3 2 8165.235 8165.235 8165.235 385 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.200 361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.200 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.050 8602.050 8602.050 362 527 Weight (kg) Walls Side panels Base/plinths Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 358 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 364 Accessories Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4191.000 4192.000 4196.000 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps 6 4944.000 4945.000 4947.000 465 1 set 8802.065 8802.085 8802.1251) 513 Section for cable entry, rear Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4598.000 4596.000 426 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 425 1 4583.500 4583.500 429 System lights see page 491 Door stay for escape routes 4583.500 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems see page 412 1) Packs of 2 sets Height: 1800 mm, depth: 400 mm Width (B) mm 600 800 1000 1000 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 Depth (T) mm 400 400 400 400 400 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 899 899 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Weight (kg) 1696 1696 1696 1696 1696 8684.500 8884.500 8084.500 8080.500 8284.500 1 1 1 2 2 91.3 113.5 136.4 140.0 170.6 Page Walls Side panels 2 8184.235 8184.235 8184.235 8184.235 8184.235 385 Divider panel 1 8609.840 8609.840 8609.840 8609.840 8609.840 389 1 8610.680 8610.880 – – – 402 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.000 8601.000 8601.200 361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.000 8602.000 8602.200 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 362 527 Doors Glazed door Base/plinths Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 358 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 364 Accessories Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4191.000 4192.000 4336.000 4336.000 4196.000 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps 6 4944.000 4945.000 4946.000 4946.000 4947.000 465 1 set 8802.065 8802.085 8802.1051) 8802.1051) 8802.1251) 513 426 Section for cable entry, rear Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4598.000 4599.000 4309.000 4596.000 Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel 1 4116.X00 4118.X00 4124.000 4115.X00 4116.X00 429 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 425 1 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 429 System lights Door stay for escape routes see page 491 4583.500 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems see page 412 1) Packs of 2 sets Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 71 Baying systems TS 8 Height: 1800 mm, depth: 500 mm Width (B) mm 600 800 800 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 1800 1800 1800 1800 Depth (T) mm 500 500 500 500 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 699 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Weight (kg) 1696 1696 1696 1696 8685.500 8885.500 8880.500 8285.500 1 1 2 2 93.8 115.8 122.5 173.3 Page Walls Side panels 2 8185.235 8185.235 8185.235 8185.235 385 Divider panel 1 8609.850 8609.850 8609.850 8609.850 389 Divider panel for module plates 1 8609.100 8609.100 8609.100 8609.100 390 1 8610.680 8610.880 – – 402 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.800 8601.200 361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.800 8602.200 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.050 8602.050 8602.050 8602.050 362 Doors Glazed door Base/plinths Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 358 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 364 Accessories Mounting plate 1 – – – – 451 Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4191.000 4192.000 4192.000 4196.000 527 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps 6 4944.000 4945.000 4945.000 4947.000 465 1 set 8802.065 8802.085 8802.085 8802.1251) 513 Section for cable entry, rear Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4598.000 4594.000 4596.000 426 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 425 Door stay for escape routes 1 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 429 Page Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems see page 412 1) Packs of 2 sets Height: 1800 mm, depth: 600 mm Width (B) mm 600 800 800 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 1800 1800 1800 1800 Depth (T) mm 600 600 600 600 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 699 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Weight (kg) Support strips fitted in the enclosure depth 1696 1696 1696 1696 8686.500 8886.500 8881.500 8286.500 1 1 2 2 96.8 120.3 125.8 179.9 Walls Side panels 2 8186.235 8186.235 8186.235 8186.235 385 Divider panel 1 8609.860 8609.860 8609.860 8609.860 389 Divider panel for module plates 1 8609.110 8609.110 8609.110 8609.110 390 1 8610.680 8610.880 – – 402 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.800 8601.200 361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.800 8602.200 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 362 Doors Glazed door Base/plinths Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 358 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 364 Accessories Mounting plate 1 – – – – 451 Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4191.000 4192.000 4192.000 4196.000 527 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps 6 4944.000 4945.000 4945.000 4947.000 465 1 set 8802.065 8802.085 8802.085 8802.1251) 513 Section for cable entry, rear Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4598.000 4594.000 4596.000 426 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 425 Door stay for escape routes 1 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 429 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems see page 412 1) Packs of 2 sets 72 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Baying systems TS 8 Height: 2000 mm, depth: 400 mm Width (B) mm 600 800 1000 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 2000 2000 2000 2000 Depth (T) mm 400 400 400 400 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 899 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Weight (kg) 1896 1896 1896 1896 8604.500 8804.500 8004.500 8204.500 1 1 2 2 99.0 124.0 152.8 184.5 Page Walls Side panels 2 8104.235 8104.235 8104.235 8104.235 385 Divider panel 1 8609.040 8609.040 8609.040 8609.040 389 1 8610.600 8610.800 – – 402 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.000 8601.200 361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.000 8602.200 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 362 527 Doors Glazed door Base/plinths Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 358 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 364 Accessories Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4191.000 4192.000 4336.000 4196.000 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps 6 4944.000 4945.000 4946.000 4947.000 465 1 set 8802.065 8802.085 8802.1051) 8802.1251) 513 Section for cable entry, rear Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4598.000 4309.000 4596.000 426 Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel 1 4116.X00 4118.X00 4115.X00 4116.X00 429 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 425 4583.500 429 Page System lights see page 491 Door stay for escape routes 1 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems see page 412 1) Packs of 2 sets Height: 2000 mm, depth: 500 mm Width (B) mm 600 800 1000 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 2000 2000 2000 2000 Depth (T) mm 500 500 500 500 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 899 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Weight (kg) 1896 1896 1896 1896 8605.500 8805.500 8005.500 8205.500 1 1 2 2 101.3 126.3 157.1 190.6 Walls Side panels 2 8105.235 8105.235 8105.235 8105.235 385 Divider panel 1 8609.050 8609.050 8609.050 8609.050 389 Divider panel for module plates 1 8609.120 8609.120 8609.120 8609.120 390 1 8610.600 8610.800 – – 402 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.000 8601.200 361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.000 8602.200 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.050 8602.050 8602.050 8602.050 362 Doors Glazed door Base/plinths Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 358 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 364 Accessories Mounting plate 1 – – – – 451 Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4191.000 4192.000 4336.000 4196.000 527 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps 6 4944.000 4945.000 4946.000 4947.000 465 1 set 8802.065 8802.085 8802.1051) 8802.1251) 513 Section for cable entry, rear Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4598.000 4309.000 4596.000 426 Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel 1 4116.X00 4118.X00 4115.X00 4116.X00 429 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 425 4583.500 429 System lights Door stay for escape routes see page 491 1 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems see page 412 1) Packs of 2 sets Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 73 Baying systems TS 8 Height: 2000 mm, depth: 600 mm Width (B) mm 600 800 1000 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 2000 2000 2000 2000 Depth (T) mm 600 600 600 600 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 899 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Weight (kg) Support strips fitted in the enclosure depth 1896 1896 1896 1896 8606.500 8806.500 8006.500 8206.500 1 1 2 2 104.0 130.5 161.2 194.6 Page Walls Side panels 2 8106.235 8106.235 8106.235 8106.235 385 Divider panel 1 8609.060 8609.060 8609.060 8609.060 389 Divider panel for module plates 1 8609.130 8609.130 8609.130 8609.130 390 1 8610.600 8610.800 – – 402 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.000 8601.200 361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.000 8602.200 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 362 Doors Glazed door Base/plinths Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 358 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 364 Accessories Mounting plate 1 – – – – 451 Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4191.000 4192.000 4336.000 4196.000 527 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps 6 4944.000 4945.000 4946.000 4947.000 465 1 set 8802.065 8802.085 8802.1051) 8802.1251) 513 Section for cable entry, rear Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4598.000 4309.000 4596.000 426 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 425 Door stay for escape routes 1 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 429 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems see page 412 1) Packs of 2 sets Height: 2000 mm, depth: 800 mm Width (B) mm 600 800 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 2000 2000 2000 Depth (T) mm 800 800 800 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Weight (kg) Support strips fitted in the enclosure depth 1896 1896 1896 8608.500 8808.500 8208.500 1 1 2 111.3 137.0 203.0 Page Walls Side panels 2 8108.235 8108.235 8108.235 385 Divider panel 1 8609.080 8609.080 8609.080 389 1 8610.600 8610.800 – 402 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.200 361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.200 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.080 8601.080 8601.080 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.080 8602.080 8602.080 362 527 Doors Glazed door Base/plinths Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 358 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 364 Accessories Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4191.000 4192.000 4196.000 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps 6 4944.000 4945.000 4947.000 465 1 set 8802.065 8802.085 8802.1251) 513 Section for cable entry, rear Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4598.000 4596.000 426 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 425 Door stay for escape routes 1 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 429 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems see page 412 1) Packs of 2 sets 74 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Baying systems TS 8 Height: 2200 mm, depth: 600 mm Width (B) mm 600 800 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 2200 2200 2200 Depth (T) mm 600 600 600 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Weight (kg) Support strips fitted in the enclosure depth 2096 2096 2096 8626.500 8826.500 8226.500 1 1 2 113.1 139.3 208.0 Page Walls Side panels 2 8126.235 8126.235 8126.235 385 Divider panel 1 8609.260 8609.260 8609.260 389 1 8610.620 8610.820 – 402 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.200 361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.200 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 362 527 Doors Glazed door Base/plinths Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 358 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 364 Accessories Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4191.000 4192.000 4196.000 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps 6 4944.000 4945.000 4947.000 465 1 set 8802.065 8802.085 8802.1251) 513 426 Section for cable entry, rear Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4598.000 4596.000 Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel 1 4116.X00 4118.X00 4116.X00 429 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 425 1 4583.500 4583.500 429 System lights Door stay for escape routes see page 491 4583.500 Earth straps see page 501 Alternative lock systems see page 412 1) Packs of 2 sets Rittal France RITTAL SAS ZA des Grands Godets 880 rue Marcel Paul 94507 Champigny sur Marne Cedex Phone: +33 (0) 1 49 83 60 00 Fax: +33 (0) 1 49 83 82 06 E-mail: info@rittal.fr www.rittal.fr Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 75 Baying systems TS 8 System accessories Page 355 Cable entry Page 511 Protection category: See table. NEMA 4X: NEMA 4: Material: − Enclosure frame, roof, base, rear panel: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm − Door: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 2.0 mm − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, 3.0 mm Material: − Enclosure frame, roof, base, rear panel: Sheet steel, spray-finished, 1.5 mm − Door: Sheet steel, spray-finished, 2.0 mm − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, 3.0 mm Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Uncoated − Door, roof, base, rear panel: Exterior brushed, grain size 400 − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Surface finish: − Enclosure frame, door, roof, base, rear panel: Dipcoat-primed and powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated F B G T H Supply includes: − Enclosure frame with door, 3 mm double-bit lock insert − Roof plate − Gland plate − Rear panel − Mounting plate − 4 eyebolts Colour: RAL 7035 IP 66/NEMA 4X and IP 66/NEMA 4 Packs of Stainless steel Sheet steel Width (B) mm 800 800 Height (H) mm 2000 2000 Depth (T) mm 600 600 Mounting plate width (F) mm 699 699 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1896 1896 8450.680 8806.580 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Protection category 1 1 IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X. IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4. Page Also required Side panels IP 66/NEMA 4X, NEMA 4 2 8700.680 8106.580 Baying frame IP 66/NEMA 4X, NEMA 4 1 8700.010 8700.010 – – Quick-fit baying clamp, one-piece 6 8800.500 8800.500 395 Baying clamp, horizontal 4 8800.400 8800.400 395 Angular baying brackets 4 8800.430 8800.430 397 Height 100 mm 1 set 8701.800 8601.800 367/361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8702.800 8602.800 367/361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8701.060 8601.060 367/362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8702.060 8602.060 367/362 4 2913.000 – 367 Cable clamp rails 2 4192.000 4192.000 527 Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel 1 4118.000 4118.000 429 Base/plinths Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Base/plinth trim, modular Accessories System light see page 491 Alternative lock systems see page 412 76 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Baying systems TS 8 For areas at risk from earthquakes TS 8 for earthquake zone 1, 2 and 3 to Bellcore TS 8806.500: W x H x D 800 x 2000 x 600 mm TS 8 for earthquake zone 4 to Bellcore TS 8806.500: W x H x D 800 x 2000 x 600 mm With base/plinth (base/plinth components front and rear, see page 361 and base/plinth trim, side, see page 362), 100 mm high with a weight load of 152 kg spread evenly over the mounting plate. Fitted with: − Earthquake kit and − Earthquake base/plinth, see page 77, with weight load of 450 kg distributed evenly over the mounting plate. Note: These versions have been tested and meet the requirements to Telcordia GR 63-CORE. They should be seen as a comparative variable to the customer’s own plant, since the certification of empty enclosures is not possible. Earthquake kit Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: 3 2 4 (Photo shows TS 8 for earthquake zone 4 to Bellcore) 1 For enclosures WxHxD mm Packs of 800 x 2000 x 600 1 8613.860 600 x 2000 x 600 1 8613.6601) 1 8613.6401) 600 x 2000 x 400 1) Extended Model No. TS 3 delivery times. 1 2 side reinforcements, bottom 2 2 bracing struts each, sides 3 8 gusset plates 4 Mounting plate attachment and reinforcement 2 including assembly parts Earthquake base/plinth Height 100 mm Material: − Corner pieces: Sheet steel 5 mm − Trim panels: Sheet steel 2 mm For enclosures W x D mm Packs of 800 x 600 1 8601.860 600 x 600 1 8601.6601) 600 x 400 1 8601.6401) 1) Extended 4 Model No. TS delivery times. Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7022 Supply includes: 1 set = − 4 corner pieces − 2 depth stays − 1 trim panel each front and rear fully assembled. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 77 78 Network distribution enclosures Network enclosures TS 8 Pre-configured, doors unvented .................................................................80 Pre-configured, doors unvented/vented .....................................................81 Pre-configured, doors/rear wall unvented ...................................................82 Pre-configured, doors unvented, divided ...................................................82 Network enclosures TS 8.............................................................................83 Network enclosures TE 7000 Pre-configured.............................................................................................85 600 mm width ..............................................................................................86 800 mm width ..............................................................................................87 Distributor racks TE 7000 open ..............................................................................................88 Data Rack ....................................................................................................89 79 Network enclosures TS 8 System accessories Page 355 Power System Module Page 201 Monitoring Page 577 Climate control Page 207 B T Supply includes: Product-specific supply scope, see table. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. H1 Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Doors and roof: Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated − Gland plates, punched sections with mounting flanges and mounting angles: Zinc-plated Colour: RAL 7035 Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. H2 Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel − Glazed door: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm Pre-configured, doors unvented U Packs of Width (B) mm Height (H1 + H2) mm Depth (T) mm Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 24 24 38 42 600 800 800 800 1200 + 100 1200 + 100 1800 + 100 2000 + 100 600 800 800 800 – 498 498 498 Glazed aluminium door at the front, 180°, with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E 1 Sheet steel door at the rear, 130°, with handle and security lock 3524 E 1 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level at the front and rear, cranked mounting angles screw-fastened onto installation brackets approx. 150 mm behind the front edge of the frame, depth-variable – 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angle at the front, cranked mounting angle screw-fastened to TS punched sections with mounting flanges as support strips – – – Gland plate mounted at front as infill panel 1 – Gland plate, one-piece, vented, with cable entry 1 – – – Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece 1 Including side panels 2 – Model No. DK 1 7830.100 7830.110 7830.850 7830.200 Supply includes Baying kit TS 8800.500 Base/plinth vented, 100 mm high 1 set – – – 1 1 set Levelling feet (incl. base/plinth adaptor) 4 Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured Spacers for raising the roof 4 Cable clamp rails for the inner frame level 4 Cable shunting rings, plastic 10 Captive nuts M6, conductive 50 Multi-tooth screws M6 50 2 – – 7824.188 – Accessories Side panel, lockable, see page 387 Included with the supply. 80 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Network enclosures TS 8 Pre-configured, doors unvented Packs of U Width (B) mm Height (H1 + H2) mm 42 42 42 42 47 800 800 800 800 800 2000 + 100 2000 + 100 2000 + 100 2000 + 100 2200 + 100 Depth (T) mm 800 800 1000 1000 800 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 498 498 498 498 498 Glazed aluminium door at the front, 180°, with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E 1 Sheet steel door at the rear, 130°, with handle and security lock 3524 E 1 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level at the front and rear, cranked mounting angles screw-fastened onto installation brackets approx. 150 mm behind the front edge of the frame, depth-variable Gland plate mounted at front as infill panel 1 Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece 1 Including side panels 2 – – – Model No. DK 1 7830.250 7830.202 7830.230 7830.240 7830.270 Supply includes Baying kit TS 8800.500 Base/plinth vented, 100 mm high 1 set – – 1 1 set Levelling feet (incl. base/plinth adaptor) 4 Spacers for raising the roof 4 Cable clamp rails for the inner frame level 4 Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured Cable shunting rings, plastic 10 Captive nuts M6, conductive 50 Multi-tooth screws M6 50 – – – – 7824.208 – – 7824.200 7824.228 Also included: Compact light (8 W), mounting kit (magnetic), 482.6 mm (19˝) socket strip, 7-way (earthing-pin), door-operated switch, junction box incl. connection accessories, 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf (500 mm) incl. mounting accessories Accessories Side panel, lockable, see page 387 2 Included with the supply. Pre-configured, doors vented Packs of U Width (B) mm Height (H1 + H2) mm 24 42 42 47 800 800 800 800 1200 + 100 2000 + 100 2000 + 100 2200 + 100 Depth (T) mm 1000 1000 1000 1000 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 740 740 740 740 Glazed sheet steel door at the front, 180°, with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E 1 Vented sheet steel door at the rear, 180°, with handle and security lock 3524 E 1 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level at the front and rear, L-shaped mounting angles screw-fastened onto 2 or 3 support strips, depth-variable Gland plate, one-piece, vented, with cable entry 1 Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece 1 Including side panels 2 – – Model No. DK 1 7830.130 7830.330 7830.335 7830.3801) Supply includes Baying kit TS 8800.500 Base/plinth vented, 100 mm high 1 set – – 1 1 set Levelling feet (incl. base/plinth adaptor) 4 Spacers for raising the roof 4 Cable clamp rails for the inner frame level 4 Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured Cable shunting rings, plastic 10 Captive nuts M6, conductive 50 Multi-tooth screws M6 50 2 – – 7824.200 7824.220 Accessories Side panel, lockable, see page 387 Included with the supply. 1) Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 81 Network enclosures TS 8 Pre-configured, doors/rear wall unvented U Packs of Width (B) mm Height (H1 + H2 + H3) mm 42 40 800 800 2000 + 100 + 25 2000 + 100 + 25 Depth (T) mm 800 800 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 498 – Glazed aluminium door at the front, 180°, with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E 1 Sheet steel door at the rear, 130°, with handle and security lock 3524 E 1 – Sheet steel rear panel 1 – 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level at the front and rear, L-shaped mounting angles screw-fastened onto support strips, depth-variable – Swing frame, large, with side trim panel for the installation of 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting components whilst utilising the full enclosure height (130°, 150 kg static load capacity) – Gland plate, one-piece, vented, with cable entry 1 – Gland plate mounted at front as infill panel 1 – Roof plate with cut-out for fan insert and vent panel on spacers 1 Including side panels 2 – – Model No. DK 1 7830.550 7830.670 Supply includes Baying kit TS 8800.500 Base/plinth vented, 100 mm high 1 set 1 1 set Levelling feet (incl. base/plinth adaptor) 4 Spacers for raising the roof 4 Cable clamp rails for the inner frame level 4 Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured Cable shunting rings, plastic 10 Captive nuts M6, conductive 50 Multi-tooth screws M6 50 2 7824.208 7824.208 Accessories Side panel, lockable, see page 387 Included with the supply. Pre-configured, doors unvented, divided U Packs of Width (B) mm 42 800 Height (H1 + H2) mm 2000 + 100 Depth (T) mm 800 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 498 Glazed sheet steel door at front, vertically divided, 180° 1 Sheet steel door at rear, vertically divided, 180° 1 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level at the front and rear, cranked mounting angles screw-fastened onto installation brackets approx. 150 mm behind the front edge of the frame, depth-variable Gland plate mounted at front as infill panel 1 Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece, with cut-out for fan insert and vent panel on spacers 1 Including side panels 2 – Model No. DK 1 7830.260 1 set 1 1 set Levelling feet (incl. base/plinth adaptor) 4 Spacers for raising the roof 4 Cable clamp rails for the inner frame level 4 Cable shunting rings, plastic 10 Captive nuts M6, conductive 50 Multi-tooth screws M6 50 2 7824.208 Supply includes Baying kit TS 8800.500 Base/plinth vented, 100 mm high Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured Accessories Side panel, lockable, see page 387 Included with the supply. 82 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Network enclosures TS 8 System accessories Page 355 Power System Module Page 201 Monitoring Page 577 Climate control Page 207 Material: − Sheet steel − Glazed door: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Doors and roof: Dipcoatprimed, powder-coated − Base plates and punched sections with mounting flanges: Zinc-plated Colour: RAL 7035 Approvals: − UL − cUL Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 in connection with side panels, screw-fastened Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Supply includes: Product-specific supply scope, see table. U 15 15 20 20 24 24 24 24 Width mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 800 800 Height mm 800 800 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 Depth mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 7820.100 7821.100 7820.200 7821.200 7820.300 7821.300 7820.3401) 7821.340 Model No. DK Supply includes Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – – Sheet steel door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – – Sheet steel door at the rear (130°), with handle and security lock 3524 E Gland plate, multi-piece, solid Roof plate, solid Base/plinths see page 360 U 24 29 29 33 33 33 33 Width mm 800 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height mm 1200 1400 1400 1600 1600 1600 1600 Depth mm 800 800 800 600 600 800 800 7820.350 7820.410 7821.410 7820.500 7821.500 7820.510 7821.510 Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Sheet steel door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – – Sheet steel door at the rear (130°), with handle and security lock 3524 E Model No. DK Supply includes Gland plate, multi-piece, solid Roof plate, solid Base/plinths Included with the supply. see page 360 1) Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 83 Network enclosures TS 8 U 38 38 38 38 38 38 Width mm 600 600 600 600 800 800 Height mm 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 Depth mm 600 600 800 800 800 800 7820.600 7821.600 7820.610 7821.610 7820.650 7821.650 Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Sheet steel door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Sheet steel door at the rear (130°), with handle and security lock 3524 E Model No. DK Supply includes Gland plate, multi-piece, solid Roof plate, solid Base/plinths see page 360 U 42 42 42 42 42 42 Width mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 Depth mm 600 600 800 800 1000 1000 7820.700 7821.700 7820.710 7821.710 7820.730 7821.730 Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Sheet steel door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Model No. DK Supply includes Sheet steel door at the rear (130°), with handle and security lock 3524 E Gland plate, multi-piece, solid Roof plate, solid Base/plinths see page 360 U 42 42 42 42 42 42 Width mm 800 800 800 800 800 800 Height mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 Depth mm 600 600 800 800 1000 1000 7820.740 7821.740 7820.750 7821.750 7820.770 7821.770 Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Sheet steel door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Sheet steel door at the rear (130°), with handle and security lock 3524 E Model No. DK Supply includes Gland plate, multi-piece, solid Roof plate, solid Base/plinths see page 360 U 47 47 47 47 47 47 Width mm 600 600 600 600 800 800 Height mm 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 Depth mm 600 600 800 800 800 800 7820.800 7821.800 7820.810 7821.810 7820.850 7821.850 Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Sheet steel door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Sheet steel door at the rear (130°), with handle and security lock 3524 E Model No. DK Supply includes Gland plate, multi-piece, solid Roof plate, solid Base/plinths see page 360 Included with the supply. 84 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Network enclosures TE 7000 System accessories Page 355 Power System Module Page 201 Monitoring Page 577 Climate control Page 207 Benefits: ● No frame structure ● Optimum accessibility ● Readily dismantled and therefore easily installed Material: − Sheet steel − Glazed door: Single-pane safety glass, 4 mm Surface finish: − Mounting frame: Dipcoat-primed − Enclosure panels: Powder-coated Supply includes: Product-specific supply scope, see table. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Colour: RAL 7035 Pre-configured U Packs of Width mm Height (enclosure + pase/plinth) mm 24 42 42 800 800 800 1200 + 100 2000 + 100 2000 + 100 Depth mm 800 800 800 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 495 495 495 7000.840 7000.850 7000.852 Model No. TE 1 Page Supply includes Self-supporting 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, front and rear, depth-variable 2 Glazed door at the front, incl. 130° hinge, recessed handle and security lock 3524 E 1 Sheet steel door at the rear, including 130° hinge, security lock 3524 E 1 Side panels, lockable, including security lock 3524 E 2 7000.652 Base frame with maximum cut-out (for optional population with module plates) 1 Roof plate including brush strip for cable entry and concealed cut-out for optional fan 1 Levelling feet (including base/plinth adaptor) supplied loose 4 Spacers, 20 mm, supplied loose to raise the roof 4 Base/plinth 100 mm, vented 1 Tested frame earthing to IEC 60 950, fitted C rails, for cable clamping in the enclosure depth via cable clamps, supplied loose 4 Cable shunting rings made of plastic, 105 x 70 mm, supplied loose 10 Captive nuts M6, conductive 50 Multi-tooth screw M6, with plastic washers 50 388 Accessories 1 set 7000.640 7000.640 Ergoform-S handle for semi-cylinder, to exchange for the existing lock 1 2435.000 2435.000 2435.000 419 Fan unit, with 2 fans and thermostat, pre-wired ready for connection 1 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 224 Slide rail for TE, for attachment between the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames, length 424 mm 2 7963.410 7963.410 7963.410 560 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf for static installation, for direct screw fastening without an installation kit, 413 mm deep, load capacity 30 kg, static 1 7000.620 7000.620 7000.620 483 1 set 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 486 Socket strip, 8-way 1 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 506 Transport castors (only without base/plinth) 4 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 375 Baying kit 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf, complete set, pull-out, 500 mm deep, load capacity 50 kg static 400 Included with the supply. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 85 Network enclosures TE 7000 System accessories Page 355 Power System Module Page 201 Monitoring Page 577 Climate control Page 207 Benefits: ● No frame structure ● Optimum accessibility ● Readily dismantled and therefore easily installed Material: − Sheet steel − Glazed door: Single-pane safety glass, 4 mm Surface finish: − Mounting frame: Dipcoat-primed − Enclosure panels: Powder-coated Supply includes: Product-specific supply scope, see table. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Colour: RAL 7035 600 mm width 11 11 24 24 42 42 47 47 Width mm Packs of 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height mm 600 600 1200 1200 2000 2000 2200 2200 Depth mm 600 800 600 800 600 800 600 800 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 U 1 Model No. TE Page 7000.390 7000.410 7000.430 7000.440 7000.500 7000.510 7000.5601) 7000.5701) Supply includes Self-supporting 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, front and rear, depth-variable 2 Glazed door at the front, incl. 130° hinge, recessed handle and security lock 3524 E 1 Sheet steel door at the rear, including 130° hinge, security lock 3524 E 1 Side panels, lockable, including security lock 3524 E 2 Base frame with maximum cut-out (for optional population with module plates) 1 Roof plate including brush strip for cable entry and concealed cut-out for optional fan 1 Levelling feet, M10, supplied loose 4 Spacers, 20 mm, supplied loose to raise the roof 4 Accessories Base/plinth components, front and rear, vented 1 set 7825.601 7825.601 7825.601 7825.601 7825.601 7825.601 7825.601 7825.601 Base/plinth trim panels, side 1 set 8601.065 8601.085 8601.065 8601.085 8601.065 8601.085 8601.065 8601.085 362 4 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 400 224 Baying kit Fan unit, with 2 fans and thermostat, pre-wired ready for connection Earthing kit Socket strip, 8-way 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf, complete set, pull-out, 500 mm deep, load capacity 50 kg static Transport castors (only without base/plinth) Included with the supply. 86 1) 361 1 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 1 set 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 503 1 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 506 1 set 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 486 4 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 375 Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Network enclosures TE 7000 800 mm width 24 24 42 42 42 47 47 47 Width mm Packs of 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 Height mm 1200 1200 2000 2000 2000 2200 2200 2200 Depth mm 600 800 600 800 800 600 800 800 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 U 1 Model No. TE Page 7000.4501) 7000.460 7000.520 7000.530 7000.532 7000.5801) 7000.590 7000.5921) Supply includes Self-supporting 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, front and rear, depth-variable 2 Glazed door at the front, incl. 130° hinge, recessed handle and security lock 3524 E 1 Sheet steel door at the rear, including 130° hinge, security lock 3524 E 1 Side panels, lockable, including security lock 3524 E 2 – Base frame with maximum cut-out (for optional population with module plates) 1 Roof plate including brush strip for cable entry and concealed cut-out for optional fan 1 Levelling feet (including base/plinth adaptor) supplied loose 4 Spacers, 20 mm, supplied loose to raise the roof 4 Accessories Base/plinth components, front and rear, vented 1 set 7825.801 7825.801 7825.801 7825.801 7825.801 7825.801 7825.801 7825.801 Base/plinth trim panels, side 1 set 8601.065 8601.085 8601.065 8601.085 8601.085 8601.065 8601.085 8601.085 Baying kit Fan module, with 2 fans and thermostat, pre-wired ready for connection Earthing kit Socket strip, 8-way 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf, complete set, pull-out, 500 mm deep, load capacity 50 kg static Transport castors (only without base/plinth) Included with the supply. 1) 4 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 361 362 400 1 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 1 set 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 224 503 1 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 506 1 set 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 486 4 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 375 Extended delivery times. Rittal Norway RITTAL AS Postboks 258 N-1401 Ski Phone: +47 64 85 13 00 Fax: +47 64 85 13 01 Besøksadresse: Regnbueveien 10 N-1405 Langhus E-mail: rittal@rittal.no www.rittal.no Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 87 Distributor racks 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Page 559 Monitoring Page 577 Power System Module Page 201 Colour: RAL 7035 Surface finish: Powder-coated Load capacity: 700 kg, static Supply includes: − Self-supporting mounting frame, with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level front and rear − Open roof frame for cable entry − 3 cable routing trays − Open base frame with 2 punched sections with mounting flanges for individual configuration fitted in the width − Levelling feet B T H Material: Sheet steel HE Benefits: ● Optimum accessibility from all sides during assembly and installation. ● Unrestricted airflow, due to the open design. ● Standard cable trays in the roof area for larger quantities of cables. ● The distance between attachment levels is infinitely variable. 19 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. TE 7000 open U (HE) 42 42 Width (B) mm Packs of 600 800 Height1) (H) mm 2000 2000 Depth (T) mm 1000 1000 Distance between levels (mm) as delivered 745 745 1 7000.940 7000.944 Cable management panel 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U for horizontal cable routing, with 5 steel rings, zinc-plated, passivated, size 105 x 43 mm 1 7257.035 7257.035 539 Cable management panel 482.6 mm (19˝), 2 U for horizontal cable routing, with 5 steel rings, zinc-plated, passivated, size 125 x 85 mm 1 7257.100 7257.100 539 Shunting rings to accommodate large quantities of cables, for mounting on the side of the mounting frame, dimension 330 x 90 mm 4 7220.600 7220.600 534 Cable management duct 482.6 mm (19˝), 2 U for horizontal cable routing, with removable front panel 1 7158.100 7158.100 541 Component shelf 482.6 mm (19˝), U static installation, depth-variable in the range from 600 – 900 mm 1 7063.720 7063.720 485 Slide rail 482.6 mm (19˝), load capacity 100 kg, for 740 mm distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels (internal) 2 7063.740 7063.740 560 Slide rail 482.6 mm (19˝), depth-variable within the range from 590 – 930 mm, load capacity 80 kg, static 2 7063.883 7063.883 559 C rail, variable within the range 450 – 800 mm 1 7016.140 7016.140 532 T-head rail, variable within the range 450 – 800 mm 1 7016.150 7016.150 532 1 set 7000.685 7000.685 536 Cable duct, 42 U 1 7827.320 7827.320 538 Cable manager, basic kit, for system-compatible cable deflection 8 7064.100 7064.100 533 Cable routing bars for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings 4 7111.224 7111.224 537 Model No. TE Page Accessories 1/ 2 Cable route for vertical cable management, for mounting at the side rear of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, W = 100 mm, H = 1700 mm 1) Plus 88 100 mm roof-mounting/cable-routing trays. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Distributor racks 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Page 558 Monitoring Page 577 Power System Module Page 201 Colour: − Profile frame, base/plinth: RAL 7035 − Trim panel, feet: RAL 5018 Supply includes: − Torsionally stiff profile frame with 482.6 mm (19˝) punchings − Stable base/plinth with integral feet, with the option for base anchoring − Assembly parts Note: Order second mounting level separately. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. H Material: − Profile frame, base/plinth: Sheet steel − Feet: Die-cast zinc Load capacity: Max. 150 kg, static/level T2 T1 B Data Rack Packs of 31 36 40 45 Width (B) mm 550 550 550 550 Height (H) mm 1499.5 1721.8 1899.5 2121.8 Depth (T1) mm 750 750 750 750 U Distance from the second mounting level (T2) mm1) Model No. DK Page min. 150 – max. 350 1 7391.000 7396.000 7400.000 7445.000 Accessories Second mounting level1) 1 7296.000 7297.000 7298.000 7299.000 Baying connector 3 7494.000 7494.000 7494.000 7494.000 558 Levelling feet 4 7493.000 7493.000 7493.000 7493.000 373 Cable duct, 42 U 1 7827.320 7827.320 7827.320 7827.320 538 C rails, 482.6 mm (19˝) 6 7016.100 7016.100 7016.100 7016.100 542 Cable clamp rails, 482.6 mm (19˝) 6 7016.110 7016.110 7016.110 7016.110 542 Cable clamp strap D = 250 mm 6 7016.120 7016.120 7016.120 7016.120 542 558 Twin castors 4 7495.000 7495.000 7495.000 7495.000 374 Depth stays 2 7401.000 7401.000 7401.000 7401.000 558 Component shelf 2 U for one pair of mounting angles D = 250 mm 1 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 487 Component shelf 2 U for one pair of mounting angles D = 400 mm 1 7119.400 7119.400 7119.400 7119.400 487 Component shelf 2 U for one pair of mounting angles D = 300 mm3) 1 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 485 Drawer 2 U for one pair of mounting angles 1 7281.035 7281.035 7281.035 7281.035 614 Component shelf D = 300 mm2) 3) 1 7143.035 7143.035 7143.035 7143.035 482 Component shelf D = 400 mm2) 3) 1 7144.035 7144.035 7144.035 7144.035 482 Component shelf D = 500 mm2) 3) 1 7145.035 7145.035 7145.035 7145.035 482 Slide rails D max. < 190 mm 10 1962.200 1962.200 1962.200 1962.200 548 Slide rails D max. > 190 mm 10 1963.200 1963.200 1963.200 1963.200 548 Slide rails for two pairs of mounting angles1) 2) 4) 2 7402.000 7402.000 7402.000 7402.000 558 1) Second mounting level may be positioned on 2) A second pair of mounting angles is required a 50 mm pitch pattern. for assembly. installation or full withdrawal, telescopic slides, see page 489. 4) 350 mm distance between levels (T2), can be combined with component shelf 3) Stationary Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures D = 500 mm. 89 90 Server enclosures Server enclosures TS 8 Server enclosures TS 8 ...............................................................................92 Colocation ...................................................................................................93 For High Performance Cooling systems HPC .............................................94 Server enclosures TE 7000 Server enclosures TE 7000 .........................................................................95 91 Server enclosures TS 8 System accessories Page 355 Power System Module Page 201 Monitoring Page 577 Climate control Page 207 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Enclosure panels: Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated − Mounting angles, mounting frame and punched sections with mounting flanges: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Product-specific supply scope, see table. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. 24 42 42 47 42 42 Width mm Packs of 600 600 600 600 800 800 Height mm 1200 2000 2000 2200 2000 2000 Depth mm 1000 1000 1200 1000 1000 1200 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 740 740 740 740 740 740 U 482.6 mm (19˝) level, flat mounting angles on punched sections with mounting flanges, front and rear, depth-variable 2 – – 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames, front and rear, depth-variable 2 – – – – Model No. DK 1 7831.4332) 7831.438 7831.481 7831.442 7831.446 7831.485 Page Supply includes Enclosure frame 1 Sheet steel doors, vented1), front and rear 2 Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece 1 Levelling feet 4 Open base, without base frame 1 2 1 set Side panels, lockable 2 7824.120 7824.200 – 7824.220 7824.200 – 387 Side panel, plug-type, divided 1 – – 7824.310 – – 7824.310 388 Base mounting bracket 4 8800.210 8800.210 8800.210 8800.210 8800.210 8800.210 376 Depth-variable slide rail, 1 U 2 7063.883 7063.883 7063.883 7063.883 7063.883 7063.883 559 7825.250 7825.250 7825.2602) 7825.250 7825.250 7825.2602) 372 Comfort handle for semi-cylinder with security lock 3524 E Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured Accessories Stabiliser, pull-out Included with the supply. 92 1 1) Vented surface area > 78% perforated. 2) Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Server enclosures TS 8 System accessories Page 355 Power System Module Page 201 Monitoring Page 577 Climate control Page 207 Design features − Robust frame structure − Front and rear door fully vented; vented surface area > 78% perforated − 2-point locking − Door hinge may be swapped to opposite side without machining − Cable entry via the base/plinth and roof (optional) − Bayable at all levels − Static load capacity of up to 1000 kg Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Enclosure panels: Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated − Mounting angles, mounting frame and punched sections with mounting flanges: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Product-specific supply scope, see table. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Colocation Number of front and rear doors Packs of U 2/2 4/4 2 x 21 4 x 10 Width mm 600 600 Height mm 2200 2200 Depth mm 1000 1000 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 740 740 1 7831.4531) 7831.4631) Roof plate, solid 1 Levelling feet 4 Model No. DK Page Supply includes Sheet steel doors, vented, front and rear with 180° hinges 482.6 mm (19˝) levels, flat mounting angles on punched sections with mounting flanges, front and rear, depth-variable Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured Individual compartments, shielded/separate cable routing per compartment Comfort handle for semi-cylinder with security lock 3524 E Accessories Side panels, lockable 2 7824.220 7824.220 Base mounting bracket 4 8800.210 8800.210 387 376 Depth-variable slide rail, 1 U 2 7063.883 7063.883 559 Semi-cylinder for individual lock 2 9785.042 9785.042 416 Quick-fit baying clamps 6 8800.500 8800.500 395 1 7825.250 7825.250 372 Stabiliser, pull-out Included with the supply. 1) Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 93 Server enclosures TS 8 System accessories Page 355 Baying system Page 394 Monitoring Page 577 Load capacity: Max. static load capacity of the interior installation 1000 kg Material: − Sheet steel − Glazed door: Single-pane safety glass, 4 mm Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Enclosure panels: Additionally powder-coated − Gland plates and 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame: Zinc-plated Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529, in conjunction with solid roof plate (bayed option) and additional screwfastened side panels with standalone siting. Supply includes: Product-specific supply scope, see table. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. For High Performance Cooling systems HPC 42 42 42 42 42 42 Width mm Packs of 600 600 600 800 800 800 Height mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 Depth mm 1000 1200 1200 1000 1200 1200 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 740 740 740 740 740 740 – – – – 7831.8101) 7831.8121) 7831.8131) 7831.8001) 7831.8021) 7831.8031) U Including side panels 1 Model No. DK Page Supply includes Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°) 1 Sheet steel door at the rear (130°) 1 Comfort handle front and rear for semi-cylinder, security lock 3524 E 2 Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece 1 Levelling feet 4 Base frame with multi-piece gland plate 1 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames, front and rear, depth-variable Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured 2 1 set Accessories Side panel, screw-fastened, IP 55 2 8100.235 – 8100.235 – 385 Depth-variable slide rail, 1 U, length 590 – 930 mm, 80 kg, static 2 7063.883 7063.883 7063.883 7063.883 7063.883 7063.883 559 482.6 mm (19˝) heavy-duty component shelf, 700 mm deep, 100 kg static load capacity 1 7063.897 7063.897 7063.897 7063.897 7063.897 7063.897 484 1 set 7063.890 7063.890 7063.890 7063.890 7063.890 7063.890 488 Installation kit for heavy-duty component shelf, depth-variable Flex-Block see page 358 Liquid Cooling Package Included with the supply. 94 see page 279 1) Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Server enclosures TE 7000 System accessories Page 355 Power System Module Page 201 Monitoring Page 577 Climate control Page 207 Benefits: ● No frame structure ● Optimum accessibility ● Readily dismantled and therefore easily installed Material: Sheet steel Colour: See table. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: − Mounting frame: Dipcoat-primed − Enclosure panels: Powder-coated Supply includes: Product-specific supply scope, see table. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. 24 42 42 42 42 Width mm Packs of 600 600 600 800 800 Height mm 1200 2000 2000 2000 2000 Depth mm 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 745 745 745 745 745 RAL 7035 RAL 7035 RAL 9005 RAL 7035 RAL 9005 1 7000.875 7000.882 7000.885 7000.892 7000.895 2 1 1 U Colour Model No. TE Page Supply includes Self-supporting 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, front and rear, depth-variable vented2), Sheet steel door security lock 3524 E front with moulded handle, 130° hinge, Sheet steel door vented2), rear with moulded handle, 130° hinge, security lock 3524 E Levelling feet 4 Roof plate including brush strip for cable entry and optional fitting with an active fan unit 1 Base frame with maximum cut-out for optional fitting with module plates, solid, passively vented or for cable entry 1 Accessories 2 7000.653 7000.663 7000.653 7000.663 388 1 set 7000.640 400 Ergoform-S handle for semi-cylinder, to exchange for the existing lock 1 2435.000 2435.000 2452.0001) 2435.000 2452.0001) 419 Fan unit, with 2 fans and thermostat, pre-wired ready for connection 1 7000.670 7000.670 – 7000.670 – 224 Transport castors, including assembly parts 4 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 375 C rail, for cable clamping in the enclosure width via cable clamps, on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame at the rear 4 7828.060 7828.060 7828.060 7828.060 7828.060 465 Slide rail, 482.6 mm (19˝) for 740 mm distance between levels 2 7063.740 7063.740 7063.740 7063.740 7063.740 560 Cable clamp rail, depth-variable 500 – 895 mm, for cable attachment in the enclosure depth via cable ties 4 7858.162 7858.162 7858.162 7858.162 7858.162 532 Cable clamp rail, for cable attachment in the enclosure width via cable ties, on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame at the rear 4 7828.062 7828.062 7828.062 7828.062 7828.062 532 1 set 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 503 1 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 506 Side panels, lockable, including security lock 3524 E Baying kit Earthing kit for TE Socket strip for TE, 8-way for earthing-pin plugs Included with the supply. 1) Matt nickel-plated Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 2) Vented surface area > 67% perforated. 95 96 Console systems/ PC enclosure systems/ Industrial Workstations TopConsole system TP Overview of mounting components.............................................................99 Combination options .................................................................................100 600 mm wide .............................................................................................101 800 mm wide .............................................................................................102 1200 mm wide ...........................................................................................103 1600 mm wide ...........................................................................................104 Accessories ...............................................................................................105 One-piece consoles TP One-piece consoles TP .............................................................................106 Universal consoles TP Universal consoles TP ...............................................................................107 PC enclosure systems PC enclosure systems TS 8.......................................................................108 Enclosure for tower PC ..............................................................................109 Industrial Workstations Combination options .................................................................................110 IW enclosures and worktops .....................................................................111 97 4 3 4 3 2 4 1 4 1 1 1 5 2 8 7 98 TopConsole system TP Overview of mounting components 1 4 1 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 2 Support strips 3 Partial mounting plates 4 Rail for interior installation 5 Gland plates 6 Cable entry grommets 7 Base/plinth 8 Assembly bolts for base/plinth 1 2 4 5 6 5 7 99 TopConsole system TP System accessories Page 355 Monitors, keyboards From page 606 Climate control Page 207 Surface finish: − Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Mounting plate zinc-coated on bottom part Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 (provided suitable gland plates are selected) Console, deep − Enclosure − Front cover hinged at bottom, including cover retainer − Rear door, hinged at bottom − Open base for individual cable entry Desk section − Enclosure − Cover hinged, 2 stays with automatic locking and unlocking − Opening for running cables into the enclosure base B H Pedestal − Enclosure open at top − Door or double door with locking rod (with depth 400 mm at the front, with depth 500 mm at the front and rear) − Depth-adjustable mounting plate (with depth 500 mm) − Open base for individual cable entry H Supply includes: Console − Enclosure − Cover hinged at bottom, including cover retainer − Open base for individual cable entry T H Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel 1.5 mm − Door and console cover: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm, all-round foamed-in PU seal − Mounting plate: Sheet steel 2.5 mm Also required: Gland plates, see page 378. Approvals: − CE − UL − cUL T T Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Combination options 1-part 2-part 3-part Consoles Desk units Pedestals Base/plinth 100 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures TopConsole system TP 600 mm wide Configuration 3-part Depth of pedestal in mm 400 2-part 500 400 2-part 500 400 1-part 500 400 500 Consoles 700 mm high Height (H) mm Packs of 700 240 – – – 1 6720.500 – – – Depth (T) mm Model No. TP – – – Page Consoles 540/730 mm high with enlarged installation depth Packs of Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm 1 Model No. TP – 730 – – 540 – – 520 – – 520 – – 6720.200 – – 6720.100 – Page Accessories Partial mounting plate Rail for interior installation Width 200 mm 1 6730.310 – – 6730.3101) – 450 Width 500 mm 1 6730.330 – – 6730.3301) – 450 For width 4 5001.050 – – 5001.050 – 459 For height 4 5001.051 – – 5001.050 – 459 Packs of 235 235 – – Page 700 700 – – 1 6714.500 6710.500 – – Desk units Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Model No. TP Accessories Rail for interior installation 4 5001.050 5001.050 – – Strengthener For width 1 – 6730.400 – – Trim panel for pedestal 1 – – – 459 105 5001.130 6370.100 105 675 675 Page Pedestals Packs of 675 400 500 400 500 – 500 400 500 1 6700.500 6704.500 6700.500 6704.500 – 6704.500 6700.500 6704.500 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 – 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 – 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 – 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 – 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 362 2 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 – 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 370 1 5001.222 – 5001.222 – – – 5001.222 – 379 1 5001.214 5001.214 5001.214 5001.214 5001.214 5001.214 5001.214 379 + + + + + + + 5001.218 5001.222 5001.218 5001.222 5001.222 5001.218 5001.222 379 Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Model No. TP 675 675 675 – 675 Accessories Base/plinth components front and rear Base/plinth trim panels, side Cross member, adjustable 1-part Gland plates 2-part 1 Individual – For more gland plate variants, see page 381 Rail for interior installation For height 4 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 – 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 459 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm In the depth 4 8612.140 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 – 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 459 Punched rail 18 x 38 mm In the depth 4 8612.240 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 – 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 462 Support strips In the depth 20 4694.000 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 – 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 462 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm For door 4 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 – 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 459 Support strips For door 20 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 – 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 462 Cable clamp rail 1 5001.080 5001.080 5001.080 5001.080 – 5001.080 5001.080 5001.080 527 Wiring plan pocket 1 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 – 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 429 Alternative lock systems 1) see page 413 Configuration examples and further details of the accessories required may be found on the Internet. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 101 TopConsole system TP 800 mm wide Configuration 3-part Depth of pedestal in mm 400 2-part 500 400 2-part 500 400 1-part 500 400 500 Consoles 700 mm high Height (H) mm Packs of 700 240 – – – 1 6721.500 – – – Depth (T) mm Model No. TP – – – Page Consoles 540/730 mm high with enlarged installation depth Packs of Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm 1 Model No. TP – 730 – – 540 – – 520 – – 520 – – 6721.200 – – 6721.100 – Page Accessories Partial mounting plate Rail for interior installation Width 200 mm 1 6730.310 – – 6730.3101) – 450 Width 500 mm 1 6730.330 – – 6730.3301) – 450 Width 700 mm 1 6730.340 – – 6730.3401) – 450 For width 4 5001.051 – – 5001.051 – 459 For height 4 5001.051 – – 5001.050 – 459 Packs of 235 235 – – Page 700 700 – – 1 6715.500 6711.500 – – Desk units Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Model No. TP Accessories Rail for interior installation 4 5001.051 5001.051 – – Strengthener For width 1 – 6730.410 – – Trim panel for pedestal 1 – – – 459 105 5001.140 6730.110 105 Page Pedestals Packs of Height (H) mm 675 675 675 675 – 675 675 675 400 500 400 500 – 500 400 500 1 6701.500 6705.500 6701.500 6705.500 – 6705.500 6701.500 6705.500 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.800 8601.800 8601.800 8601.800 – 8601.800 8601.800 8601.800 361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.800 8602.800 8602.800 8602.800 – 8602.800 8602.800 8602.800 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 – 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 – 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 362 2 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 – 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 370 1 5001.223 – 5001.223 – – – 5001.223 – 379 1 5001.215 5001.215 5001.215 5001.215 5001.215 5001.215 5001.215 379 + + + + + + + 5001.219 5001.223 5001.219 5001.223 5001.223 5001.219 5001.223 379 Depth (T) mm Model No. TP Accessories Base/plinth components front and rear Base/plinth trim panels, side Cross member, adjustable 1-part Gland plates 2-part 1 Individual – For more gland plate variants, see page 381 Rail for interior installation For height 4 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 – 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 459 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm In the depth 4 8612.140 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 – 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 459 Punched rail 18 x 38 mm In the depth 4 8612.240 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 – 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 462 Support strips In the depth 20 4694.000 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 – 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 462 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm For door 4 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 – 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 459 Support strips For door 20 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 – 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 462 Cable clamp rail 1 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 – 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 527 Wiring plan pocket 1 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 – 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 429 Alternative lock systems 1) see page 413 Configuration examples and further details of the accessories required may be found on the Internet. 102 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures TopConsole system TP 1200 mm wide Configuration 3-part Depth of pedestal in mm 400 2-part 500 400 2-part 500 400 1-part 500 400 500 Consoles 700 mm high Height (H) mm Packs of 700 240 – – – 1 6722.500 – – – Depth (T) mm Model No. TP – – – Page Consoles 540/730 mm high with enlarged installation depth Packs of Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm 1 Model No. TP – 730 – – 540 – – 520 – – 520 – – 6722.2003) – – 6722.1003) – Page Accessories Partial mounting plate Rail for interior installation Width 200 mm 1 6730.310 – – 6730.3101) – 450 Width 500 mm 1 6730.330 – – 6730.3301) – 450 Width 700 mm 1 6730.340 – – 6730.3401) – 450 For width 4 5001.053 – – 5001.053 – 459 For height 4 5001.051 – – 5001.050 – 459 Packs of 235 235 – – Page 700 700 – – 1 6716.500 6712.500 – – 4 5001.053 5001.053 – 1 – – – Desk units Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Model No. TP Accessories Rail for interior installation For width Trim panel for pedestal – 459 5001.160 6730.120 105 675 675 Page Pedestals Packs of 675 400 500 400 500 – 500 400 500 1 6702.500 6706.500 6702.500 6706.500 – 6706.500 6702.500 6706.500 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.200 8601.200 8601.200 8601.200 – 8601.200 8601.200 8601.200 361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.200 8602.200 8602.200 8602.200 – 8602.200 8602.200 8602.200 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 – 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 – 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 362 2 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 – 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 370 1 5001.225 – 5001.225 – – – 5001.225 – 379 1 5001.217 5001.217 5001.217 5001.217 5001.217 5001.217 5001.217 379 + + + + + + + 5001.221 5001.225 5001.221 5001.225 5001.225 5001.221 5001.225 379 Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Model No. TP 675 675 675 – 675 Accessories Base/plinth components front and rear Base/plinth trim panels, side Cross member, adjustable 1-part Gland plates2) 2-part 1 Individual – For more gland plate variants, see page 381 Rail for interior installation For height 4 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 – 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 459 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm In the depth 4 8612.140 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 – 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 459 Punched rail 18 x 38 mm In the depth 4 8612.240 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 – 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 462 Support strips In the depth 20 4694.000 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 – 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 462 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm For door 4 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 – 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 459 Support strips For door 20 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 – 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 462 Cable clamp rail 1 5001.083 5001.083 5001.083 5001.083 – 5001.083 5001.083 5001.083 527 Wiring plan pocket 1 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 – 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 429 Alternative lock systems see page 413 1) Configuration 2) With examples and further details of the accessories required may be found on the Internet. the two-door pedestal, the base opening is divided in two, and two sets of gland plates are required! delivery times. 3) Extended Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 103 TopConsole system TP 1600 mm wide Configuration 3-part Depth of pedestal in mm 400 2-part 500 400 2-part 500 400 1-part 500 400 500 Consoles 700 mm high Height (H) mm Packs of 700 240 – – – 1 6723.500 – – – Depth (T) mm Model No. TP – – – Page Consoles 540/730 mm high with enlarged installation depth Packs of Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm 1 Model No. TP – 730 – – 540 – – 520 – – 520 – – 6723.200 – – 6723.100 – Page Accessories Partial mounting plate Rail for interior installation Width 200 mm 1 6730.310 – – 6730.3101) – 450 Width 500 mm 1 6730.330 – – 6730.3301) – 450 Width 700 mm 1 6730.340 – – 6730.3401) – 450 For height 4 5001.051 – – 5001.050 – 459 Packs of 235 235 – – Page 700 700 – – 1 6717.500 6713.500 – – 4 5001.054 5001.054 – 1 – – – Desk units Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Model No. TP Accessories Rail for interior installation For width Trim panel for pedestal – 459 6730.030 6730.130 105 Page Pedestals Packs of Height (H) mm 675 675 675 675 – 675 675 675 400 500 400 500 – 500 400 500 1 6703.500 6707.500 6703.500 6707.500 – 6706.500 6703.500 6707.500 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.920 8601.920 8601.920 8601.920 – 8601.920 8601.920 8601.920 361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.920 8602.920 8602.920 8602.920 – 8602.920 8602.920 8602.920 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 – 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 – 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 362 2 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 – 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 370 1 5001.236 – 5001.236 – – – 5001.236 – 379 1 5001.234 5001.234 5001.234 5001.234 5001.234 5001.234 5001.234 379 + + + + + + + 5001.235 5001.236 5001.235 5001.236 5001.236 5001.235 5001.236 379 Depth (T) mm Model No. TP Accessories Base/plinth components front and rear Base/plinth trim panels, side Cross member, adjustable 1-part Gland plates2) 2-part 1 Individual – For more gland plate variants, see page 381 Rail for interior installation For height 4 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 – 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 459 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm In the depth 4 8612.140 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 – 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 459 Punched rail 18 x 38 mm In the depth 4 8612.240 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 – 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 462 Support strips In the depth 20 4694.000 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 – 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 462 Support strips For door 20 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 – 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 462 Cable clamp rail Width 800 mm 1 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 – 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 527 1 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 – 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 429 Wiring plan pocket Alternative lock systems see page 413 1) Configuration examples and further details of the accessories required may be found on the Internet. 2) With the two-door pedestal, the base opening is divided in two, and two sets of gland plates are required! 104 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures TopConsole system TP Accessories Trim panel For pedestal Width mm for pedestal For covering the complete top opening when using the pedestal on its own. Model No. Depth mm 600 5001.130 800 5001.140 400 Material: Sheet steel 1200 1600 6730.030 Surface finish: Textured paint 600 6730.100 Colour: RAL 7035 1200 800 5001.160 6730.110 500 6730.120 1600 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. 6730.130 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Strengthener for desk unit, rear with hinged cover Packs of Model No. TP 600 1 6730.400 800 1 6730.410 Mounting cut-outs for the covers of the desk units for external mounting of CP 6525.510 Ø 82 215 ● Suitable for mounting operating housings using − CP-L enclosure attachment, Ø 130 mm, CP 6525.510, see page 133 − CP-XL enclosure attachment, round CP 6130.610, see page 141 − Housing couplings CP-XL for desk mounting, CP 6528.410, see page 144 ● Easily screw-fastened to the base of the desk unit. ● Connection hole pattern for CP support arm systems in the centre as standard; other positions can be accommodated by drilling extra holes. For width mm Material: Sheet steel 1 Ø 9 Mounting cut-out required in the cover of the desk units, mounting cut-outs to match the various support arm systems. 45° 592/792 1 Max. Ø 70 mm Supply includes: Assembly parts. for external mounting of CP 6130.610 215 Ø 112 Ø 9 1 45° Ø 9 79 215 45 for external mounting of CP 6528.410 1 = = 180 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 105 One-piece consoles TP System accessories Page 355 Monitors, keyboards From page 606 Climate control Page 207 One-piece consoles AP stainless steel Page 170 Surface finish: − Enclosure, cover and door: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 (provided suitable gland plates are selected). Supply includes: − Enclosure, solid back and sides − Door or double door at front, with locking rod − Mounting plate Width (B) mm Packs of F B T Also required: Gland plates, see page 378 – 380. T Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 600 800 1000 1200 960 960 960 960 Bottom 400 400 400 400 Top 520 520 520 520 530 730 930 1130 Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm − Cover hinged at rear, 2 stays with automatic locking and unlocking − Open base for individual cable entry G Colour: RAL 7035 H Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel 1.5 mm − Door and console cover: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm, all-round foamed-in PU seal − Mounting plate: Sheet steel 3.0 mm − Lock cover: Plastic, self-extinguishing Mounting plate width (F) mm Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TP Door(s) 900 900 900 900 6746.500 6748.500 6740.500 6742.500 1 1 2 2 Page Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.000 8601.200 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.000 8602.200 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 362 2 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 370 379 Cross member, adjustable 361 Accessories 1-part Gland plates1) 1 5001.222 5001.223 5001.224 5001.225 1 5001.214 5001.215 5001.216 5001.217 + + + + + 1 5001.218 5001.219 5001.220 5001.221 For enclosures 4 5001.051 5001.051 5001.051 5001.051 157 For cover 4 5001.050 5001.051 5001.052 5001.053 157 2-part Individual Rail for interior installation 379 For more gland plate variants, see page 381 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm For enclosures 4 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 459 For cover 4 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 459 For door 4 8612.050 – 8612.040 8612.050 459 Punched rail 18 x 38 mm For enclosures 4 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 462 Cable clamp rail 1 5001.080 5001.081 5001.082 5001.083 527 Wiring plan pocket 1 4116.500 4118.500 4115.500 4116.500 429 Alternative lock systems 1) see page 413 With the two-door variant, the base opening is divided in two, and two sets of gland plates are required! 106 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Universal consoles TP System accessories Page 355 Monitors, keyboards From page 606 Climate control Page 207 Surface finish: − Enclosure and doors: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Mounting plate and gland plates: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − Enclosure with doors − Mounting plate − Gland plates Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: − IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. Note: Top door with studs left and right for installing vertical perforated mounting strips SZ 2310.038 and horizontal support strips SZ 2325.000 to be mounted on top (see page 426/427). Packs of Width (B) mm Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Bottom Top Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − VDE F B T G − With a short bottom door (TP 2694.500), the drawer or desk section (see below) should be fitted in order to preserve the protection category. H Material: − Enclosure, gland plates: Sheet steel 1.5 mm − Doors: Sheet steel 2.0 mm − Mounting plate: Sheet steel 3.0 mm Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. T Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. with short front door with tall front door 600 600 1300 1300 500 500 417.5 417.5 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 499 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1196 1196 2694.500 2695.500 77.0 80.0 1 Model No. TP Weight (kg) Page Also required Desk section Drawer for keyboard 2696.500 2696.500 – – – – – 4757.5001) – – Accessories Height 100 mm 1 2807.200 2807.200 369 Height 200 mm 1 2808.200 2808.200 369 Cross member, adjustable 2 8601.450 8601.450 370 Perforated mounting strip 1 2310.038 2310.038 427 Base/plinth Support strips 1 2325.000 2325.000 426 Cable clamp rail 1 4191.000 4191.000 527 Alternative lock systems 1) Only see page 413 suitable for installation without a mounting plate. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 107 PC enclosure systems System accessories Page 355 Monitors, keyboards From page 606 Climate control Page 207 PC case system, stainless steel Page 171 Material: − Enclosure, door, mounting compartment, supports: Sheet steel − Handles, decorative trim panels: Plastic − Door trim panels: Aluminium Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. Supply includes: Enclosure, door, rear door and enclosure-specific supply scope (see table) Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − VDE Detailed drawings/ Technical information: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Enclosure-specific supply scope Keyboard drawer Packs of Folding keyboard – – – – – – – – Desk section – – – – – – Glazed door, top – Mounting compartment, small – – – – – – Mounting compartment, large – – – – – – Component shelf – Width mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height mm 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 Depth mm 636 836 636 636 636 836 636 8366.000 8368.000 8366.300 8366.400 8366.100 8368.100 8366.200 Width 480 480 480 480 475 540 Height 70 70 70 70 60 50 60 50 40 Depth 260 260 260 260 200 250 200 250 175 118 133 118 117 118 124 1 Model No. PC Max. keyboard dimensions mm Weight (kg) 475 Page 108 Accessories Base/plinth, stationary 1 8800.920 on request 8800.920 8800.920 8800.920 on request 8800.920 366 Base/plinth components front and rear Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 361 Base/plinth trim, front Height 200 mm 1 8360.920 8360.920 8360.920 8360.920 8360.920 8360.920 8360.920 366 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.080 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 8601.080 8601.060 362 Base/plinth trim, side Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.080 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 8602.080 8602.060 362 Cross member, adjustable Height 70 mm 2 8601.680 8601.680 8601.680 8601.680 8601.680 8601.680 8601.680 370 Partial mounting plate Height 775 mm 1 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 448 Component shelf, pull-out 1 6902.960 6902.980 6902.960 6902.960 6902.960 6902.980 6902.960 480 Drawer tray 1 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 481 Paper removal flap 1 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 615 Socket strips see page 505 Alternative lock systems see page 412 108 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures PC enclosure systems System accessories Page 355 Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 TFT monitor Page 606 Compact enclosure, ready to connect. Standard commercially available tower PCs, up to W/H/D: 250 x 530 x 600 mm (max. 20 kg) may be attached securely to the base screw fastened to the door using the retaining strap supplied loose. The rear interfaces of the PC are readily accessible with the door open. Because the socket strip and fan-and-filter unit are already pre-installed, the enclosure is ready for immediate use. Roof prepared for mounting ● Worktop IW 6902.310 ● Beneath surfaces Base prepared for mounting ● Cast feet IW 6902.920 ● On surfaces Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel − Door: Sheet steel − Design strips: Aluminium Surface finish: − Enclosure: Powder-coated, textured paint − Door: Powder-coated Colour: − Enclosure: RAL 7035 − Door: RAL 7015 − Design strips: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 (in conjunction with connector gland SZ 2400.300/.500 supplied loose) Supply includes: − Enclosure of all-round solid construction − R/h door hinge − Door with base screwfastened on the inside − Side cam lock − Rear panel with two cut-outs for use of the connector gland SZ 2400.300/.500 supplied loose − Cable gland M20, brass, nickel-plated − Outlet filter fitted in left side panel − Fan-and-filter unit fitted in the right side panel, dooroperated switch, supply socket for 230 V power supply, socket strip with 3 sockets and overvoltage protection Also required: Connection cable for infeed, see page 495. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Enclosure for tower PC Width mm Packs of Height mm Page 760 Depth mm Model No. IW 760 300 1 Weight (kg) 6900.300 55 Accessories Cast feet Twin castors Worktop without handle 2 6902.920 1 set 7495.000 371 374 1 6902.310 148 Enclosure attachment, tilting, base mounting 1 6902.640 143 Optipanel for TFT monitor 17˝ 1 6380.040 118 TFT monitor 17˝ with safety glass screen 1 6450.020 606 Alternative lock systems Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures see page 413 109 Industrial Workstations System accessories Page 355 Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 TFT monitor Page 606 Surface finish: Enclosure: Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint H Colour: − Enclosure, worktop: RAL 7035 − Worktop edge strip: RAL 7015 − Worktop handle: RAL 9006 B H Material: − Enclosure, roof, drawer tray, designer door, rear wall and rear door: Sheet steel − Worktop: Chipboard: Plastic-laminated on both sides (edging) − Aluminium handle: Powder-coated Protection category: See table. B T T Supply includes: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Combination options Monitor housing 21˝ Model No IW 6902.500 Roof solid Model No. IW 6902.400 Worktop small, solid Model No. IW 6902.300 Optipanel Custom-manufactured for TFT monitors or other display and input devices Support arm system CP-L Worktop solid Model No. IW 6902.100 Enclosure attachment tilting Model No. IW 6902.640 Worktop prepared for tilting enclosure attachment Model No IW 6902.310, see page 148. Designer door, rear panel screw-fastened from the inside Height 900 mm Model No. IW 6900.000 Designer door, rear door Drawer section, designer door, rear door Height 900 mm Height 900 mm Model No. IW 6900.100 Model No. IW 6900.400 Drawer section for keyboard and mouse, designer door, rear door Height 900 mm Model No. IW 6900.410 Worktop, keyboard drawer, designer door, rear door Height 1000 mm Model No. IW 6901.100 Pedestal Model No. IW 6141.200 Base/plinth, stationary Model No. PC 8800.920 Twin castors Model No. DK 7495.000 110 Twin castors Model No. DK 7495.000 or CP 6148.000 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Industrial Workstations IW enclosures and worktops Page Enclosure Designer door, rear panel screw-fastened from the inside Designer door, rear door Drawer section, designer door, rear door Width (B) mm 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H) mm 900 900 900 900 1000 645 Design Drawer section Worktop, for keyboard keyboard drawer, and mouse, designer door, designer door, rear door rear door Depth (T) mm 600 600 600 (890) 600 (890) Weight kg 54,9 59,9 73 73 91 6900.000 6900.100 6900.400 6900.410 6901.100 Model No. IW IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 Protection category Width (B) Height (H) Depth (T) Weight mm mm mm kg IP 54 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 Model No. IW Worktops 610 38 645 11.6 6902.300 6902.300 – – 1000 38 895 24 6902.100 6902.100 6902.100 6902.100 – 600 13 640 7.4 6902.400 6902.400 – – – 600 600 600 42.5 6902.500 6902.500 6902.500 6902.500 – Roof Monitor housing Accessories Packs of Base/plinth, stationary 1 8800.920 8800.920 8800.920 8800.920 8800.920 366 Cross member, adjustable 2 8601.680 8601.680 8601.680 8601.680 – 370 1 set 7495.000 7495.000 7495.000 7495.000 7495.000 374 1 8611.300 8611.300 – – – 402 Twin castors Handle adaptor for comfort handle Cable gland 1 6902.770 6902.770 6902.770 6902.770 6902.770 522 Mounting plate for enclosure width 600 mm 1 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 8614.680 448 Component shelf, static installation 1 8800.900 8800.900 8800.900 8800.900 8800.900 481 Component shelf, pull-out 1 6902.960 6902.960 6902.960 6902.960 6902.960 480 Drawer tray 1 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 481 Adaptor section 482.6 mm (19˝) 1 8613.070 8613.070 8613.070 8613.070 – 551 Paper removal flap 1 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 615 Enclosure attachment, tilting see page 143 Support arm systems see page 125 Operating housing see page 120 Included with the supply. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 111 112 Operating housings/support arm systems/stand systems Comfort Panel Benefits at a glance...................................................................................115 Comfort Panel............................................................................................116 Comfort Panel, configuration examples ....................................................117 Optipanel Benefits at a glance...................................................................................115 Optipanel ...................................................................................................118 Optipanel, configuration examples ...........................................................119 Operating housings Compact Panel..........................................................................................120 Command panel housing with door ..........................................................121 Operating housing with handle strips .......................................................122 Operating housing with display panel front ..............................................123 Support arm systems Support arm systems, overview ................................................................125 Support arm system CP-S, steel ...............................................................127 Support arm system CP-L .........................................................................131 Support arm system CP-C.........................................................................135 Support arm system CP-XL .......................................................................139 Support arm systems, accessories ...........................................................142 Stand systems Pedestal, modular .....................................................................................147 Pedestal, complete....................................................................................148 Pillar, small ................................................................................................149 Pillar...........................................................................................................150 Accessories ...............................................................................................151 113 114 Comfort Panel/Optipanel Benefits at a glance ● Aluminium enclosure, high thermal conductivity for optimum passive heat dissipation ● Low weight coupled with high stability ● Protection category IP 65 ● Compatible with all Rittal stand and support arm systems The choice is yours Standard range ● Standard variants offering outstanding value for money and short delivery times ● Easy, fast and reliable selection ● For front panel installations, tailored to the most common operating solutions Comfort Panel, see page 116. Optipanel, see page 118. Configurable special solutions ● Individual sizes, also for the direct installation of panels with no front plate ● Complete solution diversity for virtually all applications ● Maximum flexibility in design and function The command panel configurator determines the most suitable enclosure for your application based on user-specific parameters. More detailed information can be found at: www.rittal.com 115 Comfort Panel System accessories Page 355 Support arm systems Page 125 Stand systems Page 147 Industrial Workstations Page 110 For front panel width (B) mm Colour: − Enclosure: Natural-anodised − Corner pieces: RAL 7035 − Corner protectors: Similar to RAL 7024 Packs of Protection category: IP 65 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Seals and assembly parts for front panels. 520 400 Installation depth mm B Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 520 For front panel height (H) mm H Material: − Enclosure: Extruded aluminium section − Corner pieces: Die-cast zinc − Corner protectors: Plastic 520 500 Page 600 74 152 191 74 152 191 74 152 191 6372.541 6372.542 6372.543 6372.551 6372.552 6372.553 6372.561 6372.562 6372.563 7.8 11.7 13.8 8.8 12.3 15.2 9.7 13.5 16.7 Support arm connection CP-L, 120 x 65 mm1) – – – – – – Support arm connection CP-L, Ø 130 mm1) – – – Hinged rear panel with screw lock – – – – – – Hinged rear panel with cam2) – – – – – – Screw-fastened rear panel3) – – – – – – Model No. CP4) 1 Weight (kg) Design Accessories Front panel 1 6028.014 6028.014 6028.014 6028.015 6028.015 6028.015 6028.016 6028.016 6028.016 604 Handle set, horizontal 1 6375.000 6375.000 6375.000 6375.000 6375.000 6375.000 6375.000 6375.000 6375.000 600 Handle set, vertical 2 6375.040 6375.040 6375.040 6375.050 6375.050 6375.050 6375.060 6375.060 6375.060 600 Mounting bracket for interior installation 4 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 470 Spring nut M5 50 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 478 Earthing plate 1 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 502 1) Top or 2) With 3 bottom, by rotating the enclosure. mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, version C, see page 421, plastic handles and T handles, version C, see page 420. hinged at the front with side double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, version C, see page 421, plastic handles and T handles, version C, see page 420. 4) Configuration examples, see page 117. 3) Enclosure 116 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Comfort Panel Configuration examples Front panel height mm Cut-out dimensions B H 400 7 HE 8 HE 53.7 1 W (B) = 484 mm H = 364 mm 1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate H B 7 HE 8 HE 9 HE 500 153.7 109.2 65 1 W (B) = 484 mm H = 464 mm 1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate H 7 HE 8 HE 7 HE 9 HE 8 HE 9 HE B 3.5 HE 600 253.7 209.2 165 98.7 3.5 HE 3.5 HE 54.2 1 W (B) = 484 mm H = 564 mm 1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate Free space, available for individual installed equipment such as rows of switches etc. HE = U Rittal Australia RITTAL Pty. Ltd. 130 – 140 Parraweena Road Miranda NSW 2228 Phone: +61 (2) 9525 2766 Fax: +61 (2) 9525 2888 E-mail: info@rittal.com.au www.rittal.com.au Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 117 Optipanel System accessories Page 355 Support arm systems Page 125 Stand systems Page 147 Industrial Workstations Page 110 For front panel width (B) mm Colour: − Enclosure: Natural-anodised − Corner pieces: RAL 7035 − Corner protectors: Similar to RAL 7024 Packs of For front panel height (H) mm Installation depth mm Model No. CP 1 Weight (kg) Protection category: IP 65 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Seals and assembly parts for front panels. H Material: − Enclosure: Extruded aluminium section − Corner pieces: Die-cast zinc − Corner protectors: Plastic B Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 430 482.6 482.6 520 520 520 343 310.3 354.8 400 500 600 100 100 100 100 150 100 150 100 Page 150 6380.0201) 6380.000 6380.0401) 6380.4002) 6380.410 6380.5002) 6380.5102) 6380.6002) 6380.6102) 5.3 6.2 6.6 5.8 7.3 6.6 8.3 7.3 9.2 – – – Design Support arm connection CP-L, 120 x 65 mm3) Support arm connection CP-L, Ø 130 mm3) – – – – – – Hinged rear panel4) – Accessories Front panel 1 – 6028.010 Handle set, horizontal 1 – 6385.010 6385.010 6385.000 6385.000 6385.000 6385.000 6385.000 6385.000 Handle set, vertical 2 – Mounting bracket for interior installation Mounting bracket – – 6028.014 6028.014 6028.015 6028.015 6028.016 6028.016 604 600 6385.040 6385.040 6385.050 6385.050 6385.060 6385.060 600 4 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 470 4 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 470 Earthing plate 1 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 502 Spring nut M5 50 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 478 1) To fit TFT monitors, see page 606. 2) Configuration examples, see page 119. 3) Top or bottom, by rotating the enclosure. 4) With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, version C, see page 421, plastic handles and T handles, version C, see page 420. To fit desktop TFT up to 20.1˝ with rear connection ● VESA 75 ● VESA 100 Model No. CP 6380.050 118 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Optipanel Configuration examples Front panel height mm Cut-out dimensions B H 400 7 HE 8 HE 53.7 1 W (B) = 484 mm H = 364 mm 1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate H B 7 HE 8 HE 9 HE 500 153.7 109.2 65 1 W (B) = 484 mm H = 464 mm 1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate H 7 HE 8 HE 7 HE 9 HE 8 HE 9 HE B 3.5 HE 600 253.7 209.2 165 98.7 3.5 HE 3.5 HE 54.2 1 W (B) = 484 mm H = 564 mm 1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate Free space, available for individual installed equipment such as rows of switches etc. HE = U Rittal Belgium RITTAL nv/sa Industrieterrein E17/3206 Stokkelaar 8 B-9160 Lokeren Phone: +32 (0) 9 353 9111 Fax: +32 (0) 9 355 6862 E-mail: info@rittal.be www.rittal.be Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 119 Compact Panel System accessories Page 355 Support arm systems Page 125 Stand systems Page 147 For small operating units built into front panels. The front panel is inserted from the rear and secured with screw clamps. Special front panels with a material thickness of between 2 and 6 mm are possible. Rear panel optionally hinged on the left or right. Material: − Roof tray, base tray, rear panel: Aluminium − Side parts: Extruded aluminium section − Screw cover: Plastic Protection category: IP 65 to IEC 60 529 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: − Roof tray − Base tray − Rear panel − Side parts − Screw cover − Seal and screw clamp Surface finish: − Roof tray, base tray, side parts: Powder-coated − Rear panel: Natural-anodised Colour: RAL 7024 Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm To fit 241 241 315 315 238 388 238 388 87 87 87 87 Front panel width mm 178 178 252 252 Front panel height mm 200 350 200 350 6340.000 6340.100 6340.300 6340.400 2.8 3.8 3.4 4.5 Model No. CP (with support arm connection CP-S) 1 Weight (kg) Page Accessories Front panel, 3.0 mm aluminium, natural-anodised Wall mounting bracket, vertically hinged Cover plate for support arm connection CP-S Spring nut M5 1 6028.500 6028.510 6028.530 6028.540 604 1 set 6341.000 6341.000 6341.000 6341.000 442 1 6505.200 6505.200 6505.200 6505.200 604 50 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 478 To order different heights for front panel width: – 178 mm use Model No.: CP 6342.109 – 252 mm use Model No.: CP 6342.209 and additionally specify the front panel height. Extended delivery times. 120 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Command panel housing with door System accessories Page 355 Support arm systems Page 125 Stand systems Page 147 Command panel housing with door, stainless steel Page 167 Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Dipcoatprimed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint − Handle strips: Powder-coated Colour: − Enclosure and door: RAL 7035 − Handle strips and cover caps: RAL 5018 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Enclosure with cut-out and reinforcement for support arm system CP-L, Ø 130 mm − Cam lock with double-bit insert − Door with sealing frame − Side handle strips and cover caps Width (B) mm Packs of Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm 1 Model No. CP Weight (kg) Note: The support arm connection and door hinge may be swapped over by rotating the enclosure. B T Approvals: − UL − cUL H Material: − Enclosure and door: Sheet steel − Handle strips: Aluminium − Cover caps: Plastic Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 300 300 300 400 400 500 200 300 400 300 400 500 180 180 180 180 180 180 6534.000 6535.000 6537.000 6536.000 6538.000 6544.000 5.5 7.1 8.4 8.4 10.6 14.5 Page Accessories Matching mounting plate Support rails1) Alternative lock systems 1) Only AE type 1032.500 1033.500 1034.500 1030.500 1380.500 1050.500 Model No.2) 0271.324 0271.926 0271.927 0274.131 0271.548 0271.333 – 2316.000 2316.000 2316.000 2317.000 2317.000 2318.000 467 Model No. 10 44 With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, version C, see page 421, plastic handles and T handles, version C, see page 420. with vertical attachment of punched rail 23 x 23 mm, see page 463. delivery times. 2) Extended Rittal Sweden RITTAL Scandinavian ab Rittalgatan 1 SE-262 73 Ängelholm Phone: +46 (431) 44 26 00 Fax: +46 (431) 44 26 44 E-mail: info@rittal.se www.rittal.se Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 121 Operating housing with handle strips System accessories Page 355 Support arm systems Page 125 Stand systems Page 147 Command panel housing with door, stainless steel Page 167 Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Dipcoatprimed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint − Handle strips: Powder-coated Colour: − Enclosure and door: RAL 7035 − Handle strips and cover caps: RAL 7030 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Enclosure with cut-out and reinforcement for support arm system CP-L, Ø 130 mm − Mounting angles spot welded at the sides − Front with maximum cut-out, covered with easily machinable 3 mm aluminium front panel − Side handle strips with cover caps − Rear door with r/h hinge − Cam lock with double-bit insert Width (B) mm Packs of Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Model No. CP 1 Weight (kg) Note: The support arm connection and door hinge may be swapped over by rotating the enclosure. B T Approvals: − UL − cUL H Material: − Enclosure and door: Sheet steel − Handle strips: Aluminium − Cover caps: Plastic Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 300 380 380 500 600 200 300 380 500 380 155 210 210 210 210 6540.2001) 6531.200 6530.200 6532.200 6533.200 4.9 9.3 10.2 15.4 14.6 Page Accessories Support strips for attaching to the mounting angles of the side panel 20 – – 4594.000 4309.000 4594.000 426 Rail for interior installation 4 – 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 459 1 – – 2537.0X0 2537.0X0 2537.0X0 418 Mini comfort handle Alternative lock systems 1) Support With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, version A, see page 421, lock cylinder, plastic handles and T handles, version B, see page 420. arm connection and door hinge at the bottom. Rittal Spain RITTAL Disprel S.A. Mas Baiona, 40 Polígono Industrial Can Roqueta 08202 Sabadell (Barcelona) Phone: +34 937 001 300 Fax: +34 937 001 301 E-mail: info@rittal.es www.rittal.es 122 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Operating housing with display panel front System accessories Page 355 Support arm systems Page 125 Stand systems Page 147 Command panel housing with door, stainless steel Page 167 Material: − Enclosure and door: Sheet steel − Frame and front panel: Aluminium Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Frame and front panel: Natural-anodised Colour: RAL 7035 Width mm Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Enclosure without gland plate − Mounting angles spot welded at the sides − With maximum cut-out at the front and fitted, easily machinable 3 mm front panel with aluminium frame, with r/h hinge, screw-fastened from the inside. − Rear door with r/h hinge − Cam lock with double-bit insert Packs of Height mm Depth mm Model No. CP 1 Weight (kg) Cam lock Approvals: − UL − cUL Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 380 380 500 600 380 600 500 600 249 249 249 249 6442.500 6462.500 6552.500 6662.500 9.5 13.4 18.0 19.6 1 2 2 2 6143.210 6143.210 6143.210 – Page Accessories Enclosure reinforcement with support arm cut-out CP-L 1 Enclosure reinforcement with support arm cut-out CP-XL 1 – – – 6503.000 151 Rail for interior installation 4 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 459 1 2537.0X0 2537.0X0 2537.0X0 2537.0X0 418 Mini comfort handle Alternative lock systems 151 With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, version A, see page 421, lock cylinder, plastic handles and T handles, version B, see page 420. Rittal South Korea RITTAL Co., Ltd. Seoul Head Office 3rd Floor Asaan Venture Tower B/D 315-6 Yangjae-Dong Seocho-Gu Seoul 137-896 Korea Phone: +82 (0)2-577-6525 Fax: +82 (0)2-577-6526 E-mail: rittal@rittal.co.kr www.rittal.co.kr Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 123 124 Support arm systems Support arm system CP-S Overview of components...........................................................................127 Support section CP-S ................................................................................128 Support arm system CP-S, components ...................................................129 Support arm system CP-L Overview of components...........................................................................131 Support section CP-L ................................................................................132 Support arm system CP-L, components ...................................................133 Support arm system CP-C Overview of components...........................................................................135 Support section CP-C................................................................................136 Support arm system CP-C, components...................................................137 Support arm system CP-XL Overview of components...........................................................................139 Support section CP-XL ..............................................................................140 Support arm system CP-XL, components .................................................141 Load information Comparison of support arm systems CP-XL 1600 1400 CP-C Permissible static load [N] (enclosure and vertical support arm section) 1200 1000 CP-L 800 600 CP-S 400 200 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 Jib length (mm) Support arm configurator The support arm configurator determines the correct support arm system according to user-specific parameters. More detailed information can be found at: www.rittal.com 125 8 9 10 5 4 6 1 2 3 126 Support arm system CP-S, steel Overview of components 1 Enclosure attachment CP-S (CP 6501.070) 2 Housing coupling, round CP-S (CP 6501.050) 3 Housing coupling, CP-S for support arm connection CP-L 120 x 65 mm (CP 6501.130) 4 Angle coupling 90° CP-S (CP 6501.120) 5 Support section CP-S (CP 6501.000, .020) 6 Angle piece 90° CP-S (CP 6501.140) 7 Top-mounted joint CP-S (CP 6501.160) 8 Wall-mounted hinge CP-S (CP 6501.150) 9 Wall/base mounting bracket CP-S (CP 6501.110) 10 Mounting components for signal pillar (CP 2375.030) 7 Load information When using CP-S in conjunction with CP-L (in the horizontal development of the system), the CP-L load diagram applies. 800 Permissible static load [N] (enclosure and vertical support arm section) 600 400 200 0 0 500 1000 1500 Jib length (mm) 127 Support arm system CP-S, steel Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 Compact Panel Page 120 Command panel housing with door Page 121 Operating housings Page 122 Support section CP-S Attached to the connection components via 2 clamping screws. Size: − External diameter: 48.3 mm − Wall thickness: 4.0 mm Material: − Steel conduit, powder-coated Integral adjustment facility Note: Stainless steel, see page 168. Supply includes: Support section CP-S Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Combination with support arm system CP-L Also available in stainless steel version, see page 168 10 7 1 8 4 3 11 9 6 12 1 2 5 1 Support section CP-S, 1000 mm (CP 6501.020) 2 Support section CP-S, 500 mm (CP 6501.000) 3 Wall-mounted hinge CP-S (CP 6501.150) 4 Angle piece 90° CP-S (CP 6501.140) 5 Housing coupling CP-S (CP 6501.050) 6 Wall-mounted hinge CP-L (CP 6521.010) 7 Support section CP-L, 500 mm (CP 6511.000) 8 Angle adaptor CP-L to CP-S 90° (CP 6501.090) 9 Wall/base mounting, rigid, CP-S, stainless steel (CP 6663.000) 10 Support section CP-S, stainless steel, 1000 mm (CP 6660.010) 11 Angle piece 90°, CP-S, stainless steel (CP 6664.300) 12 Support section CP-S, stainless steel, 500 mm (CP 6660.050) 13 Housing coupling CP-S, stainless steel (CP 6664.000) 128 Colour: RAL 7035 5 13 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Support arm system CP-S, steel Length mm Weight kg Colour RAL Wall section Rigid Desk section Rotating/tilting Enclosure section – – 0.8 7024 6902.670 – – – – 1.0 7024 6501.070 – – – – 1.1 7024 6501.050 – – – – 1.5 7024 6501.130 – – – – 1.6 7024 6501.120 – – – – 500 1000 2.1 4.2 7035 7035 – – 1.1 7024 6501.140 – 6501.140 – – 0.3 7024 2375.030 – – – – 1.8 7024 – – 6501.160 – – 2.2 7024 – – 6501.150 – – 0.7 7024 – – 6501.110 Model No. CP Enclosure attachment, tilting see page 145 Enclosure attachment CP-S Housing coupling, round CP-S Housing coupling CP-S for support arm connection CP-L 120 x 65 mm Angle coupling 90° CP-S Support section CP-S 6501.000 6501.020 Angle piece 90° CP-S Mounting component for signal pillar see page 623 Top-mounted joint CP-S Wall-mounted hinge CP-S Wall/base mounting bracket CP-S Accessories CP-S Angle adaptor 90° CP-L to CP-S CP 6501.090 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures see page 146 129 17 18 15 20 11 14 12 13 4 10 3 1 5 2 8 9 7 6 130 Support arm system CP-L Overview of components 1 Tilting adaptor 10° CP-L, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm (CP 6527.010) 2 Tilting adaptor 10° CP-L, for support arm connection CP-L 120 x 65 mm (CP 6527.110) 3 Tilting adaptor ±45° CP-L, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm (CP 6529.010) 4 Connection console CP-L (CP 6508.010) 5 Enclosure attachment CP-L, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm (CP 6525.510) 6 Enclosure attachment CP-L, for support arm connection CP-L 120 x 65 mm (CP 6525.610) 7 Enclosure attachment, locatable CP-L, for support arm connection CP-L 120 x 65 mm (CP 6525.210) 8 Housing coupling CP-L, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm (CP 6525.010) 9 Housing coupling CP-L, for support arm connection CP-L 120 x 65 mm (CP 6525.110) 10 Angle coupling 90° CP-L, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm (CP 6526.010) 11 Support section CP-L, closed (CP 6509.000, CP 6511.000, CP 6513.000, CP 6515.000) 12 Support section CP-L, open (CP 6513.050) 13 Angle piece 90° CP-L (CP 6524.010) 14 Articulated joint 90° CP-L, may only be top-mounted/suspended on the enclosure side (CP 6524.210) 15 Intermediate hinge CP-L (CP 6523.010) 16 Top-mounted joint CP-L (CP 6522.010) 17 Wall-mounted hinge CP-L (CP 6521.010) 18 Wall/base mounting bracket, small CP-L (CP 6520.510) 19 Wall/base mounting bracket, large CP-L (CP 6520.010) 20 Mounting components for signal pillar (CP 2375.000, .020) 16 Load information Permissible load depending on system configuration 800 Permissible static load [N] (enclosure and vertical support arm section) 19 1 2 600 3 400 200 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 Jib length (mm) 1 System configuration without intermediate hinge 2 System configuration with one intermediate hinge 3 System configuration with one intermediate hinge and one top-mounted/wall-mounted joint Note: − Intermediate hinge CP 6523.010 should only be used once per system! − When using the open support section, the load information is 70% of the closed support section. 131 Support arm system CP-L Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 Compact Panel Page 120 Command panel housing with door Page 121 Operating housings Page 122 Size: − External dimensions: 50 x 85 mm − Wall thickness: 8 mm Colour: Support section: RAL 7035 21 Material: − Support section: Extruded aluminium section − Cover: Plastic Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 85 Supply includes: Support section CP-L 85 Support section CP-L Attachment to the connection components with 4 self-tapping screws in the screw channel, may be cut to any required length, no thread-tapping required. 50 Combination with support arm systems CP-C to CP-L Combination with support arm systems CP-C to CP-S 1 Wall/base mounting bracket CP-C, large (CP 6072.000) 2 Support section CP-C, 500 mm (CP 6074.100) 3 Intermediate hinge CP-C (CP 6071.800) 4 Adaptor CP-C to CP-L (CP 6071.600) 5 Support section CP-L (CP 6511.000) 6 Angle piece 90° CP-L (CP 6524.010) 7 Support section CP-L, 500 mm (CP 6511.000) 8 Housing coupling CP-L (CP 6525.010) 2 5 10 3 6 1 9 7 4 50 11 5 8 12 9 Wall-mounted hinge CP-L (CP 6521.010) 10 Angle adaptor 90° (CP 6501.090) 11 Support section CP-S, steel, 500 mm (CP 6501.000) 12 Housing coupling CP-S (CP 6501.050) Combination with support arm, height adjustable ● ● ● ● Adjustment range up to 800 mm Integral stay in three stages, except for CP 6510.210 Problem-free cable entry with connectors such as DVI, VGA, except with CP 6510.210 Support arm, height-adjustable, see page 144 132 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Support arm system CP-L Length mm Weight kg Colour RAL Wall section Rigid Desk section Rotating/tilting Enclosure section for support arm connection Ø 130 mm – – 0.6 7024 6527.010 – – for support arm connection CP-L – – 0.4 7024 6527.110 – – – – 1.3 7024 6529.010 – – – – 0.7 7024 6508.010 – – Model No. CP Tilting adaptor 10° CP-L 120 x 65 mm Tilting adaptor ±45° CP-L for support arm connection Ø 130 mm Connection console CP-L for flat operating housings Enclosure attachment CP-L for support arm connection Ø 130 mm – – 1.0 7024 6525.510 – – for support arm connection CP-L – – 1.0 7024 6525.610 – – – – 0.4 7024 6525.210 – – 120 x 65 mm Enclosure attachment, locatable CP-L for support arm connection CP-L 120 x 65 mm Housing coupling CP-L for support arm connection Ø 130 mm – – 1.7 7024 6525.010 – – for support arm connection CP-L – – 1.4 7024 6525.110 – – – – 1.9 7024 6526.010 – – Closed – – – – – – – – 250 1.3 500 2.6 1000 5.1 2000 10.2 7035 7035 7035 7035 6509.000 6511.000 6513.000 6515.000 6509.000 6511.000 6513.000 6515.000 6509.000 6511.000 6513.000 6515.000 Open – – 1000 4.75 7035 6513.050 6513.050 6513.050 – – 1.4 7024 6524.010 – 6524.010 – – 1.2 7024 6524.210 – – – – 3.2 7024 – 6523.010 – – – 1.9 7024 – – 6520.010 – – – – 0.4 9017 9017 2375.000 – – 2375.020 – 2375.020 – – 3.0 7024 – – 6522.010 – – 3.2 7024 – – 6521.010 – – 0.6 7024 – – 6520.510 120 x 65 mm Angle coupling 90° CP-L for support arm connection Ø 130 mm Support section CP-L Angle piece 90° CP-L Articulated joint 90° CP-L Intermediate hinge CP-L Wall/base mounting, large CP-L Mounting component for signal pillar see page 623 Top-mounted joint CP-L Wall-mounted hinge CP-L Wall/base mounting bracket, small, CP-L Accessories CP-L: Adaptation options see page 142 Support arm bracket CP 6519.000 see page 145 Connection plate CP 6528.210 see page 143 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 133 11 13 9 12 4 7 4 14 6 3 5 4 5 2 1 134 Support arm system CP-C Overview of components 1 Enclosure attachment CP-C, for support arm connection CP-L Ø 130 mm (CP 6070.200) 2 Enclosure attachment CP-C, for support arm connection CP-L Ø 130 mm (CP 6070.000) 3 Angle coupling 90° CP-C, for support arm connection CP-L Ø 130 mm (CP 6071.200) 4 Support section CP-C, closed (CP 6074.000, .100, .300, .500) 5 Support section CP-C, open (CP 6075.100, .300, .500) 6 Angle piece 90° CP-C (CP 6071.400) 7 Intermediate hinge CP-C (CP 6071.800) 8 Top-mounted joint CP-C, vertical outlet (CP 6072.800) 9 Top-mounted joint CP-C, horizontal outlet (CP 6072.600) 10 Wall-mounted joint CP-C, vertical outlet (CP 6072.400) 11 Wall-mounted joint CP-C, horizontal outlet (CP 6072.500) 12 Wall/base mounting bracket, small CP-C (CP 6072.200) 13 Wall/base mounting bracket, large CP-C (CP 6072.000) 14 Mounting components for signal pillar (CP 6073.000) 6 4 8 10 Load information Permissible load depending on system configuration 1 1200 2 Permissible static load [N] (enclosure and vertical support arm section) 1000 3 800 B 600 400 200 A 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 Jib length (mm) 1 Without intermediate hinge 2 With intermediate hinge CP 6071.800 and closed support section 3 With intermediate hinge CP 6071.800 and open support section A Maximum system length 2500 mm for systems with horizontal outlet at the system start. B Maximum system length 1500 mm for systems with vertical outlet at the system start. Note: − Wall/base mounting bracket, small CP 6072.200 must not be used in conjunction with intermediate hinge CP 6071.800! − Intermediate hinge CP 6071.800 should only be used once per system! 135 Support arm system CP-C Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 Compact Panel Page 120 Command panel housing with door Page 121 Operating housings Page 122 Upper channel adequate for cables with large connectors (e.g. DVI or VGA) and available/ usable throughout the entire system. Size: − External dimensions: 75 x 120 mm − Wall thickness: 6.5 mm Function ● Easily adjusted without dismantling the system ● Fast, simple assembly of the system ● Rotation range may be limited without dismantling the system 136 Material: − Support section: Extruded aluminium section − Cover: Plastic Colour: − Support section: RAL 7035 − Cover: RAL 7024 Supply includes: − Support section CP-C − Clip-in lid (only for CP-C open) 120 Support section CP-C Attachment to the connection components with 4 self-tapping screws in the screw channel. May be cut to any required length, no thread-tapping required. Closed cable duct with a large cross-section. Open cable duct for easy servicing access and for pre-assembled cables with connectors; lockable via cover section. X-shaped profile for higher load capacity, large cable routing channels. 75 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Cable management ● Cross-section sufficient for large connectors ● Separation between data and power cables ● Removable cover for simple cable entry ● Flexible cable entry and routing options Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Support arm system CP-C Colour RAL Weight kg Length mm Rigid Rotating/tilting Enclosure section Desk section Wall section Model No. CP Enclosure attachment CP-C for support arm connection CP-L Ø 130 mm – – 0.7 7035 6070.200 – – 7035 6070.000 – – Housing coupling CP-C for support arm connection CP-L Ø 130 mm – – 2.0 Angle coupling 90° CP-C, for support arm connection CP-L Ø 130 mm – – 2.1 7035/ 7024 6071.200 – – Closed – – – – – – – – 250 500 1000 2000 2.0 3.9 7.8 15.6 7035 6074.000 6074.100 6074.300 6074.500 6074.000 6074.100 6074.300 6074.500 6074.000 6074.100 6074.300 6074.500 Open – – – – – – 500 1000 2000 4.6 9.2 18.4 7035/ 7024 6075.100 6075.300 6075.500 6075.100 6075.300 6075.500 6075.100 6075.300 6075.500 – – 1.1 7035/ 7024 6071.400 – 6071.400 – – 4.4 7035/ 7024 – 6071.800 – Vertical outlet – – 3.8 7035 – – 6072.800 Horizontal outlet – – 4.3 7035/ 7024 – – 6072.600 Vertical outlet – – 5.5 7035/ 7024 – – 6072.400 Horizontal outlet – – 6.1 7035/ 7024 – – 6072.500 – – 0.5 7035 – – 6072.200 – – 2.5 7035/ 7024 – – 6072.000 – – 0.1 7024 6073.000 6073.000 6073.000 Support section CP-C Angle piece 90° CP-C Intermediate hinge CP-C Top-mounted joint CP-C Wall-mounted hinge CP-C Wall/base mounting bracket, small, CP-C Wall/base mounting bracket, large, CP-C Mounting component for signal pillar See page 623 Accessories CP-C: Adaptor CP-C to CP-L CP 6071.600 Connection adaptor CP-L Ø 130 mm to CP-L Support arm, height adjustable Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures see page 143 120 x 65 mm CP 6071.000 see page 142 see page 144 137 15 14 12 8 11 10 7 1 8 5 9 4 6 138 Support arm system CP-XL Overview of components 13 1 Connection adaptor CP-L to CP-XL, 20 mm height (CP 6528.010) 2 Connection adaptor CP-L to CP-XL, 55 mm height (CP 6528.510) 3 Tilting adaptor 10° CP-XL (CP 6023.010) 4 Enclosure attachment, round CP-XL (CP 6130.610) 5 Enclosure attachment, square CP-XL (CP 6130.510) 6 Housing coupling CP-XL (CP 6130.010) 7 Angle coupling 90° CP-XL (CP 6140.010) 8 Support section CP-XL, closed (CP 6050.500, 6100.500, 6200.500) 9 Support section CP-XL, open (CP 6050.000, 6100.000, 6200.000) 10 Angle piece 90° CP-XL, outlet at bottom (CP 6140.010) 11 Angle piece 90° CP-XL, outlet at top (CP 6180.010) 12 Intermediate hinge CP-XL (CP 6120.010) 13 Top-mounted joint CP-XL (CP 6170.010) 14 Wall-mounted hinge CP-XL (CP 6110.010) 15 Wall/base mounting bracket CP-XL (CP 6160.010) 8 9 Load information Permissible load depending on system configuration 2 1600 1400 1200 Permissible static load [N] (enclosure and vertical support arm section) 3 1000 1 + 2 800 3 600 400 200 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 Jib length (mm) 1 Open and solid support section without intermediate hinge 2 Solid support section with one intermediate hinge 3 Open support section with one intermediate hinge Note: Intermediate hinge CP 6120.010 should only be used once per system! 139 Support arm system CP-XL Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 Compact Panel Page 120 Command panel housing with door Page 121 Operating housings Page 122 Open cable duct for easy servicing access and for pre-assembled cables with connectors; lockable via clip-in cover. Size: External dimensions: 80 x 155 mm Material: Extruded aluminium section Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Support section CP-XL − Clip-in cover (only for CP-XL open) 155 Support section CP-XL Attachment to the connection components with 4 self-tapping screws in a screw channel, may be cut to any required length. Closed cable duct for higher loads and torsion. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 80 Cable management ● Open support section for retrospective cable insertion ● Separation of control cables from power supply with two separate ducts Combination with support arm systems CP-XL to CP-L 2 3 4 1 5 1 Wall-mounted hinge CP-XL (CP 6110.010) 2 Support section CP-XL (CP 6100.000) 3 Angle adaptor 90° CP-XL to CP-L (CP 6528.110) 4 Support section CP-L (CP 6511.000) 5 Housing coupling CP-L for support arm connection CP-L Ø 130 mm (CP 6525.010) 140 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Support arm system CP-XL Length mm Weight kg Colour RAL Wall section Rigid Desk section Rotating/tilting Enclosure section Height 20 mm – – 0.6 7024 6528.010 – – Height 55 mm – – 0.7 7024 6528.510 – – – – 1.4 7024 6023.010 – – – – 1.2 7024 6130.610 – – – – 1.2 7024 6130.510 – – – – 3.6 7024 6130.010 – – – – 2.1 7024 6040.010 – – Closed – – – – – – 500 1000 2000 5.5 11.0 22.0 7035 7035 7035 6050.500 6100.500 6200.500 6050.500 6100.500 6200.500 6050.500 6100.500 6200.500 Open – – – – – – 500 1000 2000 4.9 9.8 19.6 7035 7035 7035 6050.000 6100.000 6200.000 6050.000 6100.000 6200.000 6050.000 6100.000 6200.000 Outlet at bottom – – – 2.4 7024 6140.010 – 6140.010 Outlet at top – – – 3.6 7024 6180.010 – 6180.010 – – 6.5 7024 – 6120.010 – – – 11.9 7024 – – 6170.010 – – 8.5 7024 – – 6110.010 – – 4.1 7024 – – 6160.010 – – 0.6 – – 6110.100 6110.100 Model No. CP Connection adaptor CP-L to CP-XL Tilting adaptor 10° CP-XL Enclosure attachment, round CP-XL Enclosure attachment, rectangular CP-XL Housing coupling CP-XL Angle coupling 90° CP-XL Support section CP-XL Angle piece 90° CP-XL Intermediate hinge CP-XL Top-mounted joint CP-XL Wall-mounted hinge CP-XL Wall/base mounting bracket CP-XL Rotation range restrictor for: Intermediate hinge CP 6120.010 Wall-mounted hinge CP 6110.010 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 141 Support arm systems Accessories Connection adaptor CP-L Ø 130 mm to CP-L 120 x 65 mm Height mm Colour RAL Weight kg Model No. CP 40 7035 0.5 6071.000 For external mounting of command panels with support arm cut-out CP-L 120 x 65 mm. Material: Cast aluminium Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Seal and assembly parts. Connection adaptor CP-L to CP-XL For mounting between enclosures with support arm connection CP-L and support arm system CP-XL. May also be used for the attachment of command panels with cut-out for CP-L directly to machines and systems without a support arm. The mounting cut-out CP-XL should be provided there. Assembly sequence: ● Mount the connection adaptor on the supporting structure ● Mount the enclosure and tighten the screws Height mm Colour RAL Weight kg 201) 7024 0.6 6528.010 55 7024 0.7 6528.510 Model No. CP 1) If the load permits, also suitable for mounting between enclosure with support arm connection CP-XL and support arm system CP-L Ø 130 mm. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: Cast aluminium Supply includes: Seal and assembly parts. Adaptor for Siemens Pro-Panel ● For external mounting of Siemens Simatic Pro-Panel on − Support arm system CP-S − Support arm system CP-L 120 x 65 mm Colour RAL Model No. CP 7024 6528.450 Material: Aluminium Supply includes: Assembly parts. Connection console CP-L for Beckhoff Control-Panels ● Removable cover for easy cable entry with a large opening (110 x 50 mm) ● For external mounting of Beckhoff Control-Panels on − Support arm system CP-S − Support arm system CP-L 120 x 65 mm Colour RAL Weight kg Model No. CP 7024 0.7 6508.020 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: Cast aluminium Supply includes: Seals and assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure and 2 cable ties. 142 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Support arm systems Accessories Connection plate CP-L With reinforcement plate ● For easy location of the command panel onto the support arm or pedestal. ● More space for cable entry ● For mounting command panels − Comfort Panel from a front panel width of 247 mm and installation depth of 152 mm − Optipanel from a front panel width of 220 mm and installation depth of 150 mm − Sheet steel from 135 mm installation depth Colour RAL Weight kg Model No. CP 7024 0.7 6528.210 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: − Connection plate: Cast aluminium − Reinforcement plate: Sheet steel, 6 mm Supply includes: Seals and assembly parts. Enclosure attachment, tilting, base mounting CP-L 120 x 65 mm For mounting beneath: ● IW worktop with pedestal ● Adequately large surfaces Fits enclosures with mounting cut-out: ● CP-L 120 x 65 mm (e.g. Optipanel, see page 118, Comfort Panel, see page 116) With mounting cut-out for connector grommet for sealed cable entry. Colour RAL Weight kg Model No. IW 7024 1.6 6902.640 Note: The enclosure attachment can be mounted either on the support arm connection of the Optipanel enclosure or on the underside or rear of any enclosure. Accessories: Tilt angle: +/–40°, lockable via clamping levers. − Connector gland, see page 522 − IW worktop, see page 111 − Pedestal, see page 147. Material: Sheet steel Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: Spray-finished Supply includes: Assembly parts. Connection adaptor CP-C to CP-L Applications: For integration of the support arm, height-adjustable CP-L (see page 132) to the CP-C support arm system ● For mounting small, flat operating housings if the load capacity of the support arm system CP-C is needed for long jib lengths Weight kg Model No. CP 0.6 6071.600 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Benefits: ● Integral adjustment facility Material: Cast aluminium Supply includes: − Seals − Self-tapping screws for CP-L support section attachment. Adjustment set for support section CP-XL Packs of Model No. CP 10 6205.000 The adjustment set also supports retrospective alignment of the CP support section. Material: Sheet steel 1.0 mm Surface finish: Zinc-plated Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 143 Support arm systems Accessories Housing couplings CP-XL for desktop mounting The stable, rotating connection with extra space for cable routing. For additional stability of the roof and base with heavy installed equipment. For mounting ● Command panels from 150 mm installation depth on ● IW worktops ● Horizontal surfaces (floors or ceilings) Attachment ● of command panels: With one-man assembly via machined keyholes ● on surfaces: Via external screws with cover Design Optipanel Comfort Panel Weight kg Model No. CP W= 418 mm 4321) 4351) 4,2 6528.410 1) From front panel width mm without keyboard housing; with keyboard housing on request. Note: With the Comfort Panel and Optipanel enclosures, the rectangular support arm cut-out can be selected, ordered and prepared using the command panel configurators at www.rittal.com. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Rotation range: Max. 350°, lockable via clamping levers. By using additional M6 cheese-head screws, the rotation range may be limited to ±28°, ±73°, ±118°, ±163°. Material: − Housing coupling: Cast aluminium/die-cast zinc − Reinforcement plate: Sheet steel, 6 mm Surface finish: − Housing coupling: Powder-coated, textured − Reinforcement plate: Zinc-plated Colour: Housing coupling: RAL 7024 Supply includes: − Reinforcement plate − Seals − Assembly parts Support arm, height adjustable for support arm system CP-L Offers enhanced ergonomics thanks to: ● Adjustment range − for tall and short operators − for seated and standing work − adjustable to a maximum of 800 mm as required via an adjusting screw at the front of the support arm. ● Precise coordination of the compression spring to the enclosure weight via an adjusting screw at the rear of the support arm. ● Complete functional reliabilty – if the compression spring breaks, the arm will remain in position. ● Clip-off plastic panels for access to integral cable routing. ● Tilting angle of the mounted enclosure is identical in every height position. Overall length mm Weight range kg1) Colour RAL Model No. CP 962 9006 10 – 20 6510.210 1090 9006 15 – 32 6510.330 1090 9006 20 – 40 6510.340 1) For populated enclosure and vertical support section. Note: Maximum cross-section for cable entry: 6510.210 = 8 x 15 mm 6510.330/.340 = 16 x 40 mm Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. For 6510.330 and 6510.340: ● More space for cable routing. ● Cables with connectors such as DVI, VGA are also easily inserted. ● Integral locking in three stages. ● Superior load capacity. Supply includes: Assembly parts. 144 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Support arm systems Accessories Pivot CP-L with/without jib ● For direct, vertically hinged integration into machines and systems ● Enclosure suspended or top-mounted ● With integral rotation range restrictor ● To fit enclosures with mounting cut-out CP-L Ø 130 mm Support arm bracket 90° CP-L ● For the configuration of compact systems ● To fit support arm system CP-L ● No thread-tapping required Jib length mm Colour RAL Load capacity N Model No. CP – 7024 700 6016.700 200 7024/7035 700 6016.600 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Colour RAL Weight kg Model No. CP 7035 3.4 6519.000 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Enclosure attachment, tilting, top mounting For mounting on: ● IW worktop, prepared for enclosure attachment CP-L, Ø 130 mm, see page 111 ● Surfaces ● Enclosure attachment/coupling CP-L 120 x 65 mm, see page 133 ● Attachment/housing coupling CP-S (may also be used as tilting adaptor +100°/–60° for CP-S), see page 129 To fit enclosures up to 20 kg with support arm connection: ● CP-S ● CP-L 120 x 65 mm ● CP-L Ø 130 mm ● VESA Standard 75. With cable tube for protected cable entry. Colour RAL Weight kg Model No. IW 7024 0.8 6902.670 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Supply includes: − Assembly parts − Plastic concertina section Accessories: IW worktops prepared for enclosure attachment, see page 111. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Tilt angle: +100°/–60°, adjustable in 7.2° increments via clamping lever and may be limited to +100°/–15° using the stop screw supplied loose. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 145 Support arm systems Accessories Angle adaptor 90° Connection component between: ● small and larger support arm systems. Outlet optionally at the top or bottom if this configuration is chosen for static or visual reasons. The removable cover ensures easier cable entry. Material: Cast aluminium Colour RAL Weight kg CP-L to CP-S 7024 1.0 6501.090 CP-XL to CP-L 7024 1.7 6528.110 Model No. CP Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Seal for support section attachment. 146 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stand systems Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 Compact Panel Page 120 Command panel housing with door Page 121 Operating housings Page 122 Pedestal, modular, consisting of: ● Pedestal base plate ● Support section ● Enclosure connection Colour: RAL 7035 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Pedestal, modular 3 2 1 Weight load kg 15 18 1 Pedestal base plate 35 50 Page Model No. CP Pedestal base plate 6146.100 6143.200 400 x 10 x 400 400 x 108 x 400 6146.200 – – – Closed, length 1000 mm – 6513.000 6513.000 6100.500 133/141 Open, length 1000 mm – 6513.050 6513.050 6100.000 133/141 – 6143.210 – – 151 Enclosure attachment CP-S 6501.070 – – – 129 Housing coupling CP-S 6501.050 – – – 129 Dimensions W x H x D mm 2 Support section 6137.535 6137.035 490 x 100 x 600 Model No. CP Height-adjustable (adjustment range 732 – 1122 mm) 3 Enclosure connection Model No. CP Enclosure reinforcement, rigid Enclosure attachment CP-L, Ø 130 mm – – 6525.510 – 133 Enclosure attachment CP-L, – – 6525.610 – 133 120 x 65 mm Housing coupling CP-L, Ø 130 mm – – 6525.010 – 133 Housing coupling CP-L, – – 6525.110 – 133 120 x 65 mm Enclosure attachment CP-XL, round – – – 6130.610 141 Enclosure attachment CP-XL, rectangular – – – 6130.510 141 141 Housing coupling CP-XL Tilt adjustment – – – 6130.010 6146.300 – – – Accessories Twin castors 6148.000 – 6148.000 6148.000 374 Levelling feet – – 4612.000 4612.000 373 – – 1590.000 1590.000 439 6146.400 – – – Base mount Gas pressurised spring, load capacity 15 kg Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 147 Stand systems Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 Compact Panel Page 120 Command panel housing with door Page 121 Operating housings Page 122 The right system to suit any application: ● Fixed or mobile variant ● Different designs ● Weight load from 15 – 50 kg ● Reliable protection of cable management Colour: RAL 7035 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Pedestal, complete Weight load kg 25 25 35 50 50 Model No. CP 6141.100 6141.200 6136.500 6136.000 6135.000 Dimensions W x H x D mm 600 x 1093 x 660 600 x 946 x 660 600 x 1005 x 550 Page 360 x 995 x 500 Supply includes Cross member – Base plate – – – – Twin castors – – – Support section – Vertical aluminium moulding, may be opened – – – Worktop attachment – – – – Twin castors 6148.000, 7495.000 6148.000, 7495.000 – – – 374 Levelling feet 4612.000 4612.000 – – – 373 Base mount 6147.000 6147.000 – – – 151 Trim panel for pedestal 6144.100 6144.100 – – – 151 Enclosure attachment CP-L, Ø 130 mm 6525.510 – 6525.510 – – 133 Enclosure attachment CP-L, 6525.610 – 6525.610 – – 133 Housing coupling CP-L, Ø 130 mm 6525.010 – – – – 133 Housing coupling CP-L, 6525.110 – – – – 133 6525.210 – – – – 133 Enclosure attachment CP-XL, round – – – 6130.610 – 141 Enclosure attachment CP-XL, rectangular – – – 6130.510 – 141 Enclosure attachment, tilting – 6902.640 – – – 143 Worktop without handle1) – 6902.310 – – – Accessories 120 x 65 mm 120 x 65 mm Enclosure attachment CP-L, 120 x 65 mm, locatable Included with the supply. 1) W x H x D 950 x 38 x 600 mm 148 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stand systems Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 Compact Panel Page 120 Command panel housing with door Page 121 Operating housings Page 122 The welded alternatives to the pedestal, complete ● Pedestal, open: For retrospective cable entry with pre-assembled connectors ● Pillar, small: For heavy installed equipment Material: Steel Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: Spray-finished Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Colour: RAL 7035 Pillar, small Weight load kg 40 80 Model No. CP 6215.000 6214.500 Base plate cross-section W x H x D mm 400 x 10 x 400 500 x 12 x 500 Pedestal tube cross-section W x H mm 86 x 73 160 x 80 Page Design Pedestal tube wall thickness mm Overall height mm 3 3,2 1093 1150 Accessories Enclosure attachment CP-L, Ø 130 mm 6525.510 – 133 Housing coupling CP-L, Ø 130 mm 6525.0101) – 133 Enclosure attachment CP-XL, round – 6130.610 141 Enclosure attachment CP-XL, rectangular – 6130.510 141 Housing coupling CP-XL – 6130.010 141 1) When assembling enclosures with support arm connection CP-L, (see page 142) should additionally be used. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 120 x 65 mm, connection adaptor CP-L, Ø 130 mm to CP-L, 120 x 65 mm CP 6071.000 149 Stand systems Support arm system CP-S Page 127 Support arm system CP-L Page 131 Support arm system CP-C Page 135 Support arm system CP-XL Page 139 The stable base point for the support arm system. The attachment of additional enclosures, e.g. for security systems, is also possible. There is a choice of 2 cross-sections: ● 140 x 140 mm ● 200 x 200 mm Design: − Base plate, thickness: 15 mm, with 4 mounting holes − Cut-out in the base plate in accordance with the crosssection for cable entry from below − Pedestal tube (wall thickness 5 mm) welded to the base plate − Connection facility for support arm systems as per the selection table. Material: Steel Accessories: Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts for support arm system according to selection. Note: Customer-specific designs, such as: − Other RAL colours − Heights − Consoles for additional enclosures available on request. Delivery time: Available on request. − Support arm system CP-S, see 128 − CP-L, see page 132 − CP-C, see page 136 − CP-XL, see page 140 − Gland plates size 2, see from page 514. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Pillar Design For support arm system Model No. CP Cross-section 140 x 140 mm, height 2000 mm1) CP-S, CP-L, CP-C 6214.000 Cross-section 200 x 200 mm, height 2000 mm1) CP-C, CP-XL 6220.000 1) Unless otherwise specified. In addition to the Model Number, the following information is also needed: 1. Unless otherwise stated, the position for the cable entry cut-out is on the rear. 2. Position and Item No. of support arm component Support arm component Wall/base mounting bracket, large, side mounting Support arm system CP-S CP-L CP-C CP-XL 6501.110 6520.010 6072.000 6160.010 Wall-mounted hinge, horizontal outlet, side mounting 6501.150 6521.010 6072.500 6110.010 Top-mounted joint, mounting on top 6501.160 6522.010 6072.600, 6072.800 6170.010 150 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stand systems Accessories Base mount Packs of Model No. CP 4 6147.000 Colour RAL Model No. CP 7035 textured 6144.100 Brackets for screw-fastening from below to the cast feet with posidrive raised countersunk screws M12. Optionally with projection at the front, interior or sides, with Ø 11 mm hole for screwfastening to the base. Material: Steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Posidrive raised countersunk screws M12. Trim panel Material: Cast aluminium Supply includes: Assembly parts for screw-fastening between the cast feet at the front or rear. Enclosure reinforcement For external or internal reinforcement of enclosures of a corresponding size. Smaller enclosures may also be mounted directly without enclosure reinforcement. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Assembly parts for the enclosure and support section plus 2 seals. 1 For enclosure Support arm connection Material Weight kg Model No. CP 1 B1 ≥ 300 mm, T1 ≥ 150 mm CP-S Stainless steel 1.4301 0.9 6143.310 2 B1 ≥ 300 mm, T1 ≥ 150 mm CP-L Sheet steel 0.9 6143.210 3 CP 6662.500 or AE (B1 = 600 mm, T1 ≥ 210 mm) CP-XL Sheet steel 2.2 6503.000 2 B = Width T = Depth 3 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 151 152 Hygienic Design Small and compact enclosures HD Terminal boxes HD....................................................................................154 Compact enclosures HD, single-door .......................................................155 Accessories ...............................................................................................156 153 Hygienic Design HD accessories Page 156 System accessories Page 355 Protection category: − IP 66 to IEC 60 529 − IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9 Compliant with NEMA 13 Compliant with NEMA 4X Compliant with NEMA 3R T B2 H2 Surface finish: − Enclosure and cover: Brushed, grain 400, RA< 0.8 μm − Seal: Blue, dyed (RAL 5010) H1 Material: − Enclosure and cover: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm − Mounting bracket: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 2.0 mm − Quick-release fasteners: Stainless steel − Seal: Silicone, compliant with FDA Guideline 21 CFR 177.2600 Supply includes: − Enclosure of all-round solid construction − Cover − Mounting bracket (pre-assembled) − Seal and quick-release locks (supplied loose) B1 Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Terminal boxes HD Width Height Depth Model No. HD Front (B1) mm Packs of 150 150 200 300 400 400 Rear (B2) mm 172 177 227 327 427 427 Front (H1) mm 150 150 200 200 200 300 Rear (H2) mm 172 177 227 227 227 327 (T) mm 80 120 120 120 120 120 1670.600 1671.600 1672.600 1674.600 1675.600 1676.600 1 Page Accessories Wall spacer bracket HD 1 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 156 Mounting plate 1 1560.700 1560.700 1562.700 1563.700 1564.700 1568.700 443 Support rail TS 35/7.5 10 2314.000 2314.000 2315.000 2316.000 2317.000 2317.000 467 Cable gland HD see page 521 Rittal Austria RITTAL Schaltschränke Gesellschaft m.b.H. Laxenburger Straße 246a A-1239 Wien Phone: +43 (0) 5 99 40-0 Fax: +43 (0) 5 99 40-99 0 E-mail: info@rittal.at www.rittal.at 154 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Hygienic Design HD accessories Page 156 System accessories Page 355 Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Brushed, grain 400, ´ RA< 0.8 μm − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated − Seal: Blue, dyed (RAL 5010) Protection category: − IP 66 to IEC 60 529 − IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9 Compliant with NEMA 13 Compliant with NEMA 4X F Supply includes: − Enclosure of all-round solid construction − Door with press-fitted seal − Interchangeable door hinge − Mounting plate G B H2 H1 Material: − Enclosure and door: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) − Mounting plate: Sheet steel − Lock inserts HD: Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) − Seal: Silicone, compliant with FDA Guideline 21 CFR 177.2600 T Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Compact enclosures HD, single-door 220 390 390 510 610 610 810 810 Front (H1) mm 350 430 650 550 430 650 1050 1250 Rear (H2) mm 437 549 769 669 601 769 1221 1421 (T) mm 155 210 210 210 300 210 300 300 Mounting plate width (F) mm 162 334 334 449 549 549 739 740 Mounting plate height (G) mm 275 355 570 470 355 570 955 1155 1 1302.600 1306.600 1308.600 1307.600 1320.600 1310.600 1316.600 1317.600 1 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 Width Height Depth Model No. HD (B) mm Packs of Page Accessories Wall spacer bracket HD Rails for interior installation see page 157 Cable gland HD see page 521 156 Rittal Czech Republic RITTAL Czech, s.r.o. Ke Zdibsku 182 250 66 Zdiby u Prahy Phone: +420 234 099 000 Fax: +420 234 099 099 E-mail: info@rittal.cz www.rittal.cz Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 155 Hygienic Design Accessories Levelling feet HD for TS 8 Benefits: ● Minimises cleaning time thanks to fully covered, permanently sealed threads. ● Compensation of floor inclines up to an angle of 10° thanks to flexible base plate. ● Baying can even be achieved on sloping floors, thanks to a large levelling range of 55 mm. Thread Levelling range mm M12 120 – 175 Base mount Packs Model No. of HD without 4 4000.200 with 4 4000.210 Load capacity: Max. 5000 N static per levelling foot. Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Supply includes: Assembly parts and seals. Wall spacer bracket HD Benefits: ● Creates space for cleaning behind the enclosure. ● Shorter assembly times by eliminating the need for an all-round seal. ● Greater hygiene safety by avoiding an uncontrollable dead space or gap between the enclosure and wall. Wall distance mm Packs of Model No. HD 50 1 4000.100 Functional principle: ● Mounting on the wall optionally from the enclosure interior via a through-hole (max. M8) or from the rear via an integral M10 thread. Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Supply includes: Assembly parts and seals. Enclosure key HD Bit HD for universal key SZ 2549.500 See page 424. Cam lock HD Hygienic Design variant for easy, safe cleaning. Applications: ● Compact enclosures AE stainless steel (except AE 1017.XXX and AE 1019.XXX). ● May be integrated into customised applications, e.g. covers of machine panels. Packs of Model No. HD 1 2549.600 Packs of Model No. HD 1 2549.510 Packs of Model No. HD 1 2304.010 Accessories: Enclosure key HD, see page 156. Material: Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) 156 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Hygienic Design Accessories Rails for interior installation for compact enclosures HD For mounting on the existing threaded bolts. With TS system punchings on three sides. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Length mm Packs of Model No. CM Page 510 4 5001.050 459 710 4 5001.051 459 910 4 5001.052 459 1110 4 5001.053 459 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Interior installation, door Enclosure 1 1 1 2 1 Model No. HD 1316.600 1317.600 Model No. CM 5001.052 5001.050 5001.050 5001.053 5001.051 5001.050 5001.051 5001.050 Rails for door installation Enclosure 2 TS punched section without mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 1 3 Model No. HD Model No. TS 1316.600 1317.600 8612.065 Interior installation, enclosure Enclosure 1 3 4 Rails for interior installation TS punched section without mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm Mounting plates Model No. HD Model No. CM 1308.600 1310.600 Model No. TS 5001.050 – – 1316.600 5001.052 8612.130 (only on lock side) 8612.400 8612.410 1317.600 5001.053 8612.130 (only on lock side) 8612.400 8612.410 4 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 157 158 Stainless steel Small enclosures Switch housings ........................................................................................160 Terminal boxes KL.....................................................................................161 Bus enclosures BG....................................................................................161 Compact enclosures Compact enclosures AE............................................................................162 Compact enclosures AE, protection category IP 69K...............................165 Operating housings Premium Panel, protection category IP 69K .............................................166 Command panel housing with door ..........................................................167 Support arm system Support section CP-S, stainless steel .......................................................168 Support arm system CP-S, stainless steel, components ..........................169 Enclosure systems One-piece consoles AP.............................................................................170 PC enclosure systems ...............................................................................171 Baying systems TS 8 .................................................................................172 159 Stainless steel System accessories Page 355 Material: − Enclosure: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.25 mm − Cover: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.25 mm, all-round foamed-in PU seal Surface finish: − Enclosure and cover: Brushed, grain 240 or 180 (for terminal boxes) Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X. Supply includes: − Enclosure with cover − Product-specific supply scope, see tables Approvals: Terminal boxes KL − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − VDE Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Bus enclosures BG − TÜV − Lloyds Register of Shipping − VDE − UL − cUL Switch housings Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm R 160 220 280 100 100 100 100 90 90 90 90 2384.010 2384.020 2384.030 2384.040 Pitch pattern (R) mm – 60 60 60 No. of switch cut-outs, Ø 22.5 mm 1 2 3 4 Number of quick-release fasteners 2 4 4 4 Model No. SM R 100 1 Page Accessories Wall mounting bracket 4 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 439 Pressure relief stoppers 5 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 384 Cable gland HD see page 521 Rittal Switzerland RITTAL AG Ringstrasse 1 CH-5432 Neuenhof Phone: +41 (0) 56 416 06 00 Fax: +41 (0) 56 416 06 66 E-mail: rittal@rittal.ch www.rittal.ch 160 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stainless steel Terminal boxes KL Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm Model No. KL 1 Weight (kg) Number of quick-release fasteners 150 150 300 200 200 150 150 150 200 200 80 120 80 80 120 1521.010 1527.010 1522.010 1523.010 1528.010 1.3 1.6 1.8 1.8 2.2 4 4 4 4 4 Page Accessories Mounting plate 1 1560.700 1560.700 1561.700 1562.700 1562.700 443 Wall mounting bracket 4 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 439 Wall angle 4 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 440 Pole clamp 1 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 441 Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 2314.000 2314.000 2316.000 2315.000 2315.000 467 Cover hinge, stainless steel 1.4404 2 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 425 Pressure relief stoppers 5 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 384 Packs of 300 300 400 300 400 Page 200 200 200 300 300 Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. KL 1 Weight (kg) Number of quick-release fasteners 80 120 120 120 120 1524.010 1529.010 1525.010 1526.010 1530.010 2.4 2.9 3.6 3.9 4.6 4 4 4 4 4 Accessories Mounting plate 1 1563.700 1563.700 1564.700 1567.700 1568.700 443 Wall mounting bracket 4 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 439 Wall angle 4 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 440 Pole clamp 1 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 441 Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 2316.000 2316.000 2317.000 2316.000 2316.000 467 Cover hinge, stainless steel 1.4404 2 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 425 Pressure relief stoppers 5 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 384 Bus enclosures BG Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm Model No. BG 1 Weight (kg) Number of quick-release fasteners 200 300 400 300 300 300 80 80 80 1583.0101) 1584.0101) 1585.0101) 2.8 3.7 4.5 2 2 2 Page Product-specific supply scope Support rail TS 35/7.5 1 467 180° hinge, die-cast zinc, chrome-plated 2 425 Accessories Wall mounting bracket 4 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 439 Pole clamp 1 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 441 Condensate discharge 6 2459.000 2459.000 2459.000 384 Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm Model No. BG 1 Weight (kg) Number of quick-release fasteners 400 600 200 200 123 123 1558.0102) 1559.0102) 4.5 6.0 2 3 Page Product-specific supply scope Support rail TS 35/7.5 1 467 180° hinge, die-cast zinc, chrome-plated 2 425 Accessories Wall mounting bracket 4 1594.000 1594.000 439 Pole clamp 1 2584.000 2584.000 441 Condensate discharge 6 2459.000 2459.000 384 1) Support 2) Support Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures rail fixed on studs rail adjustable on profile strip 161 Stainless steel System accessories Page 355 Compact enclosures AE, sheet steel Page 44 Hygienic Design Page 154 Supply includes: − Enclosure with door(s) − Cam lock or 3-point lock system (for AE 1017.X00 and AE 1019.X00) with double-bit insert − Mounting plate Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − VDE F T B G Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Brushed, grain 240 − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated − Locks: Nickel-plated Protection category: See tables. H Material: − Enclosure: Stainless steel − Door: Stainless steel, all-round foamed-in PU seal − Mounting plate: Sheet steel − Locks: Die-cast zinc Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Compact enclosures AE Width (B) mm 200 200 200 300 380 380 Height (H) mm Packs of 300 300 300 300 300 300 Depth (T) mm 120 155 155 210 155 210 Mounting plate width (F) mm 162 162 162 254 334 334 Mounting plate height (G) mm 275 275 275 275 275 275 1001.600 1002.600 1002.500 1003.600 1004.600 1011.600 Model No. AE Material 1.4301 (AISI 304) 1 – 1.4404 (AISI 316L) 1 – – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 1 3.6 4.1 4.1 6.9 7.4 8.4 Door Weight (kg) Page IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X Protection category Accessories Rails for interior installation Rain canopy Wall mounting bracket Wall angle 4 – – – 2373.210 – 2373.210 459 1.4301 (AISI 304) 1 – 2470.000 2470.000 2361.000 2471.000 2472.000 431 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2433.000 2433.000 – 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 439 1.4404 (AISI 316L) 4 – – 2433.500 – – – 439 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 440 1 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 441 Standard 1 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 421 Hygienic Design 1 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 156 Pole clamp Cam lock 1.4404 (AISI 316L) Alternative lock systems 162 see page 414 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stainless steel Compact enclosures AE Width (B) mm 300 300 380 380 600 400 Height (H) mm Packs of 380 380 380 380 380 500 Depth (T) mm 210 210 210 210 210 210 Mounting plate width (F) mm 275 275 334 334 549 354 Mounting plate height (G) mm 334 334 355 355 355 475 1005.600 1005.500 1006.600 1006.500 1009.600 1015.600 1 Model No. AE Material 1.4301 (AISI 304) – – 1.4404 (AISI 316L) – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 1 8.4 8.4 9.8 9.8 14.6 12.9 Door Weight (kg) Page IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X Protection category Accessories Rails for interior installation Rain canopy Wall mounting bracket Wall angle 4 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 459 1 2361.000 2361.000 2472.000 2472.000 2473.000 – 431 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2433.000 – 2433.000 – 2433.000 2433.000 439 1.4404 (AISI 316L) 4 – 2433.500 – 2433.500 – – 439 1.4301 (AISI 304) 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 440 1 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 441 Standard 1 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 421 Hygienic Design 1 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 156 Page Pole clamp Cam lock 1.4404 (AISI 316L) Alternative lock systems see page 414 Width (B) mm 500 500 380 600 600 600 Height (H) mm Packs of 500 500 600 600 600 760 Depth (T) mm 210 300 210 210 210 210 Mounting plate width (F) mm 449 449 334 549 549 549 Mounting plate height (G) mm 470 470 570 570 570 730 1007.600 1013.600 1008.600 1010.600 1010.500 1012.600 1.4301 (AISI 304) – 1.4404 (AISI 316L) – – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 1 15.7 18.4 15.1 23.5 23.5 30.2 1 Model No. AE Material Door Weight (kg) IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X Protection category Accessories Rails for interior installation Rain canopy Wall mounting bracket Wall angle 4 2373.210 2373.300 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 459 1 2362.000 – 2472.000 2473.000 2473.000 2473.000 431 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2473.000 – 2433.000 439 1.4404 (AISI 316L) 4 – – – – 2433.500 – 439 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 440 1 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 441 Standard 1 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 421 Hygienic Design 1 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 156 1.4301 (AISI 304) Pole clamp Cam lock 1.4404 (AISI 316L) Alternative lock systems see page 414 Rittal Hungary RITTAL Kereskedelmi Kft. 1044 Budapest, Ipari Park u. 1. Phone: +36 (1) 399 8000 Fax: +36 (1) 399 8009 E-mail: rittal@rittal.hu www.rittal.hu Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 163 Stainless steel Compact enclosures AE Width (B) mm 760 800 800 1000 1000 1000 Height (H) mm Packs of 760 1000 1200 1000 1200 1200 Depth (T) mm 300 300 300 300 300 300 Mounting plate width (F) mm 704 739 740 939 940 940 Mounting plate height (G) mm 730 955 1155 955 1155 1155 1019.500 1 Model No. AE Material 1014.600 1016.600 1017.600 1018.600 1019.600 1.4301 (AISI 304) – 1.4404 (AISI 316L) – – – – – 3-point lock system – – – Door(s) 1 1 1 2 2 2 42.5 52.9 61.5 71.0 76.0 76.0 Weight (kg) IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X Protection category Page IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 Accessories Rails for interior installation Rain canopy Wall mounting bracket 4 2373.300 2373.300 2373.300 2373.300 2373.300 2373.300 459 1.4301 (AISI 304) 1 2474.000 2475.000 2475.000 2363.000 2363.000 2363.000 431 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 – 439 1.4404 (AISI 316L) 4 – – – – – 2433.500 439 Wall angle 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 440 Cam lock 1.4404 (AISI 316L) Standard 1 2304.000 2304.000 – 2304.000 – – 421 Hygienic Design 1 2304.010 2304.010 – 2304.010 – – 156 Alternative lock systems see page 414 Rittal Japan RITTAL K.K. Sales HQ. Shin-Yokohama AK Bldg 2F 3-23-3, Shin-Yokohama, Kohoku-ku Kanagawa 222-0033 Phone: 0120-998-631 / +81 (45) 478-6801 Fax: 0120-998-632 / +81 (45) 478-6880 E-mail: contact@rittal.co.jp www.rittal.co.jp 164 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stainless steel System accessories Page 355 AE sheet steel Page 44 AE EMC shielded Page 179 AE Ex-proof Page 176 Hygienic Design Page 154 Material: − Enclosure, hinge and lock: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) − Door: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), all-round foamedin PU seal − Mounting plate: Sheet steel F G 10˚ H2 ● Resistant to high-pressure cleaning (protection category IP 69K). The interior seal is protected against direct hosed water. ● Ideal for mounting on vehicles: Lock, hinges and mounting plate are all vibration resistant. ● 10° roof tilt prevents liquids from accumulating on the roof. ● Foamed-in silicone seal. The closed cell structure of the foam means that water absorption is negligible. Temperature resistant from –60°C to +180°C. H1 Perfect protection in a tough environment The compact enclosure AE in IP 69K is the ideal solution when a high protection category combined with corrosion resistance is needed. Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Brushed, grain 240 − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated B T Protection category: IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9, complies with NEMA 4X. Supply includes: − Enclosure of all-round solid construction − Single-door − Interchangeable door hinge − Cam lock with double-bit insert − Mounting plate. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Compact enclosures AE, protection category IP 69K Width (B) mm 230 400 400 650 Height, front (H1) mm 330 400 650 650 Height, rear (H2) mm 352 439 689 689 Depth (T) mm 155 250 250 250 Mounting plate width (F) mm 162 334 334 549 Mounting plate height (G) mm 275 355 570 570 Mounting plate thickness mm 2 2 2.5 2.5 1101.110 1101.120 1101.130 1101.140 1 1 2 2 Model No. AE Packs of 1 Locks Page Accessories Interior door 1 1101.910 1101.920 1101.930 1101.940 406 Door stay 1 1101.800 1101.800 1101.800 1101.800 429 Wall mounting bracket, stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 439 Cable glands Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures see page 519 165 Stainless steel System accessories Page 355 TFT monitor Page 606 Support arm system CP-S, stainless steel Page 168 Hygienic Design Page 154 Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) T B Surface finish: Brushed, grain 240 Protection category: IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9 Clean room: Air purity class 1 to DIN EN ISO 14 644-1 H ● Optimum EMC conditions The labyrinth seal achieves a particularly high level of RF shielding of the enclosure. ● Accessibility Internal rear panel bracket. This solution is clearly superior to external hinges from a hygiene point of view. ● Handling Two duct connectors between the enclosures. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. H 1 Optionally with or without keyboard housing ● Resistant to high-pressure cleaning (protection category IP 69K). The seal lies between two seals and is optimally compressed by the screw fastening. ● Suitable for clean room use Screw fastening to comply with high standards in the food industry. With plastic stoppers on the inside or hex screws on the outside. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Premium Panel, protection category IP 69K Packs of Premium Panel With keyboard housing Without keyboard housing 6680.0001) 6681.000 530 530 Operating housing (H) 460 360 Keyboard housing (H1) 200 – Depth mm Operating housing (T) 120 120 For installation panel WxH Operating housing 482.6 mm (19˝) x 354.8 mm (8 U) 482.6 mm (19˝) x 310 mm (7 U) Keyboard housing 482.6 mm (19˝) x 177 mm (4 U) – Operating housing 115 115 Keyboard housing Front 58 Rear 63 – Top Top, or bottom by rotating the enclosure 1 Model No. CP Width (B) mm Height mm Installation depth mm Support arm connection 1) Extended delivery times. 166 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stainless steel System accessories Page 355 TFT monitor Page 606 Support arm system CP-S, stainless steel Page 168 Hygienic Design Page 154 Supply includes: − Enclosure of all-round solid construction − Cut-out and reinforcement for support arm system − Fastener with guide plate − Door with sealing frame and side handle strips − The support arm connection and door hinge may be swapped over by rotating the enclosure Surface finish: Brushed, grain 240 Colour: Handle strips: Similar to RAL 5002 Approvals: − UL − cUL B Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. T H Material: − Enclosure and door: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) − Handle strips: Plastic approved for use with foodstuffs Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529 Command panel housing with door Width (B) mm Packs of Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm 1 Model No. CP Weight (kg) 300 400 400 600 300 300 400 400 150 150 150 150 6535.010 6536.010 6538.010 6539.010 6.3 7.5 8.8 12.1 Page Accessories Matching mounting plate from AE ID no. Support rails1) Alternative lock systems 1) Only Model No. SZ 10 1033.500 1030.500 1380.500 1039.500 0271.926 0274.131 0271.548 0271.351 2316.000 2317.000 2317.000 2319.000 44/45 467 With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, version C, see page 421, plastic handles and T handles, version C, see page 420. with vertical attachment of punched rail 23 x 23 mm, see page 463. Rittal USA RITTAL Corporation 1 Rittal Place Urbana, OH 43078, USA Phone: +1 (937) 399-0500 Fax: +1 (937) 390-5599 Toll-free: 1-800-477-4000 E-mail: rittal@rittal-corp.com www.rittal-corp.com Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 167 Stainless steel Stainless steel enclosures Page 166 – 167 Support section CP-S, steel Page 128 Support section CP-S, stainless steel Attached to the connection components via 2 clamping screws. Size: − External diameter: 48.3 mm − Wall thickness: 3 mm 168 Material: Stainless steel Surface finish: Brushed, grain 240 (support section and wall console only) Protection category: IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9 (resistant to high-pressure cleaning) Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Support section CP-S Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stainless steel Length mm Weight kg Material Wall section Rigid Desk section Rotating/tilting Enclosure section – – 0.7 1.4305 (AISI 303) 6664.100 – – – – 1.3 1.4305 (AISI 303) 6664.500 – – – – 1.1 1.4305 (AISI 303) 6664.000 – – – 500 1000 2.0 3.9 1.4301 (AISI 304) – – 1.3 1.4305 (AISI 303) 6664.300 – 6664.300 – 1.7 1.4305 (AISI 303) – – 6663.000 – – 3.9 4.5 1.4305 (AISI 303) – – 6663.500 6663.400 – – 1.5 1.8 1.4301 (AISI 304) – – 6665.000 6665.500 Model No. CP Tilting adaptor 10° Enclosure attachment CP-S, stainless steel Housing coupling CP-S stainless steel Support section CP-S, stainless steel 6660.050 6660.010 Angle piece 90° CP-S stainless steel Wall/base mount, rigid, CP-S stainless steel – Wall/base mount, rotating, CP-S stainless steel Rear, thread M8 Front, hole Ø 9 mm Wall console CP-S stainless steel Rear, thread M8 Front, hole Ø 9 mm Load information Permissible load depending on system configuration 800 Permissible static load [N] (enclosure and vertical support arm section) 600 400 200 0 0 500 1000 1500 Jib length (mm) Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 169 Stainless steel System accessories Page 355 Monitors, keyboards Page 606/608 Climate control Page 207 One-piece consoles, sheet steel Page 106 Surface finish: − Enclosure, door, console lid and gland plates: Brushed, grain 120 − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − Enclosure, solid rear and sides − Door or double door at front, with locking rod − Console lid with lid stay and cam lock latched in the enclosure − Cam lock with double-bit insert − Gland plates, divided − Mounting plate Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − VDE F B T G Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. H Material: − Enclosure: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm − Door or double door and console lid: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 2.0 mm − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, 3.0 mm T Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. One-piece consoles AP Width (B) mm Packs of 600 800 1000 1200 960 960 960 960 Bottom 400 400 400 400 Top 480 480 480 480 530 730 930 1130 Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Mounting plate width (F) mm Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. AP Door(s) Weight (kg) 780 780 780 780 2683.600 2684.600 2685.600 2686.600 1 1 2 2 52.0 65.2 79.5 90.3 Page Accessories Height 100 mm 1 2865.000 2869.000 2867.000 2870.000 Height 200 mm 1 2875.000 2878.000 2885.000 2886.000 370 Cable clamp rail 2 4191.000 4192.000 4336.000 4196.000 527 Support rail TS 35/15 6 4934.000 4935.000 4933.000 4937.000 467 Base/plinth Hose-proof hood see page 303 Alternative lock systems see page 414 170 370 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stainless steel System accessories Page 355 PC enclosure systems, sheet steel Page 108 Material: − Enclosure: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.8 mm − Rear door: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 2.0 mm − Gland plates: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 1.5 mm − Monitor field: Single-pane safety glass, 4 mm Surface finish: Brushed, grain 240 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. Supply includes: − Enclosure, solid top and sides − Rear door with locking rod − Glazed door at the top, latched from the inside − Component shelf − Lock insert, lock no. 3524 E − Keyboard drawer with front, swing-down for handrest and mouse pad support − Bottom door with locking rod − Gland plate, divided − Lock with double-bit insert Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − VDE Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. PC enclosure systems Width (B) mm Packs of Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Model No. PC 600 1600 620 1 Weight (kg) 4650.000 115 Accessories Base/plinth, height 100 mm 1 2855.000 Levelling feet, 100 mm high 1 set 2859.000 374 Base/plinth trim, modular 4 2913.000 367 Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝) 8 4547.000 552 TFT holder, vertically hinged 1 2383.040 607 Component shelf, pull-out Cable clamp rail 370 1 set 6902.960 480 2 4191.000 527 Connector gland see page 523 LED system light 1 4140.840 494 Compact light 1 4140.210 493 Alternative lock systems Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures see page 414 171 Stainless steel System accessories Page 355 Baying systems TS 8, sheet steel Page 70 Surface finish: − Enclosure frame and gland plates: Uncoated − Door(s), roof, rear panel: Exterior brushed, grain 400 − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − Enclosure frame with door(s) − Mounting plate − Gland plates − Rear panel − Roof − Locking rod with double-bit insert Note: Due to the hardness of the material, we recommend using metal multi-tooth screw SZ 2486.300, see page 478, for the interior installation. Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − TÜV Mark − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − VDE − Germanischer Lloyd F T B G Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. H Material: − Enclosure frame, roof, rear panel and gland plates: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm − Door(s): Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 2.0 mm − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, 3.0 mm Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Baying systems TS 8 Width (B) mm 800 1200 600 800 1200 600 800 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 Depth (T) mm 400 400 500 500 500 600 600 600 Mounting plate width (F) mm 699 1099 499 699 1099 499 699 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1696 1696 1696 1696 1696 1896 1896 1896 8454.600 8456.600 8457.600 8455.600 8453.600 8452.600 8450.600 8451.600 Door(s) 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 Support strips – – – – – 2 2 2 112.9 170.4 92.5 116.3 174.9 104.4 129.7 194.7 1 Model No. TS Weight (kg) Page Walls Side panels 2 8700.840 8700.840 8700.850 8700.850 8700.850 8700.060 8700.060 8700.060 385 Divider panel 1 8609.840 8609.840 8609.850 8609.850 8609.850 8609.060 8609.060 8609.060 389 Divider panel for module plates 1 – – 8609.100 8609.100 8609.100 8609.130 8609.130 8609.130 390 Height 100 mm 1 set 8701.800 8701.200 8701.600 8701.800 8701.200 8701.600 8701.800 8701.200 367 Height 200 mm 1 set 8702.800 8702.200 8702.600 8702.800 8702.200 8702.600 8702.800 8702.200 367 Height 100 mm 1 set 8701.040 8701.040 8701.050 8701.050 8701.050 8701.060 8701.060 8701.060 367 Height 200 mm 1 set 8702.040 8702.040 8702.050 8702.050 8702.050 8702.060 8702.060 8702.060 367 4 2907.000 2907.000 2908.000 2908.000 2908.000 2913.000 2913.000 2913.000 367 4196.000 4191.000 4192.000 4196.000 4191.000 4192.000 4196.000 Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Base/plinth trim, modular Accessories Cable clamp rails 2 4192.000 Cable entry plates 2 8700.800 8700.1201) 8700.600 8700.800 8700.1201) 8700.600 8700.800 8700.1201) 511 Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel 1 4118.000 4118.000 4118.000 429 4116.000 4116.000 4116.000 Alternative lock systems see page 414 System lights see page 491 1) 4116.000 4116.000 527 Packs of 4 172 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 173 174 Ex enclosures/EMC enclosures Ex enclosures Stainless steel............................................................................................176 Plastic ........................................................................................................177 EMC enclosures The Rittal EMC concept.............................................................................178 EMC E-Box EB...........................................................................................178 EMC compact enclosures AE ...................................................................179 Note: All TS 8 enclosures prepared for pressurisation on request. 175 Ex enclosures System accessories Page 355 Material: − Enclosure: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) − Cover or door: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), all-round foamed-in silicone seal − Mounting plate: Sheet steel Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Enclosure − Cover or door − Mounting plate (only for enclosures with door) Certificates: Enclosure with cover: − PTB 03 ATEX 1013U − IEC Ex PTB 09.0033U F T B Enclosure with door: − PTB 02 ATEX 1082U − IEC Ex PTB 09.0035U G Surface finish: − Enclosure: Brushed, grain 240 − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Approvals: − ATEX − IEC H Application range: − Zone 1 and 2 or 21 and 22 to 94/9/EC − Ambient temperature range: –30°C to +80°C − Protection type to IEC 60 079: Equipment protection thanks to increased safety, equipment protection thanks to enclosure Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Stainless steel, with screw-fastened cover Width (B) mm Packs of Height (H) mm 150 200 300 300 300 400 150 200 150 200 300 200 Depth (T) mm 1 Model No. KEL Page 80 80 80 80 120 120 9301.000 9303.000 9302.000 9304.000 9306.000 9305.000 1.3 1.8 1.8 2.4 3.9 3.6 Weight (kg) Accessories Mounting plates 1560.700 1562.700 1561.700 1563.700 1567.700 1564.700 443 Wall mounting bracket1) 4 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 439 Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 2314.000 2315.000 2316.000 2316.000 2316.000 2317.000 467 Earth straps see page 501 Stainless steel, with hinged door Width (B) mm 200 300 380 380 380 600 600 760 800 Height (H) mm Packs of 300 380 300 380 600 600 760 760 1000 Depth (T) mm 155 210 155 210 210 210 210 300 300 Mounting plate width (F) mm 162 334 334 334 334 549 549 704 739 Mounting plate height (G) mm 275 275 275 355 570 570 730 730 955 9401.600 9409.600 9402.600 9403.600 9404.600 9405.600 9406.600 9407.600 9408.600 Model No. KEL 1 Cam lock with double-bit insert Weight (kg) 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3.8 7.7 7.4 9.7 13.3 15.6 22.3 30.5 36.3 Page Accessories Wall mounting bracket1) 4 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 439 Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 2315.000 2316.000 – – – 2319.000 2319.000 – – 467 Rails for interior installation 4 – 2373.210 – 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 2373.300 2373.300 459 Perforated mounting strip 20 – 2310.038 – 2310.038 – – – – – 427 Earth straps 1) Stainless 176 see page 501 steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Ex enclosures System accessories Page 355 Colour: RAL 9011 Certificates: − PTB 03 ATEX 1011U − IEC Ex PTB 10.0011U Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529 F T Approvals: − ATEX − IEC Supply includes: − Enclosure − Door − Mounting plate B Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. G Application range: − Zone 1 and 2 or 21 and 22 to 94/9/EC − Ambient temperature range: –30°C to +80°C − Protection type to IEC 60 079: Equipment protection thanks to increased safety, equipment protection thanks to enclosure H Material: − Enclosure: Fibre-glass-reinforced unsaturated polyester, surface resistance: < 109 Ω − Door: Fibre-glass-reinforced unsaturated polyester, surface resistance: < 109 Ω, all-round foamed-in silicone seal − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Plastic Width (B) mm 200 250 300 400 400 500 600 600 800 Height (H) mm 300 350 400 400 600 500 600 800 1000 Depth (T) mm 150 150 200 200 200 300 200 300 300 Mounting plate width (F) mm 145 195 245 345 345 417 545 517 717 Mounting plate height (G) mm 250 300 350 350 550 450 550 750 950 9201.600 9202.600 9203.600 9204.600 9205.600 9207.600 9206.600 9208.600 9209.600 Cam lock with double-bit insert 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 – – 3-point locking rod – – – – – – – 3.7 4.6 6.0 6.5 11.5 12.9 15.9 24.3 39.0 Model No. KEL Packs of 1 Weight (kg) Page Accessories Wall mounting bracket 4 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 440 Threaded inserts M6 20 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 478 Mounting plate adjustment bracket 4 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1491.000 1481.000 1491.000 1491.000 446 Support rails see page 466 Earth straps see page 501 Cable duct see page 525 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 177 EMC enclosures The Rittal EMC concept Rittal offers excellent pre-requisites for EMC enclosure configurations in the form of its standard sheet steel enclosures, EMC-shielded enclosures, and a practical range of EMC accessories. Depending on the individual application, anything is possible, be it closely intermeshed potential equalisation in a standard enclosure to prevent conducted interference, or extra shielding to protect against high-frequency electromagnetic fields. For Rittal EMC enclosures with a high level of shielding, excellent attenuation levels and attractive value-for-money products are achieved on the basis of zinc-plated metal surfaces in conjunction with low-resistance EMC shields. Empty enclosures and mechanical accessory components are not subject to the European EMC Directive and the German EMC Act. Thanks to the basic design in conjunction with the metal-plated enclosure body, even standard enclosures offer a good shielding effect against electrical fields, which in many cases is sufficient. The large enclosures in the TS 8 series offer a good level of shielding across a broad frequency range, even in the standard version. For increased EMC requirements, Rittal offers the TS 8 enclosure in a version certified by the VDE with high RF attenuation. This shielding concept is also transferred to other enclosure platforms. Further information on the topic of EMC may be found on our website at www.rittal.com. EMC E-Box EB Material: Sheet steel with aluminium zinc coating Surface finish: − Powder-coated on the outside − Interior surfaces conductive Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: − IP 55 to IEC 60 529 − The EMC version (“high RF attenuation”) has been certified by the VDE. Note: All sizes available on request. 178 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures EMC enclosures EMC compact enclosures AE Material: Sheet steel with aluminium zinc coating Surface finish: − Powder-coated on the outside − Interior surfaces conductive Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: − IP 55 to IEC 60 529 − The EMC version (“high RF attenuation”) has been certified by the VDE. Note: All sizes available on request. Approvals: Available on the Internet. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 179 180 Outdoor enclosures CS wall-mounted enclosures Double-walled ...........................................................................................182 CS New Basic enclosures Single-walled and one-door, width: 600 and 800 mm ..............................183 Single-walled and two-door, width: 1200 mm ...........................................184 CS Toptec Double-walled, platform TS 8 ....................................................................185 CS modular enclosures Double-walled, configuration variants, width: 600 mm .............................186 Double-walled, configuration variants, width: 800 and 1200 mm .............187 181 CS wall-mounted enclosures Compact enclosures AE, stainless steel Page 162 Compact enclosures AE, stainless steel, protection category IP 69K Page 165 Surface finish: − Powder-coated − UV-resistant pure polyester Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Double-walled outdoor enclosure, fully pre-configured: − Inner enclosure with mounting plate, gland plate and security lock (CS 9791.045 with 2 security locks) − Mounting bracket for thermostat or hygrostat − Outer enclosure with designer cover and security lock 3524 E − 2 C rails on the rear panel B3 B1 T1 H3 B2 T2 H1 Material: − Enclosure: Aluminium AlMg3 − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 H2 Outdoor enclosures for wall or pole mounting. Enclosure-within-an-enclosure concept, outer enclosure with cut-out at the bottom and integrated louvres on the rear panel and side panels for ventilation. Colour: RAL 7035 Double-walled Outer enclosure Width (B1) mm 370 420 530 630 Height (H1) mm Packs of 522 560 700 780 Depth (T1) mm 210 210 265 380 Width (B2) mm 300 350 460 580 Height (H2) mm 400 440 565 580 Depth (T2) mm 170 170 220 333 Clearance width mm 280 330 440 560 Clearance height mm 380 420 545 560 Clearance depth mm 145 145 195 308 Mounting plate width (B3) mm 270 320 430 550 Mounting plate height (H3) mm 380 410 535 550 1 9791.015 9791.025 9791.035 9791.045 Page Inner enclosure Model No. CS Accessories Wall mounting bracket 4 9765.120 9765.120 9765.120 9765.120 441 1 set 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 441 Enclosure heaters 1 3105.330 3105.330 3105.330 3105.330 289 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 294 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 294 Socket 2 2506.100 2506.100 2506.100 2506.100 508 LED system light 1 4140.810 4140.810 4140.820 4140.820 494 LED connection cable 1 4315.800 4315.800 4315.800 4315.800 495 Adaptor power pack 1 4315.860 4315.860 4315.860 4315.860 495 Pole clamp 182 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures CS New Basic enclosures Climate control Page 285 Rail systems Page 464 Cable management Page 525 Colour: RAL 7035 B3 Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. B2 Note: When configuring with partial mounting panels or 482.6 mm (19˝) partial installation, punched rails are required in the enclosure height, see page 463. H3 T3 T2 H1 H5 Surface finish: − Powder-coated − UV-resistant pure polyester − Enclosure with width 1200 mm has two 600 mm wide mounting panels − Rain canopy H4 Material: Aluminium AlMg3 Supply includes: Single-walled outdoor enclosure, fully pre-configured: − Basic enclosure with open base − 25 mm system punchings in the roof, base, front and in the enclosure depth − Front door(s) with door stay, swing lever handle and semi-cylinder, lock BJ20027 − Transport plinth with screwfastened trim panels front and rear H2 Outdoor enclosure with 100 mm transport plinth and rain canopy with projections on all sides. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. T1 B1 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 3R in conjunction with the gland plates offered in the accessories. Single-walled and one-door, width: 600 and 800 mm Width (B1) mm 600 600 600 800 800 800 Height (H1) mm 800 1200 1200 800 1200 1200 Depth (T1) mm 400 400 500 400 400 500 Clearance width (B2) mm 512 512 512 712 712 712 Clearance height (H2) mm 712 1112 1112 712 1112 1112 Clearance depth (T2) mm 349 349 449 349 349 449 Rain canopy width (B3) mm 650 650 650 850 850 850 Rain canopy height (H3) mm 55 55 55 55 55 55 Rain canopy depth (T3) mm 450 450 550 450 450 550 Base/plinth height (H4) mm 100 100 100 100 100 100 Overall height (H5) mm 955 1355 1355 955 1355 1355 1 9783.540 9783.550 9783.530 9783.510 9783.520 9783.610 Concrete base/plinth 1 9765.182 9765.182 9765.082 9765.088 9765.088 9765.084 Gland plate, divided 1 set 9785.511 9785.511 9785.514 9785.512 9785.512 9785.513 384 2 8800.060 8800.060 8800.060 8800.080 8800.080 8800.080 511 451 Model No. CS Packs of Page Accessories Cable entry plates 368 Mounting plates 1 9765.090 9765.092 9765.092 9765.097 9765.095 9765.095 Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) 2 7685.000 7688.000 7688.000 7685.000 7688.000 7688.000 553 Installation kit for mounting angles 2 7696.000 7696.000 7696.000 7698.000 7698.000 7698.000 553 Enclosure heaters 1 3105.400 3105.400 3105.400 3105.400 3105.400 3105.400 289 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 294 Semi-cylinder, alternative closure 1 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 416 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 183 CS New Basic enclosures Single-walled and two-door, width: 1200 mm Width (B1) mm 1200 1200 Height (H1) mm Packs of 1200 1200 Depth (T1) mm 400 500 Clearance width (B2) mm 512 512 Clearance height (H2) mm 1112 1112 Clearance depth (T2) mm 349 449 Rain canopy width (B3) mm 1250 1250 Rain canopy height (H3) mm 55 55 Rain canopy depth (T3) mm 450 550 Base/plinth height (H4) mm 100 100 Overall height (H5) mm 1355 1355 Model No. CS 1 Page 9784.620 9784.520 9784.640 Without centre bar, overlapping doors – 9784.540 – With removable centre bar, 2 lockable doors – – Accessories Concrete base/plinth 1 9765.089 9765.086 Gland plate, divided 1 set 2 x 9785.511 2 x 9785.514 384 2 8800.060 8800.060 511 Cable entry plates 368 Mounting plate for one half of the enclosure 1 9765.092 9765.092 451 Mounting plate, full installation 1 9765.191 9765.191 451 Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) 2 7688.000 7688.000 553 Installation kit for mounting angles 2 7696.000 7696.000 553 Enclosure heaters 1 3105.400 3105.400 289 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 Semi-cylinder 294 1 9785.040 – 9785.040 – 416 2 – 9785.042 – 9785.042 416 Rittal Australia RITTAL Pty. Ltd. 130 – 140 Parraweena Road Miranda NSW 2228 Phone: +61 (2) 9525 2766 Fax: +61 (2) 9525 2888 E-mail: info@rittal.com.au www.rittal.com.au 184 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures CS Toptec Climate control Page 285 Rail systems Page 456 Cable management Page 525 Surface finish: − Powder-coated − UV-resistant pure polyester Supply includes: Double-walled outdoor enclosure, fully pre-configured: − TS 8 frame with 25 mm system punchings in the roof and base frame plus vertical sections with two mounting levels − Front door with door stay, swing lever handle and semi-cylinder, lock BJ20027 − Side panels left and right T3 B2 B3 T2 H3 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 − Rear panel − Rain canopy − Base/plinth with screwfastened gland plates and screw-fastened trim panels front and rear − All enclosure panels are doubled and earthed (external wall onto internal wall) H1 H4 Material: − Enclosure frame: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) − Enclosure panels and base/plinth trim: Aluminium, AlMg3 Colour: RAL 7035 H2 Outdoor enclosure with 100 mm transport plinth and rain canopy with projections on all sides. Side panels, rear panel and door fully double-walled on the outside, the entire TS 8 frame is available for interior installation. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. B1 T1 Double-walled, platform TS 8 Width (B1) mm 600 800 600 800 Height (H1) mm Packs of 1200 1200 1600 1600 Depth (T1) mm 600 600 600 600 Clearance width (B2) mm 512 712 512 712 Clearance height (H2) mm 1112 1112 1512 1512 Clearance depth (T2) mm 512 512 512 512 Rain canopy width (B3) mm 694 894 694 894 Rain canopy height (H3) mm 45 45 45 45 Rain canopy depth (T3) mm 694 694 694 694 Overall height (H4) mm Page 1345 1345 1745 1745 1 9774.105 9774.205 9774.305 9774.405 Concrete base/plinth 1 9765.071 9765.072 9765.071 9765.072 368 Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) 2 7827.120 7827.120 7827.160 7827.160 549 TS punched section with mounting flange as installation kit 4 8612.060 – 8612.060 – 459 Installation bracket TS 2 – 7827.480 – 7827.480 556 Mounting plate 1 9765.092 9765.095 – 9765.096 451 Size 4 4 4 4 Qty. 2 2 2 2 From 514 Model No. CS Accessories Gland plate Semi-cylinder 1 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 416 Cooling unit, 1000 W 1 – 9776.500 – 9776.500 286 Heat exchanger, 85 W/K 1 – 9776.102 – 9776.102 286 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 185 CS modular enclosures System accessories Page 355 CS modular enclosures Double-walled outdoor enclosure with base/plinth and rain canopy projecting on all sides. Side panels doubled up to the outside, door and rear panel to the inside. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Material: − Enclosure, roof and side panel: Aluminium AlMg3 − Base/plinth, battery plinth: Aluminium AlMg3 Colour: RAL 7035 Order example, see page 187. Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 3R. Other climate control devices, from page 285. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: − Powder-coated − UV-resistant pure polyester Double-walled, configuration variants, width: 600 mm Width mm 600 600 600 600 Height mm 800 1000 1200 1600 Depth mm 600 500 600 600 9751.015 9751.075 9751.025 9751.035 Standard base/plinth 100 mm 9755.015 9755.065 9755.015 9755.015 Battery plinth 350 mm 9754.025 9754.015 9754.025 9754.025 Model No. CS Page Base/plinth Roof-mounted climate control Cooling unit, 1000 W 9762.212 9762.212 9762.212 9762.212 Heat exchanger, 30 W/K 9764.040 9764.040 9764.040 9764.040 287 287 Mounting frame for cooling unit 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051 287 Climate hood 9756.015 9756.065 9756.015 9756.015 – – 9761.212 9761.212 9757.015 9757.065 9757.015 9757.015 – – 9758.015 9758.015 Wall-mounted climate control Cooling unit, 1000 W 287 Roof Standard roof Roof for wall-mounted climate control Side panel Side panel for 100 mm base/plinth 9753.015 9753.175 9753.035 9753.045 Side panel for 350 mm base/plinth 9753.055 9753.195 9753.075 9753.085 Side panel for 100 mm base/plinth and roof-mounted climate control 9753.095 9753.185 9753.115 9753.125 Side panel for 350 mm base/plinth and roof-mounted climate control 9753.135 9753.205 9753.155 9753.165 Delivery times available on request. 186 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures CS modular enclosures Double-walled, configuration variants, width: 800 and 1200 mm Width mm 800 800 800 800 1200 1200 Height mm 1000 1200 1200 1600 1200 1200 Depth mm 500 500 600 600 500 600 9751.085 9751.045 9751.055 9751.065 9752.015 9752.025 Standard base/plinth 100 mm 9755.025 9755.025 9755.035 9755.035 9755.045 9755.055 Battery plinth 350 mm 9754.035 9754.035 9754.045 9754.045 2x 9754.015 2x 9754.025 Model No. CS Page Base/plinth Roof-mounted climate control Cooling unit, 1000 W 9762.212 9762.212 9762.212 9762.212 9762.212 9762.212 Heat exchanger, 30 W/K 9764.040 9764.040 9764.040 9764.040 9764.040 9764.040 287 287 Mounting frame for cooling unit 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051 287 Climate hood 9756.025 9756.025 9756.035 9756.035 9756.045 9756.055 – 9761.212 9761.212 9761.212 9761.212 9761.212 Wall-mounted climate control Cooling unit, 1000 W 287 Roof Standard roof 9757.025 9757.025 9757.035 9757.035 9757.045 9757.055 – 9758.025 9758.035 9758.035 9758.045 9758.055 Side panel for 100 mm base/plinth 9753.175 9753.025 9753.035 9753.045 9753.025 9753.035 Side panel for 350 mm base/plinth 9753.195 9753.065 9753.075 9753.085 9753.065 9753.075 Side panel for 100 mm base/plinth and roof-mounted climate control 9753.185 9753.105 9753.115 9753.125 9753.105 9753.115 Side panel for 350 mm base/plinth and roof-mounted climate control 9753.205 9753.145 9753.155 9753.165 9753.145 9753.155 Roof for wall-mounted climate control Side panel Delivery times available on request. Order example: Enclosure 800 x 1200 x 500 mm of aluminium AlMg3 with standard base/plinth and roof-mounted cooling unit. You will need: Enclosure: Basic enclosure 800 x 1200 x 500 mm CS 9751.045 Base/plinth: Standard base/plinth 100 mm CS 9755.025 Roof-mounted climate control: Roof-mounted cooling unit CS 9762.212 Mounting frame CS 9765.051 Climate hood CS 9756.025 Roof: Standard roof CS 9757.025 Side panel: Side panel for 100 mm base/plinth and roof-mounted climate control CS 9753.105 Rittal Belgium RITTAL nv/sa Industrieterrein E17/3206 Stokkelaar 8 B-9160 Lokeren Phone: +32 (0) 9 353 9111 Fax: +32 (0) 9 355 6862 E-mail: info@rittal.be www.rittal.be Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 187 188 Power UPS – Power Modular Concept PMC 12/PMC 12 compact.........................................................................190 PMC 40 (type 1-4) .....................................................................................191 PMC 40 (type 5) ........................................................................................192 PMC 120....................................................................................................193 PMC 200....................................................................................................194 PMC 800....................................................................................................195 PMC accessories ......................................................................................196 Power Distribution Rack Power Distribution Rack PDR ....................................................................200 Power Distribution Module PDM................................................................200 Power System Module PSM Plus busbar .......................................................................................201 PSM Plus plug-in modules ........................................................................201 PSM busbars .............................................................................................202 PSM socket modules .................................................................................203 PSM accessories.......................................................................................204 Fuel cell system RiCell Flex..................................................................................................205 Rittal UPS systems Power Modular Concept Ensuring UPS protection of all processes whose availability is crucial is more than just a question of kilowatts, autonomy and UPS redundancy. The key here is to protect the critical load with a high UPS efficiency. 1 – 18 kVA 10 – 40 kW Output range (scalable) 10 – 120 kW 8 – 800 kW 64 – 960 kW PMC 12 PMC 40 PMC 120 PMC 200 PMC 800 189 UPS – Power Modular Concept Shutdown software Page 347 Battery packs Page 196 Double conversion technology to the highest classification VFI-SS-111. Supply includes: − Single-phase UPS system − Operating manual − Software on CD-ROM − RS232 cable − For 1 – 3 kVA: UPS, earthing-pin connection cable, USB cable Technical information: Available on the Internet. Also required: Country-specific connection cables and slide rails are required to operate the UPS systems, see page 585/559. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. PMC 12, single-phase, output range 1 – 12 kVA n+1 UPS for 482.6 mm (19˝) racks or as floor-standing enclosures UPS with integral battery – – 7857.482 7857.483 7857.430 7857.431 7857.432 7857.433 7857.434 Internal hot swap-compatible batteries Model No. DK PMC 12 Width x height mm UPS control unit 440 (19˝) x 176 (4 U) 440 (19˝) x 88 (2 U) Depth mm 420 420 405 650 650 680 Weight kg 26 27 15,7 26 29 24 24 VA 2000 3000 1000 2000 3000 4500 6000 Watts 1600 2400 800 1600 2400 3500 4800 Max. heat loss (W) 105 262 105 210 252 315 420 90% 90% 90% > 5 min. > 12 min.1) > 8 min.1) Power Rated voltage Input Frequency 50/60 Hz ±5% > 0.99 with linear load 230 V < ±1% (200/208/220/230/240 V adjustable) Voltage Frequency, synchronised Efficiency, AC mode ±1 Hz 88% 90% 88% 88% Power factor Battery 5 years EUROBAT Autonomy at 100% load 0.8 > 7 min. Interface Communication > 5 min. > 7 min. > 7 min. 1 x USB, 1 x RS232 SNMP Operating systems supported Input connection 230 V Windows, Unix, Linux, Novell, Apple; RCCMD shutdown licence DK 7857.421 Output connection 230 V 10 A C14 16 A C20 4 x 10 A, C13, 6 x 10 A, 2 units C13, 2 units switched, switched 1 x 16 A, C19 10 A C14 16 A C20 Compact connector 6 x 10 A, C13, 2 units switched 4 x 10 A, C13, 2 units switched, 1 x 16 A, C19 Compact connector Power Standards and certifications 1 x RS232 Optional network monitoring card DK 7857.420/relay card 7857.410 Emergency Power Off (EPO) Connection 680 230 V (160 – 288 V) Power factor Output Page IEC/EN 62 040-3 EMC EN 50 091-2/EN 62 040-2 class A, EN 61 000-4-2/-3/-4/-6-8/-11, EN 61 000-3-2/-3 Labelling CE, FCC Accessories Battery pack PMC 12 see page 196 Connection cable at output end, UPS, single-phase, for PSM busbar Included with the supply. 190 1) 7856.027 7856.030 7856.027 7856.027 7856.030 – – 204 With an external battery pack Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution UPS – Power Modular Concept Shutdown software Page 347 Double conversion technology to the highest classification VFI-SS-111. Supply includes: − Basic module and UPS module(s) fitted to specifications. − Battery pack(s), separate Service: Commissioning by Rittal. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. PMC 40 (type 1-4), 3-phase, output range scalable 10 – 40 kW Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 4 1 1 2 2 Number of UPS modules Qty. Number of battery packs Qty. 1 2 2 4 Maximum UPS output (with 10 kW/20 kW module) kW 10 10/20 20 20/40 10/20 UPS output with 1+1 redundancy (with 10 kW/20 kW module) kW – – 10 Approx. autonomies at 100% load (10 kW/20 kW modules) min. 6/– 15/5 6/– 16/5 Approx. autonomies at 50% load (10 kW/20 kW modules) min. 12/– 30/10 12/– 32/10 RS232 (D-Sub 9) and USB interface (configuration and shutdown) Qty. 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 Fault signal contacts (floating) Qty. 5 5 5 5 Clamping strip input/output (3L+N+PE) max. conductor cross-section mm2 10/16 10/16 10/16 10/16 Width mm 485 (19˝) 485 (19˝) 485 (19˝) 485 (19˝) Height U 11 15 18 26 Depth mm 735 735 735 735 Required distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels (min./max.) mm 690 – 800 690 – 800 690 – 800 690 – 800 Weight (approx. incl. batteries and UPS modules) kg 162 278 310 537 7040.010 7040.020 7040.030 7040.040 Dimensions Model No. DK basic unit Model No. DK PMC 40 10 kW module (order quantity acc. to type) Qty. 1 x 7040.110 1 x 7040.110 2 x 7040.110 2 x 7040.110 Model No. DK PMC 40 20 kW module (order quantity acc. to type) Qty. – 1 x 7040.120 – 2 x 7040.120 Model No. DK PMC 40 battery pack each n x 4 x 10 batteries (12 V/7 Ah) prewired Packs of 7040.211 7040.212 7040.212 7040.214 Model No. DK PMC 40 battery preparation (for export or air freight) Drawers and battery cabling (excluding battery, quantity depending on type) Packs of 7040.201 7040.202 7040.202 7040.204 Page Accessories SNMP monitoring card (budget) Packs of 7857.420 198 RCCMD licence, bundle of 5 licences Packs of 7857.423 347 RCCMD licence, bundle of 25 licences Packs of 7857.424 347 Note: Only UPS modules with an identical output may be combined. PMC 40 modules, rack-independent n. mi 0 80 482.6 mm (19˝) rack, at least 800 mm deep. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Basic module ... ... plus UPS module ... ... plus battery pack produces a complete UPS system 191 UPS – Power Modular Concept Shutdown software Page 347 UPS rack with integral power modules and batteries ● Thanks to the double conversion technology (VFI-SS-111) the output voltage is independent from the input voltage and frequency ● Efficient IGBT power transistor technology achieves a high operating ratio of 95% even in part-load operation ● “Safe swap” compatibility with a redundant design, i.e. the module may be exchanged while operational ● Every UPS module includes power electronics as well as the control unit including display ● Installation, commissioning and servicing to be carried out by authorised experts only Supply includes: − UPS system in the TS 8 rack − Vented front door and rear panel − Fitted with UPS power modules (depending on configuration) and batteries − The batteries must only be installed at the point of assembly and are delivered separately Note: Only UPS modules with an identical output may be combined. Technical information/ battery configurations: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. PMC 40 (type 5), 3-phase, output range scalable 10 – 40 kW, redundant Dimensions (UPS rack, without base/plinth) width x height x depth mm Packs of Model No. UPS basic rack Maximum no. of UPS modules 600 x 2000 x 800 600 x 2000 x 1000 7040.065 7040.060 Page 3 Maximum no. of batteries 240 (4 x 50, 6 x 40) Maximum UPS output (with 10 kW/20 kW modules) 30/60 kW UPS output with n+1 redundancy (with 10 kW/20 kW modules) 20/40 kW RS232 (D-Sub 9) and USB interface (configuration and shutdown) 1/1 Fault signal contacts (floating) 5 35/50 mm2 Clamping strip input/output (3L+N+PE) max. conductor cross-section Weight (approx. incl. batteries and 3 UPS modules) 740 kg Protection category of UPS system IP 20 Operating temperature range (UPS with batteries, recommended) 20 – 25°C Accessibility only required to front (for servicing, maintenance) 900 mm Distance from wall at rear (due to fan cooling) 200 mm Model No. PMC 40 10 kW module (order quantity acc. to output) 1 7040.110 Model No. PMC 40 20 kW module (order quantity acc. to output) 1 7040.120 Model No. PMC 40 battery pack 1 x 4 x 10 batteries, when using 10 kW modules (12 V/7 Ah) prewired (service life 5 years under EUROBAT) Order volume n = 1-6 x 40 7040.311 Model No. PMC 40 battery pack 1 x 5 x 10 batteries, when using 20 kW modules (12 V/7 Ah) prewired (service life 5 years under EUROBAT) Order volume n = 1-4 x 50 7040.315 Model No. PMC 40 battery preparation n x 4 x 10 (for export or air freight) Drawers and battery cabling (n = 1-6 x, without batteries), cable set of 40 1 set 7040.301 Model No. PMC 40 battery preparation n x 5 x 10 (for export or air freight) Drawers and battery cabling (n = 1-4 x, without batteries), cable set of 50 1 set 7040.305 Accessories UPS monitoring/SNMP monitoring card 1 7857.420 198 Base/plinth components, front and rear, RAL 7035, 100 mm high 1 set 8601.605 361 Base/plinth trim panels, side, RAL 7035, 800 mm deep/100 mm high 1 set 8601.085 362 Base/plinth trim panels, side, RAL 7035, 1000 mm deep/100 mm high 1 set 8601.015 362 192 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution UPS – Power Modular Concept Shutdown software Page 347 Modular UPS system (up to 120 kW) ● UPS power modules operate according to the double conversion principle (classification to VFI-SS-111) and have a transformerless design thanks to the high intermediate circuit voltage ● Efficient IGBT power transistor technology achieves a high operating ratio of 95% even in part-load operation ● “Safe swap” compatibility with a redundant design, i.e. the module may be exchanged while operational ● Every UPS module includes power electronics as well as the control unit including display ● Installation, commissioning and servicing to be carried out by authorised experts only Supply includes: − UPS system in the TS 8 rack − Vented front door and rear panel − Fitted with UPS power modules (depending on configuration) and batteries Technical information/ battery configurations: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Note: Only UPS modules with an identical output may be combined. PMC 120, 3-phase, output range scalable 10 – 120 kW Dimensions (UPS rack, without base/plinth) width x height x depth mm Packs of Model No. UPS basic rack 600 x 2000 x 800 600 x 2000 x 1000 7040.075 7040.070 Maximum no. of UPS modules Page 6 Maximum UPS output (with 10 kW/20 kW modules) 60/120 kW UPS output with n+1 redundancy (with 10 kW/20 kW modules) 50/100 kW No. of batteries (12 V/28 Ah) per module/battery bank (per 10 kW/20 kW) 40/50 No. of battery banks per battery rack1), max. 3 No. of batteries (12 V/28 Ah) per battery rack1), max. 150 Operating ratio (from 50% load) 95% Operating ratio in eco-mode (100% load) 98% RS232 (D-Sub 9) and USB interface (configuration and shutdown) 1/1 Fault signal contacts (floating) 5 Input (3L+N+PE) conductor cross-section 70/95 mm2 Output (3L+N+PE) conductor cross-section 70/95 mm2 150 mm2 Battery connection (3 x M10, joint batteries) conductor cross-section Weight (approx., UPS rack with 6 UPS modules) 285 kg Protection category of UPS system IP 20 Operating temperature range (UPS with batteries, recommended) 20 – 25°C Accessibility only required to front (for servicing, maintenance) 900 mm Distance from wall at rear (due to fan cooling) 200 mm Model No. PMC 40 10 kW module (order quantity acc. to output) 1 7040.110 Model No. PMC 40 20 kW module (order quantity acc. to output) 1 7040.120 Also required Battery rack, width 800 mm (max. 150 batteries) 1 7040.3611) 7857.3641) Accessories Base/plinth components, front and rear, RAL 7035, 600 mm wide/100 mm high 1 set 8601.605 Base/plinth trim panels, side, RAL 7035, 800 mm deep/100 mm high 1 set 8601.085 362 Base/plinth trim panels, side, RAL 7035, 1000 mm deep/100 mm high 1 set 8601.015 362 1) 361 Batteries not included with the supply of the battery rack, connection cable for battery racks DK 7040.371. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 193 UPS – Power Modular Concept Shutdown software Page 347 Rittal PMC 200 ensures optimum availability for critical applications by combining modularity (flexible scalability and redundancy, whereby up to 20 modules may be switched in parallel) with decentralised parallel architecture or DPA (redundant protection without a “single point of failure”). Transformerless, genuine online, doubleconversion UPSs with static bypass and classification code VFI-SS-111. This modular concept keeps the purchasing and operating costs of redundant solutions low. As your performance requirements grow, the UPS grows with you – even in the most confined spaces, and with the system operational. The benefits to you: Less capital tie-up, inexpensive expansion, and minimal space requirements. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. PMC 200, 3-phase, output range scalable 8 – 800 kW Up to 20 PMC modules may be gradually switched in parallel e.g. in order to supply 800 kW without redundancy or 760 kW n+1 (with 40 kW modules) uninterrupted. May be upgraded with the system operational; no need to switch over to an unprotected network. Note: This table contains only sample configurations. We would be pleased to configure your individual solution with you. Examples of 32 and 40 kW module configurations and autonomies 40 40 40 40 40 40 UPS racks: W 800 x H 2000 x D 1000 mm Battery racks: W 800 x H 2000 x D 1000 mm Redundancy without with without with without with without with without with 1/– – 1/– 1/– 1/– 1/– 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 Number of UPS modules 1 – 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 PMC 32 module type, output in kW 32 – 64 32 96 64 128 96 160 128 UPS rack/battery rack Battery autonomy1) 18 – 9 9 9 9 12 12 12 12 PMC 40 module type, output in kW 40 – – – – – 160 120 200 160 Battery autonomy1) 15 – – – – – 9 9 9 9 1) Minutes/modules with cos ϕ 1.0/autonomy may be extended to order. Delivery times available on request. PMC 200 modules 20 20 20 20 20 20 UPS rack UPS module Battery packs PMC 200 Minimum floor space is required by a rack with three modules (2+1 redundancy) and batteries with autonomy integrated into a single rack. The Rittal PMC 200 allows the integration of up to 5 modules (4+1 redundancy) in one rack. For this configuration, an additional battery rack is required. The autonomy may be flexibly adapted to suit your requirements. 194 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution UPS – Power Modular Concept Shutdown software Page 347 Rittal PMC 800 is the solution for data centres with a high power consumption. The modular architecture allows optimum, tailored configuration of the UPS. The PMC 800 may be extended to accommodate up to 12 modules, facilitating a maximum output of up to 960 kW or 880 kW (n+1), redundant. If a UPS with a higher output is required, this can of course be achieved with the PMC 800. ● Operating ratio at 25/50/75/ 100% load (cos phi = 0.8): 92/93.5/95/ 95% ● Use of battery racks: UPS PMC 800 at a glance: ● Topology: On-line, double conversion, VFI-SS-111. ● Technology: Transformerless ● Architecture: Modular, may be connected in parallel ● Maximum output in standard configuration: 800 kW (higher outputs available on request) Technical information: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. PMC 800, 3-phase, output range scalable 64 – 960 kW The separation into one power module and one control module is exemplary for UPS systems in this output class. This ensures a high level of service-friendliness and allows precise planning of maintenance work. Note: This table contains only sample configurations. We would be pleased to configure your individual solution with you. Examples of 64 and 80 kW module configurations PMC 800 Redundancy (n+1) without with without with without with without with Module with 64 kW 192 128 384 320 576 512 768 704 Module with 80 kW 240 160 480 400 720 640 960 880 Batteries UPS racks W x H x D mm Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Battery rack, e.g. 28 Ah batteries or battery racks, e.g. 70 Ah batteries 1400 x 1900 x 870 195 UPS – Power Modular Concept Accessories Battery packs for PMC 12 To operate or increase the power of PMC 12 UPS systems. With overload protection. Vertical siting is also possible. Battery packs are “hot plug”compatible (replacement of batteries while operational). Batteries can be exchanged from the front, without removing the battery pack from the 482.6 mm (19˝) level. Depending on the UPS version, 2 – 3 battery packs may be connected together to increase the autonomy. Cooling of the UPS and the battery packs is absolutely essential. Material: Maintenance-free lead gel accumulators, service life 5 years (to EUROBAT) Supply includes: − Fully preassembled and populated with accumulators (12 V/7 Ah) − 0.5 m connection cable with connector − Feet. Note: For mounting in the 482.6 mm (19˝) rack, a slide rail DK 7063.883 is required. XL version Standard version UPS PMC 12 system 7857.482 7857.483 7857.430 7857.431 7857.432 7857.433 7857.434 Battery packs 7857.488 7857.488 7857.435 7857.437 7857.437 7857.442 7857.442 Width mm 465 465 465 465 465 465 465 Height mm 178 (4 U) 178 (4 U) 89 (2 U) 89 (2 U) 89 (2 U) Depth mm 420 420 650 650 650 650 650 Weight kg 35 35 20 20 20 55 55 Number of batteries per battery pack 12 12 6 6 6 20 20 Model No. DK 133.5 (3 U) 133.5 (3 U) Autonomy (min.) at 100% load: Battery packs In supplied state 1 7857.430, 1 kVA 7 min. 7857.482/7857.431, 2 kVA 7 min. 7857.483/7857.432, 3 kVA UPS PMC 12 2 (XL version) 3 55 min. – – 29 min. 54 min. – 24 min. 20 min. 46 min. – 9 min. – 23 min. – 39 min. 8 min. – 20 min. – 33 min. 1 (XL version) 2 28 min. – 17 min. 26 min. 5 min. 12 min. 7857.433, 4.5 kVA – 7857.434, 6 kVA – Mechanical maintenance bypass 1 for PMC 12 Facilitates uninterrupted removal/maintenance of the UPS. Various designs are required depending on the UPS output category. Connection of the bypass for 1 – 3 kVA UPS models is via a connector (plug & play), while the 4.5 and 6 kVA UPS variant must be installed by a qualified electrician. It is important to ensure the correct prefuse of the UPS bypass depending on the UPS power used. Model No. DK 1 1 – 3 kVA (incl. UPS fuse 16 A) 7857.440 2 4.5 – 6 kVA (incl. UPS fuse 32 A) 7857.441 Dimensions: W x H x D (mm): − 465 x 88 (2 U) x 80 (DK 7857.440) − 465 x 88 (2 U) x 350 (DK 7857.441) 2 Relay card for PMC 12 This card allows the UPS alarm messages (5 UPS alarms) to be forwarded to external indicator devices (e.g. building services management) via floating contacts. The card is plugged into the extension slot on the rear of the PMC 12 UPS. 196 Packs of Model No. DK 1 7857.410 Note: Cannot be used together with the SNMP card. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution UPS – Power Modular Concept Accessories Sub-distribution for PMC 12 Outlets 4 x C19 and 2 x 32 A CEE-conforming, single-phase, individually fused. Allows the direct connection of up to 6 pieces of equipment. Installation must be carried out by a qualified electrician. Dimensions: W x H x D (mm): 482.6 (19˝) x 131 (3 U) x 300 Dimensions: W x H x D (mm): 482.6 (19˝) x 88 (2 U) x 300 Dimensions: W x H x D (mm): 482.6 (19˝) x 88 (2 U) x 300 7857.445 Packs of Model No. DK 1 7857.448 Technical specifications: Ambient conditions: Temperature: 5 – 40°C − Humidity: 5 – 90% rel. humidity (non-condensing) − UPS connection PMC 12: Via connection cables with fitted Harting connector (1.5 m) − Input (connection cable): 3 x 4 mm² (3 m) with 32 CEE connector, single-phase − Output: 2 x C19 jack, 4 x C13 jack − Fuses: 2 x 16 AC, 4 x 10 A type C Parallel hot swap chassis for PMC 12, 4.5 and 6 kVA Facilitates parallel switching of 2 (or 3) PMC UPS systems to increase the output or redundancy of the UPS. A mechanical maintenance bypass is also integrated. Parallel connection is only possible with the 4.5 and 6 kVA PMC 12 version. The two UPS systems to be connected in parallel must have identical battery configurations (number/type of battery packs). The autonomy of the system will not be increased as a result of parallel connection. Installation must be carried out by a qualified electrician. Model No. DK 1 Technical specifications: Ambient conditions: − Temperature: 5 – 40°C − Humidity: 5 – 90% rel. humidity (non-condensing) − Input (open ends with wire end ferrules): 3 x 6 mm² (2 m) − Output: 4 x C19 jack, 2 x CEE 32 A coupling − Fuses: 4 x 16 AC, 2 x 32 A type C Plug & play sub-distribution for PMC 12, 4.5 and 6 kVA This sub-distribution facilitates simple installation and commissioning of the PMC 12 UPS, 4.5 and 6 kVA. All that is needed is a single-phase 32 A connection to DIN/EN 60 309. Packs of for UPS systems Packs of Model No. DK 1 2 1 7857.443 2 3 1 7857.444 Technical specifications: Ambient conditions: − Temperature: 5 – 40°C − Humidity: 5 – 90% rel. humidity (non-condensing) − UPS connection PMC 12: Via connection cables with fitted Harting connector (1 m) − Input (connection cable): 3 x 10/16 mm² (2 m) with open cable end and wire end ferrules − Output (connection cable): 3 x 10/16 mm² (2 m) with open cable end and wire end ferrules − Fuses (UPS input): 2 x 2 x 32 A type C (for DK 7857.442) 3 x 2 x 32 A type C (for DK 7857.443) 1 2 Note: Commissioning of a PMC 12 UPS connected in parallel must only be carried out by a member of the Rittal Service team because the UPS may be destroyed if wrongly configured. Additionally, we recommend the use of the PMC 12 sub-distribution (DK 7857.445). Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 197 UPS – Power Modular Concept Accessories Sub-distribution for PMC 40 UPS Allows the direct, fused connection of single- and 3-phase equipment. In this way, up to 4 PSM busbars may be connected directly to the PMC 40 UPS via the relevant connection cables. Additionally, there are six single-phase outlets (16 A) available via C19 jacks. Connection to the PMC 40 UPS must be carried out by a qualified electrician. Dimensions: W x H x D: 482.6 (19˝) x 131 mm (3 U) x 300 mm Packs of Model No. DK 1 7040.500 Technical specifications: Ambient conditions: − Temperature: 5 – 40°C − Humidity: 5 – 90% rel. humidity (non-condensing) − Input (open ends with wire end ferrules): 5 x 16 mm² (2 m) − Output: 4 x GST18 (3-phase), 6 x C19 (1-phase) − Fuses: 18 x 16 AC Note: Observe the country-specific connection data. Plug & play connection cable for server enclosures: Sub-distribution, modular for PMC 200 The distributor may be fitted directly in the UPS PMC 200 rack. This allows the configuration of a complete, compact system with a 0.6 m2 footprint containing a rack-mounted modular UPS PMC 200, batteries and distributor. Application range: UPS systems Rittal Power Modular Concept PMC 200 up to 20 kW N+1. Technical specifications: ● 482.6 mm (19˝) , 6 U ● 12 outlets, three-phase 400 V/50 Hz with 10 A ● On-load isolator for disconnecting ● Circuit-breaker 10 A per phase Length Packs of Model No. DK 3m 1 7857.130 5m 1 7857.150 8m 1 7857.180 9m 1 7857.190 Design Model No. DK 482.6 mm (19˝), 6 U 7857.372 Supply includes: 482.6 mm (19˝) modules, 6 U, instructions. Note: Observe the country-specific connection data. Plug & play connection cable for server enclosures: Length Packs of Model No. DK 3m 1 7857.130 5m 1 7857.150 8m 1 7857.180 9m 1 7857.190 Also required: UPV PMC 200, 60 kW, see page 194. UPS monitoring card (SNMP card) This optional monitoring card facilitates monitoring of the UPS via Web browsers. In this way, various monitoring states of the UPS (e.g. input voltage, output currents/power per phase, battery charging status, autonomies etc.) may be remotely monitored. However, the main application is a controlled server shutdown via the network interface. To this end, a UPS shutdown client (RCCMD software) must be installed and configured on every server. 198 Design Packs of Model No. DK SNMP card, budget version 1 7857.420 SNMP card CS121 with swtiching contacts 1 7857.366 Note: Only one extension card may be installed per UPS system. Redundant monitoring solutions for UPS systems available on request. RCCMD software, see page 347. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution UPS – Power Modular Concept Accessories Battery Manager RiBat Designation for PMC 200/800 Management system for the batteries in a UPS. RiBat can extend the service life of a battery by up to 30%. 1 RiBat Manager Benefits: ● Optimised charging for each individual battery. ● Temperature monitoring per battery. ● Early identification of defective batteries. ● Supports preventive maintenance of batteries. ● Defective batteries can be restored rather than replaced before reaching the end of their useful life. ● RiBat Manager replaces the internal SNMP card of the UPS. The Rittal battery manager RiBat determines all relevant data such as battery voltage, internal resistance, discharge curve, temperature etc. throughout the service life of the monitored batteries. This data is evaluated and used to control the charging process. RiBat facilitates optimum charging of each individual battery. The RiBat module regulates the charging process for each connected battery. This avoids overcharging of a battery which is connected to other batteries. This technology can extend the service life of a battery by up to 30%. The RiBat modules are connected using preassembled cables and connected to the RiBat Manager. Up to 250 modules may be connected to one RiBat Manager. Model No. DK 2 RiBat module 7857.800 7857.801 RiBat cable kit 120 batteries 7857.8021) RiBat cable kit 150 batteries 7857.8032) Extended delivery times. 1) In conjunction with a battery rack for 120 batteries 2) In conjunction with a battery rack for 150 batteries 1 Technical specifications RiBat Manager: − Supply voltage: 9 – 30 V DC − Serial interface: 3 x RS232 − LAN interface: 10/100 MBit full/half − Supported protocols: SNMP, RCCMD, SNMP, HTTP − Alarm contact: 1 floating contact − Display: LCD display Temperature range: 5°C – 45°C, − 90% humidity, non-condensing − Certifications: CEE, WEEE, RoHS 2 RiBat module: − Battery voltage: 12 V DC − Battery capacity: 7 – 300 Ah − W x H x D: 800 x 55 x 27 mm − Certifications: CEE, WEEE, RoHS TCP/IP Module Battery Manager Battery RCCMD software Client software for controlled server shutdown see page 347. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 199 Power Distribution Rack Power Distribution Rack PDR ● To accommodate a maximum of 8 PDM ● Height 1.20 m for 4 PDMs and 2 m height for 8 PDMs ● PDM may be retrofitted whilst operational ● A maximum of 32 racks may be fitted to the sub-distributor ● Fully shock-hazard protected ● Main switch in various options: − Isolator switch − On-load isolator − Air circuit-breaker − RC circuit-breaker ● Low-voltage distribution up to 250 A Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Doors, roof and base/plinth: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated − Gland plates, punched sections with mounting flanges and mounting angles: Zinc-plated, clear-chromated Supply includes: − Enclosure frame with door (without tubular door frame), − Rear panel, − Side panels and roof plate, − Levelling feet incl. base/plinth adaptor, − Earthing of all enclosure panels, − Busbars shock-hazardprotected − Main switch integral. Note: Observe the standards of the local power supply companies. Colour: RAL 7035 Power Distribution Module PDM ● Mechanically latchable in the PDR ● Scalable ● RC circuit-breaker, optional Supply includes: − 482.6 mm (19˝) module, 3 U − Incl. master switch − 4 fused 3-phase outlets to the rack − 3 x 230 V/16 A per outlet − Connected load 400 V/3 AC, max. 63 A Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Approvals: VDE Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Power Distribution Rack PDR Packs of Possible number of PDM modules Dimensions mm WxHxD Page 4 8 800 x 1200 x 500 800 x 2000 x 500 1 7857.3101) 7857.3001) Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.800 8601.800 361 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.800 8602.800 361 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.050 8601.050 362 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.050 8602.050 362 Model No. DK Accessories Base/plinth components front and rear Base/plinth trim panels, side 1) Extended delivery times. Power Distribution Module PDM Packs of Design Dimensions mm 4 outlets per 10 kW WxH 1 Model No. DK 4 outlets project-specific 19˝ (482.6 mm) x 3 U 7857.320 7857.350 Also required Plug & play connection cable for PSM busbar to the server enclosures Connection cable 32 A CEE-conforming connector, for operation without PDR 200 Length 3 m 1 7857.130 Length 5 m 1 7857.150 Length 8 m 1 7857.180 Length 9 m 1 7857.190 1 7857.321 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Power System Module Plus Power System Module PSM Plus The benefits at a glance: ● 2 m busbar with four independent infeeds (A, B, C, D each 400 V/3~, 50/60 Hz, 3 x 16 A). ● Shock-hazard-protected; may be retrofitted whilst the system is operational. ● With four integral connection cables, each 3 m long, 5 x 2.5 mm2 and Wieland GST connectors. ● Directly suitable for connecting to Rittal PDM. ● Easily integrated into existing applications with standard extension cables. ● 6 slots per 2 m busbar ● Attachment with no loss of U in the rack. Current carrying capacity up to 192 A per rack Busbar with redundant design and 3-phase infeed. By integrating two further three-phase circuits the PSM Plus now has four independent three-phase infeeds. Each of the feeds can be supplied with up to 3 x 16 A, producing a total of max. 192 A. With four independent infeeds, it is possible to assemble a redundant, high-MTBF power supply system for IT racks. Note: − PSM Plus bar for modules with two infeeds. This means that redundancy can now be achieved at module level. − Only fits PSM Plus socket modules. A B A B C D PSM Plus busbar For enclosure height mm Number of modules Model No. DK 2000 6 7856.015 PSM Plus plug-in modules Connector pattern Number of sockets C13 6 (3 x per infeed) 7856.081 C19 4 (2 x per infeed) 7856.231 Earthing-pin 2 (1 x per infeed) 7856.101 PSM Plus connection cable Length Type Connections 5m 3-phase supply connection cable Three-phase connector EN 60 309 on Wieland GST socket 7856.018 5m Extension cable Wieland GST socket on Wieland GST 18 connector 7856.017 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 201 Power System Module PSM busbars PSM busbars + PSM socket modules PSM busbars The modular system facilitates basic configuration of the racks, thanks to a vertical support rail with 1/3-phase infeed. The various socket modules to supply the active components may be snap-fitted into the support rail. This can even be done whilst the system is operational, because the support section is shock-hazard protected. PSM socket modules The various modules, earthing pins, IEC 320 etc. may be inserted into the support rail in any combination. This is easily achieved, even by non-electricians, thanks to the shock hazard protected plug & play system. Approvals: Available on the Internet. Technical specifications/benefits: ● Each plug-in module picks off a phase on the support rail, either from infeed A or from the redundant infeed B, depending on the direction of connection. ● 1-/3-phase construction with a maximum current of 2 x (3 x 16 A). ● 3-phase redundant infeed supported. ● The redundant circuit is completely separate from the 3 phases of the support rail. ● Modules may be retrofitted whilst operational. ● Modules may be equipped with integral overcurrent protection, so that only the affected module is deactivated in the event of an excessively high current. The other modules remain operational. ● Overvoltage protection may be integrated into the supply line. ● Various modules also available with current measurement and switchable outputs. A B PSM busbars For enclosure height mm 1 Phases per infeed No. of infeeds Input current (A) Maximum Connecno. of tion, module connector slots type Earthleakage circuitbreaker RCD Circuitbreaker 16 A Packs of Model No. DK 1 With measurement of voltage, current and power (consumption), via CMC, remote-controllable 2000 3 2 16 6 Jack – – 1 7856.016 2000 1 1 32 6 CEE 2 – 1 7856.003 2 With 2 infeeds (jack), 3-phase redundancy 1200 3 2 16 4 Jack – – 1 7856.010 2000 3 2 16 7 Jack – – 1 7856.020 2200 3 2 16 8 Jack – – 1 7856.008 7 Wire end ferrules – – 1 7856.005 7 Wire end ferrules – – 1 7856.006 3 With 3 m connection cable (wire end ferrules) 2 2000 2000 3 3 1 2 16 16 4 With 3 m connection cable (connector type CEE/EN 60 309) 2000 1 1 32 6 CEE 2 – 1 7856.321 2000 3 1 32 6 CEE 6 – 1 7856.323 2000 1 1 32 6 CEE 2 1 7856.043 3 Also required: PSM socket modules, see page 203. Accessories: − Mounting kit for PSM busbars, see page 204. − Connection cables, see page 204. − Cable lock, see page 204. − Overvoltage protection, see page 204. 4 202 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Power System Module PSM socket modules PSM socket modules Module slots required in PSM busbar Connector pattern Slots Thermal overcurrent protection Packs of Model No. 1 Standard socket modules/non-switchable 1 C13 6 – 1 7856.080 1 C13 6 1 7856.070 1 C13 4 /per output 1 7856.220 1 Earthing-pin 4 – 1 7856.100 1 Earthing-pin 4 1 7856.090 1 C19 4 – 1 7856.230 1 C13 red 6 – 1 7856.082 1 Earthing-pin, red 4 – 1 7856.240 2 C13 8 RCD 1 7856.095 7856.120 1 2 International socket modules 1 France/Belgium 4 – 1 1 France/Belgium 4 1 7856.110 1 Switzerland 5 – 1 7856.190 1 Switzerland 4 1 7856.180 1 UK 3 – 1 7856.160 1 UK 3 1 7856.150 1 USA (120 V/208 V) 5 – 1 7856.140 1 USA (120 V/208 V) 5 1 7856.130 3 Socket modules with LED display/current measurement per module 2 3 1 C13 6 – 1 7859.120 1 C19 4 – 1 7859.130 4 Socket modules with switchable slot/aggregate current measurement per module 2 C13 8 1 7856.201 2 Earthing-pin/C13 4/2 1 7856.203 2 C19/C13 4/2 1 7856.204 5 Socket modules with switchable slot/individual current measurement per slot 2 Earthing-pin/C13 4/2 1 7859.212 2 C13 8 1 7859.222 2 C19/C13 4/2 1 7859.232 4 Approvals: Available on the Internet. 5 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 203 Power System Module Accessories Mounting kit for PSM busbars Without cable routing For With cable routing For Model No. DK TS For static installation 7856.011 TE For static installation 7000.684 Model No. DK TS For static installation 7856.022 Adjustable, for freely accessible 482.6 mm (19˝) level 7856.023 Connection cable for PSM-busbar Connection cable, 3-phase Length Packs of Model No. DK 3m 1 7856.025 3m 1 7856.026 C14/X-Com 10 A 3m 1 7856.027 C20/X-Com 16 A 3m 1 7856.030 2m 1 7200.217 0.5 m 2 7856.014 CEE-conforming 5-pole/16 A Connection cable, single-phase CEE-conforming 3-pole/16 A Connection cable, UPS, single-phase Connection cable C19/C20 16 A Connection cable C13/C14 16 A Cable lock PSM for all modules with EN 60 320 C13 connector configurations All terminal connection cables are therefore protected against unintentional disconnection of the power supply. Two bars are needed for two cables. Measurement module PSM For power measurement of existing PSM or for new installations. Design Packs of Model No. DK Bar 20 7856.013 Accessories: Optimum locking function is only achieved with connection cable DK 7856.014, see page 204. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7856.019 Suitable for for PSM busbar: DK 7856.010, DK 7856.020, DK 7856.008. Note: Detailed information, see PSM rail with measurement, page 202. Overvoltage protection PSM Overvoltage protection Packs of Model No. DK Is connected upstream of the busbar. With adaptor connector 1 7856.170 ● Fine fuse ● Connection: − Socket Wago X-Com − Connector Wago X-Com 204 Note: One adaptor is required for each infeed. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiCell Flex fuel cell system Material: − Enclosure frame: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) − Door, side panels, roof: Aluminium AlMg3, powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Project planning: − Higher level of cascading − Different output voltages − Housing for gas cylinders − Primary power supply T Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. B H1 H2 Application: ● Emergency power supplies, e.g. for mobile telecommunication base stations ● Indoor and outdoor use ● Temporary power supplies ● UPS applications ● High-MTBF applications ● Balancing energy supplies Supply includes: − Ready-to-connect fuel cell system including climate control. Hydrogen supply not included. − 3 fuel cell modules fitted for 7.5 kW − Controller Width (B) mm 850 Height (H1) mm 2000 Depth (T) mm 850 Base/plinth height mm 100 Overall height (H2) mm 2100 Model No. FC 1782.135 Fuel cell module Power consumption 2000 watts Maximum power output 2500 watts1) Output voltage –44.0 to –55.5 V DC Noise generation < 60 dB (A) at distance of 1 m Weight 28 kg Hydrogen supply Gas type Hydrogen, purity 99.9%, class 3.0 Consumption 10 slpm (standard litres per minute) per kW Typical autonomy time Freely scalable with bottle batteries; 600 l (1 bundle), 200 bar hydrogen provides for more than 24 h autonomy at 6 kW full load Input pressure 12.0 to 20.0 bar Ambient conditions Temperature range –33°C to +45°C Relative humidity 5% to 95%, non-condensing Height above mean sea level –60 m to 2000 m; thereafter 5% power reduction per 1000 m Monitoring Interfaces Ethernet TCP/IP Software Web-based user interface with display for status messages, event log and parameters Alarm outputs 4 floating contacts: “H2 low”; “Non-critical error”; “Serious error”; “FC in operation” 1) Begin of life (BOL). Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 205 206 Climate control Cooling with ambient air TopTherm fan-and-filter units ....................................................................212 Rack-mounted fans/tangential fans...........................................................217 Fan systems ..............................................................................................219 Air/air heat exchangers .............................................................................226 Cooling units Thermoelectric cooler................................................................................232 Wall-mounted cooling units .......................................................................233 Roof-mounted cooling units ......................................................................244 Modular climate control concept...............................................................248 Liquid cooling Air/water heat exchangers ........................................................................252 Cold Plate ..................................................................................................262 Chillers for water........................................................................................264 IT cooling Chillers for IT cooling.................................................................................272 CRAC system ............................................................................................274 Aisle containment ......................................................................................278 Liquid Cooling Package ............................................................................279 CS Outdoor climate control Air/air heat exchangers and cooling units for CS Toptec .........................286 Air/air heat exchangers and cooling units for CS modular enclosures .....287 Enclosure heaters Enclosure heaters......................................................................................289 Climate control accessories Air routing ..................................................................................................291 Control/regulation ......................................................................................293 Mounting accessories ...............................................................................296 Filter technology ........................................................................................299 General ......................................................................................................302 Generation “Blue e” Save energy permanently with Rittal cooling units. Savings of up to 45% energy consumption with the same cooling output (ideally 70% compared with a conventional Rittal TopTherm Plus cooling unit in field trials). 207 208 Experts in climate control As system providers, Rittal are the world’s top suppliers of exceptionally effective, energy-saving and environmentally-friendly climate control solutions, precisely tailored to the customer’s individual requirements. Your benefits Planning and engineering ● RiTherm climate calculation software for requirement-based dimensioning ● Rittal system consulting for optimised cost and energy efficiency Products ● Energy-saving enclosure climate control for all ambient conditions in the industrial sector ● Effective, application-oriented product solutions for machine and process cooling ● Efficient, cost-saving IT climate control concepts, from individual server enclosures through to high-MTBF data centres Service ● Contiguous global delivery and service network ● Global spare parts service ● Our own accredited laboratories for testing and simulation of climate conditions 209 210 Cooling with ambient air TopTherm fan-and-filter units TopTherm fan-and-filter unit .................................. 20 – 66 m3/h ..............212 TopTherm fan-and-filter unit .............................. 105 – 120 m3/h ..............213 TopTherm fan-and-filter unit .............................. 180 – 250 m3/h ..............214 TopTherm fan-and-filter unit .............................. 550 – 770 m3/h ..............215 TopTherm fan-and-filter unit ........................................900 m3/h ..............216 Conversion table old/new ..........................................................................216 Rack-mounted climate control Rack-mounted fan .................................................320/480 m3/h ..............217 Vario rack-mounted fan .........................................320/480 m3/h ..............218 Tangential fan...............................................................320 m3/h ..............218 Fan systems RTT roof-mounted fan............................................400/800 m3/h ..............219 Roof-mounted fan.........................................................360 m3/h ..............220 Roof-mounted fan for the office sector .......................1500 m3/h ..............220 Enclosure internal fan...................................................160 m3/h ..............221 Fan mounting plate.......................................................180 m3/h ..............221 Mini-fan...........................................................................21 m3/h ..............222 Fan expansion kit ............................................... 108 – 184 m3/h ..............222 Fan roof, modular, two-piece ................................160/180 m3/h ..............223 Fan unit, active .............................................................160 m3/h ..............224 Fan mounting plate DC .............................................1050 m3/h ..............224 Door-mounted fan ........................................................600 m3/h ..............225 Fan expansion kit ......................................................................................225 Air/air heat exchangers Wall-mounted .............................................................12/62 W/K ..............226 Wall-mounted with controller ................................17.5 – 90 W/K ..............227 Wall-mounted, railway-compatible version .............27 – 98 W/K ..............228 Roof-mounted..................................................................66 W/K ..............229 211 TopTherm fan-and-filter units Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333 Protection category: See tables. Supply includes: − Unit ready for installation − Filter mat Note: For energy-efficient operation of the fan-and-filter units, we recommend using the enclosure internal thermostat SK 3110.000, the speed control SK 3120.200 or the digital thermostat with display SK 3114.200 (see accessories). T2 Approvals: Available on the Internet. T1 Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. H Colour: RAL 7035 B Air throughput 20 – 66 m3/h Model No. SK fan-and-filter unit 3237.100 3237.600 3237.110 3237.124 3238.100 3238.600 3238.110 3238.124 EMC version – – – – – – 115, 50/60 24 (DC) Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm Max. installation depth mm 230, 50/60 115, 50/60 24 (DC) W (B) x H 116.5 x 116.5 148.5 x 148.5 D (T1) 16 16 D (T2) 43 58.5 20/25 m3/h Air throughput, unimpeded air flow Air throughput with outlet filter including standard filter mat 230, 50/60 Page 20 m3/h 1 x SK 3237.200: 15/18 Diagonal fan Self-starting shaded pole motor Rated current 0.065 A/ 0.052 A Power consumption 11 W/9 W Pre-fuse 2A 0.12 A/ 0.10 A Noise level 38/43 dB (A) Operating temperature range –15°C to +55°C Storage temperature range –30°C to +70°C 55/66 m3/h 55 m3/h 1 x SK 3238.200: 43/50 m3/h 2 x SK 3238.200: 48/57 m3/h m3/h DC motor Self-starting shaded pole motor DC motor 0.125 A 0.12 A/ 0.11 A 0.23 A 3W 19 W/18 W 5.5 W 38 dB (A) 46/49 dB (A) 46 dB (A) 0.24 A/ 0.22 A Protection category Standard IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 With hose-proof hood IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 Accessories Packs of SK outlet filter 1 3237.200 – 3237.200 3237.200 3238.200 – 3238.200 3238.200 303 SK outlet filter – EMC 1 – 3237.060 – – – 3238.060 – – 303 Spare filter mats 5 3321.700 3237.066 3321.700 3321.700 3238.066 3238.066 3322.700 3322.700 301 Fine filter mats 5 – – – – 3238.055 3238.055 3238.055 3238.055 302 Hose-proof hood 1 3237.080 3237.080 3237.080 3237.080 3238.080 3238.080 3238.080 3238.080 303 Blanking cover 1 3237.020 3237.020 3237.020 3237.020 3238.020 3238.020 3238.020 3238.020 303 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 294 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 293 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 294 Speed control 1 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 – 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 – 295 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 212 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control TopTherm fan-and-filter units Air throughput 105 – 120 m3/h Model No. SK fan-and-filter unit 3239.100 3239.600 3239.110 3239.124 EMC version – – – 115, 50/60 24 (DC) Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm Max. installation depth mm 230, 50/60 Page W (B) x H 204 x 204 D (T1) 24 D (T2) 90 Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 105/120 m3/h Air throughput with outlet filter including standard filter mat 1 x SK 3239.200: 87/100 m3/h 2 x SK 3239.200: 93/108 m3/h 1 x SK 3240.200: 98/111 m3/h 105 m3/h Diagonal fan Self-starting shaded pole motor Rated current 0.12 A/0.11 A Power consumption 19 W/18 W Pre-fuse 2A Noise level 46/49 dB (A) Operating temperature range –15°C to +55°C Storage temperature range –30°C to +70°C DC motor 0.24 A/0.22 A 0.23 A 5.5 W 46 dB (A) Protection category Standard IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 With additional fine filter mat or hose-proof hood IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 With hose-proof hood IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 Accessories IP 54 Packs of SK outlet filter 1 3239.200 – 3239.200 3239.200 303 SK outlet filter – EMC 1 – 3239.060 – – 303 Spare filter mats 5 3171.100 3239.066 3171.100 3171.100 301 Fine filter mats 5 3181.100 3181.100 3181.100 3181.100 302 Hose-proof hood 1 3239.080 3239.080 3239.080 3239.080 303 Blanking cover 1 3239.020 3239.020 3239.020 3239.020 303 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 294 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 293 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 294 Speed control 1 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 295 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Germany RITTAL GmbH & Co. KG Postfach 1662 D-35726 Herborn Phone: +49(0)2772 505-0 Fax: +49(0)2772 505-2319 E-mail: info@rittal.de www.rittal.com Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 213 TopTherm fan-and-filter units Air throughput 180 – 250 m3/h Model No. SK fan-and-filter unit 3240.100 3240.600 3240.110 3240.124 3241.100 3241.600 3241.110 3241.124 EMC version – – – – – – Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm Max. installation depth mm 230, 50/60 115, 50/60 24 (DC) 230, 50/60 Page 115, 50/60 24 (DC) W (B) x H 255 x 255 D (T1) 25 D (T2) 107 Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 180/160 m3/h Air throughput with outlet filter including standard filter mat 1 x SK 3240.200: 138/115 m3/h 2 x SK 3240.200: 165/140 m3/h 1 x SK 3243.200: 165/140 m3/h 180 m3/h Diagonal fan Self-starting shaded pole motor Rated current 0.21 A/ 0.19 A Power consumption 35 W/34 W Pre-fuse 2A 0.42 A/ 0.38 A 4A Noise level 51/46 dB (A) Operating temperature range –30°C to +55°C Storage temperature range –30°C to +70°C 230/250 m3/h 230 m3/h 1 x SK 3240.200: 183/195 m3/h 2 x SK 3240.200: 203/230 m3/h 1 x SK 3243.200: 203/230 m3/h DC motor Self-starting shaded pole motor DC motor 0.43 A 0.26 A/ 0.24 A 0.78 A 11 W 40 W/42 W 19 W 2A 4A 2A 51 dB (A) 54/56 dB (A) 54 dB (A) 0.52 A/ 0.48 A Protection category Standard IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 With additional fine filter mat or hose-proof hood IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 With hose-proof hood IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 Accessories IP 54 Packs of SK outlet filter 1 3240.200 – 3240.200 3240.200 3240.200 – 3240.200 3240.200 303 SK outlet filter – EMC 1 – 3240.060 – – – 3240.060 – – 303 Spare filter mats 5 3172.100 3240.066 3172.100 3172.100 3172.100 3240.066 3172.100 3172.100 301 Fine filter mats 5 3182.100 3182.100 3182.100 3182.100 3182.100 3182.100 3182.100 3182.100 302 Hose-proof hood 1 3240.080 3240.080 3240.080 3240.080 3240.080 3240.080 3240.080 3240.080 303 Blanking cover 1 3240.020 3240.020 3240.020 3240.020 3240.020 3240.020 3240.020 3240.020 303 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 294 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 293 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 294 Speed control 1 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 – 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 – 295 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Netherlands RITTAL bv Hengelder 56 Postbus 246 6900 AE Zevenaar Phone: +31 (0) 316 59 16 60 Fax: +31 (0) 316 52 51 45 E-mail: sales@rittal.nl www.rittal.nl 214 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control TopTherm fan-and-filter units Air throughput 550 – 770 m3/h Model No. SK fan-and-filter unit 3243.100 3243.600 3243.110 3244.100 3244.600 3244.110 3244.140 EMC version – – – – – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 50/60 115, 50/60 230, 50/60 115, 50/60 400/460, 3~, 50/60 Dimensions mm Max. installation depth mm Page W (B) x H 323 x 323 D (T1) 25 D (T2) 118.5 130.5 Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 550/600 m3/h 700/770 m3/h Air throughput with outlet filter including standard filter mat 1 x SK 3243.200: 440/490 m3/h 2 x SK 3243.200: 510/560 m3/h 1 x SK 3243.200: 544/610 m3/h 2 x SK 3243.200: 630/690 m3/h Diagonal fan 1~ capacitor motor Rated current 0.37 A/0.39 A 0.78 A/0.80 A 0.43 A/0.60 A 0.9 A/1.25 A Power consumption 70 W/87 W 75 W/90 W 95 W/135 W 100 W/145 W 93 W/140 W 6A Motor circuitbreaker IP 54 Pre-fuse 4A Noise level 59/61 dB (A) Operating temperature range –30°C to +55°C Storage temperature range –30°C to +70°C Rotary current motor 6A 4A 0.17 A/0.21 A 65/66 dB (A) Protection category Standard IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 With additional fine filter mat or hose-proof hood IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 With hose-proof hood IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 Accessories Packs of SK outlet filter 1 3243.200 – 3243.200 3243.200 – 3243.200 3243.200 SK outlet filter – EMC 1 – 3243.060 – – 3243.060 – – 303 303 Spare filter mats 5 3173.100 3243.066 3173.100 3173.100 3243.066 3173.100 3173.100 301 Fine filter mats 5 3183.100 3183.100 3183.100 3183.100 3183.100 3183.100 3183.100 302 Hose-proof hood 1 3243.080 3243.080 3243.080 3243.080 3243.080 3243.080 3243.080 303 Blanking cover 1 3243.020 3243.020 3243.020 3243.020 3243.020 3243.020 3243.020 303 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 294 Digital temperature display/ thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 293 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 294 Speed control 1 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 295 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal India RITTAL India Pvt. Ltd. Nos. 23 & 24, KIADB Industrial Area Veerapura Doddaballapur-561 203 Bengaluru Dist Phone: +91 80 2289 0700 Fax: +91 80 2762 3343 E-mail: info@rittal-india.com www.rittal-india.com Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 215 TopTherm fan-and-filter units Air throughput 900 m3/h, with EC technology Model No. SK fan-and-filter unit 3245.5001) 3245.6001) 3245.5101) EMC version – – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 50/60 Page 115, 50/60 W (B) x H 323 x 323 Dimensions mm D (T1) 25 Max. installation depth mm D (T2) 130,5 Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 900 m3/h Air throughput with outlet filter including standard filter mat 1 x SK 3243.200: 680 m3/h 2 x SK 3243.200: 820 m3/h Diagonal fan EC motor Rated current 1.25 A Power consumption 170 W Pre-fuse 4A Noise level 72 dB (A) Operating temperature range –30°C to +55°C Storage temperature range –30°C to +70°C 1 x SK 3243.060: 680 m3/h 2 x SK 3243.060: 820 m3/h 1 x SK 3243.200: 680 m3/h 2 x SK 3243.200: 820 m3/h 2.5 A 6A Protection category Standard IP 51 IP 51 IP 51 With additional fine filter mat IP 52 IP 52 IP 52 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 With hose-proof hood Packs of Accessories SK outlet filter 1 3243.200 – 3243.200 SK outlet filter – EMC 1 – 3243.060 – 303 303 Spare filter mats 5 3173.100 3243.066 3173.100 301 Fine filter mats 5 3183.100 3183.100 3183.100 302 Hose-proof hood 1 3245.080 3245.080 3245.080 303 Blanking cover 1 3243.020 3243.020 3243.020 303 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 294 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 293 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 294 Speed control and monitoring for EC fan-and-filter units 1 3235.4402) 3235.4402) 3235.4402) 294 1) 0 – 2) On 10 V input and tacho signal output request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Conversion table old/new Output class Cut-out dimensions (old = new) 24 V 230 V 115 V 400 V EMC fan-and-filter unit, 230 V Outlet filter EMC outlet filter Hose-proof hood Blanking cover Standard filter mat (IP 54) Fine filter mat (IP 55) 216 20/25 m3/h 55/66 m3/h 105/120 m3/h 180/160 m3/h 230/250 m3/h 550/600 m3/h 224 x 224 700/770 m3/h 92 x 92 124 x 124 177 x 177 new 3237.124 3238.124 3239.124 3240.124 3241.124 – 292 x 292 old 3321.027 3322.027 3323.027 3324.027 3325.027 – – new 3237.100 3238.100 3239.100 3240.100 3241.100 3243.100 3244.100 3327.107 – old 3321.107 3322.107 3323.107 3324.107 3325.107 3326.107 new 3237.110 3238.110 3239.110 3240.110 3241.110 3243.110 3244.110 old 3321.117 3322.117 3323.117 3324.117 3325.117 3326.117 3327.117 new – – – – – – 3244.140 old – – – – – – 3327.147 new 3237.600 3238.600 3239.600 3240.600 3241.600 3243.600 3244.600 old 3321.607 3322.607 3323.607 3324.607 3325.607 3326.607 3327.607 new 3237.200 3238.200 3239.200 3240.200 3243.200 old 3321.207 3322.207 3323.207 3325.207 3326.207 new 3237.060 3238.060 3239.060 3240.060 3243.060 old 3321.267 3322.267 3323.267 3325.267 3326.267 new 3237.080 3238.080 3239.080 3240.080 3243.080 3326.800 old 3321.800 3322.800 3323.800 3324.800 new 3237.020 3238.020 3239.020 3240.020 old – – – new 3321.700 3322.700 3171.100 3172.100 – 3243.020 – – – 3173.100 old 3321.700 3322.700 3171.100 3172.100 new – 3238.055 3181.100 3182.100 3173.100 3183.100 3327.700 old – – 3181.100 3182.100 3183.100 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Rack-mounted fans/tangential fans for 482.6 mm (19˝) Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333 0 20 Guide frame supply includes: − Guide frame − Connector and fitted connection cable (3 m) − Mounting bracket for optional attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) system − Assembly parts 0 18 41 0 73 1 HE Also required: 10 0 Order a guide frame according to the application (only for Vario rack-mounted fan) 48 2.6 ˝) Approvals: Available on the Internet. 17 3 16 Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. (19 38 0 88 Supply includes: − Fully wired unit ready for connection − Clamping strip and assembly parts (for rack-mounted fan/ Vario rack-mounted fan) − Filter mat (for tangential fan) 48 2.6 HE = U (19 ˝) Rack-mounted fan, air throughput 320/480 m3/h Model No. SK 3340.0241) 2 fans, distance between axes 85 mm 3 fans, distance between axes 85 mm – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 24 (DC) Dimensions mm WxHxD Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 3340.1151) 3340.230 3341.0241) 3341.115 3341.230 Page – 115 (AC), 50/60 230 (AC), 50/60 24 (DC) 115 (AC), 50/60 230 (AC), 50/60 482.6 (19˝) x 44 (1 U) x 200 320 m3/h Rated current max. 0.49 A Pre-fuse T 6.0 A Operating temperature range –10°C to +55°C Noise level 51 dB (A) 480 m3/h 0.46 A/0.46 A 0.24 A/0.22 A 52 dB (A) 51 dB (A) 0.74 A 0.69 A/0.69 A 0.36 A/0.33 A 52 dB (A) 51 dB (A) Accessories Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 293 Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 294 Speed control – 3120.200 3120.200 – 3120.200 3120.200 295 Model No. SK 3342.0241) 3 fans, distance between axes 105 mm Rated operating voltage V, Hz 24 (DC) Dimensions mm WxHxD Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 3342.1151) 3342.230 3342.5002)3) 115 (AC), 50/60 230 (AC), 50/60 24 (DC) 115 – 230 (AC) 0.69 A/0.69 A 0.36 A/0.33 A 0.85 A 52 dB (A) 51 dB (A) Page 482.6 (19˝) x 44 (1 U) x 200 480 m3/h Rated current max. 0.74 A Pre-fuse T 6.0 A Operating temperature range –10°C to +55°C Noise level 51 dB (A) Accessories Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 293 Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 294 Speed control – 3120.200 3120.200 – 295 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Rack-mounted fan for metric mounting angles available on request. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 3) Version with monitoring. 217 Rack-mounted fans/tangential fans for 482.6 mm (19˝) Vario rack-mounted fan, air throughput 320/480 m3/h Model No. SK 3350.0241) 2 fans, distance between axes 85 mm 3 fans, distance between axes 85 mm – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 24 (DC) Dimensions mm 3350.1151) 3350.230 3351.0241) 3351.115 3351.230 Page – 115 (AC), 50/60 230 (AC), 50/60 24 (DC) 115 (AC), 50/60 230 (AC), 50/60 W x H x D 482.6 (19˝) x 44 (1 U) x 200 320 m3/h Air throughput, unimpeded air flow Rated current max. 0.49 A Pre-fuse T 6.0 A Operating temperature range –10°C to +55°C Noise level 480 m3/h 0.46 A/0.46 A 0.24 A/0.22 A 51 dB (A) 52 dB (A) 51 dB (A) Guide frame 3356.100 3355.100 3355.100 Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 0.74 A 0.69 A/0.69 A 0.36 A/0.33 A 52 dB (A) 51 dB (A) 3356.100 3355.100 3355.100 – 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 293 Accessories Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 294 Speed control – 3120.200 3120.200 – 3120.200 3120.200 295 Model No. SK 3352.0241) 3 fans, distance between axes 105 mm Rated operating voltage V, Hz 24 (DC) Dimensions mm 3352.1151) 3352.230 3352.5001)2) 115 (AC), 50/60 230 (AC), 50/60 24 (DC), 115 – 230 (AC) 0.69 A/0.69 A 0.36 A/0.33 A 0.85 A Page W x H x D 482.6 (19˝) x 44 (1 U) x 200 480 m3/h Air throughput, unimpeded air flow Rated current max. 0.74 A Pre-fuse T 6.0 A Operating temperature range –10°C to +55°C Noise level 51 dB (A) 52 dB (A) 51 dB (A) Guide frame 3356.100 3355.100 3355.100 3357.1001) – Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 293 Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 294 Speed control 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 – 295 Accessories 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Version with monitoring Tangential fans, air throughput 320 m3/h Model No. SK 3145.000 3144.000 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 115, 50/60 230, 50/60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 482.6 (19˝) x 88 (2 U) x 158 320 m3/h Air throughput, unimpeded air flow Rated current max. 0.32 A Power 37 W Noise level 52 dB (A) Speed 2245 min–1 Operating temperature range –10°C to +55°C Maximum static pressure difference Accessories Page 0.16 A 65 – 70 Pa Packs of Digital temperature display/ thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 294 Filter mats 5 3177.000 3177.000 299 293 Front outlet grille 2 U 1 3176.000 3176.000 304 Roof vent 1 3148.007 3148.007 220 Speed control 1 3120.200 3120.200 295 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 218 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Fan systems RTT roof-mounted fan and vent attachment TS roof plates with prepared mounting cut-outs are additionally available. for TS The active roof-mounted fan and the passive vent attachment (TS 8801.380) integrate perfectly into the system-wide mounting concept of the Rittal TopTherm platform. They fit precisely onto the cut-outs of the small and medium performance category of TopTherm roof-mounted cooling units. Of course, they may also be mounted on any sufficiently large roof surface. Roof-mounted fan supply includes: − Unit ready for connection with built-in radial fan − Sealing and assembly parts Vent attachment TS: see page 296. Protection category: IP 43 to IEC 60 529 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 125 0 37 55 0 50 0 B 0 29 T Air throughput 400 m3/h Model No. SK 3149.410 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 115, 50/60 Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 400 m3/h Required mounting cut-out 3149.420 3149.440 230, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 460, 3~, 60 0.5/0.88 A 0.35/0.35 A Page W (B) x D (T) mm 475 x 260 Power consumption of fan 120 W/170 W Rated current of fan 1.1/1.6 A Operating temperature range –10°C to +55°C Noise level 68/69 dB (A) Weight 10 kg Colour RAL 7035 95 W/140 W Accessories Roof plate 800 x 600 mm for TS 8 with cut-out 8801.320 8801.320 8801.320 Roof plate 1200 x 600 mm for TS 8 with cut-out – – – 296 296 Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 – 293 Speed control 3120.200 3120.200 – 295 Air throughput 800 m3/h Model No. SK 3149.810 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50/60 Vent 115, 50/60 230, 50/60 460, 3~, 60 attachment Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 800 m3/h Required mounting cut-out 3149.820 3149.840 8801.380 Page Without motor W (B) x D (T) mm 475 x 260 490 x 390 Power consumption of fan 170 W/225 W 180 W/310 W – Rated current of fan 1.5/2.2 A 0.35/0.55 A – Operating temperature range –10°C to +55°C – Noise level 69/70 dB (A) – Weight 11 kg 6 kg Colour RAL 7035 0.75/1.1 A Accessories Roof plate 600 x 600 mm for TS 8 with cut-out 8801.300 8801.300 8801.300 8801.310 296 Roof plate 800 x 600 mm for TS 8 with cut-out 8801.320 8801.320 8801.320 8801.330 296 Roof plate 1200 x 600 mm for TS 8 with cut-out – – – 8801.350 296 Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 – – 293 Speed control 3120.200 3120.200 – – 295 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 219 Fan systems Roof-mounted fan, roof vent Protection category: IP 43 to IEC 60 529. Via additional installation of the filter holder with filter mat SK 3175.000, a protection category of IP 44 is achieved with roof vent SK 3148.007. ● The roof-mounted fan is easily installed using 6 screws. The sealing tape supplied can be used to seal it against the enclosure. ● The assembly screws are invisible from the outside. ● The roof-mounted fan casing has a large air outlet surface and labyrinth air ducting. 0 34 Supply includes: − Unit ready for connection with built-in radial fan − Sealing and assembly parts − Connection cable (3 m) − Drilling template 42 0 50 Accessories: Filter holder, see page 304. 34 5 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 5 26 Model No. SK 3149.007 3169.007 3148.007 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 50/60 115, 50/60 Without fan motor Air throughput 360 m3/h Rated current max. 0.2 A 0.55 A Power consumption 42 W 65 W Operating temperature range –10°C to +60°C Noise level 53 dB (A) Weight 7.8 kg Colour RAL 7035, textured enamel Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Roof-mounted fan for TS in the office sector This new roof ventilation concept offers a wealth of performance, assembly and cost benefits associated with the use of integrated ventilation systems. This roof-mounted fan may be ordered with and without a roof plate. Another outstanding feature is the enormous volumetric flow in proportion to exceptionally low noise levels, making it ideal for use in sensitive office areas. Supply includes: − Fully wired ready for connection − Assembly parts. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 51 1 H 1 51 Technical specifications: − Fitted onto a roof plate based on TS. − Easy assembly; mounting cut-outs have been provided. − Radial fan. B T Model No. SK 3164.610 3164.620 3164.115 3164.230 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 115, 50/60 230, 50/60 115, 50/60 230, 50/60 Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 1500 m3/h1) Design T B Dimensions mm with roof plate 13.5 H 41 45 0 0 0 41 0 45 without roof plate W (B) 800 H 240 D (T) 800 Power consumption Page 511 227 511 68 W/81 W Rated current 0.6 A/0.7 A Noise level 40 dB (A) 0.3 A/0.35 A Operating temperature range +20°C to +55°C Colour RAL 7035 0.6 A/0.7 A 0.3 A/0.35 A Accessories Temperature indicator in 1 U patch panel 7109.035 7109.035 7109.035 7109.035 Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 293 293 Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 294 1) 800 m3/h at 40 Pa counterpressure using two integrated louvres, type DK 7825.801, in the enclosure base/plinth. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 220 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Fan systems Enclosure internal fan for TS To prevent hot-spots and support the air routing of active enclosure climate control components. Adjustable in two axes. Attached to the TS 8 frame section. Several fans may be cascaded using the quick-release clamping strip. Supply includes: − Complete unit with radial fan ready for connection − Snap-on pivot device − Assembly parts Fan mounting plate for TS The fan mounting plate may be retro-fitted in all TS 8 network enclosures from above. The plate is mounted at the front of the enclosure, whilst the rear section is left free for cable entry. A rubber cable clamp strip is supplied loose for optional sealing at the rear. The following combinations are also possible: ● Solid roof plate raised with 20 or 50 mm roof spacers. ● Roof plate for cable entry raised with 20 or 50 mm roof spacers. ● Vented roof plate for cable entry. In conjunction with the large swing frame, usage is only possible from an enclosure depth of 800 mm, in conjunction with a roof plate for cable entry from 1000 mm. Note: − Not suitable for crane transportation − Not suitable for combination with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame Air Power throughconsumpput (untion impeded W air flow) Rated current A Rated voltage V, Hz 160 m3/h 19.0/18.0 0.12/0.11 230, 50/60 3108.100 160 m3/h 19.0/18.0 0.24/0.23 115, 50/60 3108.115 160 m3/h 3.5 0.15 24 V (DC) 3108.024 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. For enclosures Number of fans Max. number of fans Model No. DK 600 2 4 7966.035 600 800 1000 1200 2 6 7968.035 800 600 2 6 7986.035 800 800 1000 1200 2 6 7988.035 Width mm Depth mm 600 The air throughput can be increased with the fan expansion kit DK 7980.000. Accessories: − Fan extension kit, see page 222. − Self-adhesive foam cable clamp strip SZ 2573.000 for sealing at the sides and targeted air routing when bayed, see page 513. 40 Technical specifications for one fan: − Rated operating voltage: 230 V − Power consumption: 15/14 W at 50/60 Hz − Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 160/180 m3/h, 50/60 Hz − Operating temperature range: –10°C to +55°C Technical specifications of thermostat: − Rated operating voltage: 250 V − Operating temperature range: +5°C to +55°C Model No. SK 52 5/7 25 85 5/5 38 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − 2 fans − 2/4 cut-outs to extend to 4/6 fans − Thermostat − Foam rubber cable clamp strip − Thermostat and fan fully wired to connection cable (3.5 m). Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 221 Fan systems Mini-fan Compact DC fan for enclosure and component cooling in enclosures. Technical specifications: − Rated operating voltage: 24 V (DC) − Power consumption: 1 W − Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 21 m3/h − Noise level (unimpeded air flow): 20 dB (A) − Operating temperature range: –20°C to +70°C Fan expansion kit For retro-fitting various fan units or to supplement the fan mounting plate and modular fan roof. Technical specifications DK 7980.000: − Rated operating voltage: 230 V~ − Power consumption: 15/14 W at 50/60 Hz − Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 160/180 m3/h, 50/60 Hz − Noise level (unimpeded air flow): 37 dB (A) − Operating temperature range: –10°C to +55°C Dimensions W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK 60 x 60 x 25.4 1 3236.124 Supply includes: − Fans − Assembly screws − Contact hazard protection Dimensions W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. DK 119 x 119 x 38 1 set 7980.000 119 x 119 x 25 1 set 7980.100 119 x 119 x 38 1 set 7980.148 Supply includes: − Fans − Assembly parts − Connection cable (0.61 m) Technical specifications DK 7980.100: − Rated operating voltage: 230 V~ − Power consumption: 14/12 W at 50/60 Hz − Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 108/120 m3/h, 50/60 Hz − Noise level (unimpeded air flow): 34 dB (A) − Operating temperature range: –20°C to +70°C Technical specifications DK 7980.148: − Rated operating voltage: 48 V (DC) − Power consumption: 7.7 W − Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 184 m3/h − Noise level (unimpeded air flow): 43 dB (A) − Operating temperature range: –20°C to +70°C Cover plates for fan panels for FlatBox To cover unused fan panels when using fans in the FlatBox. Packs of Model No. DK 6 7507.760 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 222 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Fan systems Fan roof, modular, two-piece for TS The modular roof plate consists of individual components and can be configured for enclosure ventilation in various ways. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished The modules: Colour: RAL 7035 Roof plate, two-piece with cut-out For fan mounting and cable entry at the rear via a sliding angular bracket with rubber cable clamp strip. Replaces the existing roof plate. The twopiece design allows convenient retrofitting of cables at any time. Technical specifications for one fan: − Rated operating voltage: 230 V − Power consumption: 15/14 W at 50/60 Hz − Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 160/180 m3/h at 50/60 Hz − Temperature range: –10°C to +55°C Cover plate To cover the cut-out, optionally solid or vented options. The top-mounted cover plate may be raised for extra air throughput using the supplied spacers. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Fan insert For active ventilation: A fully pre-wired fan tray including 2.5 m connection cable, with two fan motors and additional cut-outs. The air throughput may be increased with a fan expansion kit. Roof plate TS with cut-out For enclosures Width mm 1 Accessories: − Fan expansion kit DK 7980.000, see page 222. − Enclosure internal thermostat SK 3110.000, see page 294. − Speed control SK 3120.200, see page 295. Model No. DK Depth mm 1 For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Model No. DK 2 Fan insert Fans pre-wired Maximum no. of fans 600 600 7826.366 600 600 2102.320 2 2 600 800 7826.368 600 800 2102.490 2 6 600 1000 7826.360 600 1000 2102.490 2 6 800 600 7826.486 800 600 7885.000 2 3 800 800 7826.488 800 800 7886.000 2 8 800 1000 7826.480 800 1000 7886.000 2 8 Roof plate, vented For enclosures Width mm 4 3 Fan insert Roof plate, solid 1) 2 Model No. DK For enclosures Model No. DK Depth mm 3 Width mm Depth mm 4 600 600 2102.1801) 600 600 2102.400 600 800 2102.1901) 600 800 2102.410 600 1000 2102.1901) 600 1000 2102.410 800 600 7885.100 800 600 7885.200 800 800 7886.100 800 800 7886.200 800 1000 7886.100 800 1000 7886.200 Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 223 Fan systems Fan unit, active for TE For active ventilation of the TE 7000. The fan unit is installed in the prepunched cut-out. An additional fan may optionally be integrated. Supply includes: − Fan unit − Assembly parts − 2 fans − 1 thermostat − Open connection cable Technical specifications for one fan: Fan extension kit, DK 7980.000, see page 222. For enclosures Number WxD of pre-wired mm fans All sizes Possible number of fans Model No. TE 3 7000.670 2 Note: Connection via distributor box or country-specific connector. Accessories: Fan expansion kit, see page 222. Technical specifications of thermostat: − Rated operating voltage: 250 V − Temperature range: +5°C to +55°C Active kit for TE consisting of fan unit including thermostat, complete, wired ready for connection, socket strip (DK 7000.630) for up to 8 earthing pin plugs, version D and connection cable (DK 7200.210). Fan mounting plate DC for TS Exceptionally low-noise thanks to FCS speed control, fully fitted Suitable for TS 8 enclosures with a raised roof (> 20 mm) or TS 8 roof plate, vented. The fan mounting plate may be used as an alternative to fan mounting plate 7988.035. It is installed from above. Cable entry is prepared in the rear section of the plate. Not suitable for combination with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame. Advantages of the DC fan mounting plate with FCS technology: ● Exceptionally low-noise thanks to speed control. ● All fans are individually monitored for failure. ● High air throughput thanks to DC technology (unimpeded air flow 6 x 175 m3/h = 1050 m3/h). ● EMC compatibility. ● Temperature monitoring and control. ● High level of safety (low safety voltage with 24 V DC power supply). ● Visual and acoustic alarm messages, plus relay alarm output. ● Freely selectable installation location for the FCS control unit (included with the supply of the fan mounting plate, in 482.6 mm (19˝) with 7320.440). ● Suitable for international use, thanks to widerange power supply 100 – 240 V AC and socket to IEC 320. ● Pre-configured. ● Network-compatible via CMC-TC (all relevant data such as temperature etc. is displayed in the web browser, or alarms are sent in the form of an SNMP trap). 224 Packs of Model No. DK 1 set 7000.680 For enclosures width mm For enclosures depth mm Number of DC fans Model No. DK 800 800 900 1000 6 7858.488 Technical specifications: − Rated voltage of power supply: 100 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz − Power pack rated current: max. 1.5 A − Secondary range of power supply: 24 V DC, 3 A − Temperature range: +5°C to +40°C − Total air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 6 x 175 m3/h = 1050 m3/h Technical specifications for one fan: − Rated voltage: 24 V DC − Rated current: max. 0.3 A − Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 175 m3/h − Speed: 2650 rpm − Noise level: up to 45 dB (A) at maximum speed activation Also required: Connection cable 230/115 V. Example D version, Model No. DK 7200.210, see page 585. Accessories: 1 U mounting unit, Model No. DK 7320.440, see page 586. Note: For more information on the Fan Control System (FCS) system, see page 587. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Fan systems for server enclosures TS, TE Specifically for installing in perforated doors. Given the growing packaging density in data communications and network enclosures, active, direct ventilation of the enclosure is essential. The door-mounted fan, which is attached to the rear or front door, supports horizontal air routing via the servers and therefore facilitates faster heat dissipation from active components. Technical specifications: − Standard assembly with two fans. − Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 600 m3/h. − By adding two fan expansion kits, the air throughput is increased to 1200 m3/h. − The direction of air flow is easily reversed by rotating the fan. − Several units may be positioned in a cascade arrangement. − Simple mounting on the tubular door frame. Supply includes: − Fully wired ready for connection − Connection cable 2.5 m − Assembly parts Accessories: Fan expansion kit, see page 225. Note: − Only for mounting on the tubular door frame! − Door configuration for installation in 2 and 4-door ISP racks available on request. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. B H Door-mounted fan For doors with width 600 mm Model No. SK 3165.6241) 3165.6481) 3165.6151) 3165.6301) Rated operating voltage V, Hz 24 (DC) 48 (DC) 115, 50/60 230, 50/60 Air throughput (unimpeded air flow) 600 m3/h Power consumption for two fans 40 W 48 W 70 W/64 W 70 W/70 W 1.5 A 1.0 A 0.76 A/0.72 A 0.38 A/0.36 A Rated current of fan Dimensions mm Page T W (B) 493 H 606 D (T) 64,5 Noise level 55 dB (A) Temperature range +20°C to +55°C Colour RAL 7035 Accessories Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 293 Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 294 Model No. SK 3165.8241) 3165.8481) 3165.8151) 3165.8301) Page Rated operating voltage V, Hz 24 (DC) 48 (DC) 115, 50/60 230, 50/60 Air throughput (unimpeded air flow) 600 m3/h For doors with width 800 mm Power consumption for two fans 40 W 48 W 70 W/64 W 70 W/70 W Rated current of fan 1.5 A 1.0 A 0.76 A/0.72 A 0.38 A/0.36 A Dimensions mm W (B) 693 H 606 D (T) 64,5 For doors with width (mm) 800 Noise level 55 dB (A) Temperature range +20°C to +55°C Colour RAL 7035 Accessories Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 293 Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 294 1) Delivery times on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Fan expansion kit for door-mounted fan To increase the air throughput of the doormounted fan. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control To fit door-mounted fan Model No. SK SK 3165.624, SK 3165.824 3165.024 SK 3165.648, SK 3165.848 3165.048 SK 3165.615, SK 3165.815 3165.115 SK 3165.630, SK 3165.830 3165.230 225 Air/air heat exchangers Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333 Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Complete unit ready for connection. Note: For precise temperature control inside the enclosure, we recommend the digital temperature indicator/thermostat SK 3114.200, the enclosure internal thermostat SK 3110.000 or the speed control SK 3120.200. Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. Wall-mounted Model No. SK 3125.800 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 W 200 H 400 D 146 Dimensions mm Specific thermal output 400 1360 110 12 W/K 62 W/K Max. rated current per fan 0.11 A/0.13 A 0.45 A/0.55 A Pre-fuse T 2.0 A Output per fan 25 W/30 W Operating temperature range –5°C to +55°C Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) External circuit Internal circuit Type of connection m3/h / 315 m3/h 860 m3/h / 900 m3/h 860 m3/h / 900 m3/h Connection cable Weight Accessories 100 W/130 W 265 m3/h / 315 m3/h 265 Page 3129.800 8 kg 30 kg Packs of Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 294 293 Speed control 1 3120.200 3120.200 295 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 226 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Air/air heat exchangers Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333 Colour: RAL 7035 − With controller and digital temperature display − Floating fault signal contact in case of overtemperature Supply includes: − Complete unit ready for connection − Plug-in terminal strip Protection category: Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. Wall-mounted with controller, 17.5 – 45 W/K Model No. SK 3126.100 3126.115 3127.100 3127.115 3128.100 3128.115 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 280 x 550 x 150 Specific thermal output 0.11 A/0.13 A Pre-fuse T 2.0 A Output per fan 23 W/27 W Operating temperature range –5°C to +55°C Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) 400 x 950 x 205 17.5 W/K Max. rated current per fan 30 W/K 0.23 A/0.25 A 0.28 A/0.34 A 45 W/K 0.55 A/0.7 A 0.3 A/0.4 A 60 W/75 W 70 W/90 W 0.6 A/0.8 A External circuit 265 m3/h / 315 m3/h 480 m3/h / 525 m3/h 600 m3/h / 625 m3/h Internal circuit 265 m3/h / 315 m3/h 480 m3/h / 525 m3/h 600 m3/h / 625 m3/h 10 kg 18 kg 19 kg Weight Page Packs of Accessories Filter mats 3 3286.300 3286.300 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 299 Metal filters 1 3286.310 3286.310 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 300 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Wall-mounted with controller, 60 – 90 W/K Model No. SK 3129.100 3129.115 3130.100 3130.115 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 400 x 950 x 225 Specific thermal output 400 x 1580 x 215 60 W/K 90 W/K Max. rated current per fan 0.38 A/0.4 A Pre-fuse T 2.0 A 4.0 A Output per fan 85 W/90 W 150 W/200 W Operating temperature range –5°C to +55°C Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) 0.65 A/0.8 A 0.67 A/0.88 A External circuit 860 m3/h / 900 m3/h 850 m3/h / 945 m3/h Internal circuit 860 m3/h / 900 m3/h 850 m3/h / 945 m3/h 21 kg 34 kg Weight Accessories Page 1.3 A/1.8 A Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 299 Metal filters 1 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 300 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 227 Air/air heat exchangers Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333 Rittal air/air heat exchangers in a railway-compatible version are used specifically in the mobile railway engineering sector, e.g. for local trains, locomotives and high-speed trains. Products are available both in 24 V DC and in 110 V DC. Railway-compatible design of the units means construction to EN 50 155, halogen-free connection cables, screw protection, shock and vibration testing to EN 61 373, preparation for EN 45 545, and spray-finishing in RAL 7035 S to DB TL 918340, among other things. Benefits: ● External and internal fans may be controlled separately ● Simple maintenance Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Complete unit ready for connection. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Protection category: Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Wall-mounted, railway-compatible version Model No. SK 3126.424 3128.424 3129.424 3130.424 3126.410 3128.410 Rated operating voltage 24 V (DC) 24 V (DC) 24 V (DC) 24 V (DC) 110 V (DC) 110 V (DC) 110 V (DC) 110 V (DC) 400 950 140 400 950 150 400 1580 150 280 650 127 400 950 140 400 950 150 400 1580 150 47 W/K 66 W/K 98 W/K 27 W/K 47 W/K 66 W/K 98 W/K 2.3 A W 280 H 650 D 127 Dimensions mm Specific thermal output 27 W/K 3129.410 3130.410 Max. rated current per fan 2.7 A 7.5 A 10.5 A 9.2 A 2.7 A 1.9 A 2.47 A Output per fan 65 W 180 W 240 W 220 W 65 W 203 W 256 W 230 W 360 m3/h 560 m3/h 1055 m3/h 1125 m3/h 360 m3/h 560 m3/h 1055 m3/h 1125 m3/h 360 m3/h 560 m3/h 1055 m3/h 1125 m3/h 360 m3/h 560 m3/h 1055 m3/h 1125 m3/h 18 kg 25 kg 12.5 kg 18.5 kg 205 kg 27.5 kg Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) External circuit Internal circuit Operating temperature range –30°C to +60°C Weight Accessories Page 10 kg 16 kg Packs of Adjustable frame 1 3286.260 3286.270 3286.270 3286.280 3286.260 3286.270 3286.270 3286.280 297 Metal filters 1 3286.230 3286.240 3286.240 3286.250 3286.230 3286.240 3286.240 3286.250 300 Extended delivery times. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Israel RITTAL Enclosure Systems Ltd. 13, Hatarshish St. Zone 29 P.O. Box 3597 Industrial Park, Caesarea 38900 Phone: +972 (0) 4 6275 505 Fax: +972 (0) 4 6275 535 E-mail: moshe@rittal.co.il www.rittal.co.il 228 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Air/air heat exchangers Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333 Colour: RAL 7035/9005 Protection category: Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Complete unit ready for connection − The fans are connected via two 3-wire connection cables, with wire end ferrules. Note: For precise temperature control inside the enclosure, we recommend the digital temperature indicator/thermostat SK 3114.200, the enclosure internal thermostat SK 3110.000 or the speed control SK 3120.200. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Roof-mounted Model No. SK 3248.000 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 W 595 H 362 D 440 Dimensions mm Specific thermal output 66 W/K Fans 2 per heat exchanger Max. rated current per fan 0.45 A/0.55 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Output per fan Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) 75 W External circuit 965 m3/h Internal circuit 965 m3/h Operating temperature range –5°C to +55°C Type of connection Connection cable Weight Accessories Page 168 kg Packs of Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 293 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 294 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 294 Speed control 1 3120.200 295 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 229 230 Cooling units Thermoelectric coolers Thermoelectric coolers ..................................................... 100 W ..............232 Wall-mounted cooling units TopTherm, horizontal format ............................................ 300 W ..............233 TopTherm ......................................................................... 300 W ..............234 TopTherm “Blue e” ........................................................... 500 W ..............235 TopTherm “Blue e” ........................................................... 750 W ..............236 TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 1000 W ..............237 TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 1500 W ..............238 TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 2000 W ..............239 TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 2500 W ..............240 TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 4000 W ..............240 TopTherm “Blue e”, slimline ........................................... 1500 W ..............241 TopTherm “Blue e”, design NEMA 4X ............ 500/1000/1500 W ..............242 TopTherm “Blue e”, design NEMA 4X ................... 2000/2500 W ..............243 TopTherm “Blue e”, Ex cooling units for zone 22 (dust) ........................................... 500/1000/1500 W ..............243 Roof-mounted cooling units TopTherm “Blue e” ........................................................... 500 W ..............244 TopTherm “Blue e” ........................................................... 750 W ..............245 TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 1000 W ..............245 TopTherm “Blue e” ................................................ 1100/3000 W ..............246 TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 1500 W ..............246 TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 2000 W ..............247 TopTherm “Blue e” ................................................ 3000/4000 W ..............247 Modular climate control concept Cooling modules “Blue e” ..................................... 1500/2500 W ..............248 Section doors for installing cooling modules ............................................249 TopTherm cooling units – generation “Blue e” ● Energy-saving range of cooling units in the output range from 500 to 4000 W. ● Savings of up to 45% energy consumption with the same cooling output (ideally 70% compared with a conventional Rittal TopTherm Plus cooling unit in field trials). ● Further information can be found on the Internet at www.rittal.com under “System climate control”. Eco-Mode control Intelligent, targeted use of energy thanks to the new eco-mode control from Rittal. 231 Thermoelectric coolers Climate control accessories Page 291 Therm software Page 341 Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. T2 H Supply includes: − Thermoelectric climate control unit − Fully wired ready for connection − Mounting accessories − Parameterization software. H Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 B B T1 T1 Useful cooling output 100 W/thermal output 100 W Model No. SK 3201.200 Dimensions mm W (B) 125 H 400 D (T1) 155 Installation depth mm D (T2) 100 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 100 – 230 V, 50/60 24 V DC Start-up current 4.6 A 4.5 A Rated current 0.7 A 4.5 A Refrigeration factor/COP . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 Page 3201.300 L 35 L 35 1.0 1.2 L 35 L 35 100 W 100 W Thermal output 100 W 100 W Power pack integrated – Colour of cover/unit RAL 7024/anodised aluminium Weight 3.0 kg 2.4 kg Operating temperature range –30°C to +55°C –30°C to +60°C Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 50 m3/h Type of connection Plug-in spring connection terminal Pre-fuse T Accessories 4A 10 A Packs of Auto Range power pack 240 W 1 – 3201.040 302 Spare filter mat 1 3201.050 3201.050 301 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 293 Master/slave adaptor 1 3201.070 3201.070 295 Condensate hose, 5 m length 1 3301.606 3301.606 303 We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Special voltages available on request. 232 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Wall-mounted cooling units Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333 Supply includes: − Nano-coated condenser − Wired ready for connection (plug-in terminal strip) − Drilling template − Assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. 340 Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 52 5 3 15 98 55 TopTherm, horizontal format, useful cooling output 300 W Model No. SK 3302.300 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 230, 1~, 50/60 3302.310 115, 1~, 60 W x H x D 525 x 340 x 153 L 35 L 35 300 W/320 W L 35 L 50 150 W/160 W 300 W 150 W Rated current max. 1.6 A/1.7 A 4.0 A Start-up current 4.3 A/5.3 A 12.0 A 10.0 A 10.0 A Pre-fuse T Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 285 W/300 W L 35 L 50 320 W/340 W R134a, 100 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 25 bar Operating temperature range +20°C to +55°C Setting range +30°C to +55°C Weight R134a, 95 g 13 kg External circuit 345 m3/h Internal circuit 310 m3/h Temperature control Accessories 290 W 340 W L 35 L 35 1.1 Refrigerant Air throughput of fans Page Basic controller Packs of Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 293 Condensate hose 1 3301.608 3301.608 303 Filter mats 3 3286.110 3286.110 299 Metal filters 1 3286.120 3286.120 300 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 496 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 233 Wall-mounted cooling units Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333 Supply includes: − Nano-coated condenser − Wired ready for connection (plug-in terminal strip) − Drilling template − Assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. H Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 B T TopTherm, useful cooling output 300 W Model No. SK 3302.100 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 3302.110 3302.2001) 3302.2101) – 115, 1~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 60 300 W 150 W 300 W/320 W 150 W/170 W 300 W 150 W 3.3 A W (B) x H x D (T) 280 x 550 x 140 L 35 L 35 300 W/320 W L 35 L 50 150 W/170 W Rated current max. 1.6 A/1.7 A 3.3 A 1.6 A/1.7 A Start-up current 3.0 A/3.4 A 8.0 A 3.0 A/3.4 A 8.0 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 10.0 A 10.0 A 10.0 A 290 W 340 W 245 W/255 W 255 W/275 W 290 W 340 W Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 245 W/255 W L 35 L 50 255 W/275 W . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 1.2 Refrigerant R134a, 100 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 25 bar Operating temperature range +20°C to +55°C Setting range +30°C to +55°C Weight Air throughput of fans Page Stainless steel 13 kg External circuit 310 m3/h Internal circuit 345 m3/h Temperature control Accessories Basic controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 299 Metal filters 1 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 300 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 496 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 293 Condensate hose 1 3301.608 3301.608 3301.608 3301.608 303 1) Extended delivery times. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 234 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Wall-mounted cooling units Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333 Supply includes: − Nano-coated condenser − Wired ready for connection (plug-in terminal strip) − Drilling template − Assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. H Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 B T TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 500 W Model No. SK 3303.500 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 3303.510 3303.6001) 3303.6101) – 115, 1~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 60 500 W 280 W 500 W/610 W 280 W/350 W 500 W 280 W 5.7 A W (B) x H x D (T) 280 x 550 x 210 L 35 L 35 500 W/610 W L 35 L 50 280 W/350 W Rated current max. 2.6 A/2.6 A 5.7 A 2.6 A/2.6 A Start-up current 5.1 A/6.4 A 11.5 A 5.1 A/6.4 A 11.5 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 10.0 A 10.0 A 10.0 A 470 W 500 W 360 W/380 W 420 W/390 W 470 W 500 W Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 360 W/380 W L 35 L 50 420 W/390 W L 35 L 35 1.4 Refrigerant R134a, 170 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight Air throughput of fans 17 kg External circuit 345 m3/h Internal circuit 310 m3/h Temperature control Accessories Page Stainless steel e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 299 Metal filters 1 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 300 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 295 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 347 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 303 1) Extended delivery times. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 235 Wall-mounted cooling units TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 750 W Model No. SK 3361.500 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/603) Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 3361.510 3361.540 3361.6001) 3361.6101) 3361.6401) – 115, 1~, 603) 4002), 2~, 50/603) 230, 1~, 50/603) 115, 1~, 602) 4002), 2~, 50/603) 750 W 500 W 750 W/790 W 570 W/570 W 750 W/790 W 570 W/570 W 750 W 500 W 750 W/790 W 570 W/570 W 1.2 A/1.4 A W x H x D 280 x 550 x 206 L 35 L 35 750 W/790 W L 35 L 50 570 W/570 W Rated current max. 2.7 A/2.7 A 5.3 A 1.2 A/1.4 A 2.7 A/2.7 A 5.3 A Start-up current 6.0 A/9.6 A 12.0 A 3.1 A/3.3 A 6.0 A/9.6 A 12.0 A 3.1 A/3.3 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 10.0 A 6.3 A – 10.0 A4) 10.0 A 10.0 A 6.3 A – 10.0 A4) 570 W 670 W 450 W/470 W 520 W/550 W 420 W/450 W 480 W/510 W 570 W 670 W 450 W/470 W 520 W/550 W 1.3 1.7 1.8 1.3 1.7 R134a, 260 g R134a, 280 g R134a, 280 g R134a, 260 g R134a, 280 g Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 420 W/450 W L 35 L 50 480 W/510 W L 35 L 35 1.8 Refrigerant R134a, 280 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 22 kg Air throughput of fans External circuit 480 m3/h Internal circuit 600 m3/h Temperature control Accessories Page Stainless steel e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 299 Metal filters 1 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 300 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 295 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 347 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 303 1) Extended delivery times. 2) External toroidal core transformer Ø 126 x 65 mm deep for mounting in the enclosure. Tu max. = 53°C/60 Hz. 4) Transformer protection switch. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 3) Rittal Canada RITTAL Systems Ltd. 6485 Ordan Drive Missisauga ON L5T 1X2 Canada Phone: +1 (905) 795-0777 Fax: +1 (905) 795-9548 Toll-free: 1-800-399-0748 E-mail: marketing@rittal.ca www.rittal.ca 236 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Wall-mounted cooling units Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333 Supply includes: − Nano-coated condenser − Integral electric condensate evaporation − Wired ready for connection (plug-in terminal strip) − Drilling template − Assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. H Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 B T TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 1000 W Model No. SK 3304.500 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 3304.510 3304.540 3304.6001) 3304.6101) 3304.6401) 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 – 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 1000 W/1450 W 980 W/1050 W 1000 W/1460 W 1000 W/1450 W 880 W/890 W 1050 W/1100 W 1000 W/1450 W 1050 W/1100 W 1000 W/1460 W 880 W/990 W 2.2 A/2.1 A 230, 1~, 50/60 W (B) x H x D 400 x 950 x 260 (T) Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 1000 W/1450 W L 35 L 50 1050 W/1100 W Rated current max. 3.9 A/4.3 A 8.0 A/8.8 A 2.2 A/2.1 A 3.9 A/4.3 A 8.0 A/8.8 A Start-up current 12.0 A/14.0 A 26.0 A/28.0 A 11.5 A/12.7 A 12.0 A/14.0 A 26.0 A/28.0 A 11.5 A/12.7 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 11.0 A – 16.0 A 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) 10.0 A 11.0 A – 16.0 A 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) 670 W/750 W 780 W/880 W 670 W/820 W 760 W/930 W 640 W/720 W 750 W/850 W 670 W/750 W 780 W/880 W 670 W/820 W 760 W/930 W 1.7 1.6 40 kg 39 kg Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 640 W/720 W L 35 L 50 750 W/850 W . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 1.6 Refrigerant R134a, 325 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 25 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 39 kg Air throughput of fans Page Stainless steel 44 kg 1.7 44 kg 40 kg External circuit 900 m3/h Internal circuit 600 m3/h Temperature control Accessories e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 299 Metal filters 1 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 300 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 295 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 347 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 303 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Motor circuit-breaker. Special voltages and other output categories available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 237 Wall-mounted cooling units TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 1500 W Model No. SK 3305.500 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 230, 1~, 50/60 3305.5101) 3305.6001) 3305.540 3305.6101) 3305.6401) 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 – 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 W x H x D 400 x 950 x 260 . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 1500 W/1510 W 1500 W/1660 W L 35 L 50 1150 W/1200 W 1150 W/1270 W 1500 W/1510 W 1500 W/1510 W 1500 W/1660 W 1230 W/1250 W 1150 W/1200 W 1150 W/1270 W 1500 W/1510 W 1230 W/1250 W Rated current max. 5.5 A/5.8 A 11.5 A/12.5 A 2.5 A/2.8 A 5.5 A/5.8 A 11.5 A/12.5 A 2.5 A/2.8 A Start-up current 12.0 A/14.0 A 26.0 A/28.0 A 12.2 A/11.3 A 12.0 A/14.0 A 26.0 A/28.0 A 12.2 A/11.3 A 16.0 A/16.0 A 14.0 A – 20.0 A3) 16.0 A/16.0 A 14.0 A – 20.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Pre-fuse T Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel 870 W/890 W 1010 W/900 W 820 W/1000 W 1030 W/1150 W 1180 W/1060 W 980 W/1170 W L 35 L 35 1.7 R134a, 600 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 25 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 41 kg 1.5 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.8 46 kg 42 kg 41 kg 46 kg 42 kg External circuit 900 m3/h Internal circuit 800 m3/h Temperature control Accessories 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) L 35 L 35 870 W/890 W 1010 W/900 W 820 W/1000 W L 35 L 50 1030 W/1150 W 1180 W/1060 W 980 W/1170 W Refrigerant Air throughput of fans Page Stainless steel e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 299 Metal filters 1 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 300 496 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 295 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 347 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 303 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Motor circuit breaker. 3) Transformer protection switch. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Malaysia RITTAL Systems Sdn Bhd 7, Jalan TPP 1/1A Taman Industri Puchong Batu 12 Jalan Puchong 47100 Puchong Solangor, Malaysia Phone: +603-8060 6688 Fax: +603-8060 8866 E-mail: sales@rittal.com.my www.rittal.com.my 238 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Wall-mounted cooling units Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333 1 Supply includes: − Nano-coated condenser − Integral electric condensate evaporation − Wired ready for connection (plug-in terminal strip) − Drilling template − Assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. H Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 1 Cannot be installed with SK 3332.XXX. B T TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 2000 W Model No. SK 3328.500 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 3328.510 3328.540 3328.6001) 3328.6101) 3328.6401) Page Stainless steel – 115, 1~, 50/60 W (B) x H x D (T) 400 x 1580 x 295 . Useful cooling output QK L 35 L 35 2000 W/2360 W 2000 W/2360 W to DIN 3168 L 35 L 50 1620 W/1745 W 1620 W/1745 W 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 2000 W/2350 W 1450 W/1690 W 2000 W/2360 W 1620 W/1745 W 2000 W/2360 W 1620 W/1745 W 2000 W/2350 W 1450 W/1690 W Dimensions mm Rated current max. 6.1 A/6.6 A 13.4 A/14.8 A 2.8 A/3.3 A 6.1 A/6.6 A 13.4 A/14.8 A 2.8 A/3.3 A Start-up current 20.0 A/22.0 A 40.0 A/38.0 A 6.8 A/7.8 A 20.0 A/22.0 A 40.0 A/38.0 A 6.8 A/7.8 A 16.0 A 18.0 A – 25.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) 16.0 A 18.0 A – 25.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 935 W/1055 W L 35 L 50 1080 W/1250 W 965 W/1085 W 1110 W/1280 W 920 W/1145 W 1145 W/1395 W 935 W/1055 W 1080 W/1250 W 965 W/1085 W 1110 W/1280 W 920 W/1145 W 1145 W/1395 W Refrigeration factor . ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.2 73 kg 67 kg 66 kg 73 kg 67 kg Pre-fuse T Refrigerant R134a, 950 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight Air throughput of fans 66 kg External circuit 640 m3/h Internal circuit 550 m3/h Temperature control Accessories e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 299 Metal filters 1 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 300 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 295 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 347 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 303 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Motor circuit breaker. 3) Transformer protection switch. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 239 Wall-mounted cooling units TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 2500 W Model No. SK 3329.500 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 3329.510 3329.540 3329.6001) 3329.6101) 3329.6401) 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 – 115, 1~, 50/60 W (B) x H x D (T) 400 x 1580 x 295 . Useful cooling output QK L 35 L 35 2500 W/2660 W to DIN 3168 L 35 L 50 1840 W/1920 W 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 Dimensions mm 230, 1~, 50/60 400 x 1580 x 295 2500 W/2700 W 2500 W/2660 W 1900 W/1950 W 1840 W/1920 W 2500 W/2700 W 1900 W/1950 W Rated current max. 8.2 A/9.3 A 17.0 A/20.0 A 3.7 A/3.8 A 8.2 A/9.3 A 17.0 A/20.0 A Start-up current 20.0 A/24.0 A 44.0 A/42.0 A 6.8 A/7.6 A 20.0 A/24.0 A 44.0 A/42.0 A 6.8 A/7.6 A Pre-fuse T 16.0 A 18.0 A – 25.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) 16.0 A 18.0 A – 25.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) 3.7 A/3.8 A Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 1270 W/1410 W L 35 L 50 1470 W/1700 W 1300 W/1440 W 1500 W/1730 W 1295 W/1495 W 1545 W/1845 W 1270 W/1410 W 1470 W/1700 W 1300 W/1440 W 1500 W/1730 W 1295 W/1495 W 1545 W/1845 W Refrigeration factor . ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 2.0 1.9 1.9 2.0 1.9 1.9 76 kg 70 kg 69 kg 76 kg 70 kg Refrigerant R134a, 950 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 69 kg Air throughput of fans Page Stainless steel External circuit 710 m3/h Internal circuit 640 m3/h Temperature control e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Accessories Filter mats 3 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 299 Metal filters 1 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 300 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 295 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 347 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 303 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Motor circuit breaker. 3) Transformer protection switch. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 4000 W Model No. SK 3332.540 3332.6401) Material Sheet steel Stainless steel Colour RAL 7035 – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 Page Dimensions mm W (B) x H x D (T) 500 x 1580 x 340 . Useful cooling output QK L 35 L 35 4000 W/4400 W to DIN 3168 L 35 L 50 3070 W/3570 W Rated current max. 4.2 A/4.2 A Start-up current 9.2 A/11.0 A Pre-fuse T 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 1720 W/2120 W L 35 L 50 1990 W/2460 W Refrigeration factor . ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 2.3 Refrigerant R134a, 3000 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 91 kg Air throughput of fans External circuit 2000 m3/h Internal circuit 1500 m3/h Temperature control Accessories e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.400 3286.400 299 Metal filters 1 3286.410 3286.410 300 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 295 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 347 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 303 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Motor circuit breaker. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 240 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Wall-mounted cooling units Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333 Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Nano-coated condenser − Integral electric condensate evaporation − Wired ready for connection (plug-in terminal strip) − Drilling template − Assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. TopTherm “Blue e”, slimline, useful cooling output 1500 W Model No. SK 3366.500 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 3366.510 3366.540 3366.6001) 3366.6101) 3366.6401) 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 – 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 1500 W/1500 W 980 W/1080 W 1500 W/1500 W 1050 W/1100 W W x H x D 435 x 1590 x 205 L 35 L 35 1500 W/1500 W L 35 L 50 1050 W/1100 W 1500 W/1500 W 980 W/1080 W Rated current max. 6.7 A/6.9 A 13.6 A/13.8 A 2.7 A/2.9 A 6.7 A/6.9 A 13.6 A/13.8 A 2.7 A/2.9 A Start-up current 22.0 A/24.0 A 43.0 A/47.0 A 8.0 A/8.8 A 22.0 A/24.0 A 43.0 A/47.0 A 8.0 A/8.8 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 14.0 A – 20.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) 10.0 A 14.0 A – 20.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 940 W/1070 W 940 W/1070 W 970 W/1120 W 940 W/1070 W 940 W/1070 W 970 W/1120 W L 35 L 50 1115 W/1230 W 1115 W/1230 W 1140 W/1310 W 1115 W/1230 W 1115 W/1230 W 1140 W/1310 W Refrigeration factor . ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 1.6 Refrigerant R134a, 700 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 45 kg Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) 49 kg 1.5 1.6 46 kg 45 kg 1.5 49 kg 46 kg External circuit 910 m3/h Internal circuit 860 m3/h Temperature control Accessories Page Stainless steel e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 299 Metal filters 1 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 300 Trim frame 1 3377.000 3377.000 3377.000 3377.000 3377.000 3377.000 297 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 295 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 347 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 303 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Motor circuit breaker. 3) Transformer protection switch. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 241 Wall-mounted cooling units Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333 Protection category: See tables. Supply includes: − Nano-coated condenser − Integral electric condensate evaporation − Wired ready for connection (plug-in terminal strip) − Drilling template − Assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. TopTherm “Blue e”, design NEMA 4X, useful cooling output 500/1000/1500 W Model No. SK 3303.5042) Material Stainless steel 3303.5142) 3304.504 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 3304.514 3304.544 3305.504 3305.514 3305.544 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 285 x 620 x 298 405 x 1020 x 358 . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 500 W/ L 35 L 35 610 W 280W/ L 35 L 50 350 W 1000 W/ 1450 W 1050 W/ 1100 W 1000 W/ 1450 W 980 W/ 1050 W 1000 W/ 1460 W 880 W/ 990 W 1500 W/ 1510 W 1150 W/ 1200 W 1500 W/ 1660 W 1150 W/ 1270 W 1500 W/ 1510 W 1230 W/ 1250 W 500 W 280 W 405 x 1020 x 358 Rated current max. 2.6 A/ 2.6 A 5.7 A 3.9 A/ 4.3 A 8.0 A – 8.8 A 2.2 A – 2.1 A 5.5 A – 5.8 A 11.5 A – 12.5 A 2.6 A – 2.8 A Start-up current 5.1 A/ 6.4 A 11.5 A 12.0 A/ 14.0 A 26.0 A/ 28.0 A 11.5 A/ 12.7 A 12.0 A/ 14.0 A 26.0 A/ 28.0 A 12.2 A/ 11.3 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 10.0 A 10.0 A 11.0 A – 16.0 A 6.3 A – 10.0 A1) 16.0 A 14.0 A – 20.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A1) 640 W/ 720 W 750 W/ 850 W 670 W/ 750 W 780 W/ 880 W 670 W/ 820 W 760 W/ 930 W 870 W/ 890 W 1030 W/ 1150 W 1010 W/ 900 W 1180 W/ 1060 W 820 W/ 1000 W 980 W/ 1170 W 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.5 1.8 56 kg 52 kg Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 Refrigeration factor . ε = QK/Pel 360 W/ 380 W 420 W/ L 35 L 50 390 W L 35 L 35 470 W 500 W L 35 L 35 1.4 Refrigerant R134a, 170 g R134a, 325 g 25 bar Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Protection category NEMA 4X Weight Air throughput of fans 25 kg R134a, 325 g R134a, 600 g 54 kg 50 kg 51 kg External circuit 345 m3/h 900 m3/h 900 m3/h Internal circuit 310 m3/h 600 m3/h 800 m3/h Temperature control Accessories 49 kg Page e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 – – – 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 496 295 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 347 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.610 3301.610 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 303 1) Motor circuit breaker. 2) Without integral condensate evaporation. 3) Transformer protection switch. Extended delivery times. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 242 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Wall-mounted cooling units TopTherm “Blue e”, design NEMA 4X, useful cooling output 2000/2500 W Model No. SK 3328.504 Material Stainless steel Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm 3328.514 3328.544 3329.504 3329.514 3329.544 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 2000 W/2360 W 1620 W/1745 W 2000 W/2350 W 1450 W/1690 W 2500 W/2660 W 1840 W/1920 W 2500 W/2660 W 1840 W/1920 W 2500 W/2700 W 1900 W/1950 W 3.7 A/3.8 A W x H x D 405 x 1650 x 388 . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 2000 W/2360 W L 35 L 50 1620 W/1745 W Rated current max. 6.1 A/6.6 A 13.4 A – 14.8 A 2.8 A/3.3 A 8.2 A/9.3 A 17.0 A/20.0 A Start-up current 20.0 A/22.0 A 40.0 A/38.0 A 6.8 A/7.8 A 20.0 A/24.0 A 44.0 A/42.0 A 6.8 A/7.6 A Pre-fuse T 16.0 A 18.0 A – 25.0 A2) 6.3 A – 10.0 A1) 16.0 A 18.0 A – 25.0 A2) 6.3 A – 10.0 A1) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 935 W/1055 W L 35 L 50 1080 W/1250 W 965 W/1085 W 1110 W/1280 W 920 W/1145 W 1145 W/1395 W 1270 W/1410 W 1470 W/1700 W 1300 W/1440 W 1500 W/1730 W 1295 W/1495 W 1545 W/1845 W Refrigeration factor . ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.9 87 kg 80 kg 83 kg 90 kg 83 kg Refrigerant R134a, 900 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +50°C Protection category NEMA 4X Weight Air throughput of fans Page 80 kg External circuit 640 m3/h 710 m3/h Internal circuit 550 m3/h 640 m3/h Temperature control Accessories e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 496 295 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 347 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 303 1) Motor circuit breaker. 2) Transformer protection switch. Delivery times available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. TopTherm “Blue e”, Ex cooling units for zone 22 (dust); useful cooling output 500/1000/1500 W Model No. SK 3303.530 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 3304.530 3304.560 3305.530 3305.560 230, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 230, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 W x H x D 280 x 550 x 210 400 x 950 x 260 L 35 L 35 500 W/610 W L 35 L 50 280 W/350 W 1000 W/1450 W 1050 W/1100 W 1000 W/1460 W 880 W/990 W 400 x 950 x 260 1500 W/1510 W 1150 W/1200 W 1500 W/1510 W 1230 W/1250 W 2.3 A/2.6 A Rated current max. 2.6 A/2.6 A 3.9 A/4.3 A 2.1 A/2.2 A 5.4 A/6.0 A Start-up current 5.1 A/6.4 A 12.0 A/14.0 A 11.5 A/12.7 A 22.0 A/24.0 A 12.2 A/11.3 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 10.0 A/10.0 A 6.3 A – 10.0 A1) 16.0 A/16.0 A 6.3 A – 10.0 A1) L 35 L 35 360 W/380 W L 35 L 50 420 W/390 W 640 W/720 W 750 W/850 W 670 W/820 W 760 W/930 W 870 W/980 W 1030 W/1150 W 820 W/1000 W 980 W/1170 W L 35 L 35 1.4 1.8 Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel 1.4 1.7 1.7 R134a, 170 g R134a, 325 g R134a, 325 g R134a, 600 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar 25 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +50°C Refrigerant Protection category External circuit IP 54 Internal circuit IP 54 Weight Air throughput of fans Page 17 kg 39 kg External circuit 345 m3/h 900 m3/h Internal circuit 310 m3/h 600 m3/h Temperature control Accessories 41 kg 800 m3/h e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.300 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 299 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 496 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 293 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 303 1) Motor circuit breaker. Without electric condensate evaporation. Delivery times available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 243 Roof-mounted cooling units Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333 RiDiag II Page 347 Technical specifications: − Permissible operating pressure p. max.: 25 bar − Duty cycle: 100% − Type of connection: Plug-in terminal strip Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Nano-coated condenser − Integral electric condensate evaporation − Fully wired ready for connection − Drilling template − Assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Accessories: Roof plate for TS 8 with mounting cut-out, see page 296. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. New: TopTherm roof-mounted cooling unit, useful cooling output 1100/ 3000 W, for office and IT applications with targeted air routing, see page 246. Detailed drawing and technical information can be found on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 500 W Model No. SK 3382.500 3382.6001) 3382.510 3382.6101) Material Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Colour RAL 7035 – RAL 7035 – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 115, 1~, 50/60 W x H x D 597 x 417 x 380 L 35 L 35 500 W/586 W L 35 L 50 273 W/429 W Rated current max. 2.3 A/2.6 A Start-up current 9.1 A/8.8 A 18.2 A/15.9 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel 312 W/357 W 352 W/422 W L 35 L 35 1.6 R134a, 300 g Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 30 kg 35 kg External circuit 800 m3/h Internal circuit 170 m3/h Temperature control Accessories 4.1 A/5.4 A L 35 L 35 302 W/347 W L 35 L 50 342 W/402 W Refrigerant Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) Page e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 299 Metal filters 1 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 300 Quick-change frame 1 3286.700 3286.700 3286.700 3286.700 297 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 295 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 291 Stoppers 2 3286.780 3286.780 3286.780 3286.780 292 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 303 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 244 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Roof-mounted cooling units TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 750 W Model No. SK 3359.500 3359.6001) Material Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Colour RAL 7035 – – – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm 3359.510 RAL 7035 3359.6101) 3359.540 RAL 7035 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 2~, 50/60 1.6 A/2.1 A Page W x H x D 597 x 417 x 380 . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 750 W/625 W L 35 L 50 304 W/368 W Rated current max. 2.8 A/3.7 A 5.6 A/7.4 A Start-up current 9.2 A/9.0 A 18.4 A/18.0 A 5.4 A/5.2 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 11.0 A – 16.0 A2) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 401 W/494 W L 35 L 50 444 W/536 W . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel 411 W/509 W 454 W/526 W L 35 L 35 1.8 Refrigerant R134a, 300 g Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 32 kg Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) 3359.6401) 37 kg External circuit 800 m3/h Internal circuit 585 m3/h Temperature control e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Accessories Filter mats 3 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 299 Metal filters 1 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 300 Quick-change frame 1 3286.700 3286.700 3286.700 3286.700 3286.700 3286.700 297 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 295 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 291 Stoppers 2 3286.780 3286.780 3286.780 3286.780 3286.780 3286.780 292 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 303 Page 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 1000 W Model No. SK 3383.500 3383.6001) 3383.510 3383.6101) 3383.5401) 3383.640 Material Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Colour RAL 7035 – RAL 7035 – RAL 7035 – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/603) Dimensions mm 115, 1~, 50/603) 400, 2~, 50/603) 2.9 A/3.9 A W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475 . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 1000 W/1088 W L 35 L 50 709 W/807 W Rated current max. 2.9 A/3.9 A 5.6 A/7.7 A Start-up current 8.8 A/10.1 A 14.4 A/15.8 A 4.6 A/5.7 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 11.0 A – 16.0 A2) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 426 W/514 W L 35 L 50 485 W/606 W 456 W/524 W 495 W/616 W L 35 L 35 2.3 2.2 Refrigerant R134a, 650 g Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 40 kg Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) Internal circuit 491 m3/h Temperature control Accessories 46 kg External circuit 1600 m3/h e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 299 Metal filters 1 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 300 Quick-change frame 1 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 297 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 295 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 291 Stoppers 2 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 292 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 303 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch. 3) Tu max = 53°C/60 Hz. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 245 Roof-mounted cooling units TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 1100/3000 W, especially for office and IT applications 3273.5151) Model No. SK 3273.500 Application areas Office application Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 Page 3301.800 IT application 115, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50 W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475 597 x 417 x 895 L 35 L 35 1100 W/1200 W L 35 L 50 850 W/870 W 3000 W 3200 W L 25 L 35 L 35 L 45 Rated current max. 5.2 A/5.4 A 11.0 A/11.5 A Start-up current 15.5 A/16.5 A 32.0 A/35.0 A 36.0 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 11.0 A – 16.0 A2) Air circuit-breaker 16.0 A 790 W/810 W 860 W/1010 W 1820 W 2325 W Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 760 W/780 W L 35 L 50 830 W/970 W . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 1.4 Refrigerant L 25 L 35 L 35 L 45 1.6 R134a, 700 g Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +50°C Weight 42 kg Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) 10.4 A +20°C to +45°C 47 kg 72 kg External circuit 1760 m3/h 2000 m3/h Internal circuit 440 m3/h 1450 m3/h Temperature control e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Accessories Filter mats 3 3286.500 3286.500 3286.600 299 Metal filters 1 3286.510 3286.510 3286.610 300 Quick-change frame 1 3286.700 3286.700 3286.800 297 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 295 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 3286.970 291 Stoppers 2 3286.880 3286.880 3286.980 292 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 303 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch. In order to avoid increased condensation, we recommend enclosures with a protection category of at least IP 54. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 1500 W Model No. SK 3384.500 3384.6001) 3384.510 3384.6101) 3384.540 3384.6401) Material Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Colour RAL 7035 – RAL 7035 – RAL 7035 – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/603) Dimensions mm 115, 1~, 50/603) 400, 2~, 50/603) 2.5 A/2.9 A W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475 . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 1500 W/1637 W L 35 L 50 1207 W/1308 W Rated current max. 4.2 A/4.9 A 8.7 A/10.1 A Start-up current 14.7 A/13.6 A 27.2 A/23.2 A 8.7 A/7.6 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 14.0 A – 20.0 A2) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 641 W/743 W L 35 L 50 741 W/857 W 666 W/757 W 775 W/899 W L 35 L 35 2.4 2.3 Refrigerant R134a, 500 g Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 41 kg Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) 47 kg External circuit 1600 m3/h Internal circuit 491 m3/h Temperature control Accessories Page e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 299 Metal filters 1 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 300 Quick-change frame 1 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 297 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 295 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 291 Stoppers 2 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 292 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 303 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch. 3) Tu max = 53°C/60 Hz. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 246 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Roof-mounted cooling units TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 2000 W Model No. SK 3385.500 3385.6001) Material Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Colour RAL 7035 – – – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/603) Dimensions mm 3385.510 RAL 7035 3385.6101) 115, 1~, 50/603) 3385.540 RAL 7035 Page 400, 2~, 50/603) W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475 . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 2000 W/2030 W L 35 L 50 1454 W/1547 W 2000 W/2140 W 1409 W/1511 W Rated current max. 5.9 A/6.3 A 13.3 A/13.5 A Start-up current 19.7 A/17.9 A 42.2 A/31.1 A 11.7 A/11.7 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 14.0 A – 20.0 A2) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 970 W/1155 W L 35 L 50 1081 W/1511 W 1020 W/1235 W 1441 W/1310 W L 35 L 35 2.1 2.0 Refrigerant 3.5 A/3.7 A R134a, 900 g Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 42 kg Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) 3385.6401) 48 kg External circuit 2100 m3/h Internal circuit 657 m3/h Temperature control e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Accessories Filter mats 3 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 299 Metal filters 1 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 300 Quick-change frame 1 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 297 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 295 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 291 Stoppers 2 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 292 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 303 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch. 3) Tu max = 53°C/60 Hz. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 3000 W/4000 W Model No. SK 3386.540 3386.6401) 3387.540 3387.6401) Material Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Colour RAL 7035 – RAL 7035 – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50/460, 3~, 60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 796 x 470 x 580 . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 3000 W/3300 W L 35 L 50 2200 W/2500 W 4000 W/4200 W 3250 W/3490 W Rated current max. 3.4 A/3.4 A 3.9 A/3.9 A Start-up current 8.0 A/9.0 A 17.0 A/19.0 A Pre-fuse T Motor circuit breaker 6.3 A – 10.0 A Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 1190 W/1500 W L 35 L 50 1440 W/1780 W . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel R134a, 1600 g Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 70 kg 77 kg External circuit 3450 m3/h 3870 m3/h Internal circuit 1280 m3/h 1420 m3/h Temperature control Accessories 1630 W/2070 W 1880 W/2350 W L 35 L 35 2.3 Refrigerant Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) Page e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.600 3286.600 3286.600 3286.600 299 Metal filters 1 3286.610 3286.610 3286.610 3286.610 300 Quick-change frame 1 3286.900 3286.900 3286.900 3286.900 297 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 295 Air duct system 1 3286.970 3286.970 3286.970 3286.970 291 Stoppers 2 3286.980 3286.980 3286.980 3286.980 292 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 303 1) Extended delivery times. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 247 Modular climate control concept Climate control accessories Page 291 TS 8 enclosures Page 69 Software & services Page 333 Colour: RAL 7035 Also required: − Section door, fits TS 8 enclosures, 600, 800, 1200 mm widths and 1800, 2000 mm heights, see page 249. − Base/plinth, 100 or 200 mm high, see page 361. Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Cooling module prepared for installation in section door − Nano-coated condenser − Integral electric condensate evaporation Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. Cooling modules “Blue e”, 1500/2500 W useful cooling output Model No. SK with Comfort controller Rated operating voltage V, Hz . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 3307.700 230, 1~, 50/60 3307.710 3307.740 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 1500 W/1550 W 930 W/950 W 2500 W/2520 W 1620 W/1730 W L 35 L 35 1500 W/1550 W L 35 L 50 850 W/900 W 3310.700 3310.710 3310.740 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 2500 W/2500 W 1760 W/1800 W Rated current max. 6.0 A/6.1 A 11.2 A/11.8 A 2.5 A/2.7 A 7.6 A/9.4 A 17.3 A/19.0 A Start-up current 22.0 A/24.0 A 36.0 A/39.0 A 8.5 A/9.2 A 22.0 A/24.0 A 36.0 A/39.0 A 13.0 A/14.0 A Pre-fuse T 16.0 A/16.0 A 11.0 A – 16.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A1) 16.0 A/16.0 A 18.0 A – 25.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A1) 3.5 A/3.7 A Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 850 W/1050 W 870 W/1080 W 790 W/1000 W L 35 L 50 1000 W/1150 W 1070 W/1180 W 900 W/1100 W 1310 W/1520 W 1360 W/1570 W 1130 W/1480 W 1480 W/1850 W 1530 W/1900 W 1400 W/1750 W Refrigeration factor . ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 1.8 1.9 Refrigerant R134a, 700 g Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight2) 68 kg Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) External circuit Internal circuit Temperature control Accessories 1.7 1.9 Page 1.8 2.2 78 kg 72 kg R134a, 1175 g 72 kg 68 kg 73 kg 1100 m3/h 1100 m3/h 600 m3/h 1100 m3/h Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 496 295 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 347 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 295 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 1) Motor circuit breaker 2) Includes section door weight 3) Transformer protection switch 248 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Modular climate control concept Climate control accessories Page 291 TS 8 enclosures Page 69 Software & services Page 333 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Section door without preconfigured cooling module − TS 8 hinges, door opening angle approx. 110° Note for 1200 mm wide TS 8 enclosures: − With the unit positioned on the right, one pack consists of a section door for installing in the right-hand half of the enclosure plus a special lockable door for the left-hand half. − With the device positioned on the “left”, one pack consists of a section door for installing in the left-hand half of the enclosure. The existing lockable door on the right may be used. Approvals: Available on the Internet. Also required: − Cooling module, see page 248. − Base/plinth, 100 or 200 mm high, see page 361. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. H H H H Section doors for installing cooling modules B B B B Model No. SK Dimensions to fit TS enclosures Dimensions to fit TS enclosures Accessories Metal filters 3300.040 Height mm 1800 Width (B) mm 600 3300.050 3300.060 3300.070 3300.080 3300.090 3300.110 3300.120 2000 1800 2000 1800 2000 1800 2000 800 1200 (unit positioned on the left) 1200 (unit positioned on the right) 3284.210 3284.210 3284.210 Packs of 1 3284.210 All SK 3307.700/.710/.740 or 3310.700/.710/.740 cooling module models, see page 248, can be integrated into one of the section doors mentioned above. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 249 250 Liquid cooling Air/water heat exchangers Roof-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl........................... 2500 W.........252 Roof-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl........................... 4000 W.........253 Roof-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) ............. 1875 W.........253 Roof-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) ............. 3000 W.........254 Wall-mounted ........................................................ 300/600/1250 W.........255 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl ............................. 500 W.........256 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl ........................... 1000 W.........256 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl ........................... 2000 W.........257 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl ........................... 3000 W.........257 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl ........................... 5000 W.........258 Wall-mounted ...................................................................... 7000 W.........258 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) ................ 500 W.........259 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) ................ 750 W.........259 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) .............. 1750 W.........260 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) .............. 2500 W.........260 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) .............. 4000 W.........261 Cold Plate Cold Plate incl. T channel for frequency converters .. 2500/3000 W.........262 Accessories for Cold Plate ........................................................................263 Chillers for water TopTherm .......................................................................... 1/1.5 kW.........264 TopTherm ....................................................................... 3/4.5/6 kW.........265 TopTherm, for wall mounting .......................................... 1/2.5/4 kW.........266 TopTherm ........................................................................ 8 – 40 kW.........267 In a floor-standing enclosure....................................... 2.1 – 7.7 kW.........268 In a floor-standing enclosure......................................... 10 – 25 kW.........269 In a floor-standing enclosure......................................... 32 – 59 kW.........269 251 Air/water heat exchangers Climate control accessories Page 291 Recooling systems Page 264 Software & Services Page 333 Colour: RAL 7035 Also required: Cooling water system such as recooling systems, from page 264. Supply includes: − Fully wired ready for connection, with connector − Drilling template, sealing mat and assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. Roof-mounted, useful cooling output 2500 W, water-carrying parts CuAl Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) Useful cooling output 3209.500 3209.100 e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 2500 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 230, 50/60 W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475 Rated current max. 0.40 A/0.48 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature > +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature and setting range +1°C to +70°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 551) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 23.5 kg 1030 m3/h Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow) Accessories Page Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 295 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 291 Stoppers 1 3286.880 3286.880 292 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 303 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 304 1) IP 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 252 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Air/water heat exchangers Roof-mounted, useful cooling output 4000 W, water-carrying parts CuAl 3210.100 3210.5401) 3210.1401) e-Comfort controller – – Basic controller – – Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) Useful cooling output 3210.500 Page L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 4000 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 50/60 Dimensions mm 400, 2~, 50/60 W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475 Rated current max. 0.44 A/0.5 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A 0.25 A/0.3 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature > +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature and setting range +1°C to +70°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 25.5 kg Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow) 925 m3/h 29.5 kg Packs of Accessories Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 3124.100 – 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 3124.200 – 295 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 291 Stoppers 1 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 292 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 303 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 304 1) Extended delivery times. 2) IP 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Roof-mounted, useful cooling output 1875 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) 3209.5041) Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) Useful cooling output 3209.1041) e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 1875 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 230, 50/60 W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475 Rated current max. 0.40 A/0.48 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature > +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature and setting range +1°C to +70°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 23.5 kg 1030 m3/h Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow) Accessories Page Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 295 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 291 Stoppers 1 3286.880 3286.880 292 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 303 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 304 1) Extended delivery times. 2) IP 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 253 Air/water heat exchangers Roof-mounted, useful cooling output 3000 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) 3210.5041) Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) Useful cooling output 3210.1041) e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 3000 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 230, 50/60 W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475 Rated current max. 0.44 A/0.5 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature > +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature and setting range +1°C to +70°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 25.5 kg 925 m3/h Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow) Accessories Page Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 295 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 291 Stoppers 1 3286.880 3286.880 292 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 303 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 304 1) Extended delivery times. 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 2) IP Rittal Norway RITTAL AS Postboks 258 N-1401 Ski Phone: +47 64 85 13 00 Fax: +47 64 85 13 01 Besøksadresse: Regnbueveien 10 N-1405 Langhus E-mail: rittal@rittal.no www.rittal.no 254 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Air/water heat exchangers Climate control accessories Page 291 Recooling systems Page 264 Software & Services Page 333 Colour: RAL 7035 Approvals: Available on the Internet. Also required: Cooling water system such as recooling systems, see from page 264. Supply includes: − Fully wired ready for connection − Drilling template and assembly parts Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 300/600/1250 W Model No. SK 3212.230 Temperature control – Useful cooling output 3212.1151) 3212.024 Dimensions mm 230, 50/60 600 W 650 W 115, 50/60 24 V (DC) W x H x D 150 x 300 x 85 Rated current max. 0.11 A/0.13 A Pre-fuse T 2.0 A 200 x 500 x 100 0.23 A/0.24 A 1.20 A 0.17 A/0.18 A Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) > +1°C to +30°C 1 to 10 bar +1°C to +70°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) 1250 W 1300 W 200 x 950 x 100 0.38 A/0.4 A 4.0 A Water inlet temperature Operating temperature and setting range Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Connection clamp Terminal strip Weight 3 kg 7 kg 13 kg Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow) 280 m3/h 120 m3/h 200 m3/h Temperature monitoring – Accessories Page 230, 50/60 Cooling medium Permissible operating pressure p. max. 3215.100 Thermostat-controlled magnetic valve L 35 W 10, 200 l/h 300 W L 35 W 10, 400 l/h Rated operating voltage V, Hz 3214.100 250 m3/h Internal thermostat, with change-over contact, switching load 16 A, setting range +20°C to +60°C (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 293 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 496 Condensate hose 1 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 3301.612 3301.612 303 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 304 1) Extended delivery times. 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 2) IP Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 255 Air/water heat exchangers Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 500 W, water-carrying parts CuAl Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) Useful cooling output 3363.500 3363.100 e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Page L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 500 W 230, 1~, 50/60 Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 230, 1~, 50/60 W x H x D 280 x 550 x 120 Rated current max. 0.17 A/0.18 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Water connection Quick-release fastener system Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature and setting range +1°C to +70°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 551) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 12 kg Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow) 270/320 m3/h Packs of Accessories Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 303 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ internal thread 2 3201.900 3201.900 304 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ external thread 2 3201.910 3201.910 304 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 304 1) IP 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 1000 W, water-carrying parts CuAl Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) Useful cooling output 3364.500 3364.100 e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Page L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 1000 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 230, 1~, 50/60 W x H x D 280 x 550 x 120 Rated current max. 0.2 A/0.19 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Water connection Quick-release fastener system Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature and setting range +1°C to +70°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 551) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 15 kg Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow) 270/320 m3/h Accessories Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 303 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ internal thread 2 3201.900 3201.900 304 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ external thread 2 3201.910 3201.910 304 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 304 1) IP 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 256 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Air/water heat exchangers Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 2000 W, water-carrying parts CuAl Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) Useful cooling output 3373.500 3373.100 e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Page L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 2000 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 400 x 950 x 140 Rated current max. 0.38 A/0.43 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Water connection Quick-release fastener system Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature and setting range +1°C to +70°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 551) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 20 kg 600/625 m3/h Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow) Packs of Accessories Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 303 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ internal thread 2 3201.900 3201.900 304 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ external thread 2 3201.910 3201.910 304 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 304 1) IP 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 3000 W, water-carrying parts CuAl Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) Useful cooling output 3374.500 3374.100 e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Page L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 3000 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 230, 1~, 50/60 W x H x D 400 x 950 x 140 Rated current max. 0.57 A/0.78 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Water connection Quick-release fastener system Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature and setting range +1°C to +70°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 551) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 20 kg 700/730 m3/h Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow) Accessories Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 303 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ internal thread 2 3201.900 3201.900 304 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ external thread 2 3201.910 3201.910 304 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 304 1) IP 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 257 Air/water heat exchangers Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 5000 W, water-carrying parts CuAl Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) Useful cooling output 3375.500 3375.100 e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Page L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 5000 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 450 x 1400 x 220 Rated current max. 1.0 A/1.35 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Water connection Quick-release fastener system Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature and setting range +1°C to +70°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 551) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 56 kg 2365/2,750 m3/h Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow) Packs of Accessories Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 303 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ internal thread 2 3201.900 3201.900 304 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ external thread 2 3201.910 3201.910 304 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 304 1) IP 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 7000 W Model No. SK 3216.4801) Temperature control Thermostat-controlled magnetic valve Useful cooling output Page L 35 W 10, 500 l/h 7000 W L 35 W 20, 500 l/h 4500 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 400, 3~, 50/60 460, 3~, 60 W x H x D 450 x 1800 x 300 Rated current max. 1.4 A/1.6 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A, 3-pole 1.2 A Power consumption Pel 450 W/700 W Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature and setting range +1°C to +70°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Terminal strip Weight 79 kg 2400 m3/h Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow) Accessories 630 W Packs of Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 293 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 496 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 Flow regulator valve 1 303 see page 304 1) Extended delivery times. 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 2) IP 258 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Air/water heat exchangers Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 500 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) 3363.5041) Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) Useful cooling output 3363.1041) e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Page L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 500 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 External transformer – Dimensions mm – W x H x D 280 x 550 x 120 Rated current max. 0.17 A/0.18 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature and setting range +1°C to +70°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Water connection Quick-release fastener system3) Weight 12 kg 270/320 m3/h Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow) Packs of Accessories Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 303 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 304 1) Extended delivery times. 65 available on request. adaptor for quick-release fastener available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 2) IP 3) Threaded Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 750 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) 3364.5041) Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) Useful cooling output 3364.1041) e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 750 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 External transformer Dimensions mm – – W x H x D 280 x 550 x 120 Rated current max. 0.2 A/0.19 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature and setting range +1°C to +70°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Water connection Quick-release fastener system3) Weight 15 kg 270/320 m3/h Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow) Accessories Page Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 303 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 304 1) Extended delivery times. 2) IP 65 available on request. 3) Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 259 Air/water heat exchangers Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 1750 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) 3373.5041) Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) Useful cooling output 3373.1041) e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Page L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 1750 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 400 x 950 x 140 Rated current max. 0.38 A/0.43 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature and setting range +1°C to +70°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Water connection Quick-release fastener system3) Weight 20 kg 600/625 m3/h Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow) Packs of Accessories Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 303 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 304 1) Extended delivery times. 65 available on request. 3) Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 2) IP Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 2500 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) 3374.5041) Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) Useful cooling output 3374.1041) e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 2500 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 230, 1~, 50/60 W x H x D 400 x 950 x 140 Rated current max. 0.57 A/0.78 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature and setting range +1°C to +70°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Water connection Quick-release fastener system3) Weight 20 kg 700/730 m3/h Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow) Accessories Page Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 303 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 304 1) Extended delivery times. 2) IP 65 available on request. 3) Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 260 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Air/water heat exchangers Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 4000 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) 3375.5041) Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) Useful cooling output 3375.1041) e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 4000 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 230, 1~, 50/60 W x H x D 450 x 1400 x 220 Rated current max. 1.0 A/1.35 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature and setting range +1°C to +70°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Water connection Quick-release fastener system3) Weight 56 kg 2365/2750 m3/h Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow) Accessories Page Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 496 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 295 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 295 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 303 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 304 1) Extended delivery times. 65 available on request. 3) Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 2) IP Rittal Sweden RITTAL Scandinavian ab Rittalgatan 1 SE-262 73 Ängelholm Phone: +46 (431) 44 26 00 Fax: +46 (431) 44 26 44 E-mail: info@rittal.se www.rittal.se Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 261 Cold Plate Recooling systems page 264 Accessories for climate control page 291 Liquid-cooled partial mounting plate with drilling surface and T channel Whole surface can be used by the customer for own tapped holes (blind holes) to a maximum drilling depth of 12 mm. Alternatively, drive units may be secured to the T channel depending on the version. Design: − Press-fitted copper or stainless steel tubes, dependent on the application, in closed recooling systems or existing (open) water infrastructure. − Cooling water connection: G1/4˝, anti-twist Supply includes: Mounting accessories for system integration into TS 8. Further technical information is available at www.rittal.com Accessories: − Quick-action vent valve, see page 263. − Accessories for fluid distributor connection, see page 263. − TS punched section with mounting flange 17 x 73 mm for the outer mounting level, see page 459. − Recooling systems for closed cooling circuits, see from page 264. − System attachment SK 8616.700, see page 263. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Cold Plate incl. T channel for frequency converters Model No. SK For installation in Dimensions mm 8616.622 8616.802 8616.822 Enclosure width mm 600 8616.602 600 800 800 Enclosure depth (side) mm 600 600 800 800 W 499 H 399 D 20 499 399 20 699 399 20 699 399 20 3000 W Output1) 2500 W 2500 W 3000 W Material CU VA CU VA Packs of 1 1 1 1 . 25°C medium inlet temperature, Cold Plate surface temperature ≈ 50°C, medium flowrate Q = 200 l/h, surface roughness: 1.2 μm. Special sizes available on request. 1) At Rittal Spain RITTAL Disprel S.A. Mas Baiona, 40 Polígono Industrial Can Roqueta 08202 Sabadell (Barcelona) Phone: +34 937 001 300 Fax: +34 937 001 301 E-mail: info@rittal.es www.rittal.es 262 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Cold Plate Accessories Fluid distribution manifold Packs of Model No. SK 1 set 8616.750 For the connection of up to 4 Cold Plate units. Supply includes: − 2 fluid distribution manifold blocks (inlet and return) − Screw plugs G1/4˝, G3/8˝ − Connector sleeves G1/2˝ − Seals Accessories: Flexible hose, see page 263. Also required: Quick-action vent valve, see page 263. Flexible hose For connection of the Cold Plate to a fluid distribution manifold or direct fluid connection. Supply includes: − 2 flexible hoses G1/4˝ − Seals Quick-action vent valve To vent the complete Cold Plate system. Easily mounted on the fluid distribution manifold. Packs of Length mm Material Model No. SK 1 set 500 CU 8616.772 1 set 1000 CU 8616.773 1 set 500 VA 8616.7601) 1 set 1000 VA 8616.7611) 1) Extended delivery times. Packs of Model No. SK 1 8616.762 Supply includes: − Quick-action vent valve G3/8˝ − Seal System attachment for frequency converters For mounting frequency converters on the Cold Plate. Supply includes: − Wire clamp system − T-slot blocks Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control For the attachment of frequency converters Packs of Model No. SK with all-round clamping surface 1 8616.700 with side clamping surfaces 1 8616.710 with clamping surfaces top and bottom 1 8616.720 263 Chillers for water Air/water heat exchangers From page 252 Overflow valve Page 304 Cooling medium Page 305 Technical design: − Compact, modular layout of the refrigeration components − With RiNano coating − Pump to convey the medium − Precise temperature control, based on microprocessor technology − Collective fault signal with floating contact Colour: RAL 7035 Approvals: Available on the Internet. Protection category: IP 44 (electrics) Layout diagram: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: − Recooling system wired ready for connection − Multi-lingual documentation − Functional diagram and wiring plans Characteristic curves of pump: Available on the Internet. Other options: Available on the Internet. TopTherm, cooling output 1/1.5 kW Model No. SK 3318.600 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 50/60 3318.610 3319.600 Cooling output at Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 0.8 kW/0.9 kW 1.0 kW/1.1 kW 1.2 kW/1.3 kW 1.5 kW/1.7 kW Power consumption 0.63 kW/0.78 kW 0.85 kW/1.05 kW Rated current max. 4.2 A/4.1 A 5.4 A/5.3 A Pre-fuse T 10 A Refrigerant R134a Number of cooling circuits 1 Environment +15°C to +43°C Liquid media +10°C to +30°C Pump capacity See characteristic curve of pump Design Pressure-sealed Open Pressure-sealed Open Tank – Made from PP plastic – Made from PP plastic 2.5 l – 2.5 l Tank capacity – Water connections 1/ ˝ 2 Weight 48 kg Air throughput of fans 900 m3/h Temperature control Accessories Metal filters Page W 600 H 400 D 430 Dimensions mm Temperature range 3319.610 internal thread 51 kg Microcontroller control (factory setting +20°C) Packs of 1 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 300 Customised solutions and technical modifications available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 264 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Chillers for water TopTherm, cooling output 3/4.5/6 kW Model No. SK 3320.600 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50/60/460, 3~, 601) 3334.600 W 602 H 676 D 645 Dimensions mm 3334.6602) 602 1050 645 Cooling output at Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 2.7 kW/3.0 kW 3.0 kW/3.4 kW 3.9 kW/4.7 kW 4.5 kW/5.4 kW 4.8 kW/5.2 kW/5.2 kW 6.0 kW/6.6 kW/6.6 kW Power consumption 1.72 kW/1.95 kW 2.00 kW/2.51 kW 4.3 kW/5.1 kW/5.1 kW Rated current max. 3.8 A/4.6 A/3.9 A 4.9 A/5.9 A/5.0 A Pre-fuse T 10 A Refrigerant R134a Number of cooling circuits 1 Temperature range Environment +15°C to +43°C Liquid media +10°C to +30°C See characteristic curve of pump Tank Made from PP plastic 30 l Water connections 1/ ˝ 2 Weight (empty) 88 kg 8 A/9.7 A/8 A 16 A Pump capacity Tank capacity Page 3/ ˝ 4 internal thread 94 kg Air throughput of fans 1785 m3/h Temperature control Microcontroller control (factory setting +20°C) internal thread 125 kg 2200/2500 m3/h Accessories Metal filters Packs of 3286.520 3286.520 3286.510 1 1 2 300 1) Supports multiple voltages without rewiring. fill level display. Special voltages and technical modifications available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 2) Integral Rittal South Korea RITTAL Co., Ltd. Seoul Head Office 3rd Floor Asaan Venture Tower B/D 315-6 Yangjae-Dong Seocho-Gu Seoul 137-896 Korea Phone: +82 (0)2-577-6525 Fax: +82 (0)2-577-6526 E-mail: rittal@rittal.co.kr www.rittal.co.kr Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 265 Chillers for water Air/water heat exchangers From page 252 Overflow valve Page 304 Cooling medium Page 305 Technical design: − Compact, modular configuration of the cooling components with integral water tank − With RiNano coating − Pump to convey the medium − Precise temperature control, based on microprocessor technology − Open system with tank − Collective fault signal with floating contact Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 44 (electrics) Supply includes: − Recooling system wired ready for connection − Multi-lingual documentation − Functional diagram and wiring plans Approvals: Available on the Internet. Layout diagram: Available on the Internet. Characteristic curves of pump: Available on the Internet. Other options: Available on the Internet. TopTherm, for wall mounting, cooling output 1/2.5/4 kW Model No. SK 3360.100 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50/60/460, 3~, 601) W 400 H 950 D 310 Dimensions mm 3360.250 3360.470 400 1580 290 500 1580 390 Cooling output at Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 0.8 W/0.9 kW 1.0 kW/1.1 kW 2.1 kW/2.3 kW 2.5 kW/2.8 kW 3.3 kW/3.7 kW 4.0 kW/4.5 kW Power consumption 0.7 kW/0.76 kW 1.55 kW/2.0 kW 1.85 kW/2.74 kW Rated current max. 2.7 A/3.0 A 3.7 A/3.8 A 4.6 A/5.2 A Pre-fuse T 10 A Refrigerant R134a Number of cooling circuits 1 Temperature range Environment +15°C to +43°C Liquid media +10°C to +30°C Pump capacity See characteristic curve of pump Tank Plastic Tank capacity 5l Water connections Quick-release coupling (counterpart included in accessory bag) 3/ ˝ 4 Weight 47 kg 78 kg 103 kg Air throughput of fans 500 m3/h 710 m3/h 2000 m3/h Temperature control Microcontroller control (factory setting +20°C) Accessories 10 l Page 15 l internal thread Packs of Filter mat 1 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 299 Metal filters 1 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 300 1) Supports multiple voltages without rewiring. Special voltages and technical modifications available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 266 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Chillers for water Climate control accessories Page 291 ● One version for two frequencies = international compatibility ● Series product available from stock ● Fast delivery, as pre-assembled modules can simply be combined into a recooling system Benefits: ● Modular design ● Small footprint ● Convenient servicing ● High reliability thanks to standard water bypass Colour: RAL 7035 Layout diagram: Available on the Internet. Protection category: IP 44 Characteristic curves of pump: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Fully wired unit ready for connection with side panels and door. Other options: Available on the Internet. TopTherm, cooling output 8 – 40 kW Model No. SK 3335.590 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50 Hz/460, 3~, 60 Hz W 805 H 1600 D 805 Dimensions mm 3335.600 3335.610 3335.620 805 2000 805 3335.630 3335.640 1205 2000 805 3335.650 3335.660 1605 2000 805 2405 2000 805 Cooling output1) at Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C 6.5/7.6 kW 6.5/7.6 kW 10.3/11.3 kW 13.8/15.2 kW 16.6/18.7 kW 21.6/23.8 kW 27.6/30.4 kW 33.5/37.5 kW Cooling output1) at Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 8/8.6 kW 8/8.6 kW 12/13.1 kW 16/17.6 kW 32/35.2 kW 40/44 kW 20/21.8 kW 25/27.6 kW Power consumption max. kW 3.4/4.0 3.4/4.0 5.9/6.4 6.7/8.0 8.0/9.9 10.5/12.9 13.5/15.9 16.0/19.8 Rated current max. A 6.4/6.0 6.4/6.0 8.2/9.5 11.1/11.3 15.9/13.9 20.3/20.7 22.2/22.6 31.7/31.5 Refrigerant R410A Number of cooling circuits 1 Temperature range – environment +10°C to +43°C Page 2 Temperature range – water +7°C to +25°C Pump capacity at 2.5 bar (l/min.) 50/60 Hz 35/70 30/85 50/140 60/40 (at 60 Hz 3.7 bar) Tank capacity l 80 Water connections 1˝ 170 Weight (empty) kg 245 Temperature control Microcontroller cotnrol (factory setting +18°C, differential value control also possible) 11/4˝ 250 270 325 425 425 580 940 Packs of Accessories Metal filters 1 3286.550 3286.550 3286.530 3286.530 3286.540 3286.540 3286.5302) 3286.5402) 300 Levelling feet 4 7493.100 7493.100 7493.100 7493.100 7493.100 7493.100 7493.100 7493.100 371 4 Levelling feet with vibration dampening Base/plinth components front and rear Base/plinth trim panels, side Cooling medium 7493.230 7493.230 7493.230 7493.230 7493.230 7493.230 7493.230 7493.230 373 100 mm 8601.805 8601.805 8601.805 8601.805 8601.200 8601.200 8601.8052) 8601.2002) 361 200 mm 8602.805 8602.805 8602.805 8602.805 8602.200 8602.200 8602.8052) 8602.2002) 361 100 mm 8601.085 8601.085 8601.085 8601.085 8601.085 8601.085 8601.085 8601.085 362 200 mm 8602.085 8602.085 8602.085 8602.085 8602.085 8602.085 8602.085 8602.085 362 10 l 3301.960 3301.960 3301.960 3301.960 3301.960 3301.960 3301.960 3301.960 305 Canister Barrel 1) Without pump heat losses. 2) 25 l 3301.965 3301.965 3301.965 3301.965 3301.965 3301.965 3301.965 3301.965 305 200 l 3301.967 3301.967 3301.967 3301.967 3301.967 3301.967 3301.967 3301.967 305 2 packs. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 267 Chillers for water Air/water heat exchangers from page 252 Climate control accessories Page 291 Cooling medium Page 305 Technical design: − Robust industrial standard − Variable air routing is possible via the l/h or r/h side panel − Floating contact for collective fault signal Colour: RAL 7035 Approvals: Available on the Internet. Accessories: − Metal filter mats − Castors − Bypass valve on request Protection category: IP 44 (electrics) Supply includes: − Recooling system wired ready for connection − Multi-lingual documentation − Functional diagram and wiring plans Layout diagram: Available on the Internet. Characteristic curves of pump: Available on the Internet. Other options: Available on the Internet. In floor-standing enclosure, cooling output 2.1 to 7.7 kW Model No. SK 3336.100 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50 Dimensions mm W 470 H 725 D 540 Cooling output at Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 3336.200 3336.300 485 965 650 1.7 kW 2.1 kW 2.1 kW 2.6 kW 3336.500 3336.600 3336.650 4.8 kW 6.2 kW 5.2 kW 7.7 kW 595 1180 800 2.3 kW 3.4 kW 3.6 kW 5.0 kW Power consumption 1.5 kW 1.7 kW 2.3 kW 2.9 kW 3.7 kW 3.9 kW Rated current max. 3.4 A 3.0 A 4.2 A 5.5 A 6.2 A 7.3 A Refrigerant R134a Number of cooling circuits 1 Temperature range Environment +15°C to +43°C Liquid media +10°C to +25°C Pump capacity See characteristic curve of pump Tank Made from stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Tank capacity 17 l Water connections 3/ Weight 75 kg 97 kg 99 kg 141 kg Air throughput of fans 700 m3/h 1250 m3/h 1785 m3/h 3140 m3/h Temperature control Electronic control with digital display (factory setting +18°C) 4˝ 33 l 57 l internal thread 1˝ internal thread 143 kg 147 kg Extended delivery times. Special voltages, other frequencies, and technical modifications available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 268 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Chillers for water In floor-standing enclosure, cooling output 10 to 25 kW Model No. SK 3336.700 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50/460, 3~, 60 Dimensions mm 3336.710 3336.720 W 615 H 1178 D 1160 Cooling output at Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 8.3/10.4 kW 10.0/12.6 kW 3336.730 3336.740 3336.750 17.0/20.7 kW 20.9/25.4 kW 20.6/26.4 kW 25.2/32.3 kW 715 1178 1360 11.9/15.5 kW 14.4/18.7 kW 13.5/16.6 kW 16.3/20.1 kW 15.0/18.1 kW 18.5/22.4 kW Power consumption 3.8 kW 4.8 kW 5.3 kW 6.4 kW 7.1 kW 13.1 kW Rated current max. 10.6 A 13.1 A 14.1 A 16.2 A 18.2 A 23.7 A 250 kg 260 kg Refrigerant R407C Number of cooling circuits 1 Temperature range Environment Liquid media +15°C to +43°C1) +10°C to +25°C Pump capacity See characteristic curve Tank Made from stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Tank capacity 60 l Water connections 1˝ internal thread 100 l Weight 215 kg Air throughput of fans 6280 m3/h Temperature control Electronic control with digital display (factory setting +18°C) 225 kg 235 kg 240 kg 10880 m3/h 1) SK 3336.720 and SK 3336.750 +15°C to +40°C at 60 Hz. Delivery times available on request. Special voltages and technical modifications available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. In floor-standing enclosure, cooling output 32 to 59 kW Model No. SK 3339.100 Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 3339.200 400, 3~, 50/460, 3~, 60 26.2/31.4 kW 32.0/38.4 kW 3339.280 400, 3~, 50 W 815 H 1400 D 1560 Cooling output at Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 3339.250 1000 1800 2000 29.6/35.5 kW 36.2/43.5 kW 40.0 kW 46.7 kW 52.0 kW 59.0 kW Power consumption 18.3 kW 18.6 kW 20.6 kW 36.8 kW Rated current max. 29.2 A 30.7 A 36.8 A 41.1 A Refrigerant R407C Number of cooling circuits Temperature range 1 Environment +15°C to +43°C Liquid media +15°C to +25°C +15°C to +40°C Pump capacity See characteristic curve Tank Made from stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Tank capacity 150 l 220 l Water connections 11/4˝ internal thread 11/2˝ internal thread Weight 260 kg Air throughput of fans 16000 m3/h Temperature control Electronic control with digital display (factory setting +18°C) 300 kg 680 kg 740 kg 32000 m3/h Extended delivery times. Special voltages and technical modifications available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 269 270 IT cooling Roof-mounted cooling units TopTherm for office and IT applications ............... 1100/3000 W ..............246 Chillers for IT cooling Chillers for IT cooling.............................................. 15 – 123 kW ..............272 Chillers for IT cooling............................................ 155 – 481 kW ..............273 CRAC system CRAC system CW ............................................ 27.8 – 137.4 kW ..............274 CRAC system DX ............................................... 19.2 – 56.2 kW ..............276 Aisle containment Aisle containment ......................................................................................278 Liquid Cooling Package TopTherm LCP Rack CW and DX ........................... up to 60 kW ..............279 TopTherm LCP Inline CW and DX ........................... up to 60 kW ..............280 TopTherm LCP T3+ CW .......................................... up to 25 kW ..............281 TopTherm LCP Passive CW ............................................. 20 kW ..............282 Accessories ...............................................................................................283 271 Chillers for IT cooling Climate control accessories Page 291 Application: Especially for cooling IT applications, such as LCP or air/water heat exchangers. Safety-relevant features such as redundant speed-controlled pumps, compressors or buffer stores are the distinguishing features of these atmospherically sealed systems. Technical design: − Compact design with control components in the front and air intake via both side panels, air outlet upwards. − Pressure-sealed system − Digital thermostat for temperature control with setpoint and actual value display − Monitoring interface with Rittal CMC II supported. − Flow monitor Protection category: IP 54 Supply includes: − Chiller wired ready for connection − Multi-lingual documentation − Functional diagram and wiring plans Options: − Free cooling may be integrated from 67 kW. Please follow the instructions! − Buffer store for separate siting − Emergency cooling with mains water infeed − Integral bypass − Special voltages Note: Technical deviations in terms of cooling output, dimensions or weight are possible for unit types with free cooling. Layout diagram: Available on the Internet. Cooling output 15 to 124 kW Model No. SK 3232.700 3232.710 3232.720 3232.730 3232.740 3232.750 3232.760 3232.770 3232.780 3232.790 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50 W 810 H 1542 D 1560 Dimensions mm Cooling output1) 15 kW 810 1542 1560 810 1542 1560 1000 1780 2000 1100 1606 2450 1100 1606 2950 1100 1606 2950 1100 1606 2950 1100 1875 2950 1100 1875 2950 24 kW 36 kW 48 kW 67 kW 77 kW 88 kW 99 kW 117 kW 124 kW Power consumption 6.9 kW 9.7 kW 14.6 kW 21 kW 21 kW 24 kW 26 kW 29 kW 36 kW 41 kW Rated current max. 23.0 A 25.0 A 37.0 A 46.5 A 52.2 A 59.2 A 64.2 A 69.2 A 84.1 A 89.1 A Refrigerant R407C R410A Pmax. cooling circuit 28 bar 45 bar Temperature range Environment –20°C to +43°C Liquid media +5°C to +15°C Pump capacity 60 l/min. Pump pressure 2.5 bar Number of cooling circuits 1 Tank with 10 mm condensate insulation Steel Tank capacity 48 l Water connections 1˝ Operating weight 375 kg Colour RAL 7035 Air throughput of fans Temperature control m3/h 10880 120 l/min. 240 l/min. 500 l/min. 2 100 l 390 kg 1 1/4˝ 2˝ 480 kg 710 kg 300 l 500 l 2 1/2˝ 831 kg 896 kg 906 kg 912 kg 1119 kg 1123 kg RAL 9002 14000 18000 22000 27000 34100 Electronic control with digital display (factory setting +15°C) 1) The performance data varies according to the option package chosen, and should be taken from the IT chiller configurator (see Internet). Extended delivery times. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 272 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Chillers for IT cooling Cooling output 155 to 481 kW Model No. SK 3232.800 3232.810 3232.820 3232.890 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50 W 1100 H 1875 D 2950 Dimensions mm Cooling output1) 155 kW 3232.830 3232.840 3232.850 3232.860 3232.870 3232.880 1100 1875 2950 1100 1875 3950 1500 1975 4350 2200 2450 3400 2200 2450 3400 2200 2450 3400 2200 2450 4250 2200 2450 4250 2200 2450 4250 172 kW 196 kW 235 kW 262 kW 291 kW 326 kW 387 kW 430 kW 481 kW Power consumption 47 kW 52 kW 60 kW 70 kW 80 kW 93 kW 106 kW 121 kW 141 kW 159 kW Rated current max. 108 A 120 A 127 A 149 A 181 A 203 A 225 A 293 A 307 A 336 A Refrigerant R410A Pmax. cooling circuit 45 bar Temperature range Environment –20°C to +43°C Liquid media +5°C to +15°C Pump capacity 500 l/min. Pump pressure 2.5 bar Number of cooling circuits 2 500 l/min. 810 l/min. 1200 l/min. Tank with 10 mm condensate insulation Steel Tank capacity 500 l 700 l 1000 l Water connections 2 1/2˝ 3˝ 4˝ Operating weight 1308 kg Colour RAL 9002 Air throughput of fans Temperature control m3/h 32600 1321 kg 1489 kg 1933 kg 2546 kg 2693 kg 2843 kg 3148 kg 3354 kg 3576 kg 50000 49000 72800 71500 70200 106200 104100 102000 Electronic control with digital display (factory setting +15°C) 1) The performance data varies according to the option package chosen, and should be taken from the IT chiller configurator (see Internet). Extended delivery times. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Austria RITTAL Schaltschränke Gesellschaft m.b.H. Laxenburger Straße 246a A-1239 Wien Phone: +43 (0) 5 99 40-0 Fax: +43 (0) 5 99 40-99 0 E-mail: info@rittal.at www.rittal.at Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 273 CRAC system CW Chillers for IT cooling Page 272 Liquid Cooling Package Page 279 The heated cooling water is cooled in an external recooling system outside of the building. Equipment: − User-friendly, high-quality controller with an extensive range of functions and connectivity. − Space-saving, readily accessible, high-efficiency fan. − Flow and energy-optimised special heat exchanger with a generous safety factor. T B H1 Benefits: ● Broad output range, suitable for use with a wide range of cooling media. ● The unit supports optimum integration of both hardware and software. ● Optimum energy and space efficiency thanks to intelligent design features, such as the slanted heat exchanger and base-integrated fan. ● Frame based on the popular TS 8 system. Colour: RAL 7035 1 2 H2 Application and mode of operation: The CRAC system draws warm waste air from the top of your data centre, cools it using water in a closed heat exchanger, and blows the cooled, filtered supply air into the raised floor with overpressure. 3 1 Water inlet, condensate discharge, humidifier inlet 2 Electrical connection 3 Water return Base unit Model No. SK Top piece Dimensions mm Connection voltage W (B) H1 D (T) V/Ph/Hz 3301.620 3301.660 3301.830 3301.870 1100 1950 650 1100 1950 850 1800 1950 850 2600 1950 850 400/3/50 400/3/50 400/3/50 400/3/50 3300.310 3300.320 3300.330 1 1 2 3 500 550 550 550 350 350 350 350 Fan unit in base Model No. SK Supporting structure with fan No. of fans Height of supporting structure mm1) Min. raised floor height mm 1) Quantity H2 3300.340 Other supporting structure heights available on request. 274 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control CRAC system CW Base unit Model No. SK 3301.620 3301.660 3301.830 3301.870 33000 Rated volumetric flow Air volume m3/h 6000 11000 22000 External compression Pa 20 20 20 20 Support area m2 0.72 0.94 1.53 2.21 Weight kg 340 385 585 843 Cooling – cold water 7°C/12°C and air inlet 24°C/50% relative humidity Cooling output, total kW 27.8 45.7 90.2 137.4 Cooling output, sensitive kW 23.4 39.8 79.4 119.5 0.84 0.87 0.88 0.87 m3/h 4.78 7.85 15.49 23.6 Cooler pressure loss kPa 33.4 39 37.6 37.5 Valve pressure loss kPa 22.8 24.1 38.4 34.8 Rp 1 Rp 1 1/4 Rp 1 1/2 Rp 2 SHR1) Volumetric flow of medium Connection Cooling – cold water 10°C/15°C and air inlet 26°C/45% relative humidity Cooling output, total kW 22.9 39.1 77.4 117.2 Cooling output, sensitive kW 22.9 39.1 77.4 117.2 1 1 1 1 3.94 6.72 13.3 20.2 SHR1) Volumetric flow of medium m3/h Cooler pressure loss kPa 23.4 29.1 28.2 27.8 Valve pressure loss kPa 15.5 17.6 28.3 25.5 Rp 1 Rp 1 1/4 Rp 1 1/2 Rp 2 G4 G4 G4 G4 79 Connection Filter in intake Design Cassette filter Filter class to DIN EN 779 Noise data Sound power level, intake end dB (A) 69 74 77 Sound power level, discharging end dB (A) 79 82 85 87 Enclosure radiation dB (A) 55 60 63 65 Sound pressure level in empty space (2 m distance) dB (A) 57 62 65 67 1) SHR = Sensible Heat Ratio. We reserve the right to make technical modifications in line with progress. Fan unit EC motor, directly driven, free-running Design Qty. Power consumption, total Max. current rating Quantity 1 1 2 3 kW 0.6 1.4 3.1 4.6 A 1.5 4.6 9.2 13.8 Options Steam humidification Design Max. steam output Max. power consumption Max. current rating Water inlet connection Water discharge connection Electrode steam humidifier kg/h 8 8 15 15 kW 6 6 11.3 11.3 A 8.7 8.7 16.3 16.3 G 1/2 G 1/2 G 1/2 G 1/2 mm 40 40 40 40 kW 4.5 7.5 15 22.5 A 6.5 10.8 21.7 32.5 3300.290 3300.291 3300.292 3300.293 Inches Electric heater Design Max. thermal output Max. current rating Bare-tube heater, permanently controlled Energy-saving extractor plenum For top-mounting on CRAC systems Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 275 CRAC system DX Chillers for IT cooling Page 272 Liquid Cooling Package Page 279 Equipment: − User-friendly, high-quality controller with an extensive range of functions and connectivity. − Space-saving, readily accessible, high-efficiency fan. − Flow and energy-optimised special heat exchanger with a generous safety factor. T B H1 Benefits: ● Broad output range, suitable for use with a wide range of cooling media. ● The unit supports optimum integration of both hardware and software. ● Optimum energy and space efficiency thanks to intelligent design features, such as the slanted heat exchanger and base-integrated fan. ● Frame based on the popular TS 8 system. Colour: RAL 7035 1 2 H2 Application and mode of operation: The air-cooled DX units with direct evaporation discharge the heat to the external air via an aircooled condenser installed outside of the building. The climate control enclosure has one, two or three compressors, depending on size, which are combined into one cooling circuit. For this reason, connection to the air-cooled condenser is via just one refrigerant line. 3 1 Refrigerant pressure line, condensate discharge, humidifier inlet 2 Electrical connection 3 Refrigerant fluid line Base unit Model No. SK Top piece Dimensions mm Connection voltage W (B) H1 D (T) V/Ph/Hz 3300.510 3300.560 3300.710 3300.760 1100 1950 850 1100 1950 850 1400 1950 850 1800 1950 850 400/3/50 400/3/50 400/3/50 400/3/50 3300.360 3300.320 3300.370 3300.330 500 550 550 550 350 350 350 350 3300.353 3300.354 3300.355 3300.356 1 2 2 2 8500 12400 18000 18400 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 Fan unit in base Model No. SK Supporting structure with fan Height of supporting structure mm1) H2 Min. raised floor height mm 1) Other supporting structure heights available on request. Condenser unit Model No. SK No. of fans Max. volumetric flow Connection voltage 276 Quantity m3/h V/Ph/Hz Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control CRAC system DX Base unit Model No. SK 3300.510 3300.560 3300.710 3300.760 16000 Rated volumetric flow m3/h Air volume 6000 8500 12500 External compression Pa 20 20 20 20 Support area m2 0.94 0.94 1.19 1.53 Weight kg 455 505 585 871 Cooling – condensation temperature 45°C and air inlet 24°C/50% relative humidity Design Scroll compressor No. of compressors Quantity 1 2 Cooling output, total 3 3 kW 19.2 31.4 46.4 56.2 Cooling output, sensitive kW 18.3 28.3 41.5 51.9 0.95 0.90 0.89 0.92 kW 4.4 7.7 11.5 13.3 A 13.1 25.6 38.4 39.3 G4 G4 G4 G4 72 SHR1) Power consumption, total Max. operating temperature Filter in intake Design Cassette filter Filter class to DIN EN 779 Noise data Sound power level, intake end dB (A) 69 69 77 Sound power level, discharging end dB (A) 79 76 84 79 Enclosure radiation dB (A) 54 56 62 59 Sound pressure level in empty space (2 m distance) dB (A) 57 57 64 59 1) SHR = Sensible Heat Ratio. We reserve the right to make technical modifications in line with progress. Fan unit EC motor, directly driven, free-running Design Qty. Quantity 1 1 1 2 kW 0.5 0.8 1.8 1.6 A 1.8 4.6 4.6 9.2 Condenser output kW 27 38 49 71 Max. power consumption kW 0.67 1.28 1.34 1.34 A 3.3 6 6.0 6.6 dB (A) 56 60 59 59 Width (B1 + B2) 1415 1420 2130 2680 kg 109 132 160 217 Power consumption, total Max. current rating Condenser unit Axial fan condenser Max. current rating Max. noise level in empty space (5 m distance) Dimensions mm Weight Design Horizontally blowing 1105 Design Vertically blowing B1 1615 Design B1 B1 B1 20 B1 B1 11 B2 3 56 B2 Options Steam humidification Design Max. steam output Max. power consumption Max. current rating Water inlet connection Water discharge connection Electrode steam humidifier kg/h 8 8 8 15 kW 6 6 6 11.3 A 8.7 8.7 8.7 16.3 G 1/2 G 1/2 G 1/2 G 1/2 mm 40 40 40 40 kW 4.5 7.5 7.5 15 A 6.5 10.8 10.8 21.7 3300.294 3300.295 3300.296 3300.297 Inches Electric heater Design Max. thermal output Max. current rating Bare-tube heater, permanently controlled Energy-saving extractor plenum For top-mounting on CRAC systems Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 277 Aisle containment TopTherm LCP Passive CW From page 282 Benefits: ● Increased energy efficiency and performance capability of climate control. ● Superior output density is facilitated, thanks to guaranteed cold air supply. ● Easily installed and retrofitted, as it is fully compatible with the TS 8 enclosure system. ● An inexpensive way to boost the performance of your existing plant, lengthening the investment cycle until a replacement needs to be purchased. 12 00 00 0/8 60 2000 Application and mode of operation: Aisle containment is a combination of door and roof components which facilitate consistent separation of the hot and cold air in the data centre. Such separation is pivotal to saving energy and increasing the efficiency of the available climate control technology. Depending on the application, aisle containment may be used with CRAC systems or TopTherm LCP Inline CW and DX as hot or cold aisle containment. Equipment: − Slimline door element with viewing window, sliding door − Stable roof elements in a composite metal with a high level of light permeability − Where required, safety glass may also be used Note: Other size variants and individually modified systems available on request. Element Roof element Position Start/end Model No. SK 3300.270 3300.280 3300.170 3300.180 3300.160 Width of element (identical to enclosure width) mm 600 800 600 800 – Width of cold aisle mm 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 Height of cold aisle mm – – – – 2000 278 Door element Centre – Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Liquid Cooling Package Accessories for climate control Page 291 Chillers for IT cooling Page 272 Server enclosures Page 92 Benefits: ● Maximum energy efficiency thanks to EC fan technology and IT-based control ● Minimal pressure loss at the air end, which in turn minimises the power consumption of the fans ● Optimum adaptability thanks to dynamic, continuous control of the cold water volume flow ● By using high water inlet temperatures, the proportion of indirect free cooling is increased, which in turn reduces operating costs ● Thanks to six modular, box-type plug-in fan units, the cooling output can be adapted to actual requirements ● The box-type plug-in fan units are configurable as n+1 redundancy ● Standard 3-phase connection for electrical redundancy ● With redundant temperature sensor integrated at the air end as standard ● The separation of cooling and rack prevents water from penetrating the server enclosure ● Up to 60 kW cooling output on a footprint of just 0.36 m² ● The low weight means a minimal load area ● Touchscreen display may be retrofitted Monitoring: Monitoring of all system-relevant parameters such as: ● Server air intake temperature ● Server waste air temperature ● Water inlet/return temperature ● Water flow ● Cooling output ● Fan speed ● Leakage ● Optional sensors ● Direct connection of the unit via SNMP/Ethernet ● Integration into RiZone Application and mode of operation: The LCP draws in the air at the sides at the rear of the server enclosures, cools it using highperformance compact impellers, and blows the cooled air back into the front part of the server enclosure at the sides. Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 40 to IEC 60 529 TopTherm LCP rack CW and DX Design CW Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet) Model No. SK 3311.130 3311.230 3311.260 3311.110 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 300 x 2000 x 1000 CW CW DX 300 x 2000 x 1200 300 x 2000 x 1200 300 x 2000 x 1000 Usable U 42 42 42 42 Useful cooling output Up to 30 kW Up to 30 kW Up to 60 kW Up to 10 kW Duty cycle 100% Electrical connection Connection cable Page Refrigerant R410a Linear fan control Temperature control Two-way control valve – Fans may be exchanged with the system operational EC fan Also required Packs of Condenser unit 1 – – – 3311.310 Fan module 1 3311.010 3311.010 3311.010 3311.010 – Touchscreen display, colour 1 3311.030 3311.030 3311.030 3311.030 283 Connection hose, top 1 3311.040 3311.040 3311.040 3311.040 283 Connection hose, bottom 1 3311.050 3311.050 3311.050 3311.050 283 283 Accessories Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 279 Liquid Cooling Package Accessories for climate control Page 291 Chillers for IT cooling Page 272 Server enclosures Page 92 Aisle containment Page 278 Benefits: ● Maximum energy efficiency thanks to EC fan technology and IT-based control ● Minimal pressure loss at the air end, which in turn minimises the power consumption of the fans ● Optimum adaptability thanks to dynamic, continuous control of the cold water volume flow ● By using high water inlet temperatures, the proportion of indirect free cooling is increased, which in turn reduces operating costs ● Thanks to six modular, box-type plug-in fan units, the cooling output can be adapted to actual requirements ● The box-type plug-in fan units are configurable as n+1 redundancy ● Standard 3-phase connection for electrical redundancy ● With redundant temperature sensor integrated at the air end as standard ● The separation of cooling and rack prevents water from penetrating the server enclosure ● Up to 60 kW cooling output on a footprint of just 0.36 m² ● The low weight means a minimal load area ● Touchscreen display may be retrofitted Monitoring: Monitoring of all system-relevant parameters such as: ● Server air intake temperature ● Server waste air temperature ● Water inlet/return temperature ● Water flow ● Cooling output ● Fan speed ● Leakage ● Optional sensors ● Direct connection of the unit via SNMP/Ethernet ● Integration into RiZone Application and mode of operation: The LCP is designed for siting within a bayed enclosure suite. The hot air is drawn in from the room or hot aisle at the rear of the device and expelled at the front into the cold aisle after cooling. The LCP achieves maximum performance and efficiency in conjunction with Rittal cold aisle containment. With this product, a raised floor is not necessary. Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 40 to IEC 60 529 TopTherm LCP Inline CW and DX Design CW Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet) Refrigerant R410a Model No. SK 3311.530 3311.560 3311.210 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 300 x 2000 x 1200 CW DX Page 300 x 2000 x 1200 300 x 2000 x 1200 Usable U 42 42 42 Useful cooling output Up to 30 kW Up to 60 kW Up to 10 kW Duty cycle 100% Electrical connection Connection cable Linear fan control Temperature control Two-way control valve – Fans may be exchanged with the system operational EC fan – – 3311.310 283 283 Also required Packs of Condenser unit 1 Accessories Front cover 1 3311.060 3311.060 3311.060 Fan module 1 3311.020 3311.020 3311.020 – Touchscreen display, colour 1 3311.030 3311.030 3311.030 283 Connection hose, top 1 3311.040 3311.040 3311.040 283 Connection hose, bottom 1 3311.050 3311.050 3311.050 283 280 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Liquid Cooling Package Accessories for climate control Page 291 Chillers for IT cooling Page 272 Server enclosures Page 92 Benefits: ● Error-tolerant, efficient cooling of server racks with high thermal loads ● Fully redundant – Two active cooling circuits and two switchable power circuits ensure optimum fail-safeness ● The built-in controllers are capable of adapting all device parameters automatically to preserve the required climate conditions ● A separate decentralised intelligence which automatically recognises emergency situations and responds appropriately with the “auto load balancing” and “auto recovery” functions ● Interfaces which facilitate user-friendly operation and monitoring via the network or BSM systems Optional: − Fully integrated fire detection and extinguisher system − Automatic server enclosure door opening − Various sensors Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 40 to IEC 60 529 Application and mode of operation: The LCP draws in the air at the sides at the rear of the server enclosures, cools it using highperformance compact impellers, and blows the cooled air back into the front part of the server enclosures at the sides. TopTherm LCP T3+ CW Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet) Model No. SK 3311.400 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 Dimensions mm Page W x H x D 300 x 2000 x 1200 Usable U 42 Useful cooling output, redundant Up to 25 kW Duty cycle 100% Electrical connection C19/C20 Linear fan control Temperature control Two-way control valve Fans may be exchanged with the system operational EC fan Auto-load balancing Auto-recovery Accessories Fan module 1 3311.010 – Touchscreen display, colour 1 3311.030 283 Connection hose, top 1 3311.040 283 Connection hose, bottom 1 3311.050 283 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 281 Liquid Cooling Package Accessories for climate control Page 291 Chillers for IT cooling Page 272 Server enclosures Page 92 Benefits: ● High cooling output of 20 kW in a minimal space ● Easily exchanged for the standard rear door of the server enclosure ● Retrofitting is not a problem ● A door opening angle of 120° allows rear access to the server enclosure and makes assembly and configuration inside the enclosure easier ● The LCP does not require its own fan, and therefore does not need an integrated control ● Maximum energy efficiency, as there is no electrical power consumption whatsoever Application and mode of operation: Air/water heat exchanger mechanically integrated into a rear door for server enclosures. The 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment built into the server enclosure must have suitable airflow capabilities in order to route the heated waste air through the heat exchanger rear door. The waste air is cooled down to room temperature. The heat energy absorbed by the water is transported to the external cold water supply, where it is cooled back down to the required inlet temperature. Colour: RAL 7035 Approvals: Available on the Internet. TopTherm LCP Passive CW Model No. SK Dimensions mm 3311.600 W x H x D 600 x 2000 x 170 Usable U 42 Useful cooling output Up to 20 kW Rittal China RITTAL Electro-Mechanical Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. No. 1658 Minyi Road Songjiang District Shanghai, 201612 Phone: +86 (0) 21 5115 7799 Fax: +86 (0) 21 5115 7788 E-mail: marketing@rittal.cn www.rittal.cn 282 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Liquid Cooling Package Accessories Touchscreen display, colour Packs of Model No. SK 1 3311.030 Packs of Model No. SK 1 3311.060 for LCP rack, inline, T3+ The display offers the opportunity of directly monitoring key LCP functions and implementing settings. Front cover for LCP Inline CW and DX The optional front cover ensures an even air exhaust and reduces the air outlet speed, thereby preventing draught effects. Condenser unit The condenser unit is needed to operate the refrigerant-based LCPs, and comprises the external condenser, fan and inverter-controlled compressor. For LCP Packs of Model No. SK SK 3311.110, SK 3311.210 1 3311.310 Refrigerant: R410a Vertical shielding To block the airflow on the left and right of the 482.6 mm (19˝) level, for enclosure height 2000 mm. Material: − Cellular PU foam − Flame-inhibiting to UL 94 (HF1) − Length: 1900 mm − Self-adhesive on one side Connection hose, bottom and top Flexible connection hose, may be shortened, including union nuts on both sides for connecting the LCP to existing pipework. Add-on cover For height compensation with 2200 mm high racks in conjunction with the LCP (H = 2000 mm). Material: Sheet steel For sealing between For Packs enclosure width of mm Model No. SK Side panel and 482.6 mm (19˝) level 600 1 800 1 3301.390 LCP and 482.6 mm (19˝) level 600 1 3301.370 800 1 3301.320 For LCP SK 3311.130, SK 3311.230, SK 3311.260, SK 3311.530, SK 3311.560, SK 3311.400, SK 3311.110, SK 3311.210 3301.380 Water Packs Model No. Thread connection of SK from Bottom 2 3311.050 Top 2 3311.040 11/4˝ For LCP Packs of Model No. SK SK 3311.130, ....110 1 3301.221 SK 3311.230, ....260, SK 3311.530, ....560, SK 3311.400, ....210 1 3301.421 Extended delivery times. Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 283 284 CS Outdoor climate control Air/air heat exchangers For CS Toptec ..........................................................85/105 W/K ..............286 For CS modular enclosures .............................................30 W/K ..............287 Cooling units For CS Toptec ....................................................... 1000/1600 W ..............286 For CS modular enclosures ..................................... 900/1500 W ..............287 285 CS Outdoor climate control CS Toptec Page 185 Enclosure heaters Page 289 With sealing frame for universal mounting on the CS Toptec in 3 positions: Internal, partial internal and external. Surface finish: Powder-coated, pure polyester Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 (internal circuit to external circuit) Material: Enclosure: Aluminium Air/air heat exchangers and cooling units for CS Toptec Air/air heat exchangers Model No. CS 9776.102 Installation Universal DC 48 V Rated operating voltage Specific thermal output . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 W 500 (550) H 1000 (1050) D 150 (175) 230 V, 50/60 Hz 500 (550) 1000 (1050) 200 (225) 500 (550) 1000 (1050) 150 (175) 500 (550) 1000 (1050) 260 (285) 105 W/K – – L 35 L 35 – L 35 L 50 85 W/K – 1000 W/1150 W 650 W/700 W 1600 W/1750 W 1200 W/1250 W – – 400 W 4.5 A – – 5.0 A/5.0 A 6.0 A/6.8 A DC 4.2 A AC – Start-up current max. Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 9776.550 W x H 800 x 1200 Heater Rated current max. 9776.500 – AC – Enclosure dimensions mm (including sealing frame and designer cover) Minimum enclosure dimensions (mm) Cooling units 9776.152 – 24.0 A/22.0 A 34.0 A/32.0 A L 35 L 35 – L 35 L 50 640 W/760 W 780 W/920 W 960 W/1170 W 1125 W/1310 W Coolant – Permissible operating pressure p. max. – 28 bar Temperature range –33°C to +65°C –33°C to +55°C Air throughput of fans – unimpeded air flow Internal/external circuit fan R134a 28 bar 570 m3/h 1200 m3/h 600/625 m3/h 600/625 m3/h 880/950 m3/h 1000/1090 m3/h Comfort controller1) Comfort controller Comfort controller 30 kg 35 kg 45 kg Temperature control Comfort controller1) Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 22 kg Extended delivery times. Products are manufactured to order. The units are assembled and supplied connected to the Toptec enclosure. 1) Setpoint settings may be altered via software. 286 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control CS Outdoor climate control CS modular enclosures Page 186 Enclosure heaters Page 289 For roof mounting With Comfort controller as standard1) and 400 W heater or control via thermostat. Heat exchanger CS 9764.040 without Comfort controller. For wall mounting With Comfort controller1) and 400 W heater as standard. Installation options: ● in the door or rear panel ● in the side panel Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 (internal circuit to external circuit) For partial installation With Comfort controller1) and 800 W heater as standard. Surface finish: Powder-coated, pure polyester 1) Units with Comfort controller. The Comfort controller is installed on the inside of the cooling units, and is not accessible from the outside. Mounting frame: Required for CS 9762.212. Colour: RAL 7035 Air/air heat exchangers and cooling units for CS modular enclosures Air/air heat exchangers Cooling units Model No. CS 9764.040 9762.212 9761.212 9768.152 Installation Roof-mounted Roof-mounted Wall-mounted Partial internal mounting DC 48 V – AC – 230 V, 50/60 Hz Rated operating voltage Unit dimensions (mm) W x H x D 470 x 158 x 380 535 x 390 x 400 515 x 1170 x 152 400 x 1050 x 310 Minimum enclosure dimensions (mm) W x D 600 x 500 W x D 600 x 500 W x H 600 x 1200 W/D x H 600 x 1200 Specific thermal output . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 30 W/K – – – 900 W/1020 W 720 W/780 W 900 W/1050 W 750 W/820 W 1500 W/1600 W 1250 W/1250 W – 400 W 400 W 800 W DC 1.3 A – – – AC – 3.1 A/4 A 3.2 A/4.2 A 5.8 A/6.7 A – 10.6 A 10.8 A 19.0 A 460 W/570 W 520 W/655 W 605 W/790 W 690 W/880 W 940 W/1145 W 1045 W/1270 W L 35 L 35 – L 35 L 50 Heater Rated current max. Start-up current max. Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 – L 35 L 50 Without2) Temperature control Coolant R134a – Comfort controller Comfort controller Comfort controller 550 g 600 g 650 g 24 bar 28 bar 880 m3/h 880 m3/h 850 m3/h 680 m3/h Permissible operating pressure p. max. – 27 bar Temperature range –33°C to +65°C –33°C to +55°C 345 m3/h 570 m3/h 570 m3/h Type of connection Plug panel Plug-in terminal strip Weight 7 kg 29 kg 45 kg 40 kg /– /– –/ /– Mounting frame – 9765.051 – – Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 – – – Air throughput of fans – unimpeded air flow Material (enclosure) Internal/ external circuit fan Aluminium/sheet steel Accessories Extended delivery times. The partially internally mounted CS 9768.152 may be inserted directly. Cooling units are manufactured to order. The units are assembled and supplied connected to the modular enclosure. Adaptations to other enclosure platforms are available on request. 2) Customers may fit their own thermostat (SK 3110.000). Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 287 288 Enclosure heaters Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333 B B H Note: − For precise temperature control inside the enclosure, we recommend the enclosure internal thermostat SK 3110.000 or the digital thermostat SK 3114.200 with display (see accessories). − In order to prevent condensation on assemblies, hygrostat SK 3118.000 (see accessories) is recommended to regulate heating. − In larger enclosures, even heat distribution is best achieved by installing several low-output heaters. − The installation of heaters is generally advisable, in order to prevent condensation. H Supply includes: − PTC heater − Quick-connection terminal − Assembly parts 1 2 T 1 T Without fan, continuous thermal output 10 – 150 W Model No. SK 3105.310 W (B) 45 H 120 D (T) 46 Dimensions mm Rated operating voltage V, Hz 3105.320 3105.330 3105.340 3105.350 3105.360 3105.370 45 120 46 64 155 56 64 155 56 64 230 56 90 165 75 90 180 75 110 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz Continuous thermal output at Tu = 10°C 8 – 10 W 18 – 20 W 23 – 30 W 49 – 50 W 63 – 75 W 86 – 100 W 130 – 150 W Pre-fuse T 2A 2A 4A 4A 4A 4A 4A Accessories Page Packs of Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 294 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 294 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 293 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 2 With fan, continuous thermal output 250 – 800 W Model No. SK 3105.410 3105.380 W (B) 103 H 200 D (T) 103 Dimensions mm 3105.420 3105.390 103 200 103 110 V, 50/60 Hz 3105.400 Page 103 200 103 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 110 V, 50/60 Hz Continuous thermal output at Tu = 10°C 250 W1) Pre-fuse T 4A 4A 6A 6A 10 A 6A Accessories 230 V, 50/60 Hz 3105.430 230 V, 50/60 Hz 400 W1) 110 V, 50/60 Hz 230 V, 50/60 Hz 800 W1) Packs of Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 294 294 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 293 1) Thermal output with fan. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 289 290 Climate control accessories Air routing Air duct system for roof-mounted variants: cooling units and air/water heat exchangers It is possible to route the cold air directly to specific areas of the enclosure using the air duct system. The risk of “short circuits” in the air circulation due to self-ventilated installed devices is therefore eliminated. The dimensions of the shallow duct are W x H x D 229 x 1500 x 29 mm, and can be shortened to the required length. Material: Flame-resistant plastic to DIN 4102/B1 Note: Do not direct cold air straight at active components. When using the ducting system, the performance of the cooling unit may be reduced, depending on the application in question. Also required: TS support strips, see page 462. Accessories: − Deflector 90°, see page 291. − Stopper, see page 292. Supply includes: Shallow duct, compensating hose. For unit Packs of Model No. SK SK 3209. . . ./SK 3210. . . ./SK 3273. . . ./SK 3359. . . ./SK 3382. . . ./ SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./SK 3385. . . . 1 3286.870 SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . . 1 3286.970 Deflector, 90° for air duct system For targeted air deflection at the end of the shallow channel. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3286.990 Material: Flame-resistant plastic to DIN 4102/B1 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 291 Climate control accessories Air routing Shallow air duct system for roof-mounted variants: cooling units and air/water heat exchangers, to fit TS 8 enclosures from a width of 800 mm and a depth of 600 mm. It is possible to route the cold air directly to specific areas of the enclosure using the air duct system. The risk of “short circuits” in the air circulation due to self-ventilated installed devices is therefore eliminated. The dimensions of the shallow duct are W x H x D 229 x 1500 x 29 mm, and can be shortened to the required length. Material: Flame-resistant plastic to DIN 4102/B1 Note: Do not direct cold air straight at active components. When using the ducting system, the performance of the cooling unit may be reduced, depending on the application in question. Also required: − Shallow duct extension SK 3286.860 to compensate for the enclosure width and height. − TS support strips, see page 462. Accessories: − Deflector 90°, see page 291. − Stopper, see page 292. Supply includes: − Shallow duct − Adaptor − Compensating piece − Deflector, 90° For unit Packs of Model No. SK 1 3286.850 SK 3209. . . ./SK 3210. . . ./SK 3273. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./ SK 3385. . . . Shallow duct extension Extension kit for shallow air duct system SK 3286.850 for width, depth or height length extensions in TS 8 enclosures. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3286.860 Material: Flame-resistant plastic to DIN 4102/B1 Supply includes: − Shallow duct 1500 mm − Connecting piece Stoppers Material: Polyurethane foam for roof-mounted cooling units To cover unneeded cold air outlets in roofmounted cooling units. Max. no. of stoppers per unit Packs of Model No. SK SK 3359. . . ./SK 3382. . . . 1 2 3286.780 SK 3209. . . ./SK 3210. . . ./SK 3273. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./ SK 3384. . . ./SK 3385. . . . 2 2 3286.880 SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . . 1 2 3286.980 For units Max. 2 x Max. 1 x SK 3359. . . . /SK 3382. . . . SK 3386. . . . /SK 3387. . . . 292 SK 3209. . . . /SK 3210. . . . SK 3383. . . . /SK 3384. . . . SK 3385. . . . /SK 3273. . . . Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Climate control accessories Air routing/control/regulation Air diverter For units For use with wall-mounted cooling units. For targeted air routing of the cold air in a downward direction. Particularly well-suited for densely-packed electrical components in the lower section of the enclosure. SK 3304. . . ./SK 3305. . . . 3213.310 SK 3328. . . ./SK 3329. . . . 3213.320 SK 3332. . . . 3213.3301) Material: Sheet steel Model No. SK External air circuit Internal air circuit 65 1) 1) 115 Digital enclosure internal temperature display and thermostat For installation in the enclosure door or wall. Technical specifications: − 2 voltage ranges for 100 – 230 V, 50/60 Hz and 24 – 60 V (DC) − Depth: 100 mm − Three-digit, 7-segment display − Option of switching between °C/°F − Temperature range: +5°C to +55°C − Includes 1800 mm long NTC sensor − Two relay outputs as change-over contact and normally open contact (max. contact load 230 V, 6 A) Digital enclosure internal temperature display and thermostat Integrated into a panel 1 U. Including cable attachment for connection cable and label holder. Technical specifications: − 2 voltage ranges for 100 – 230 V, 50/60 Hz and 24 – 60 V (DC) − Depth: 100 mm − Three-digit, 7-segment display − Option of switching between °C/°F − Temperature range: +5°C to +55°C − Includes 1800 mm long NTC sensor − Two relay outputs as change-over contact and normally open contact (max. contact load 230 V, 6 A) Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control mm for SK 3213.330 Packs of Model No. SK 1 3114.200 Special requirements can be accommodated on request. − Freely selectable switching difference − The freely adjustable setpoint values can be set using the membrane keyboard at the front Setting range: +5°C to +55°C − Display and switching accuracy +/– 2 K − The minimum and maximum recorded temperatures are stored until it is next reset Packs of Model No. DK 1 7109.035 Special requirements can be accommodated on request. − Freely selectable switching difference − The freely adjustable setpoint values can be set using the membrane keyboard at the front Setting range: +5°C to +55°C − Display and switching accuracy +/– 2 K − The minimum and maximum recorded temperatures are stored until it is next reset Colour: RAL 7035 293 Climate control accessories Control/regulation Enclosure internal thermostat Rated operating voltage Especially suitable for controlling fan-and-filter units, heaters and heat exchangers, this thermostat can also be used as a signal generator for monitoring the enclosure internal temperature. 230/115/60/48/24 V (AC) Technical specifications: − Bi-metal controller as a temperature-sensitive element with thermal feedback. − Contact population: Single-pole change-over contact as a quick-break contact. − Permissible contact load: Cat. 5 – 3 (heating) AC 10 (4)1) A, DC = max. 30 W Cat. 5 – 4 (cooling) AC 5 (4)1) A, DC = max. 30 W 1) = inductive load at cos ϕ = 0.6 − Setting range: +5°C to +60°C Hygrostat The hygrostat switches on the heater and/or fan when a preset relative humidity in the enclosure is exceeded. In this way, the relative humidity is raised above the dew point, and condensation on assemblies or electronic components is avoided. Technical specifications: − Contact population: Single-pole change-over contact as a quick-break contact. − Permissible contact load: AC ~ 5 (0.2)1) A DC = max. 20 W 1) = inductive load at cos ϕ = 0.6 − Setting range: 50 – 100 % relative humidity − Weight: approx. 100 g − Dimensions: 71 x 71 x 33.5 mm − Switching difference: approx. 4% Bottom-mounted adaptor for enclosure internal thermostat SK 3110.000 and hygrostat SK 3118.000 Bottom-mounted adaptor with mounting option for screwed cable glands, for targeted cable infeed from appropriate equipment such as SK fan-andfilter units and enclosure heaters. In conjunction with screwed cable glands, it is also suitable for use as strain relief. Control unit for EC fan-and-filter units Temperature-dependent speed control for EC fanand-filter units to reduce noise and save energy. The function of the fan can also be monitored. 60/48/24 V (DC) − − − − Model No. SK 3110.000 Weight: approx. 105 g Dimensions: 71 x 71 x 33.5 mm Switching difference: approx. 1 K ± 0.8 K. Flexible mounting on a vertical or horizontal 35 mm support rail to EN 50 022, and snap fastening in the TS/SE enclosure section or on the mounting plate using the supplied adaptor. Accessories: Mounting plate TS with integral top-hat rail, see page 470. Rated operating voltage Model No. SK 24 – 230 V (AC), 24 – 75 V (DC) 3118.000 − Flexible mounting on a vertical or horizontal 35 mm support rail to EN 50 022, and snap fastening in the TS/SE enclosure section or on the mounting plate using the supplied adaptor. Accessories: Mounting plate TS with integral top-hat rail, see page 470. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3110.200 For fan-and-filter units Model No. SK SK 3245.XXX 3235.440 Supply includes: NTC sensor, length 1.80 m. ● Activation and monitoring of up to 4 EC fanand-filter units (caution: EC fan-and-filter units cannot be controlled with speed control 3120.200!) ● Rated operating voltage: 24 V (DC) ● Top-hat rail assembly ● Temperature setting range: +5°C to +55°C/41°F to 131°F ● External temperature sensor to record the ACTUAL temperature ● Status LED to display the operating status ● Alarm relay for reporting overtemperature, fan defect, cable interruption and sensor failure 294 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Climate control accessories Control/regulation Speed control Temperature-dependent speed control for TopTherm fan-and-filter units and air/air heat exchangers for noise reduction and to save energy in part-load operation. Technical specifications: − For mounting on a 35 mm support rail DIN EN 50 022 − Dimensions (W x H x D): 105 x 90.5 x 60.2 mm − Rated operating voltage: 100 – 230 V (AC) − Setting range: +20°C to +55°C − Phase cross-over with microcontroller − Maximum fan output 300 W or 2 A Interface board for equipment with e-Comfort controller The interface board is an extension for equipment with e-Comfort controller. In this way it is possible, e.g. to monitor a master/slave combination of up to 10 cooling units in conjunction with a Rittal CMC III. Control is achieved via standardised interfaces: RS232 (DB9) or RS485, one PLC interface (DB9). RS422 (RJ 45 jack) is the connection to the Rittal CMC III. In this way, remote monitoring via TCP-IP, graphical interfaces for operation, evaluation and control, documentation, and connection to additional sensors for access control are possible. The extension board is built into a 1 U plastic housing. A voltage supply of 24 V (DC) is required. This may be supplied from the CMC III via a wide-range power pack DK 7320.425 (100 to 240 V (AC), 50/60 Hz) or externally via a Kycon connector. SK BUS system The SK bus system facilitates communications between several enclosure cooling units and air/ water heat exchangers .500/.510/.540/.600/.610/ .640. via a master/slave construction such as that required e.g. in complex bayed enclosure systems for optimum operating conditions. Technical specifications: The master/slave construction facilitates common activation and deactivation via door limit switches, parallel activation and deactivation via a temperature setpoint, and common collective fault signals and temperature logging, thereby eliminating the need for intricate wiring. Master/slave adaptor for Thermoelectric Cooler Parallel operation of up to 5 thermoelectric coolers to increase cooling output or for redundant use. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3120.200 Supply includes: − Speed control − NTC sensor, length 1.80 m. Note: Only suitable for use with 1-phase AC motors and equipment. Accessories: Mounting plate TS with integral top-hat rail, see page 470. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3124.200 Supply includes: − Interface board integrated into a plastic box W x H x D (mm): 136 x 44 (1 U) x 129 − Serial SUB-D cable, 1.5 m. Note: Networking and monitoring plan may be found on the relevant product page on the Internet, under “Download”. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3124.100 35C Supply includes: − 3 m shielded interface cable − Operating instructions on programming the cooling units Note: − nB = n K – 1 − nB: Number of order units (SK bus system) − nK: Number of cooling units to be linked 25C 20C 30C 40C 20C 35C Networking and monitoring plan may be found on the relevant product page on the Internet, under “Download”. For units Model No. SK SK 3201.200, SK 3201.300 3201.070 Also required: Per slave 1 x RJ 45 network cable DK 7320.470 or DK 7320.472, see page 596. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 295 Climate control accessories Mounting accessories Roof plates TS For mounting: ● Roof-mounted units ● Air/water heat exchangers ● Roof-mounted fan ● Vent attachment TS The cut-outs in the roof plate are arranged in such a way that the roof-mounted cooling units are positioned centrally on the enclosure. 13 T3 B2 B1 = T1 Supply includes: Assembly parts. B2 mm T1 mm T2 mm T3 mm Model No. TS SK 3382. . . ./SK 3359. . . ./ SK 3149.4 . ./SK 3149.8. . 767.5 475 567.5 260 129.3 8801.320 567.5 490 567.5 390 61.3 8801.3101) 767.5 490 567.5 390 61.3 8801.330 1200 x 600 SK 3209. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./ SK 3210. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./ SK 3273. . . ./SK 3385. . . ./ TS 8801.380 1167.5 490 567.5 390 61.3 8801.350 800 x 600 SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . . 767.5 692 567.5 392 57.8 8801.3402) 800 x 600 T2 Colour: RAL 7035 B1 mm For enclosures For mounting W (B) x D (T) mm = Material: Sheet steel 600 x 600 800 x 600 1) When mounting the cooling units, there may be a collision with the eyebolts of the enclosure; for this reason, roof fastening screws are supplied loose with the roof plates. 2) Attachment is from the inside using metal brackets and retaining clamps. Vent attachment TS For passive ventilation with labyrinthine air flow routing, to match the roofs for roof-mounted cooling units. For roof plates with cut-out Model No. TS 490 x 390 mm 8801.380 Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 43 37.5 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 56 4 4 46 Vent cover The ideal addition for incorporating sealed racks into an existing central climate control system. The stepped connection is suitable for standard pipe diameters 150 mm and 200 mm, thereby ensuring effective cooling thanks to targeted air exchange inside the rack. Design: Diameter of hose connection: 150 mm/200 mm Maximum cut-out on roof plate: 380 mm x 230 mm Width mm Height mm Depth mm 450 144 300 Packs Model No. DK of 1 7826.750 Extended delivery times. Rittal service: Mounting on the enclosure on request. Material: PET-G, transparent Supply includes: Assembly parts. 296 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Climate control accessories Mounting accessories Trim frame For cooling unit for slimline cooling units Slimline cooling units can be internally or externally mounted on an enclosure door or wall. The trim frame presents a closed front for the cooling unit. SK 3366. . . . Model No. SK 3377.000 Colour: RAL 7035 140 Material: Sheet steel Quick-change frame For roof-mounted cooling units for roof-mounted cooling units The quick-change frame is more than just an alternate frame. Together with the seal, the lower part of the frame is screw-fastened to the enclosure. In this way, it is possible to install and remove the connector-ready cooling unit with the upper part of the quick-change frame previously mounted on the cooling unit with quick-release fasteners. During servicing work, this means shorter assembly times and hence minimised downtime. What is more, the quick-change frame offers effective protection against the ingress of oil into the enclosure in oily atmospheres, thanks to its integral drainage trough. SK 3359. . . ./SK 3382. . . . 3286.700 SK 3209. . . ./SK 3210. . . ./ SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./ SK 3385. . . . 3286.800 SK 3301.800/SK 3386. . . . / SK 3387. . . . 3286.900 Model No. SK Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Quick-change frame − Seal − Quick-release fasteners Adjustable frame For heat exchangers for air/air heat exchangers, railway-compatible version SK 3126.4. . 3286.260 SK 3128.4. ./SK 3129.4. . 3286.270 The adjustable frame allows variable partial installation of air/air heat exchangers on enclosures, to facilitate optimum space utilisation. SK 3130.4. . 3286.280 Model No. SK Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 297 Climate control accessories Mounting accessories Adaptor frame For cooling units 300 W for wall-mounted cooling units SK 3302.300/.310 Packs of Model No. TP 1 6730.600 Extended delivery times. To compensate for the rear tilt of the TP consoles. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: − Powder-coated − Textured paint Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Mounting cut-out 1 481 167 200 20 329 84 3 2 77.5 84 200 201 277 77.5 Ø7 245 1 Top edge of console 2 Adaptor frame 3 Cooling units SK 3302.3X0 Integrated louvres For ventilation by convection; easily retro-fitted using 4 screws. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 W (B) x H x D (T) mm Packs of 160 x 110 x 8 4 2541.235 210 x 100 x 8 4 2542.235 330 x 110 x 8 4 2543.235 Model No. SK Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. B 298 H T Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Climate control accessories Filter technology Filter mats for tangential fans Made of chopped-fibre mat with a progressive structure. Temperature-resistant to 100°C, self-extinguishing category F1 to DIN 53 438. Dust-laden air side: Open structure. Clean air side: Closed structure. Reliable filtering of virtually all types of dust from a particle size of 10 μm. For tangential fans/front outlet grilles 2 U SK 3144.000/SK 3145.000/SK 3176.000 Filter mats For ● Cooling units ● Air/air heat exchangers Rittal cooling units are low-maintenance and are supplied without filter mats. Filter mats may be used for extreme conditions. Material: Chemical fibre W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK 425 x 85 x 8 5 3177.000 Material: − Open-celled polyurethane foamed plastic − Outstanding physical and mechanical properties − Temperature-resistant from –40°C to +80°C − Thickness: 10 mm For cooling units W x H x D mm Packs of SK 3302.300/SK 3302.310 190 x 95 x 10 3 3286.110 SK 3302. . . ./SK 3303. . . ./SK 3361. . . . 265 x 200 x 10 3 3286.300 SK 3304. . . ./SK 3305. . . ./SK 3328. . . ./SK 3329. . . ./ SK 3332. . . ./SK 3366. . . . 344 x 268 x 10 3 3286.400 SK 3273. . . ./SK 3382. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./ SK 3385. . . ./SK 3359. . . . 530 x 255 x 10 3 3286.500 SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . . 720 x 300 x 10 3 3286.600 SK 3377. . . . 205 x 210 x 10 3 3253.010 Model No. SK For discontinued cooling units W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3296. . . ./SK 3272.100/SK 3290. . . ./SK 3280.100/ SK 3299. . . ./SK 3261. . . . 539 x 332 x 10 3 3286.100 SK 3265.100/SK 3266.100 270 x 332 x 10 3 3267.100 SK 3256. . . . 395 x 300 x 10 3 3254.000 SK 3293. . . ./SK 3281.100/SK 3298. . . ./SK 3279.100/ SK 3260. . . ./SK 3269. . . ./SK 3262.100/SK 3393. . . ./ SK 3381.100/SK 3391. . . . 334 x 313 x 10 3 3294.100 SK 3255. . . ./SK 3395. . . . 350 x 245 x 10 3 3253.000 SK 3394. . . . 315 x 200 x 10 3 3285.000 SK 3292.134/SK 3278.134 325 x 250 x 10 3 3286.000 For air/air heat exchangers W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3126.100/SK 3126.115 265 x 200 x 10 3 3286.300 SK 3127.100/SK 3127.115/SK 3128.100/SK 3128.115/ SK 3129.100/SK 3129.115/SK 3130.100/SK 3130.115 344 x 268 x 10 3 3286.400 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 299 Climate control accessories Filter technology Metal filters Particularly when cooling units are used in dusty and damp environments, it is advisable to use washable metal filters. If air or steam condenses on the metal surfaces, any particles that may be present will adhere to the metal and are easily washed out with water or grease-dissolving detergents. 300 Material: − Aluminium − Thickness: 10 mm For cooling units W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3302.300/SK 3302.310 190 x 95 x 10 1 3286.120 SK 3302.100/SK 3302.110/SK 3303. . . ./SK 3361. . . . 265 x 200 x 10 1 3286.310 SK 3304. . . ./SK 3305. . . ./SK 3328. . . ./SK 3329. . . ./ SK 3332. . . ./SK 3366. . . . 344 x 268 x 10 1 3286.410 SK 3273. . . ./SK 3382. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./ SK 3385. . . ./SK 3359. . . . 530 x 255 x 10 1 3286.510 SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . . 720 x 300 x 10 1 3286.610 SK 3377. . . . 225 x 200 x 10 1 3253.220 For discontinued cooling units W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3296. . . ./SK 3272.100/SK 3290. . . ./SK 3280.100 520 x 290 x 10 1 3286.210 SK 3299. . . ./SK 3261. . . . 520 x 315 x 10 1 3286.200 SK 3265.100/SK 3266.100 265 x 320 x 10 1 3267.200 SK 3256. . . . 315 x 365 x 10 1 3254.200 SK 3293. . . ./SK 3281.100/SK 3298. . . ./SK 3279.100/ SK 3260. . . ./SK 3269. . . ./SK 3262.100/SK 3393. . . ./ SK 3381.100/SK 3391. . . . 300 x 328 x 10 1 3294.200 SK 3255. . . ./SK 3395. . . . 348 x 210 x 10 1 3253.200 SK 3394. . . . 375 x 415 x 10 1 3285.200 For climate control door/section door W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3300.040/SK 3300.050/SK 3300.060/SK 3300.070/ SK 3300.080/SK 3300.090/SK 3300.110/SK 3300.120 425 x 78 x 10 1 3284.210 For discontinued climate control doors W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3306. . . ./SK 3307. . . ./SK 3309. . . ./SK 3310. . . . 424 x 100 x 10 1 3284.200 SK 3308. . . . 624 x 100 x 10 1 3288.200 For discontinued climate control side panel W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3331. . . . 380 x 150 x 10 1 3289.200 For air/air heat exchangers W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3126.100/SK 3126.115 265 x 200 x 10 1 3286.310 SK 3127.100/SK 3127.115/SK 3128.100/SK 3128.115/ SK 3129.100/SK 3129.115/SK 3130.100/SK 3130.115 344 x 268 x 10 1 3286.410 For air/air heat exchangers, wall-mounted, railway-compatible version W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3126.4XX 130 x 130 x 10 1 3286.230 SK 3128.4XX/SK 3129.4XX 208 x 208 x 10 1 3286.240 SK 3130.4XX 225 x 225 x 10 1 3286.250 For recooling systems W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3318.600/SK 3318.610/SK 3319.600/SK 3319.610 530 x 255 x 10 1 3286.510 SK 3320.600/SK 3334.600 500 x 558 x 8 1 3286.520 SK 3360. . . . 344 x 268 x 10 1 3286.410 For chillers W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3335.590/SK 3335.600 600 x 800 x 20 1 3286.550 SK 3335.610/SK 3335.620/SK 3335.650 600 x 1050 x 20 1 3286.530 SK 3335.630/SK 3335.640/SK 3335.660 1000 x 1035 x 20 1 3286.540 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Climate control accessories Filter technology Lint screen Packs of Model No. SK 1 3329.904 For lint screen Packs of Model No. SK SK 3329.904 1 3329.903 For units Especially for the use of cooling units and air/air heat exchangers where there is a high proportion of lint in the ambient air. Material: Stainless steel mesh SK 3304. . . ./SK 3305. . . ./ SK 3328. . . ./SK 3329. . . ./ SK 3332. . . ./SK 3360. . . ./ SK 3126. . . ./SK 3127. . . ./ SK 3128. . . ./SK 3129. . . ./ SK 3130. . . . Extended delivery times. Also required: Louvred grille for lint screen. Louvred grille for lint screen Material: ABS Extended delivery times. Spare filter mats Made of chopped-fibre mat with a progressive structure. Temperature-resistant to +100°C, self-extinguishing category F1 to DIN 53 438. Dust-laden air side: Open structure. Clean air side: Closed structure. Reliable filtering of virtually all types of dust from a particle size of 10 μm. For thermoelectric cooler Material Filter class to DIN EN 779 Packs of Model No. SK SK 3201.200/SK 3201.300 Chemical fibres G2 5 3201.050 Material Filter class to DIN EN 779 Packs of Model No. SK SK 3237. . . . G2 5 3321.700 SK 3238. . . . G2 5 3322.700 For fan-and-filter units SK 3239. . . . G3 5 3171.100 SK 3240. . . ./SK 3241. . . . G3 5 3172.100 SK 3243. . . ./SK 3244. . . . G3 5 3173.100 Filter class to DIN EN 779 Packs of Model No. SK SK 3321. . . . G2 5 3321.700 SK 3322. . . . G2 5 3322.700 G3 5 3171.100 G3 5 3172.100 SK 3326. . . . G3 5 3173.100 SK 3327. . . . G3 5 3327.700 Material Filter class to DIN EN 779 Packs of Model No. SK Chemical fibres G2 3 3174.000 Material Filter class to DIN EN 779 Packs of Model No. SK SK 3237. . . . G2 5 3237.0661) SK 3238. . . . G2 5 3238.0661) G3 5 3239.0661) G3 5 3240.0661) G3 5 3243.0661) For discontinued fan-and-filter units/ outlet filters SK 3323. . . . SK 3324. . . ./SK 3325. . . . For filter holders SK 3175.000 For EMC fan-and-filter units SK 3239. . . . SK 3240. . . ./SK 3241. . . . Chemical fibres Material Chemical fibres Copper-nickel coated chemical fibres SK 3243. . . ./SK 3244. . . ./SK 3245. . . . 1) To achieve the shielding/dampening properties of EMC fan-and-filter units. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 301 Climate control accessories Filter technology/general Fine filter mats for fan-and-filter units Made of chopped-fibre mat with a progressive structure. Temperature-resistant to +100°C, self-extinguishing category F1 to DIN 53 438. Dust-laden air side: Open structure. Clean air side: Closed structure. Reliable filtering of virtually all types of dust from a particle size of 10 μm. Material: Chemical fibre Filter class to DIN EN 779 Packs of Model No. SK SK 3238. . . . F5 5 3238.055 SK 3239. . . . F5 5 3181.100 SK 3240. . . ./SK 3241. . . . F5 5 3182.100 SK 3243. . . ./SK 3244. . . ./SK 3245. . . . F5 5 3183.100 Filter class to DIN EN 779 Packs of Model No. SK SK 3323. . . . F5 5 3181.100 SK 3324. . . ./SK 3325. . . . F5 5 3182.100 SK 3326. . . ./SK 3327. . . . F5 5 3183.100 For fan-and-filter units For discontinued fan-and-filter units/outlet filters Auto Range power pack 240 W for 24 V (DC) components For power supply e.g. to DC fan-and-filter units or the Thermoelectric Cooler SK 3201.300 with primary 115/230 V (AC) voltage supply input. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3201.040 Technical specifications: − Approvals: CE, UL-listed − Dimensions W x H x D: 83 x 125 x 116 mm − Operating temperature range: –10°C to +71°C − Snaps onto a 35 mm top-hat rail Electric condensate evaporator For external mounting on enclosures. For use with all enclosure cooling units and air/water heat exchangers. Evaporation performance: 1) 2.4 l/d 2) 4.2 l/d Colour: RAL 7035 For cooling units SK 3302. . . ./ SK 3303. . . . 400 mm wide Rated operating voltage Model No. SK 230 V, 50/60 Hz 3301.5601) 115 V, 50/60 Hz 3301.5801) 230 V, 50/60 Hz 3301.5702) 115 V, 50/60 Hz 3301.5902) Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Electric condensate evaporator, ready to connect. 1 2 239 3 Condensate collecting bottle For mounting on the enclosure. For use with all enclosure cooling units and air/water heat exchangers. Safety overflow at the side. Capacity approximately 0.75 l. 66 1 Condensate discharge tube Ø 73 Packs of Model No. SK 1 3301.600 Supply includes: − Condensate collecting bottle − Bottle holder − Assembly parts 2 Membrane grommet 3 Max. 70 mm 302 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Climate control accessories General Condensate hose For removing and directing condensate. For connecting to enclosure cooling units. Material: PVC, transparent For units Hose length Material thickness Ø Model No. SK SK 3201. . . . 5m 6 x 1 mm 3301.606 SK 3302. . . ./SK 320. . . . . 10 m 8 x 1.5 mm 3301.608 SK 3303. . . ./SK 3361. . . . 10 m 10 x 1.5 mm 3301.610 SK 3273. . . ./SK 3304. . . ./SK 3305. . . ./SK 3328. . . ./ SK 3329. . . ./SK 3332. . . ./SK 3359. . . ./SK 3366. . . ./ SK 3377. . . ./SK 3382. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./ SK 3385. . . ./SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . . 10 m 12 x 2 mm 3301.612 Outlet filters For ventilation by convection, an outlet filter can be installed in the upper and lower sections of the enclosure. Material: ABS, material resistance to UL 94-5VA. Model No. SK Dimensions W x H x D in mm Standard EMC 116.5 x 116.5 x 16 3237.200 3237.060 148.5 x 148.5 x 24 3238.200 3238.060 204 x 204 x 24 3239.200 3239.060 255 x 255 x 25 3240.200 3240.060 323 x 323 x 25 3243.200 3243.060 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Outlet filter − Filter mat Hose-proof hood For fan-and-filter units/outlet filters. Easy cleaning thanks to exterior silicon coating approved for use with foodstuffs. When mounted over the fan-andfilter unit and outlet filter, a protection category of IP 56 to IEC 60 529 is achieved. Material: − Stainless steel − Silicone Accessories: − Spare filter mats, see page 301. − Fine filter mats, see page 302. For fan-and-filter units Dimensions mm Model No. SK SK 3237. . . . 150 x 230 x 40 3237.080 SK 3238. . . . 176 x 245 x 55 3238.080 SK 3239. . . . 233 x 330 x 55 3239.080 SK 3240. . . ./SK 3241. . . . 282 x 390 x 85 3240.080 SK 3243. . . ./SK 3244. . . . 350 x 480 x 110 3243.080 SK 3245. . . . 350 x 480 x 160 3245.080 Protection category: − In conjunction with the fan-and-filter units/ outlet filters, NEMA 3R + 12 is met. − Protection category is met by type 1, 12, 3, 3R, 4, 4X. − With SK 3237.080 and SK 3245.080, the protection category is only met by type 1, 12, 3R. Blanking cover If existing mounting cut-outs for fan-and-filter units/outlet filters need to be closed to achieve a higher protection category, the filter mat of the fan-and-filter unit/outlet filter can simply be replaced with a blanking cover; welding or other mechanical modification of the enclosure is not necessary. For fan-and-filter units/ outlet filters Packs of Model No. SK SK 3237. . . . 2 3237.020 SK 3238. . . . 2 3238.020 SK 3239. . . . 2 3239.020 SK 3240. . . ./SK 3241. . . . 2 3240.020 SK 3243. . . ./SK 3244. . . . 2 3243.020 Material: Plastic Protection category: IP 54 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 303 Climate control accessories General Front outlet grille 2 U for tangential fans This front outlet grille is required if a 482.6 mm (19˝) cross-flow blower (SK 3144.000/SK 3145.000) is used in the lower section of the electronic enclosure and the hot air is to be expelled to the outside from the upper section of the enclosure. The design of the grille matches that of the intake grille in the cross-flow blower. These grilles can also be used as simple inflow and outflow grilles with natural convection. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3176.000 Accessories: Filter mat, see page 299. Filter holder W x H x D mm Model No. SK for roof ventilation The use of a filter mat is required in order to increase the protection category of the roof vent (SK 3148.007). Protection category IP 44 to IEC 60 529 is achieved. 340 x 244 x 15 3175.000 Accessories: Spare filter mat, see page 301. Material: Sheet steel Supply includes: Filter holder including filter mat. Overflow valve Pressostat for use in the water cycle between the recooling system and the air/water heat exchanger. It prevents an increase in pump pressure in the recooling system against the closed magnetic valve of the air/water heat exchanger outside of the cooling cycle. Packs of Model No. SK 1/ 2˝ bypass valve Design 1 3301.900 3/ 4˝ bypass valve 1 3301.910 1˝ bypass valve 1 3301.920 Design Packs of Model No. SK 1 3301.930 1 3301.940 Setting range: 2 – 12 bar Presetting: 3 bar Material: Brass Flow regulator valve For use with air/water heat exchangers, especially if more than one heat exchanger (n > 1) is used in the water cooling circuit. The correctly set valve then ensures the same quantity of cooling medium for all equipment. The valve is used for hydraulic balancing. 3/ ˝ 4 x 1/2˝ for volumetric flow control 3/ ˝ 4 x 3/4˝ for volumetric flow control Setting range: 3 – 12 l/min Material: Brass Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener For use with air/water heat exchangers with quickrelease fastener. This threaded adaptor enables simple adaptation to fixed and flexible pipework. Material: Brass 304 For units SK 3363..../ SK 3364..../ SK 3373..../ SK 3374..../ SK 3375.... Design Packs Model No. of SK G3/8˝ internal thread 2 3201.900 G3/8˝ external thread 2 3201.910 Stainless steel V4A version available on request. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Climate control accessories General Cooling medium for recooling systems Ready mix Apart from the recooling systems for oil and emulsion, all other recooling systems are only suitable for the cooling of water or a water/glycol mixture. As well as protecting against frost, this cooling medium also serves to inhibit bacterial growth and provide optimum corrosion protection. Cooling medium Antifreeze/ water mixture Outdoor 1:2 Standard 1) Extended 1:4 Container Model No. SK 10 l 3301.950 25 l 3301.955 200 l 3301.9571) 10 l 3301.960 25 l 3301.965 200 l 3301.9671) Nominal width Model No. SK delivery times. Supply includes: − 10 l canister − 25 l canister − 200 l barrel Connection kit for connecting the CRAC system CW to the customer’s pipework when using water as a cooling medium. The connection kit is preassembled and is connected to an outgoing pipe with stop valve (to be provided by the customer) in both the inlet and outlet. For CRAC system CW SK 3301.620 to 3301.650 1˝ 3300.260 SK 3301.660 to 3301.690 11/4˝ 3300.261 SK 3301.830 to 3301.860 11/2˝ 3300.262 SK 3301.870 to 3301.990 2˝ 3300.263 Height mm Model No. SK SK 3301.620 to 3301.650 550 3300.290 SK 3301.660 to 3301.690 550 3300.291 SK 3301.830 to 3301.860 550 3300.292 SK 3301.870 to 3301.990 550 3300.293 SK 3300.510 to 3300.540 550 3300.294 SK 3300.560 to 3300.590 550 3300.295 SK 3300.710 to 3300.740 550 3300.296 SK 3300.760 to 3300.790 550 3300.297 Supply includes: Inlet side in direction of flow High-pressure hose for flexible connection to the CRAC system CW. Return side in direction of flow High-pressure hose for flexible connection to the CRAC system CW. Energy-saving extractor plenum for top-mounting on CRAC systems CW/DX. The extractor plenum is used to raise the extraction height of the return air and return it to the CRAC system CW/DX at the highest possible temperature level. In this way, the energy efficiency of the unit can be increased significantly. The extractor plenum is comprised of an empty enclosure tailored to the width and depth of the CRAC system CW/DX. The equipment enclosure and extractor plenum are screw-fastened together using the assembly kit supplied loose. Supply includes: Empty enclosure including assembly kit. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control For CRAC system CW/DX Note: Special heights to adapt to the available room height are available on request. 305 306 IT infrastructure IT competence System overview – Wall-mounted/floor-standing network enclosures ......311 System overview – Server enclosures .......................................................313 System overview – Power ..........................................................................315 System overview – Cooling .......................................................................317 System overview – Monitoring ...................................................................319 System overview – Security solutions........................................................321 307 1 8 2 9 3 10 7 308 IT competence Wall-mounted/floor-standing network enclosures Wall-mounted enclosures ............................................................................53 Network enclosures.....................................................................................79 Server enclosures Server enclosures........................................................................................91 Power UPS systems .............................................................................................189 Power Distribution Rack ............................................................................200 Power System Module Plus .......................................................................201 Power System Module ...............................................................................202 RiCell Flex fuel cell system........................................................................205 Cooling Chillers for IT cooling.................................................................................272 CRAC system ............................................................................................274 Aisle containment ......................................................................................278 Liquid Cooling Package ............................................................................279 Monitoring Monitoring system CMC III ........................................................................578 Door control system ..................................................................................589 Monitor/keyboard unit................................................................................590 KVM switches ............................................................................................591 Dynamic Rack Control...............................................................................597 6 Security solutions 5 Compact data centre ................................................................................321 Data Centre Container...............................................................................327 Fire alarm and extinguisher system ..........................................................328 Security rooms...........................................................................................331 4 Software RiZone .......................................................................................................345 Your benefits ● ● ● ● ● ● Standardised server racks and network enclosures Modular power distribution and back-up Scalable IT cooling concepts High-MTBF IT security rooms, including certificates Complete system accessories for IT environments and data centres Software-based IT and infrastructure management system Sample applications 1 Wall-mounted enclosures, see page 53 2 Network enclosures, see page 79 3 Server enclosures, bayed in combination with LCP, see page 94/279 4 Power distribution 5 UPS systems, see page 189 6 Power Distribution Rack, see page 200 7 Chillers for IT cooling, see page 272 8 Monitoring system CMC III, see page 578 9 Compact data centre, see page 321 10 Data Center Container, see page 327 309 4 6 2 3 1 5 5 310 Wall-mounted/floor-standing network enclosures Wall-mounted network enclosures 6 VerticalBox ..................................................................................................54 FlatBox with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles ............................................55 FlatBox with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame .............................................56 QuickBox with glazed door .........................................................................57 QuickBox with sheet steel door...................................................................58 QuickBox with vertical 482.6 mm (19˝) level ...............................................59 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 573/673 mm, pre-configured ....60 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 473 mm, with punched rails......61 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 373 mm, with mounting plate....62 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 473 mm, with mounting plate....63 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 2-part, depth 369 mm, with swing frame ........64 Wall-mounted enclosures AE with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles.............65 Wall-mounted enclosures AE with 482.6 mm (19˝) pull-out frame .................66 Small fibre-optic distributors .........................................................................67 Floor-standing network enclosures 6 Network enclosures TS 8 Pre-configured, doors unvented .................................................................80 Pre-configured, doors vented .....................................................................81 Pre-configured, doors/rear wall unvented ...................................................82 Pre-configured, doors unvented, divided ...................................................82 Network enclosures TS 8.............................................................................83 Network enclosures TE 7000 Pre-configured.............................................................................................85 600 mm width ..............................................................................................86 800 mm width ..............................................................................................87 Distributor racks TE 7000 open ..............................................................................................88 Data Rack ....................................................................................................89 Your benefits Network enclosures ● Network enclosures for stand-alone installation and data centres ● Complete system solutions for small to large networks ● Maximum configuration diversity and protection for installed equipment ● Investment protection and flexibility thanks to simple conversions and use of the comprehensive modular system Wall-mounted enclosures ● The right enclosure to suit all applications – up to protection category IP 55 ● Sizes available from 3 U to 21 U ● Wide choice of accessories with “Rittal – The System.” ● Fast assembly, conversion and simple installation based on the modular principle Sample applications 1 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, see page 60 2 FlatBox, see page 55 3 QuickBox wall-mounted enclosure with vertical 482.6 mm (19˝) level, see page 59 4 QuickBox wall-mounted enclosure with glazed door, see page 57 5 TE 7000 network enclosure with base/plinth and installation accessories, see page 85 6 TS 8 network enclosures, bayed with base/plinth, roof-mounted fan and installation accessories, see page 80 311 1 1 2 2 312 Server enclosures Server enclosures Server enclosures TS 8 ...............................................................................92 TS 8 server enclosures, colocation .............................................................93 TS 8 server enclosures for High Performance Cooling systems HPC ........94 Server enclosures TE 7000 .........................................................................95 Your benefits ● Broad spectrum of sizes ● Integrated system, from small server racks to bayed rack suites in the data centre ● First-class finish for maximum protection ● High-quality lock systems for optimum access protection ● Comprehensive, system-compatible complete range for cooling, power distribution/power backup and monitoring 3 Sample applications 1 TS 8 server enclosures in combination with aisle containment and LCP, see page 278 2 TS 8 server enclosures, colocation, see page 93 3 TS 8 server enclosures in combination with LCP, see page 94 313 2 3 4 1 314 Power UPS systems UPS PMC 12..............................................................................................190 UPS PMC 40 (type 1-4) .............................................................................191 UPS PMC 40 (type 5) ................................................................................192 UPS PMC 120............................................................................................193 UPS PMC 200............................................................................................194 UPS PMC 800............................................................................................195 UPS PMC accessories ..............................................................................196 Power Distribution Rack Power Distribution Rack ............................................................................200 Power Distribution Module ........................................................................200 Power System Module PSM Plus busbar .......................................................................................201 PSM Plus plug-in modules ........................................................................201 PSM busbars .............................................................................................202 PSM socket modules .................................................................................203 PSM accessories.......................................................................................204 Fuel cell system RiCell Flex fuel cell system........................................................................205 Your benefits ● Holistic, systematic energy management concepts ● Comprehensive, complete solutions for power distribution and back-up, consistently modular, and flexibly extendible at any time ● Optimum energy and cost efficiency with maximum availability of the entire system ● Reduced costs for installation, administration and manpower ● High level of investment certainty ● All from a single source! Sample applications 1 Power Modular Concept PMC 200, see page 194 2 Power Distribution Rack PDR, see page 200 3 Power Distribution Module PDM, see page 200 4 Power System Module PSM, see page 201 315 4 3 4 3 3 3 2 2 6 5 316 Cooling Chillers for IT cooling Chillers for IT cooling.............................................. 15 – 123 kW ..............272 Chillers for IT cooling............................................ 155 – 481 kW ..............273 CRAC system CRAC system CW ............................................ 27.8 – 137.4 kW ..............274 CRAC system DX ............................................... 19.2 – 56.2 kW ..............276 Aisle containment Aisle containment ......................................................................................278 Liquid Cooling Package TopTherm LCP Rack CW and DX ........................... up to 60 kW ..............279 TopTherm LCP Inline CW and DX ........................... up to 60 kW ..............280 TopTherm LCP T3+ CW .......................................... up to 25 kW ..............281 TopTherm LCP Passive CW ............................................. 20 kW ..............282 Accessories ...............................................................................................283 Your benefits ● State-of-the-art climate control technology, from cooling a single rack through to entire data centres ● Individual climate control concepts for rack, suite and room cooling ● Enhanced security plus superior energy and cost efficiency ● Optimisation with aisle containment and cross-system control concepts ● Energy-efficient cooling with IT chillers ● Minimises operating costs with free cooling ● Environmentally friendly thanks to resource and CO2 savings ● Planning, assembly, commissioning and servicing – all from a single supplier! 1 7 Sample applications 1 Rittal aisle containment, see page 278 2 CRAC systems, see page 274 3 Liquid Cooling Package LCP, see page 279 4 IT chiller, see page 272 5 Free cooling 6 Pipework 7 Raised floor for cold air supply 317 4 1 8 1 2 3 6 5 7 318 Monitoring Monitoring system CMC III CMC III system representation..................................................................578 CMC III system overview ...........................................................................580 CMC III Processing Unit/Compact ............................................................582 CMC III sensors .........................................................................................583 CMC III accessories ..................................................................................584 Door Control System Door Control System .................................................................................588 Monitor/keyboard unit Monitor/keyboard unit................................................................................590 KVM switches SSC view 8 USB, SSC view 32 Cat, SSC compact 32 Cat........................591 SSC premium 2/16, 4/32, 8/32 ..................................................................592 SSC Duo 16 ...............................................................................................593 1 Dynamic Rack Control RFID mounting frame, tags, controller ......................................................597 1 Software RiZone .......................................................................................................345 Your benefits 3 2 7 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Overview of your IT infrastructure Enhanced security Automated processes High cost efficiency Enormous energy savings Simple project management Fast installation Flexible, individual solutions with standard products from Rittal High standard of quality with coordinated standard products Sample applications: 1 CMC III, see page 581 2 Power System Module PSM, Power Control Unit PCU incl. current measurement see page 201 3 Liquid Cooling Package LCP, see page 279 4 Connection of up to 10 cooling units with Comfort control via one unit 5 Sensors/actuators, see page 583 – Temperature sensor – Humidity sensor – Access and vandalism sensors – Motion detectors – Airflow monitors – Smoke detectors – Voltage monitor – Power supply – Leaks 6 Monitor/keyboard unit, see page 590 7 Electric comfort handle TS 8, see page 415 8 Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC XL, see page 329 319 1 2 320 Security solutions Compact data centre Basic Safe .................................................................................................322 Modular Safe .............................................................................................323 Modular Safe Extend .................................................................................324 Climate control for Modular Safe/Modular Safe Extend ............................325 Data Centre Container DCC Data Centre Container DCC......................................................................327 Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC Plus ..............................................................................................328 DET-AC XL ................................................................................................329 Security rooms Data centres ..............................................................................................331 3 Sample applications 1 Modular Safe with climate control, see page 323, 325 2 Basic Safe with CMC and extinguisher system, see page 322 3 Modular Safe Extend as compact data centre, see page 324 321 Basic Safe System accessories Page 355 Benefits: ● Complete system with built-in climate control ● High level of operational and service-friendliness thanks to the two-door system ● Compatibility with other infrastructure elements Material: Pladur plate Colour: Enclosure: RAL 7035 T2 Supply includes: − Security enclosure with operating and service doors (three-point locking) − Cable entry in both side elements − Climate control 2.4 kW B2 H1 Protection standards: − Fire protection F90 based on DIN 4102 − Compliance with limit values ΔT < 50 K, relative humidity < 85% for 10 minutes − Tested burglary protection WK 2 EN 1627 − Protection against dust and water jets IP 55 to IEC 60 529 The tests were performed as system tests and confirmed by way of test reports. H2 Applications: ● Micro data centre for small businesses ● Protection for servers and storage applications ● Protection for business-critical data ● Storage of personal data, e.g. doctors’ surgeries or tax advisors B1 T1 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. U 15 Cooling capacity kW 2.4 Width (B1) mm 806 Height (H1) mm 1699 Depth (T1) mm 1270 Clearance width (B2) mm 620 Clearance height (H2) mm 827 Clearance depth (T2) mm 1024 Weight excluding internal installation approx. kg 360 Model No. LS Basic Safe with built-in 482.6 mm (19˝) rack 7999.999 Model No. LS Basic Safe without built-in 482.6 mm (19˝) rack 7999.898 Accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) rack, 15 U, depth 1000 mm 7995.992 Early fire detection system EFD Plus see page 328 Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC Plus see page 328 CMC monitoring system see page 577 Standard protection from: Fire 322 Extinguishing water Vandalism Unauthorised access Dust Theft/ burglary Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure Modular Safe System accessories Page 355 Benefits: ● Modular assembly ● Prepared for the installation of various IT climate control solutions ● Low weight ● User-friendly, thanks to operator and service door Material: Pladur plate T1 Colour: Enclosure: RAL 7035 B1 T2 Supply includes: − Security safe as a two-door system − Cable duct in both side elements − Both doors with semi-cylinder and two locks − Optional cable routing in the top element, selectable positioning H1 Protection standards: − Fire protection F90 based on DIN 4102 − Burglary protection WK 2 to EN 1627 − Protection against dust and water jets IP 56 to IEC 60 529 − Protection from acrid gases to DIN 18 095 H2 Applications: ● Solid protection against potential physical threats for IT components ● Targeted configuration components transform the safe into a complete, compact data centre. B2 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Two-door-system 33 47 Width (B1) 1500 1500 Height (H1) 1942 2321 Depth (T1) 1238 1238 Width (B2) 9791) 9791) Height (H2) 1840 2219 Depth (T2) 1010 1010 U External dimensions mm Internal dimensions mm Clearance height of door opening mm Model No. LS 1678 2057 7999.892 7999.893 Accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) rack, based on TS 8, 482.6 mm (19˝) level front and rear, 6 support strips for mounting on the 482.6 mm (19˝) level, 2 punched sections with mounting flanges W 800 x H 1600 x D 1000 7831.429 – W 800 x H 2000 x D 1000 – 7995.969 W 800 x H 2200 x D 1000 – 7999.970 Early fire detection system EFD Plus see page 328 Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC Plus see page 328 CMC monitoring system see page 577 Climate control for Modular Safe 1) With see page 325/326 built-in heat exchanger. Standard protection from: Fire Extinguishing water Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure Vandalism Unauthorised access Dust Theft/ burglary 323 Modular Safe Extend System accessories Page 355 Benefits: ● Modular assembly ● Expandability for graduated investment in line with IT growth ● Prepared for the installation of various IT climate control solutions ● Systems may be dismantled and reassembled, for maximum investment security Material: Pladur plate Colour: Enclosure: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Security safe with operator door and servicing door − Cable entry in both side elements − Both doors with key lock Internal dimensions mm B2 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 42 47 42 47 Width (B1) 1100 1100 1100 1100 Height (H1) 2210 2410 2210 2410 Depth (T1) 1200 1200 1400 1400 Width (B2) 920 920 920 920 Height (H2) 2030 2230 2030 2230 U Depth (T2) 1000 1000 1200 1200 7999.896 7999.897 7999.983 7999.987 Left 7999.977 7999.980 7999.984 7999.988 Centre 7999.978 7999.981 7999.985 7999.989 Right 7999.979 7999.982 7999.986 7999.990 W 800 x H 2000 x D 1000 7995.969 7995.969 7995.969 7995.969 W 800 x H 2200 x D 1000 7999.970 7999.970 7999.970 7999.970 Individual solution Model No. LS T2 Optional: − Electronic combination lock − Electronic lock pre-equipped for activation by an external access control system − Cable entry in the top and base unit − Twin-walled doors − Choice of door hinges External dimensions mm B1 T1 H1 Protection standards: − Fire protection F90 based on DIN 4102 − Compliance with limit values ΔT < 50 K, relative humidity < 85% for 30 minutes − Burglary protection optionally WK 2, 3 or 4 EN 1627 − Protection against dust and water jets IP 56 to IEC 60 529 − Protection from acrid gases to DIN 18 095 The tests were performed as system tests and confirmed by way of test reports. H2 Applications: ● A high level of protection against potential physical threats for IT ● Targeted configuration components transform the safe into a complete, compact data centre. Suite creation Accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) rack, based on TS 8, 482.6 mm (19˝) level front and rear, 6 support strips for mounting on the 482.6 mm (19˝) level, 2 punched sections with mounting flanges Early fire detection system EFD Plus see page 328 Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC Plus see page 328 CMC monitoring system see page 577 PSM busbar see page 202 Climate control for Modular Safe see page 325/326 Standard protection from: Fire 324 Extinguishing water Corrosive gases Vandalism Unauthorised access Dust Theft/ burglary Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure Climate control for Modular Safe/Modular Safe Extend System accessories Page 355 Modular Safe/Modular Safe Extend Page 323/324 ● All climate control units are designed as split units to ensure hermetic separation between the cooling circuits inside and outside of the safe. This prevents the ingress of dust and corrosive gases. ● Air routing inside the safe is horizontal. The hot air is drawn in at the rear, and the cooled air is expelled in front of the 482.6 mm (19˝) level. Compact climate control Suitable for use in rooms with climate control in the building or adequate ventilation, and low or no noise level requirements. The climate control unit is available in the output categories 2.5 kW and 4 kW. The evaporator coil is fastened to the side panel on the inside of the modular safe, and the external device on the service door (Modular Safe Extend) or side panel (Modular Safe). Outdoor climate control When using the outdoor variant, the internal circuit of the climate control unit is secured to the side panel on the inside of the safe. The external unit is positioned outside of the building. The internal and external units are connected to one another via coolant lines and control cables. The hot air from the servers is drawn in at the rear of the safe, and the cooled air is expelled in front of the 482.6 mm (19˝) level. Benefits of the outdoor model: The waste heat is routed directly to the outside. As a result, room ventilation or air-conditioning is not necessary. Outdoor climate control with inverter technology The external unit with inverter technology allows targeted speed control of the compressor. The volume of refrigerant is regulated via the electronic expansion valve. Adaptation to cooling requirements facilitates energy savings of up to 40%. The cold air is expelled in front of the 482.6 mm (19˝) level by the internal unit (evaporator coil), while the hot air is drawn in at the rear. Modified air baffle plates achieve additional efficiency gains and help to avoid hot spots. Compact climate control Model No. SK 3126.230 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400/460, 3~, 50/60 Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 3126.240 W x H x D external unit 500 x 1580 x 231 W x H x D internal unit 804 x 1544 x 100 L 35 L 35 2500 W/3090 W L 35 L 50 2070 W/2300 W 4000 W/4010 W 3020 W/3250 W Rated current max. 3.3 A/3.5 A 4.1 A/4.8 A Start-up current 14.2 A/14.7 A 15.2 A/15.8 A Pre-fuse T 6,3 – 10.0 A Motor circuit-breaker Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 1275 W/1615 W L 35 L 50 1525 W/1920 W 1620 W/2125 W 1825 W/2835 W L 35 L 35 2.0 2.5 Refrigerant R134a,1500 g R134a, 2900 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar 25 bar Temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Noise level dB (A) Protection category to IEC 60 529 Weight < 70 External circuit IP 24 External unit 65 kg Internal unit 70 kg Colour RAL 7035 Temperature control Comfort controller (factory setting +25°C) Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure < 72 Internal circuit IP 54 325 Climate control for Modular Safe/Modular Safe Extend Outdoor climate control Model No. SK 7999.963 7999.965 7999.964 7999.966 Redundancy – – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230 V, 50 Hz, 1~ 400 V, 50 Hz, 3~ 230 V, 50 Hz, 1~ (2 x) 400 V, 50 Hz, 3~ (2 x) W x H x D 795 x 610 x 290 900 x 680 x 340 (2 x) 795 x 610 x 290 900 x 680 x 340 (2 x) L 25 L 35 2400 W 5000 W 2400 W 5000 W Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 Rated current per unit, max. 3.8 A 4.1 A 3.8 A 4.1 A Start-up current per unit 19.5 A 35 A 19.5 A 35 A Pre-fuse T 16 A 3 x 16 A 16 A (2 x) 3 x 16 A (2 x) Refrigerant R410 a Temperature and setting range Weight –15°C to +35°C External unit 38 kg 74 kg 2 x 38 kg 2 x 74 kg Internal unit 59 kg 59 kg 63 kg 66 kg Colour RAL 7035 Accessories Refrigerant line incl. electric control cable for 2400 W, length 20 m 7999.961 7999.961 7999.961 7999.961 Refrigerant line incl. electric control cable for 5000 W, length 20 m 7999.962 7999.962 7999.962 7999.962 Outdoor climate control with inverter technology Model No. SK 7999.991 7999.992 Redundancy – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230 V, 50 Hz, 1~ 230 V, 50 Hz, 1~ (2 x) W x H x D 900 x 795 x 320 900 x 795 x 320 (2 x) Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 Rated current max. L 181)/L 35 7850 W L 18/L 43 7030 W 13.9 A Start-up current 36 A Pre-fuse T 25 A Refrigerant R410a Temperature and setting range –15°C to +43°C Noise level Weight Colour 25 A (2 x) 48 – 49 dB (A) External unit 63 kg 63 (2 x) kg Internal unit 70 kg 70 (2 x) kg RAL 7035 Also required Heat exchanger (evaporator coil) 3126.270 3126.2702) 1) Server inlet temperature 2) 2 heat exchangers are required. Rittal Czech Republic RITTAL Czech, s.r.o. Ke Zdibsku 182 250 66 Zdiby u Prahy Phone: +420 234 099 000 Fax: +420 234 099 099 E-mail: info@rittal.cz www.rittal.cz 326 Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure Data Centre Container DCC Technical specifications: Fire protection: − Fire protection, internal panels: F30, optionally F90 based on DIN 4102/EN 1363, component-tested Duct system: − Type: Hard duct DN200 − Dimensions of packing space: 120 x 120 mm Raised floor: − Substructure type: Control room − Number of slotted plates dependent on number of racks − Total raised height: 300 mm Climate control – Direct Free Cooling: − Available with 7 and 10 kW units. Up to 3 units can be integrated. − Targeted cooling via aisle containment Note on standard and customised solutions: There is a standard range of models available with 12 preconfigured data centre types. Ask for the Rittal Data Centre Container project planning form. Within just a few days, you will receive an initial quote. Power distribution: − Infeed: Wall-mounted CEE connector, 125 A, 3-phase/N/PE, 400 V/50 Hz − Enclosure dimensions (W x H x D): 600 x 2000 x 400 mm Version R7A R7B R7C Customised solutions: Bayed containers, higher cooling outputs e.g. using LCP technology or more than seven racks – we would be happy to design your own individual data centre container. R7D R14A R14B R14C Width mm 3000 Height mm 3250 R14D Depth mm 6055 Useful area 15.2 m2 Model No. Project planning on request Optional: − Up to seven 482.6 mm (19˝) IT racks with power supply − UPS, with up to 15 minutes autonomy − Fire alarm/gas extinguisher system (Novec 1230) − Access systems, access door (keyboard, code card) − Monitoring and management (CMC, RiZone) Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. R20A R20B R20C R20D Cooling capacity kW 7 7 7 7 14 14 14 14 20 20 20 20 Redundancy cooling 1+1 1+1 1+1 1+1 2+1 2+1 2+1 2+1 2+1 2+1 2+1 2+1 Available area mm (racks, UPS, DET-AC) 4000 4500 4500 4500 4500 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 Heavy-duty raised floor Plug-and-play power distribution Hard ducts 2 x DN200 Security door WK 2 Optional fittings UPS (uninterruptible power supply) ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ DET-AC XL fire alarm/extinguisher system ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ Max. no. of racks 42 U (600 mm wide) 7 6 7 6 7 6 6 5 7 6 6 5 Max. no. of racks 42 U (800 mm wide) 5 4 5 4 5 4 4 4 5 4 4 4 Higher racks (47 U) ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ Rack power supply (PSM, PDM) ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ Monitoring package (CMC) ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ Security door WK 3 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ Additional hard ducts ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ Metal sun shade ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ Standard ▫ Option Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure 327 Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC/EFD Plus System accessories Page 355 Server enclosures Page 91 EFD Plus The EFD Plus system is a compact early fire detection system with active smoke extraction system. The integral fan system continuously extracts the air from the enclosure, and passes it over two smoke detectors. The first smoke detector is extremely sensitive and triggers a prealarm. The second smoke detector triggers the main alarm. DET-AC Plus The DET-AC Plus is a compact fire alarm and active extinguisher system with smoke extraction system, built into one height unit. The detection system is identical to that used in the EFD Plus system. Fire extinguishing with the extinguisher gas NOVEC 1230 is automatically activated when a main alarm is triggered. With the extinguisher gas supply provided, a volume of up to 3 m3 can be extinguished. Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC Plus DET-AC Plus Slave In conjunction with the DET-AC Plus slave system, up to five bayed enclosures may be extinguished. In addition to the DET-AC Plus unit, a DET-AC Plus Save unit is used for each additional enclosure and contains the extinguisher gas for one enclosure. For detection purposes, the pipework from the DET-AC Plus system is laid in all enclosures. Benefits: ● Early fire detection ● Automatic extinguishing ● Innovative extinguisher gas NOVEC 1230 − Eco-friendly − Uncritical for IT components ● 482.6 mm (19˝) rack mount with just 1 U Add-on unit DET-AC Plus Slave Early fire detection system EFD Plus Width mm 482,6 (19˝) rack mount Height mm 44 (1 U) Depth mm 640 570 500 Weight kg Approx. 15 Approx. 12 Approx. 8 Model No. DK 7338.120 7338.320 7338.220 Protection category IP 20 24 V DC 100/240 V AC 50/60 Hz Ambient temperature (operation) +10°C to +35°C Battery storage –10°C to +50°C Operating voltage 100/240 V AC 50/60 Hz Uninterruptible mains electricity operation 2 x 12 V; 2.2 A/approx. 4 h Connections 3 RJ 12 connectors for connecting to the CMC, alternatively 3 relay outputs, max. contact load 24 V DC/0.5 A Sensors 2 different scattered-light sensors – 2 different scattered-light sensors Display LCD display with plain text information – LCD display with plain text information No. of slave modules Max. 4 – Max. 5 No. of monitored enclosures Max. 5 – Max. 5 Extinguisher gas NOVEC 1230 NOVEC 1230 – Fill volume of extinguisher gas 3.2 kg 3.2 kg – Admissible max. protection volume 3 m³ 3 m³ – Pipe kit 7338.130 7338.130 7338.130 RJ 12 cable for alarm relaying to CMC, packs of 2 7320.8141) 7320.8141) 7320.8141) Access sensors 7320.530 7320.530 – 583 Depth-variable slide rails – – 7063.883 559 Also required 1) Page 585 2 packs are required. 328 Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC XL System accessories Page 355 Server enclosures Page 91 Standardised solution for extinguishing individual bayed enclosure suites with up to 24 enclosures or entire rooms. All components of the system are built into a 300 mm wide TS 8 enclosure, facilitating optimum baying to a suite of server enclosures. The integral earlywarning fire detection system with active smoke extraction detects fire from a very early stage. The fire is extinguished automatically. NOVEC 1230 is used as the extinguisher gas. Benefits: ● Extinguisher system for room volumes up to 84 m³ ● Rack extinguisher system for up to 24 racks ● Suitable for incorporation into TS 8 server rack suites ● Simple project planning on the basis of standard packages ● Innovative extinguisher gas NOVEC 1230 − Eco-friendly − Uncritical for IT components Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC XL Three solutions are available in the standard version: For extinguishing up to: ● 8 racks ● 16 racks ● 24 racks In addition, Rittal is able to configure both room and rack extinguisher systems to your individual specifications. S-08-40-10 Function principle: The detection system of the DET-AC XL draws room or rack air in continuously and detects even the tiniest smoke particles during the initial phase of a fire, the pyrolysis phase. After a defined delay time, the extinguisher gas bottle is opened electrically and the gas flows out into the room or racks via the extinguisher nozzles. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. S-16-40-10 S-24-40-10 S-08-40-12 S-16-40-12 Width mm 300 300 Height mm 2000 2000 Depth mm 1000 Model No. DK S-24-40-12 1200 7338.160 7338.161 7338.162 7338.163 7338.164 7338.165 Nozzle piping kit for extinguisher system 7338.166 7338.166 7338.166 7338.166 7338.166 7338.166 Piping kit for smoke extraction system 7338.167 7338.167 7338.167 7338.167 7338.167 7338.167 Nozzle piping kit for extinguisher system between enclosure suites 7338.168 7338.168 7338.168 7338.168 7338.168 7338.168 Piping kit for smoke extraction system between enclosure suites 7338.170 7338.170 7338.170 7338.170 7338.170 7338.170 Pressure relief valve for enclosures 7338.171 7338.171 7338.171 7338.171 7338.171 7338.171 Accessories Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure 329 330 Security rooms We plan and implement data centres Whether you are planning a new building, an extension or an optimisation to your data centre, we are at your side as a trustworthy partner and leading provider with decades of experience. Basic protection HighMTBF LER Extend LER Basic LSR 18.6 E – ECB·S certifications to EN 1047-2, 50 K temperature increase and 85% rel. humidity up to 24 hours (reheating period), 60 minutes flame impingement time – – – 50 K temperature rise and 85% rel. humidity over 30 minutes, without reheat period – – F120 as system test, according to the limits of EN 1363 (DIN 4102), for the cellular structure and its built-in modules – – – F90 as system test, according to the limits of EN 1363 (DIN 4102), for the cellular structure and its built-in modules – F180 only as component testing to EN 1363 (DIN 4102), wall system only – – – F120 only as component testing to EN 1363 (DIN 4102), wall system only F90 only as component testing to EN 1363 (DIN 4102), wall system only Detonation test as system testing of 200 kg TNT from 40 m – – – Standing water, 72 hours, 40 cm, maximum 20 drops – – – Extinguisher water, IP x6 as system testing to IEC 60 529, for the cellular structure and its built-in modules – Relative humidity, 85%, over 24 hours (reheat period), 60 minutes flame impingement time, to EN 1047-2 – – – Criterion Standards Testing of the following standards as complete system or structure1) System testing Fire protection Testing at temperatures of up to 1000°C and above Explosion Water ● Basic protection or high-MBTF protection for data centres ● Extendible ● Dismantling and reassembly = investment protection ● Dust- and noise-reduced installation ● System-tested ● Multi-functional risk coverage Conventional design2) Relative humidity, 85%, over 30 minutes – – Dust-tightness IP 5x as system testing to IEC 60 529, for the cellular structure and its built-in modules – Corrosive fire gases Acrid gas-tightness, based on EN 1634-3 (DIN 18 095) – WK 3 as system test to EN 1627/1630, for the cellular structure and its built-in modules, such as doors – WK 2 as system test to EN 1627/1630, for the cellular structure and its built-in modules, such as doors – WK 4 only as component testing to EN 1627/1630, door system only – – – Shock test as system test, 3 shocks of 200 kg from 1.5 m after 45 minutes flame impingement time – – – Shock test as system test, 1 shock of 200 kg from 1.5 m after 30 minutes flame impingement time – EMC protection Protection against high-frequency irradiation and radiation, verified by tests on comparable components by TU Aachen – EMC optional package Extended high-frequency shielding in accordance with BSI TL-03304 – – – Unauthorised access Falling debris 1) System-tested products are tested as a complete construction. This comprises the cellular structure and installation modules such as doors, cable shields or ventilation units. By contrast, component testing only refers to individual parts. 2) The conventional design refers to room structures of plasterboard, concrete and other standard construction materials which do not offer sufficient protection for data centre applications. Conventional designs are generally tested for use as fire walls. Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure 331 332 Software & services Expertise ............................................................................................335 Planning..............................................................................................337 Project management .................................................................341 Configuration ...................................................................................343 Monitoring..........................................................................................345 Service ................................................................................................349 Quality management .................................................................353 Training courses, seminars and workshops See our website www.rittal.com 333 334 Rittal added-value Rittal system consulting Rittal offers you more than just efficient products. Rittal can help you to save costs throughout the entire value creation chain. It is a question of uncovering and tapping into hidden potential. A whole team of Rittal experts – who know exactly what they are talking about – are waiting to give you their support. Together with your own specialists, they investigate the full process chain, from initial development and engineering, through to the actual manufacturing. Always on the lookout for optimisation potential. Rittal offers you an ingenious and integrated concept combining consulting, software, products, services and support. A conclusive approach, but nevertheless open to all your individual contributions. Benefit from our proven expertise and longstanding experience. Put our promise to the test. Step 1: Analysis of current situation Rittal follows a systematic approach to solutionfinding. The starting point is a customer-specific analysis of the current situation at all levels: Rittal has both the consultants and the requisite know-how. 1 ● Products, tools and software used ● Defined processes and procedures ● Efficiency of the solution 12 2 11 3 4 10 5 9 8 6 7 Step 2: Identify potential The second step is to uncover the potential for time and cost savings. An individual evaluation scrutinises data consistency, technology efficiency and the options for process optimisation. In many cases, the first savings are already apparent here. Step 3: Implement measures With corresponding support from Rittal, the customer can now translate the theoretical results into concrete efficiency-boosting measures. Rittal possesses all the necessary intelligent tools, solutions and systems. Each component is perfectly integrated – without compromise, without the need for improvisation. Step 4: Performance review A systematic approach is the key to significantly enhanced efficiency. To this end, Rittal offers a complete package (products, planning and software, service and support). After a defined period, we join you to review the success of the implemented measures. Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services 335 336 Planning RiCAD 3D The download platform for seamless integration of Rittal CAD data into your plant designs – 3D data for efficient planning Regardless of which CAD system you use, RiCAD 3D effectively supports the efficiency and productivity of your plant design work. It includes both 2D and 3D drawings for virtually all Rittal products, together with an extensive range of system accessories. CAD data in the following formats: ● DWG.3D ● ProE 2001 ● ProE Wildfire ● SolidWorks 3D ● Neutral Step format Fast online access to original data in many other CAD formats with direct downloading facility available at: www.rittal.com Benefits: ● Precisely detailed CAD product data ● Export in all standard CAD formats ● Simple integration into the most varied CAD systems ● Considerable reduction of engineering and design work ● Error-free, detailed Rittal data ● Generic original data in 3D and 2D format ● No conversion of neutral formats AE Laser Express Rittal provides a very special service: You will receive an enclosure that has been assembled as defined in your specifications, finished with cut-outs and drilled holes and painted in the special colour that you stipulated within just 7 days! Benefits: ● Send us your drawing via our Internet portal. You will receive your quote within the next 24 hours. ● Production will start as soon as we receive your order. ● Within 7 days, customers in Germany will receive their own compact enclosure, custommanufactured for their particular application. www.rittal.com Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services 337 Planning EPLAN platform ● ● ● ● ● ● ● EPLAN electric P8 EPLAN pro panel EPLAN fluid EPLAN ppe EPLAN cabinet EPLAN data portal EPLAN engineering center All applications on the same, consistent platform technology ● Uniform project planning environment for electrical, fluid, EI&C engineering and 3D assembly design ● Consistent project data and component management ● Modularisation for individual system configuration ● Open system architecture for seamless system integration ● Cross-platform basic functions www.eplan.com EPLAN electric P8 The new dimension in engineering. ● Professional project planning, documentation and administration of electrical engineering automation projects ● Optimisation of the engineering process through standardisation, reuse and automated circuit diagram generation ● Variant technology – unique, powerful, convincing ● High-end electrical project planning – process-oriented and automated ● Transfer and processing of data from upstream processes ● Qualified master data ready to use “out-of-the-box” ● Consistent support in circuit diagram generation EPLAN pro panel ● High-end 3D assembly layouts for electrical and fluid design ● Description of the assembly layout with virtual 3D prototypes ● EPLAN eTouch technology for the simplest handling ● Positioning aids for optimum dimensioning and utilisation of the available space ● Planning confidence by taking manufacturer data into account ● 50% or more time savings with layout ● Early availability of precise production documents ● Precise-fit components for greater assembly efficiency ● Complete consistency with participating engineering disciplines ● Improved communications thanks to high-quality documentation EPLAN fluid From drawing to engineering. ● Clear project structures instead of a single drawing ● The latest symbol data based on the current standard ISO 1219 ● Consistency in electro-hydraulic system documentation ● Direct connection of parts lists and hydraulic diagrams ● Automatic documentation of revisions 338 Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services Planning EPLAN ppe For consistent engineering with process technology in mechanical and plant engineering ● Professional planning and project management of EI&C technology in process-related machinery and plant ● Generation of plant overviews, P&I diagrams, administration of PIC points, and documentation ● Smooth-running interdisciplinary cooperation thanks to deep platform integration ● Optimum support for both preplanning and detailed planning EPLAN cabinet Efficient enclosure production in the product development process ● Transfer of equipment and wiring information from the upstream electrical design ● 3D configuration of mounting plates and enclosures ● Automatic calculation of optimum wiring routes and wire lengths ● Transfer of production data to NC machines ● Transfer of assembly data to wire assembly machines ● High-quality product data thanks to links with RiCAD 3D EPLAN data portal Web-based supply of high-quality equipment data. ● Seamless integration into the EPLAN platform ● Fast project planning with no media interruptions ● Minimal effort required for master data maintenance ● Enhanced quality, thanks to high-quality templates ● Extensive additional information ● Multi-lingualism at no extra cost ● Uniform layout and complete documentation EPLAN engineering center Functional engineering for unimaginable productivity benefits. ● Functional engineering is the crucial link between sales, design and service ● Existing projects indicate potential savings of up to 80% ● EPLAN EC guarantees rapid commissioning on the basis of tested, standardised machine functions ● Cross-disciplinary engineering minimises the need for coordination and speeds up the time to market ● EPLAN EC proves that: module-based engineering cuts costs and permanently improves quality Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services ● The EPLAN EC automatisms prevent the usual last minute changes from becoming a project cost trap ● A central database ensures engineering expertise and allows rapid induction during peak project times 339 340 Project management Therm 6.1 software The Therm 6.1 software package takes care of the complex calculation of climate control requirements. A user-friendly interface guides the operator to the most suitable, correctly dimensioned climate control component. All evaluations are closely based on the requirements of IEC/TR 60 890 AMD 1/02.95 and DIN 3168 for enclosure cooling units. Rittal Therm 6.1 is a calculation program for enclosure climate control. ● Improved user guidance via tabs and simple selection menus ● Express and expert versions ● Configurator for recooling systems ● Heat loss calculator for busbars ● Key calculation data is visible at all times ● Internet updates ● Fast and thorough determination of the required climate control measures ● Determining the correct climate control measures leads to cost savings ● Easy calculation of the required actual cooling output, as well as any upgrades or enhancements to the switchgear ● Detailed documentation is supplied with the calculation Rittal Power Engineering Planning software for RiLine60 busbar systems and Ri4Power low-voltage switchgear with design certificate The multi-lingual software package includes the following functions: ● Project handling, from the initial enquiry through to ordering ● Configuration of RiLine60 busbar systems in the Top enclosure system TS 8. Compact enclosures AE, CM, KS and free-standing enclosure ES 5000. ● Configuration of low-voltage switchgear with Ri4Power systems Form 1-4 and ISV ● Complete, automatic function for the generation of bills of materials and a calculation program for quote preparation ● Input and evaluation of assembly times to calculate man hours ● Access to the entire range of Rittal products ● Output of automatically generated plant documentation with rated current and heat loss calculation Packs of Model No. SK 1 3121.000 Supply includes: CD-ROM, with 19 languages Note: Your free 30-day trial version may be downloaded at www.rittal.com Packs of Model No. SV 1 3020.500 ● Generation of special fields configured by the customer with graphical processing in the CAD view ● Import/export interfaces for product and CAD data ● Export function for order lists and bills of materials in Excel format ● Interface to EPLAN Electric P8, for the export of CAD data and bills of materials ● The extra benefit for engineering and planning offices: Output of detailed tender texts based on plants that have been project-planned in Power Engineering in MS Word format. ● Output of project-specific assembly plans together with field and plant definitions ● Integral configurator for the generation of drawings and bills of materials to create connector kits for connecting open air circuitbreakers (ACB). Supply includes: CD-ROM Languages: German/English/French/Dutch/Danish/Swedish/Czech/Italian/Spanish/Polish/Russian Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services 341 342 Configuration TS 8 configurator A complete enclosure configured in just eight clicks, including parts list and 3D model. Benefits: ● Easy menu-assisted configuration of a bayed TS 8 enclosure with base/plinth, side panels and the handle system required ● Mounting rails and punched sections with mounting flanges can be pre-assembled for interior installation ● This will produce a 3D drawing that can be incorporated directly into the system design or integrated into EPLANCabinet www.rittal.com Command panel configurator Optimised, coordinated solutions for the human/ machine interface based on Rittal Comfort Panel and Optipanel. Benefits: ● Select the enclosure that holds the panels to be used (the integrated database contains a variety of commercial panels from various manufacturers) ● Easy navigation thanks to the list of related questions ● Quick compilation of the features required ● Request a quote based on the selected data ● Request the 3D data for integration in the system design www.rittal.com Support arm configurator The system is able to precisely define the correct support arm system using important user-specific parameters such as the jib length, enclosure weight or required cable cross-section. Benefits: ● Individual assembly tailored to the user’s specific requirements ● Integrated consistency checking ● Configured system parts list www.rittal.com CM configurator Rittal CM compact system enclosures combine the advantages of the AE compact system enclosure with the configuration diversity of the TS 8 top enclosure system. Benefits: ● Simple menu-assisted selection of a CM enclosure together with a base/plinth and gland plates that meet the requirements ● The relevant interior installation accessories can also be selected to match the chosen enclosure ● The end result will enable you to request a quote that reflects the actual configuration selected www.rittal.com Subrack configurator Generate a component-based order list for a subrack in just a few clicks. Benefits: ● Fast, reliable selection of individually coordinated systems in the Ripac Easy and Ripac Vario series ● Simple prompt masks reliably create technically feasible solutions with error-free order lists ● Intelligent plausibility checking of admissible component combinations ● Request a quote based on the order list generated ● Parts list for the configured subrack www.rittal.com IT configurator Rittal offers the ideal system solution for every networking task, matched to the user’s individual demands. Benefits: ● A specific enclosure can be selected ● Accessories can be configured ● Plausibility checking ● The end result will enable you to request a quote that reflects the actual configuration selected www.rittal.com Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services 343 344 Monitoring RiZone Appliance Standard RiZone is supplied as an appliance or a software appliance. As an appliance, RiZone is supplied with global support, installed on a powerful server. The software appliance is available as a virtual server which can easily be used on existing hardware in the data centre. Also required: RiZone Appliance IP node licence according to the number of IP nodes available Standard version Hardware appliance1) Software appliance1) 1) All Model No. DK Server with Windows RiZone software 7990.101 7990.201 RiZone graphics tool 7990.301 Hard drive + Windows RiZone software RiZone graphics tool 7990.103 7990.203 7990.303 Model Nos. on the same line belong together, and must always be ordered together. RiZone Appliance IP node licence Console licences included RiZone software RiZone graphics tool 10 2 7990.205 7990.305 25 4 7990.206 7990.306 50 4 7990.207 7990.307 100 8 7990.208 7990.308 250 10 7990.209 7990.309 500 15 7990.210 7990.310 1000 20 7990.211 7990.311 The flexible RiZone licence model allows optimum adaptation to any project size, while at the same time allowing the opportunity to grow with the data centre. The volume licences for the IP nodes are graduated from 10 to 1000 nodes and may be adapted precisely to the size of the data centre. For each active component or other SNMP-compatible component to be covered, one node licence is required. Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services Model No. DK For no. of IP nodes1) 1) All Model Nos. on the same line belong together, and must always be ordered together. 345 Monitoring Client Access licence Model No. DK Additional licence for operation of another RiZone console. Client Access1) RiZone software RiZone graphics tool 7990.213 7990.313 1) All Model Nos. on the same line belong together, and must always be ordered together. RiZone module SNMP support for units from other manufacturers Extension Model No. DK RiZone SNMP support for units from other manufacturers 7990.014 For the incorporation of SNMP-compatible units from other manufacturers into RiZone. With MIB browser. Microsoft Operations Manager Management Pack For integrating RiZone into the Microsoft Operations Manager. 346 Extension Model No. DK Microsoft SCOM Management Pack 7990.012 Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services Monitoring RCCMD software Client software to control the server shutdown via the PMC UPS. The software supports all common operating systems and versions (e.g. Windows 7, VISTA, XP, Server 2003/2008, UNIX/LINUX and VMWARE Sphere/ESX Server, CITRIX XEN etc). One licence is required for each server to be shut down on an event-controlled basis. RiDiag II For the diagnosis, maintenance and long-term data capture of TopTherm units with Comfort controller. RiDiag logs equipment data and prepares an error list. RiDiag also offers the option of displaying and setting the device’s operating parameters. The logging of measurement data can be tracked in real time in the form of a diagram. Licences Model No. DK Single licence 7857.421 Licence bundle (5 servers) 7857.423 Licence bundle (25 servers) 7857.424 Note: Software updates and a complete list of currently supported operating systems may be found at www.rittal.com. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3159.100 Supply includes: − CD-ROM Languages: German/English/Italian/French/ Spanish/Portuguese − Connection cable Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services 347 348 Service – Global availability Rittal Global Service: Always on hand, whenever you need us! Perfect service for individual requirements, all from a single supplier. That's Rittal Global Service. Wherever in the world you use our products, we are happy to ensure that every aspect of “Rittal – The System.” is exactly as it should be. With this in mind, every minute and every kilometre counts when it comes to service. We have set up five strategic service hubs to ensure proximity to our customers: In Germany, the USA, Brazil, China and India. Every hub forms the central heart of our regional service organisations and ensures rapid response times (on-site service engineers) and efficient service handling. Faster ● Short paths, fast communications: Thanks to regional service support points ● A perfect interplay between sales, project management and service Worldwide ● 5 strategic service support points ● Service representation in more than 60 subsidiaries ● More than 250 service partners and over 1000 service technicians Better ● Individual service solutions from a single source ● A high standard of qualifications among Rittal service technicians worldwide ● A uniform global service ticket system Around the globe, we can be contacted 365 days a year on the following numbers: Rittal Europe (Herborn) service@rittal.de +49(0)2772 505 1855 Rittal North America (Urbana) service@rittal.us +1 (800) 477 4000 Option 3 Rittal Asia-Pacific (Shanghai) service@rittal.cn +86 800 820 0866 Rittal Middle East (Bangalore) service@rittal-india.com +91 80 22 890 78 Rittal South America (São Paulo) service@rittal.com.br +55 11 36 22 23 77 Service from a single partner ● ● ● ● ● ● 24/7/365 service availability Highly qualified service specialists Service engineers on site within 8 hours Automated incident and emergency management Individual availability of spare parts Global service ticket system Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services 349 350 Services Individual service throughout the entire product lifecycle Rittal’s added value begins with the perfect quality of our products, and extends throughout every phase, from planning and commissioning, right through to support and servicing once the system is up and running. We have developed a range of individual service offerings for our customers, so that every potential requirement profile is covered. In this way, we permanently ensure the systems’ productivity on behalf of our customers. Services play a decisive role in our lifecycle management approach. You decide for yourself which service you need. The added extra for customers with the Rittal system: Firstly, our comprehensive global service network, which complements the high quality and reliability of our products. And secondly, an extended guarantee above and beyond the statutory warranty for defects, thereby ensuring maximum availability during operation. We are committed to perfection at every phase PRE-SALES IMPLEMENTATION AFTER-SALES ● Advice/information ● Requirement analysis (on site) ● Load tests ● Simulation and calculation ● Thermal imaging ● Laboratory testing in our own accredited laboratories ● Project meeting ● Prototyping ● Planning/team-building (sales, service, project management, quality assurance, customer) ● Installation/integration ● Assembly and system connection ● Commissioning/parameterisation ● Final inspection and handover ● Instruction (training) ● Site coordination/project management ● Certification ● Service contracts ● Training ● Inspection, maintenance/ servicing, repair ● Management/sale of spare parts ● Round-the-clock availability ● Thermal analyses Flexible service contracts: The right solution to suit every requirement. Rittal Global Service is just as flexible and individual as your requirements. An overview of the features of the various Rittal service packages: Availability Response time Spare parts availability Repair Warranty extension BASIC Business hours Next working day Standard 1 x per annum Optional COMFORT Business hours Next day Standard 2 x per annum Optional ADVANCED 24 hours 365 days a year Next day 24 hours 2 x per annum Yes FULL 24 hours 365 days a year 8 hours Individual concept Individual (at least 2 x/annum) Yes CUSTOMIZED Individual by arrangement Warranty extension Rittal products are always an excellent choice. Day after day, around the globe, they prove their high quality and reliability in tough industrial production environments. With regular preventive maintenance, you can help to further extend the product's service life and the cost-effectiveness of your plant. Anyone purchasing an “Advanced” or “Full” contract will be rewarded with a 1 to 3-year warranty extension, up to a maximum of 5 years. With “Basic”, “Comfort” and “Customized” contracts, warranty extensions are optional. Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services 351 352 Quality management Quality management is a must. Quality philosophy is an attitude. “Rittal – The System.” stands for consistent quality management and on-going refinements to products, services and internal processes. Rittal quality management ensures that regulations and standards are observed, and individual customer requirements are met. In addition to this, we also define our exacting product quality demands in supplementary Rittal standards. The consistent Rittal quality philosophy guarantees perpetually high standards and ensures the global usability of all products with countless international approvals and licences. Alongside product quality, we also focus on process and service quality. All internal processes are continuously refined by quality control groups, and reviewed during in-house audits. Each year, our improvements and high standards are verified by countless successful external system and customer audits. Rittal offers support from day one ● Project planning of technical specifications ● Prototype assembly, testing and simulations ● Manufacturing and assembly ● Warehousing service and on-time delivery ● Your own personal point of contact throughout the entire project Accredited Rittal test laboratory in Germany ● Simulation of climatic conditions ● Dynamic and static load tests ● 3D measurement ● Particle density testing ● Hosed water tests ● Salt spray tests ● Electrical safety and function tests ● Performance testing of all active products ● Various material tests Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services 353 354 System accessories Enclosures Base ..........................................................................................................358 Walls ..........................................................................................................385 Baying system ...........................................................................................394 Doors/locks................................................................................................402 Roof/wall mounting ....................................................................................431 Interior installation .....................................................................................443 Voltage supply...........................................................................................505 Cable management...................................................................................511 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system............................................................543 Monitoring CMC III Processing Unit/Compact ............................................................578 CMC III sensors .........................................................................................583 CMC III accessories ..................................................................................584 Door Control System .................................................................................588 Monitor/keyboard unit................................................................................590 KVM switches ............................................................................................591 Dynamic Rack Control...............................................................................597 Human/machine interface Handles .....................................................................................................600 External mounting accessories .................................................................602 Front assembly ..........................................................................................604 Monitors .....................................................................................................606 Keyboards, supports and drawers............................................................608 Interfaces...................................................................................................616 Signal pillars ..............................................................................................618 355 356 System accessories for enclosures Base Flex-Block base/plinth ...............................................................................358 TS base/plinth............................................................................................360 Base/plinths ...............................................................................................368 Base ..........................................................................................................373 Walls Side panels................................................................................................385 Divider panels/partitions............................................................................389 Isolator door locking..................................................................................393 Baying system Enclosure suites ........................................................................................394 TS 8 corner enclosures .............................................................................401 Doors/locks Door variants .............................................................................................402 Viewing panels/operating panels ..............................................................407 Lock systems.............................................................................................411 Hinges .......................................................................................................425 Door, internal .............................................................................................426 Roof/wall mounting Roof ...........................................................................................................431 Wall mounting bracket...............................................................................439 Interior installation Mounting plates.........................................................................................443 Rail systems ..............................................................................................452 Assembly components ..............................................................................471 Component shelves...................................................................................480 System lights .............................................................................................491 EMC...........................................................................................................498 Earthing .....................................................................................................501 Socket strips ..............................................................................................505 Cable management Cable entry ................................................................................................511 Gland plates ..............................................................................................514 Cable glands .............................................................................................519 Cable management...................................................................................525 482.6 mm (19˝) cable routing ....................................................................537 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Swing frame...............................................................................................543 Mounting angles........................................................................................549 Mounting kits for mounting angles ............................................................555 Accessories for Data Rack ........................................................................558 Slide rails ...................................................................................................559 482.6 mm (19˝) installation ........................................................................562 Patch panels..............................................................................................569 Splicing boxes ...........................................................................................572 LSA connection system.............................................................................574 357 Base Flex-Block base/plinth system Flex-Block for TS – For fast, toolless assembly – Individual cable management – Fully symmetrical base/plinth – Base/plinth height: 100 mm Solid, RAL 9005 For enclosure size mm Packs of Model No. SO 400 500 1 8001.450 400 600 1 8001.460 600 500 1 8001.650 600 600 1 8001.660 600 800 1 8001.680 800 400 1 8001.840 800 500 1 8001.850 800 800 1 8001.880 800 1000 1 8001.800 1000 400 1 8001.040 1000 500 1 8001.050 1000 600 1 8001.060 1200 400 1 8001.240 1200 500 1 8001.250 1200 600 1 8001.260 1200 800 1 8001.280 1600 400 1 8001.940 1800 500 1 8001.950 We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Delivery times available on request. Solid, RAL 7035 For enclosure size mm Packs of Model No. SO 600 600 1 8001.665 600 800 1 8001.685 600 1000 1 8001.605 600 1200 1 8001.625 800 800 1 8001.885 800 1000 1 8001.805 800 1200 1 8001.825 We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Delivery times available on request. Vented in enclosure width, RAL 7035 For enclosure size mm Width mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. SO 600 600 1 8001.661 600 800 1 8001.681 600 1000 1 8001.601 600 1200 1 8001.621 800 600 1 8001.861 800 800 1 8001.881 800 1000 1 8001.801 800 1200 1 8001.821 We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Delivery times available on request. 358 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Flex-Block base/plinth system Baying clip for baying the Flex-Block corner pieces Simply insert the clip from behind into the recesses provided (no need for tools). Packs of Model No. SO 12 8000.100 We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Delivery times available on request. Material: Fibreglass-reinforced polyamide Adaptor sleeve for levelling feet and twin castors To hold levelling feet and twin castors on the Flex-Block Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Packs of Model No. SO 12 8000.500 We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Delivery times available on request. 359 Base TS base/plinth Modular base/plinth diversity Regardless of the enclosure depth: The base/plinth components at the front and rear, pre-configured with corner pieces, are always the same for the chosen width. Only the side trim panels are selected according to the enclosure depth and the required base/ plinth configuration. The modular concept produces exceptional advantages in terms of cost and function. Base/pl. Basic form height Mounting on the enclosure is conveniently carried out from the outside. The base/plinth interior offers diverse opportunities for mounting levels for cable management. One Model No. for the base/plinth components front and rear. One Model No. for the base/plinth trim, side. A complete base/plinth TS. Cable gland options Stabilisation of bayed base/plinth 100 mm 200 mm Function and cost benefits Fewer parts, more opportunities, lower purchasing, storage and assembly costs – this is the formula behind the new modular base/plinth system. The following table shows three bayed base/ plinths in 200 mm height illustrating a wide range of possible solutions and the potential savings with trim panels compared with the previous 200 mm base/plinth system each with two trim panels of 100 mm height at the sides. New supply includes Functional benefits Savings potential compared with twelve 100 mm trim panels 3 packs of base/plinth components 1 pack of base/plinth trim panels 200 mm high Continuous cable chamber 2 trim panels 200 mm 3 packs of base/plinth components 1 pack of base/plinth trim panels 200 mm high 1 pack of base/plinth trim panels 100 mm high 1 pack of base/plinth baying brackets TS 8601.100 (packs of 20) 4 are required for this solution. Additional stabilisation for transporta- 2 trim panels 200 mm tion purposes with base/plinth trim 2 trim panels 100 mm rotated through 90° 3 packs of base/plinth components 2 packs of base/plinth trim panels 200 mm high Shielding of the base/plinths in relation to one another 4 trim panels 200 mm 3 packs of base/plinth components 1 pack of base/plinth trim panels 200 mm high 1 pack of base/plinth trim panels 100 mm high Additional connection of the base/ plinths 2 trim panels 200 mm 2 trim panels 100 mm Other options: ● Cable entry at the side by mounting a 100 mm base/plinth trim panel (top or bottom). ● Cable entry from the rear by dismantling one or more trim panels of the base/plinth components. ● Cable clamp rail fitted on the 100 mm high trim panel. 360 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base TS base/plinth Base/plinth components front and rear Sheet steel for TS, CM, TP, PC, IW, TE Base/plinth component consisting of one trim panel and two pre-configured corner pieces. In 200 mm high base/plinth components, one trim panel is divided into two for cable entry. Accessories: − Base mounting plate SO 2817.000, see page 364. − Filter mat for vented versions, see page 366. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: − Base/plinth components: Sheet steel − Cover caps: Plastic Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: Cover caps: RAL 9005/7035 Supply includes: 1 set = 2 base/plinth components, 4 cover caps, 4 screws and captive nuts M12 for mounting on the enclosure. 100 mm high, colour: RAL 7022 200 mm high, colour: RAL 7022 Model No. TS For enclosure width mm Design Solid 8601.915 300 Solid 8602.915 Solid 8601.400 400 Solid 8602.400 500 Solid 8601.500 500 Solid 8602.500 600 Solid 8601.600 600 Solid 8602.600 800 Solid 8601.800 800 Solid 8602.800 850 Solid 8601.850 850 Solid 8602.850 1000 Solid 8601.000 1000 Solid 8602.000 1100 Solid 8601.300 1100 Solid 8602.100 1200 Solid 8601.200 1200 Solid 8602.200 1600 Solid 8601.920 1600 Solid 8602.920 1800 Solid 8601.980 1800 Solid 8602.980 For enclosure width mm Design 300 400 100 mm high, colour: RAL 7035 Model No. TS 200 mm high, colour: RAL 7035 For enclosure width mm Design Model No. TS For enclosure width mm Design Model No. TS 300 Solid 8601.905 300 Solid 8602.905 Solid 8601.605 600 Solid 8602.605 Vented 7825.601 800 Solid 8602.805 Vented with designer cover 7825.603 600 800 Solid 8601.805 Vented 7825.801 Vented with designer cover 7825.803 100 mm high, colour: RAL 9005 For enclosure width mm Design Model No. TS Solid 8601.602 600 Vented with designer cover 7825.605 Solid 8601.802 800 Vented with designer cover 7825.805 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 361 Base TS base/plinth Base/plinth trim panels, side Sheet steel for TS, CM, TP, PC, IW, TE For mounting between the base/plinth components. At 200 mm height, two 100 mm base/plinth trims may be used. Base/plinth trim (100 mm high) may be installed rotated through 90° in order to stabilise bayed base/plinth components. Also required: Base/plinth baying brackets TS 8601.100, see page 362, when mounting base/plinth trim panels rotated through 90°. Accessories: Material: Sheet steel Fastening bolts for base/plinth, see page 364. Surface finish: Spray-finished Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: 1 set = 2 base/plinth trim panels, including parts for attaching to the base/plinth components. 100 mm high, colour: RAL 7022 200 mm high, colour: RAL 7022 For enclosure depth mm Model No. TS For enclosure depth mm Model No. TS 300 8601.030 300 8602.030 400 8601.040 400 8602.040 500 8601.050 500 8602.050 600 8601.060 600 8602.060 800 8601.080 800 8602.080 100 mm high, colour: RAL 7035 200 mm high, colour: RAL 7035 For enclosure depth mm Model No. TS For enclosure depth mm Model No. TS 600 8601.065 600 8602.065 800 8601.085 800 8602.085 1000 8601.015 1000 8602.015 1200 8601.025 1200 8602.025 Packs of Model No. TS 20 8601.100 100 mm high, colour: RAL 9005 For enclosure depth mm Model No. TS 800 8601.086 1000 8601.010 1200 8601.026 Base/plinth baying brackets for TS base/plinth Essential if the trim panels are mounted rotated through 90° for additional stabilisation during the transportation of bayed enclosures. Additionally required for each trim panel: 2 units. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Screws M8 x 16 mm. 362 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base TS base/plinth Cable chamber For enclosures Model No. TS Width mm Depth mm 400 500 8600.455 400 600 8600.465 Material: Sheet steel 600 500 8600.655 600 600 8600.665 Colour: RAL 7035 800 500 8600.855 800 600 8600.865 Supply includes: − Sheet steel trim panels front and rear − Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure. 1200 500 8600.255 1200 600 8600.265 for TS With integral system punchings for individual system accessories. Height = 200 mm. Accessories: Side panels for cable chamber, see page 363. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Side panels for cable chamber Material: Sheet steel For enclosure depth mm Packs of 500 2 8600.510 600 2 8600.520 Model No. TS Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Transport castors for TS base/plinth For locating onto the base/plinth corner piece 100 or 200 mm high. Load capacity: Maximum permissible load per twin castor: Static: 100 kg Supply includes: 1 set = 4 twin castors, 2 x with, 2 x without locks. Floor clearance mm Model No. TS 100 8800.390 Also required: Base/plinth trim panels, side, see page 362. Colour: RAL 7022 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 363 Base TS base/plinth Base mounting plate for ● TS base/plinth ● base/plinth, complete For fastening the base/plinth to the floor without moving the enclosure or the bayed enclosure suite. For assembly screws up to 12 mm Ø. Packs of Model No. SO 10 2817.000 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Fastening bolts for ● TS base/plinth ● Base/plinth, complete ● Base/plinth, stationary For mounting on base/plinth trim panels, side. The lockable assembly bolt allows the installation of cable clamp rails. Tighten with hex spanner, width across flats 19 mm. Material: Hexagon steel Base/plinth trim panel mm high Packs of Model No. SZ 100 10 2819.000 200 10 2819.200 Accessories: Cable clamp rail, see page 527. 1) Levelling component for TS base/plinth For retrospective levelling of floor unevenness at the installation site up to a maximum of 15 mm. Installed through the corner piece of the base/ plinth component. Adjusted using a SW 19 hex spanner. 1671) 1171) 67 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Only for height 200 mm For base/plinth height mm Packs of 100 4 2891.000 200 4 2892.000 Model No. SZ Benefits: ● A door offset caused by uneven flooring can be corrected. ● Installed on the assembled enclosure, i.e. no need to plan levelling in advance. Max. admissible static load: 2500 N per levelling component (check the load capacity of the floor). Supply includes: Assembly parts. 364 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base TS base/plinth Cover cap for TS base/plinth components As a replacement. Material: Plastic ABS For base/plinth height mm Packs of Model No. TS 100 4 8601.130 200 4 8601.140 Colour: RAL 9005 Base/plinth trim with brush strip for TS base/plinth To supplement the modular base/plinth concept. May also be exchanged retrospectively for the front or rear trim panel of the base/plinth components 100 mm high. Open on one side for retrospective mounting if cables have already been inserted. For base/plinth width mm Height mm Colour RAL Model No. TS 600 100 7035 7825.607 800 100 7035 7825.807 600 100 9005 7825.608 800 100 9005 7825.808 For base/plinth height mm Colour RAL Packs of Model No. TS 100 7022 2 8601.110 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Connecting plinth trim for TS base/plinth For covering gaps in bayed back-to-back or corner enclosure suites. Simply push in between the trim panel and the corner piece before tightening the screws. Material: Sheet steel Note: For a base/plinth height of 200 mm, 2 trim panels must be fitted one above the other. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 365 Base TS base/plinth For base/plinth width mm Height mm Model No. PC 600 200 8360.920 Material: Sheet steel, spray-finished Designer trim panels: Extruded aluminium section 9 56 Colour: RAL 7015 Designer trim panels: RAL 7035 212 592 280 45.2 for TS base/plinth To continue the design of the ● lower front door of PC enclosures ● door of the IW enclosure. The base/plinth trim is screw-fastened to the corner pieces of the TS base/plinth components from the outside. 100 Base/plinth trim 362 Base/plinth, stationary for PC-TS, IW Design-coordinated with the enclosures, height 100 mm, with front projection. Material: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm Colour: RAL 7035 Design component, front: RAL 7015 Supply includes: − 1 design component, front − 1 base/plinth component, rear − 2 base/plinth trims, side Filter mat for ● Base/plinth component, vented ● Base/plinth component, vented, with designer trim panel To cover the trim panel in the base/plinth component. The mounting frame slides into position behind the filter mat in the base/plinth trim panel. Filter class G3 to DIN EN 779. For depth mm Model No. PC 600 8800.920 Accessories: Attachment opportunities for: − Twin castors DK 7495.000, see page 374, − Levelling feet PS 4612.000, see page 373. − Fastening bolt for cable clamp rails SO 2819.000, see page 364, − Support bracket PS 4183.000, see page 473. For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. DK 600 1 7561.500 800 1 7581.500 Packs of Model No. DK 5 7582.500 Supply includes: Mounting frame. Spare filter mat Spare filter mat for base/plinth trim panels up to 800 mm wide. 366 Spare filter mats Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base TS base/plinth Base/plinth components front and rear For enclosure width mm Height mm Model No. TS Stainless steel for TS 600 100 8701.600 800 100 8701.800 Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 1000 100 8701.000 1200 100 8701.200 Surface finish: Brushed, grain 400 600 200 8702.600 800 200 8702.800 Supply includes: Mounting accessories for mounting on the enclosure. 1000 200 8702.000 1200 200 8702.200 100 mm high: 2 trim panels front/rear 200 mm high: − 2 corner pieces with removable trim panel − 1 trim panel front/rear Base/plinth trim panels, side Stainless steel for TS For mounting between the base/plinth components. At 200 mm height, two 100 mm base/plinth trims may be used. Base/plinth trim (100 mm high) may be installed rotated through 90° in order to stabilise bayed base/plinth components. Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Surface finish: Brushed, grain 400 Supply includes: 2 base/plinth trim panels, including parts for attaching to the base/plinth components. Accessories: Base/plinth trim, modular (perforated plate), see page 367. For enclosure depth mm Height mm Model No. TS 400 100 8701.040 500 100 8701.050 600 100 8701.060 400 200 8702.040 500 200 8702.050 600 200 8702.060 Also required: Base/plinth baying brackets TS 8601.100, see page 362, when mounting base/plinth trim panels rotated through 90°. Accessories: − Fastening bolts for base/plinth, see page 364. − Levelling feet PS 4612.000, see page 373. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Base/plinth trim, modular for ● TS base/plinth ● base/plinth, complete, stainless steel For cable routing in the stainless steel base/plinth, e.g. if levelling feet SO 2890.000 or SO 2890.000, see page 371, are used. Width: 175 mm. Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Supply includes: 4 base/plinth trim panels. For enclosure depth mm Packs of 400 4 2907.000 500 4 2908.000 600 4 2913.000 Model No. SO Accessories: Cable tie SZ 2597.000, see page 530. Note: One base/plinth trim panel is needed per 200 mm base/plinth width. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 367 Base Base/plinths Transport plinth for TS For the transportation of heavy, bayed enclosure suites. Available in 200 mm increments from 2 to 5 m. Transport plinths can have 2 tubes welded to receive cross-bars for transportation. Variable punchings to suit all enclosure widths of 600 mm and above. Surface finish: Primed in reddish-brown rust-inhibiting paint, optionally spray-finished. Supply includes: With transport tubes. Note: Please state the required width and depth of the enclosure suite when ordering. For mounting on the TS base frame Transport plinth depth = enclosure depth – 31 mm Colour Packs of Model No. SO Primed, reddish-brown rust-inhibiting paint 1 1228.010 Similar to RAL 7022 1 1228.110 Similar to RAL 7035 1 1228.310 Delivery times available on request. Concrete base/plinth for CS Toptec, CS modular and basic enclosures The base/plinth is made from pre-cast concrete sections which are easily fitted in situ. Front/rear base/plinth plate screw-fastened from the inside may be removed for servicing purposes. Overall height: approx. 1000 mm, Excavation depth: approx. 700 mm. Material: Light-weight concrete B 1000 300 270 Surface finish: Untreated T 368 Supply includes: − 1 base plate − 2 side parts − 2 divided base/plinth plates − Assembly parts and fastening screws for mounting the enclosure. For CS modular and basic enclosures Model No. CS Width (B) mm Depth (T) mm 600 400 9765.182 600 500 9765.082 600 600 9765.083 800 400 9765.088 800 500 9765.084 800 600 9765.085 1200 400 9765.089 1200 500 9765.086 1200 600 9765.087 Delivery times available on request. For CS Toptec Width (B) mm Depth (T) mm Model No. CS 600 600 9765.071 800 600 9765.072 Delivery times available on request. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Base/plinths Base/plinth, complete Supply includes: Mounting accessories for mounting on the enclosure. Sheet steel for AE, TP, ES Trim panels at the front and rear with fitted corner pieces and side trim panels. 100 mm high: − 4 corner pieces − 2 trim panels front/rear − 2 trim panels, side Material: Sheet steel 200 mm high: − 4 corner pieces − 1 trim panel front/rear x 200 mm − 2 trim panels front/rear x 100 mm − 4 trim panels, side Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7022 Base/plinth for ES, TP universal console, 100 mm high For enclosures/consoles Width (B) mm Depth (T) mm Base/plinth depth mm 600 400 350 600 500 450 800 400 800 Base/plinth for ES, TP universal console, 200 mm high For enclosures/consoles Width (B) mm Depth (T) mm Base/plinth depth mm Model No. SO 2804.200 600 400 350 2805.200 2807.200 600 500 450 2808.200 350 2823.200 800 400 350 2824.200 500 450 2829.200 800 500 450 2830.200 1000 400 350 2909.200 1000 400 350 2910.200 1200 400 350 2836.200 1200 400 350 2837.200 1200 500 450 2839.200 1200 500 450 2840.200 1600 400 350 2905.200 1600 400 350 2906.200 1800 500 450 2903.200 1800 500 450 2904.200 Model No. SO Base/plinth for AE, 100 mm high For enclosures Base/plinth for AE, 200 mm high Width (B) mm Depth (T) mm Base/plinth depth mm Model No. SO 600 300 279 800 300 279 1000 300 279 For enclosures Width (B) mm Depth (T) mm Base/plinth depth mm Model No. SO 2816.200 600 300 279 2826.200 2818.200 800 300 279 2828.200 2801.200 1000 300 279 2802.200 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Accessories: − Fastening bolt, see page 364. − Base mounting plate, see page 364. 125 100 50 T Ø 8.5 98 52.5 30 52.5 □ 14 22.5 18 x 14 100 Base/plinth, 100 mm high 25 30 37.5 12.5 125 100 62.5 32.5 98 62.5 32.5 200 2 37.5 12.5 98 25 Base/plinth, 200 mm high B Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 369 Base Base/plinths Supply includes: Mounting accessories for mounting on the enclosure. Base/plinth, complete Stainless steel for ES, PC-ES stainless steel, AP stainless steel 100 mm high: − 2 trim panels front/rear − 2 trim panels, side Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 200 mm high: − 2 corner pieces with removable trim panel − 1 trim panel front/rear − 4 trim panels, side Surface finish: Brushed Accessories: − Levelling feet, see page 371. − Base/plinth trim, modular (perforated plate), see page 367. 100 mm high 200 mm high For enclosures For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Model No. SO Width mm Depth mm Model No. SO 600 400 2865.000 600 400 2875.000 600 500 2868.000 600 500 2876.000 600 600 2855.000 800 400 2878.000 800 400 2869.000 800 500 2879.000 800 500 2866.000 800 600 2880.000 800 600 2856.000 1000 400 2885.000 1000 400 2867.000 1200 400 2886.000 1200 400 2870.000 1200 500 2887.000 1200 500 2860.000 Transport castors for base/plinth, complete, sheet steel For locating onto the base/plinth corner piece 100 or 200 mm high by raising or tilting. Floor clearance mm Model No. PS 60 4570.000 Load capacity: Maximum permissible static load: 100 kg per twin castor Colour: RAL 7022 Supply includes: 1 set = 4 twin castors, 2 x with, 2 x without locks. Cross member for TS, CM, TP, PC, IW, ES adjustable ● To increase stability ● Height 70 mm ● Adjustable from the enclosure depth To increase stability, the cross member is positioned 138 mm above the base frame of the enclosure at the front and rear. For deeper enclosures, the rear part may be extended and screwfastened again. For screw-fastening to the floor and enclosure with mounting hole at the sides, front and rear. The castors and levelling feet may be secured to the welded nuts M12. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished For enclosure depth mm 400 500 600 800 Packs of Model No. TS 2 8601.450 2 8601.680 Accessories: Attachment opportunities for − Twin castors DK 7495.000, see page 374, − Levelling feet PS 4612.000, see page 373. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Colour: RAL 7015 370 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Base/plinths Cast feet For secure siting of ● Enclosure for tower PC or ● Other own assemblies Depth 700 mm Material: Cast aluminium Colour: RAL 7035 Packs of Model No. IW 2 6902.920 Accessories: − Base mount CP 6147.000, see page 151. − Twin castors, see page 374. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Levelling feet Thread Packs of Model No. SO M12 4 2889.000 M16 4 2890.000 For direct mounting underneath the base/plinth TS and the base/plinth, complete. For unhindered access e.g. when cleaning the floor, and to compensate for floor irregularities. Load capacity: Maximum permissible static load: 400 kg per levelling foot Adjustment range: M12: 55 mm – 125 mm M16: 45 mm – 120 mm Possible alternative: Levelling feet Hygienic Design, see page 156. Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Base/plinth for FlatBox The base/plinth may be mounted on any FlatBox with a base area of 600 x 600 or 700 x 700 mm. For attachment purposes, the base/plinth may be mounted on the pre-existing thread in the base area of the FlatBox. There is a rear recess provided for cable entry. For base area Width mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 600 600 1 7507.750 700 700 1 7507.755 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: 4 levelling feet and assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 371 Base Base/plinths Under-floor frame for DK-TS For siting the enclosure on a false floor when heavy equipment is installed. Material: Sheet steel Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. DK 600 400 1000 7855.340 800 400 1000 7855.342 Delivery times available on request. Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Mounting accessories for mounting on the enclosure. Stabiliser bracket for base/plinth TS The stabiliser bracket may be retrospectively screw-fastened to the outside of the base/plinth corner pieces. Packs of Model No. DK 2 7825.150 Delivery times available on request. Load capacity: Up to a maximum of 80 kg static load. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035, warning markings RAL 2002 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Stabiliser for TS 8 server enclosures The pull-out stabiliser is quickly and easily retrofitted to the lower frame of the server racks and only extended when necessary. Load capacity: Up to a maximum of 150 kg static load. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Enclosure depth mm 1) Model No. DK 1000 7825.250 1200 7825.2601) Delivery times available on request. Accessories: − Levelling feet, see page 373 and/or − Transport kit for DK-TS, see page 375. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: − The stabiliser cannot be used together with base plates, base frames or base/plinths. − Combined use with the divided base frame (DK 7825.342), see page 377, is supported. 372 150kg Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Base Levelling feet 18 – 43 mm high To compensate for height differences with floor irregularities. Thread length 40 mm. Assembly thread M12. 4612.000 Also required: For mounting on the TS base/plinth: Base/plinth adaptor TS 8800.220, see page 375. 40 M12 SW 19 18 For: ● Baying system TS 8 ● PC enclosure system ● Pedestal base plate CP 6137.035 – CP 6137.535 ● Pedestal CP 6141.XXX ● Industrial workstations Model No. PS 4 58 Max. admissible static load: approx. 300 kg per levelling foot. Packs of Ø 47 Levelling feet 18 – 63 mm high, with hex socket for baying system TS 8 To compensate for floor irregularities. Particularly in confined spaces, adjustments can be made quickly and easily from the enclosure interior. Mounting thread: M12 Hex socket: 6 mm Thread length: 60 mm Packs of Model No. DK 4 7493.100 Also required: For mounting on the TS base/plinth: Base/plinth adaptor TS 8800.220, see page 375. M12 Max. admissible static load: 300 kg per levelling foot. 78 60 Ø 48 18 SW 19 Packs of Model No. DK 4 7493.230 SW19 50 M12 95 30 with vibration dampening For vibration insulation of enclosures and to compensate for floor irregularities. The levelling foot is comprised of a disc of reinforced polyamide and an M12 screw, zincplated, with ball joint pendulum plus anti-slip and insulating plate for buffering. The insulating plate is resistant to water, mineral oils, petrol, alkaline and acid solutions, salts, soap lye and detergents. Also suitable for special applications such as chemical and laboratory environments. 45 Levelling feet Thread length: 50 mm Max. admissible static load: 300 kg per levelling foot. Levelling feet for Data Rack To compensate for height differences with floor irregularities. The levelling feet are attached into the die-cast zinc feet of the base/plinth. 50 Packs of Model No. DK 4 7493.000 Supply includes: 4 levelling feet M12, levelling range 40 mm. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 373 Base Base Levelling feet Packs of Model No. DK 4 7507.740 Packs of Model No. SO 4 2859.000 for FlatBox, TE M10 x 20 mm For screw-fastening onto the enclosure base when used as a floor-standing or desktop enclosure. Width across flats 17, mounting thread multitooth 30. Levelling feet 85 – 115 mm high For mounting on TS, ES and PC enclosures, for easier floor cleaning and to compensate for floor irregularities ±15 mm. Height 100 mm. Max. admissible static load: 350 kg per levelling foot. Possible alternative: Levelling feet Hygienic Design, see page 156. Material: − Feet: Brass, nickel-plated − Threaded bolts and mounting plates: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Supply includes: Assembly parts to the enclosure. 1 Twin castors Max. permissible static load (per castor) 40 kg Mounting thread M12 x 20. Ground clearance 50 mm For: ● Baying system TS 8 ● PC enclosure system ● Pedestal base plate CP 6137.035 – CP 6137.535 ● Pedestal CP 6141.XXX ● TopConsole pedestals ● Industrial workstations ● Data Rack 1 Lock 4 without Packs of 1 set Colour Black Model No. PS Max. permissible static load (per castor) Ground clearance Also required: 2 For mounting on the TS base/plinth: Base/plinth adaptor for twin castors TS 8800.290, see page 375. Lock Packs of 85 mm 1 set Black with grey running surface Model No. CP Max. permissible static load (per castor) Ground clearance 3 75 kg 2 with, 2 without Colour 2 4611.000 Lock 6148.000 120 kg 125 mm 2 with, 2 without Packs of 1 set Colour Black Model No. DK 7495.000 3 374 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Base Transport castors for TE The castors may be screw-fastened in the corner areas within the base frame in place of the levelling feet. Ground clearance: 58 mm, Mounting thread M10 x 20. Packs of Model No. TE 1 set 7000.672 Supply includes: 1 set = 4 baying clamps, including assembly parts. Permissible static load: 300 kg per enclosure Transport kit for DK-TS Ground clearance: approx. 40 mm. Permissible static load: 750 kg per enclosure Model No. DK 1 set 7825.900 Note: Only for enclosures without gland plates or gland plate frames. For 800 mm wide enclosures with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, special installation dimensions must be observed (see drawing). Min. 175 Supply includes: 1 set = 4 castors (2 steerable) including assembly parts. Packs of Base/plinth adaptor for levelling feet Connection component for fastening M12 levelling feet PS 4612.000 to the TS base/plinth. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Base/plinth adaptor for twin castors Connection component for mounting twin castors to the TS and TE base/plinth. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.220 Also required: Levelling feet, PS 4612.000, see page 373. Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.290 Also required: Base/plinth trim panels, side, see page 362, wherever a twin castor is fitted. 375 Base Base Width divider Divides 1200 mm wide TS enclosures into two halves. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: 1 set = 1 bracket for right/left, 2 compensating plates for the top, mounting accessories. 1. Mounting position: Two mounting plates side by side. Two mounting plates (from 600 mm wide enclosures) in a 1200 mm wide enclosure permit independent positioning and easy handling. 2. Mounting position: System support rails, fitted on the left. Whilst heavy installed equipment rests on the system support rails, the remaining floor space is free, e.g. for unhindered cable entry. 3. Mounting position: Cable clamp rail, installed on the left. With 1200 mm wide enclosures, the width divider allows cable entry and cable clamping to be arranged differently on the left and right of the enclosure. Base mounting bracket for TS, ES, TP universal console For anchoring the enclosure at any position of the base frame, particularly in cases where the existing holes in the frame or base tray cannot be used due to the installed equipment or because the substructure prevents them from being used. Packs of Model No. TS 1 set 8800.200 Also required: Depending on the installation situation: − TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm, see page 462. − PS punched section without mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm, see page 464. Also required: In accordance with the enclosure depth: − 4 TS punched rails 18 x 38 mm, bottom, see page 462. − 1 PS punched section without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm at the top, see page 464. Also required: − 2 system support rails PS 4361.000, see page 466. − 1 TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm in accordance with the enclosure depth (included with the supply of the standard enclosure). Also required: − 1 cable clamp rail PS 4191.000, see page 527. − 1 TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm in accordance with the enclosure depth (included with the supply of the standard enclosure). Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.210 Note: Additional holes in the base are required for mounting. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated 376 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Base Reinforcement bracket Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.830 for TS, ES, TP universal console For use as an additional stabiliser to the clamping straps when populated enclosures are screw-fastened via the base tray to the base/plinth or pallet for transportation purposes. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Base frame, divided for TS 8 server enclosures For retro-fitting gland plates or base modules. Suitable for combining with the pull-out stabiliser. For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Model No. DK 600 1000 7825.342 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Packs of 1 set Frame elements, assembly parts. Clips for gland plates As replacement and for additional gland plate attachments in TS, CM, TP. Accessories: − Multi-piece gland plate, see page 381. − Stabiliser, see page 372. Packs of Model No. TS 50 8800.075 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 377 Base Base Material: Sheet steel Gland plate for CM, TopConsole TP and one-piece console TP Select suitable gland plates depending on the application. The following examples illustrate the individual options for cable entry structuring. Potential equalisation is provided via assembly components and earthing points. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, subject to correct mounting. Supply includes: 1 piece, including assembly parts. Note: For greater stability and universal cable entry, the base opening is divided in the width for 1000, 1200 and 1600 mm wide enclosures, and is suitable for various configurations. For enclosure depth 300 mm, complete module groups For enclosure/console depth mm One-piece base opening For enclosure width Requires packs of 1 600 800 1000 1200 1600 Model No. Packs of Requires packs of 2 5001.210 5001.211 1 4 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233 1 set 1 8802.060 8802.080 2 sets 1 8802.100 8802.120 8802.160 1 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 2 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234 1 set 1 8802.065 8802.085 2 sets 1 8802.105 8802.125 8802.165 Gland plate, depth 50 mm 1 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233 Cable entry plates for grommets 1 1 5001.226 5001.227 1 1 5001.228 5001.229 5001.237 Cable entry module groups Packs of Two-piece base opening Model No. Cable clamp strip, centre Gland plate, depth 50 mm Section for cable entry, centre Cable clamp strip, rear Gland plate, depth 100 mm Section for cable entry, rear Grommets, 1 x Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 512. For cable glands One-piece Gland plate, depth 150 mm 1 1 5001.218 5001.219 1 2 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235 Gland plate, depth 50 mm 1 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233 Gland plate, depth 100 mm 1 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 2 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234 Two-piece Cable glands, see page 519. 378 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Base For enclosure depth 400 mm, complete module groups For enclosure/console depth mm One-piece base opening For enclosure width Packs of Requires packs of Gland plate, depth 50 mm 1 Gland plate, depth 150 mm Cable entry module groups 600 Two-piece base opening 800 1000 1200 1600 Model No. Packs of Requires packs of 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233 1 1 5001.218 5001.219 1 2 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235 1 set 1 8802.060 8802.080 2 sets 1 8802.100 8802.120 8802.160 1 2 5001.214 5001.215 1 4 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234 1 set 1 8802.065 8802.085 2 sets 1 8802.105 8802.125 8802.165 Model No. Cable clamp strip, centre Section for cable entry, centre Cable clamp strip, rear Gland plate, depth 100 mm Section for cable entry, rear Cable clamp strip, centre and rear Gland plate, depth 50 mm 1 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233 Gland plate, depth 100 mm 1 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 2 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234 Section for cable entry, centre 1 set 1 8802.060 8802.080 2 sets 1 8802.100 8802.120 8802.160 Section for cable entry, rear 1 set 1 8802.065 8802.085 2 sets 1 8802.105 8802.125 8802.165 Gland plate, depth 150 mm 1 1 5001.218 5001.219 1 2 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235 Cable entry plates for grommets 1 1 5001.226 5001.227 1 2 5001.228 5001.229 5001.237 Grommets, 1 x Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 512. Grommets, 2 x Gland plate, depth 50 mm 1 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233 Cable entry plates for grommets 1 2 5001.226 5001.227 1 4 5001.228 5001.229 5001.237 Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 512. EMC EMC gland plate Gland plate, depth 100 mm 1 set 1 8800.660 8800.680 1 set 2 8800.600 8800.620 – 1 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 2 5001.216 5001.217 – Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 512. For cable glands One-piece Gland plate, depth 250 mm 1 1 5001.222 5001.223 1 2 5001.224 5001.225 5001.236 Gland plate, depth 150 mm 1 1 5001.218 5001.219 1 2 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235 Gland plate, depth 100 mm 1 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 2 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234 Two-piece Cable glands, see page 519. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 379 Base Base For enclosure depth 500 mm, complete module groups For enclosure/console depth mm One-piece base opening For enclosure width Packs of Requires packs of Gland plate, depth 50 mm 1 Gland plate, depth 250 mm Cable entry module groups 600 Two-piece base opening 800 1000 1200 1600 Model No. Packs of Requires packs of 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233 1 1 5001.222 5001.223 1 2 5001.224 5001.225 5001.236 1 set 1 8802.060 8802.080 2 sets 1 8802.100 8802.120 8802.160 1 2 5001.218 5001.219 1 4 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235 1 set 1 8802.065 8802.085 2 sets 1 8802.105 8802.125 8802.165 Model No. Cable clamp strip, centre Section for cable entry, centre Cable clamp strip, rear Gland plate, depth 150 mm Section for cable entry, rear Cable clamp strip, centre and rear Gland plate, depth 50 mm 1 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233 Gland plate, depth 100 mm 1 2 5001.214 5001.215 1 4 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234 Section for cable entry, centre 1 set 1 8802.060 8802.080 2 sets 1 8802.100 8802.120 8802.160 Section for cable entry, rear 1 set 1 8802.065 8802.085 2 sets 1 8802.105 8802.125 8802.165 Gland plate, depth 250 mm 1 1 5001.222 5001.223 1 2 5001.224 5001.225 5001.236 Cable entry plates for grommets 1 1 5001.226 5001.227 1 2 5001.228 5001.229 5001.237 Grommets, 1 x Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 512. Grommets, 2 x Gland plate, depth 150 mm 1 1 5001.218 5001.219 1 2 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235 Cable entry plates for grommets 1 2 5001.226 5001.227 1 4 5001.228 5001.229 5001.237 Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 512. EMC EMC gland plate Gland plate, depth 100 mm 1 set 1 8800.660 8800.680 1 set 2 8800.600 8800.620 – 1 2 5001.214 5001.215 1 4 5001.216 5001.217 – Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 512. For cable glands, two-piece Gland plate, depth 100 mm 1 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 2 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234 Gland plate, depth 250 mm 1 1 5001.222 5001.223 1 2 5001.224 5001.225 5001.236 Cable glands, see page 519. 380 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Base Trim panel for CM To conceal the entire base opening. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Textured paint For enclosure Model No. CM Width mm Depth mm 600 400 5001.130 800 400 5001.140 1000 400 5001.150 1200 400 5001.160 Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Gland plate, multi-piece for DK-TS Any combination possible Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Packs of 1 set Gland plates including sliding plate for cable entry, including sealing tape and assembly parts. Note: For the size variant 800 x 800 mm, the gland plate included with the supply of pre-configured network enclosures should be additionally used. For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Model No. TS 600 1000 7825.364 600 1200 7825.365 800 800 7825.382 800 1000 7825.384 800 1200 7825.385 Also required: For integration of the gland plates, there must be a base frame inside the enclosure. Base frame, divided, for retro-fitting, see page 377. Accessories: All gland plates with a depth of 237.5 mm may be exchanged for gland plate modules on request. − Gland plate modules, see page 382. − Gland plate modules, vented with airflow regulator, see page 382. − Base module for cable entry, see page 383. − Section for cable entry, see page 512, 513. One-piece gland plate For enclosures Model No. DK Width mm Depth mm 600 600 7825.660 600 800 7825.680 600 1000 7825.610 Material: Sheet steel 800 600 7825.860 800 800 7825.880 Surface finish: Zinc-plated 800 1000 7825.810 600 1200 7825.612 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 800 1200 7825.812 vented, for TS − With ventilation holes − Cut-out for cable entry at the rear, covered with brush strip. Accessories: Filter mat for gland plate, see page 382. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 381 Base Base Filter mat Packs of Model No. DK 1 7825.620 for one-piece gland plate The filter mat may be cut to size according to the required cut-out. Material: PPI 35-5/polyamide Gland plate modules for DK-TS For use in the base frame of the network enclosure. Used in exchange for an existing gland plate of the same depth or in conjunction with a multi-piece gland plate for pre-configured TS 8 enclosures, see page 381. Gland plate depth: 237.5 mm Version for cable entry at the rear: With brush strip. Version for cable entry at the sides: With rubber cable clamp strip. Vented design: With filter mat for concealing the holes and nylon tape for securing from the inside or outside. Spare filter mat for gland plate modules, vented To be used in exchange for the existing filter mat. For enclosure width mm 600 800 Design Model No. DK For cable entry, rear 7825.361 For cable entry, sides 800 600 Vented 800 7825.381 7825.388 7825.360 7825.380 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Packs of Model No. DK 2 7825.350 For enclosure width mm Model No. DK 600 7825.366 800 7825.386 Material: PPI 35-5/polyamide Supply includes: Assembly parts. Gland plate modules, vented with airflow regulator for DK-TS Allows controlled air routing from the twin base to the installed components. Individually adjustable membranes allow control of the air inlet opening between 10% and 80% free space. If the rear area of the enclosure is partitioned by base/gland plates, the required volumetric airflow may be individually regulated, and distribution of the airflow inside the twin base adapted to suit the requirements of each enclosure. The gland plate module may be combined with all gland plates as required. Gland plate module including contacting assembly screws; the additional installation of PE conductors is not required. Also required: For integration of the gland plates, there must be a base frame inside the enclosure. Base frame, divided, for retro-fitting, see page 377. Accessories: Spare filter mat, see page 383. Material: Sheet steel Supply includes: Packs of 1 − Gland plate module, vented − Filter mat − Assembly parts 382 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Base Spare filter mat Packs of Model No. DK 1 7825.622 for gland plate modules, vented, with airflow regulator To be used in exchange for the existing filter mat. Material: PPI 35-5/polyamide Supply includes: Assembly parts. Base module for cable entry For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. DK 600 1 7825.367 800 1 7825.387 Super-airtight for DK-TS The two-part base module has a special cable entry with alternate offset brush strips which guarantee an excellent seal even with large cable quantities. Material: − Module plate: Sheet steel − Brush strip: Plastic, UL 94-V0 Surface finish: Module plate: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Brush strip and assembly parts. Module plates Design for TE The base area of the TE may be varied as required using the module plates. Material: Sheet steel Solid Supply includes: Assembly parts. With brush strip Vented Compensating panel 1) Enclosure dimensions mm W (B) D (T) Base cut-out dimensions mm W (B1) D (T1) 550 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 600 Width mm Depth mm 450 200 7526.760 450 550 7526.770 450 750 7526.780 650 550 7526.7851) 650 200 7526.800 650 750 7526.8201) 450 200 7526.850 650 200 7526.860 450 200 7526.829 650 200 7526.834 450 50 7526.750 450 150 7526.755 650 50 7526.790 650 150 7526.795 Model No. TE T B1 B T1 Extended delivery times. 600 600 800 800 800 600 800 1000 450 450 450 600 800 1000 650 650 750 950 550 650 750 950 383 Base Base Pressure relief stopper Especially when enclosures are exposed to changing climatic conditions (e.g. with outdoor siting), condensation may form in sealed enclosures due to pressure differences. The integral sealing membrane largely prevents such pressure differences and hence condensation; additionally, it also prevents the ingress of moisture from the outside. Installed in vertical surfaces to protect against dirt. Packs of Model No. SZ 5 2459.500 Technical specifications: − Air permeability up to 120 litres/hour with a pressure difference of 70 mbar − Connection thread M12 x 1.5 − For fitting in wall thicknesses up to 4 mm Material: Polyamide Colour: Similar to RAL 9005 Protection category: − IP 66, 68 to EN 60 529 − IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9 Supply includes: Lock nut Condensate discharge For reliable discharge from the inside and protection against splashes from the outside (labyrinth effect). A hole diameter of 16 mm is required. (With AE sheet steel, the holes are already provided in the base.) Packs of Model No. SZ 6 2459.000 Material: Polyamide Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, subject to correct mounting at the bottom. Gland plates for CS New Basic enclosures For sealing the base opening and for cable entry. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Powder-coated, zinc-plated Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 384 For enclosure dimensions Width mm Depth mm Packs of 600 400 1 set 9785.511 600 500 1 set 9785.514 800 400 1 set 9785.512 800 500 1 set 9785.513 1200 400 1 set 2x 9785.511 1200 500 1 set 2x 9785.514 Model No. CS Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Walls Side panels Side panels, screw-fastened, sheet steel For enclosures Height mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 800 600 2 8173.235 1000 600 2 8174.235 1200 500 2 8115.235 1200 600 2 8170.235 1200 800 2 8175.235 1200 1000 2 8176.235 1400 500 2 8145.235 1400 600 2 8146.235 1400 800 2 8148.235 1600 500 2 8165.235 1600 600 2 8166.235 1600 800 2 8168.235 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 1800 400 2 8184.235 1800 500 2 8185.235 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 1800 600 2 8186.235 1800 800 2 8188.235 Note: Enclosure panel holders may optionally be fitted from the inside or outside of the enclosure. Area available for population: External dimension – 100 mm. 1800 1000 2 8180.235 2000 400 2 8104.235 2000 500 2 8105.235 2000 600 2 8106.235 2000 800 2 8108.235 2000 1000 2 8100.235 2200 600 2 8126.235 2200 800 2 8128.235 for TS ● Automatic potential equalisation and higher EMC protection thanks to enclosure panel fasteners with earthing insert ● Easy positioning with the location aid ● Earthing bolt with contact surface Material: Sheet steel 1.5 mm, textured Surface finish: Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside Colour: RAL 7035 1 Automatic potential equalisation 1 Accessories: − Earth straps, see page 501. − Enclosure panel fasteners, internal, see page 386, for heavy installed equipment and high dynamic pressures. Side panels, screw-fastened, stainless steel for TS ● Automatic potential equalisation and higher EMC protection thanks to enclosure panel fasteners ● Easy positioning with the location aid ● Earthing bolt with contact surface Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm For enclosures Packs of Model No. TS 400 2 8700.840 500 2 8700.850 600 2 8700.060 Height mm Depth mm 1800 1800 2000 Accessories: Surface finish: Brushed, grain 400 Enclosure panel fasteners, internal, see page 386, for heavy installed equipment and high dynamic pressures. Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 385 Walls Side panels Side panels, asymmetrical for TS The alternative to the standard side panel for improved visual appearance in the event of backto-back, back-to-side or corner baying. The gap (A) which occurs with standard side panels is reduced to a standard dimension (B), see technical drawing. In the case of the TS 8 corner enclosure, an asymmetrical side panel is included in the supply. The number of additional asymmetrical side panels required depends on the chosen baying variant. For enclosures Height mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 1800 400 2 8184.500 1800 500 2 8185.500 1800 600 2 8186.500 2000 400 2 8104.500 2000 500 2 8105.500 2000 600 2 8106.500 2000 800 2 8108.500 2200 600 2 8126.500 Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Accessories: Enclosure panel fasteners, internal, see page 386, for heavy installed equipment and high dynamic pressures. Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Side panel Corner baying Back-to-back baying Rear panel Door Standard side panel Asymmetrical side panel A B Asymmetrical side panel Enclosure panel fasteners, internal Packs of Model No. TS 10 8800.071 for TS for additional fixing of the side or rear panel with heavy installed equipment and high dynamic pressures. 386 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Walls Side panels Hinges for TS side panel, screw-fastened, sheet steel TS side panel, asymmetrical The 180° opening angle allows unhindered access. May be installed optionally from the inside or outside of the enclosure: Simply replace 3 enclosure panel fasteners with hinges. Despite the hinge, the protection category of the enclosure is retained. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: Assembly screws. Side panel, lockable for TS ● Simply locate from above ● Lock via security lock no. 3524 E ● Earthing bolt with contact lug. Material: Sheet steel, powder-coated Protection category: IP 20/NEMA 1 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: 2 side panels each with 4 security locks no. 3524 E. Note: Side panels 1200 mm deep as divided variants, see page 388. Accessories: Internal latch DK 7824.510, see page 388. Design Packs of Model No. TS RAL 7035 6 8800.110 Note: − Side panel and door hinges may only be installed on the same enclosure section when using a 180° door hinge (see page 425). − Please note: Red areas (side panels), hinged and unhinged, must always be opposite one another. Blue areas (doors/rear panels) must always be opposite one another. Only one surface on each vertical enclosure section may be hinged. For enclosures Height mm 7035 9005 Model No. DK 7824.086 800 600 – 1000 600 – 7824.106 1200 600 – 7824.126 1200 800 – 7824.128 1200 1000 – 7824.120 1200 1000 – 7816.120 1400 600 – 7824.1461) 1400 800 – 7824.148 1600 600 – 7824.166 1600 800 – 7824.168 1800 600 – 7824.186 1800 800 – 7824.188 1800 1000 – 7824.1801) 2000 600 – 7824.206 2000 800 – 7824.208 2000 1000 – 7824.200 2000 1000 – 7816.2001) 2200 600 – 7824.226 2200 800 – 7824.228 2200 1000 – 7824.220 1) Extended Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Colour RAL Depth mm delivery times. 387 Walls Side panels Internal latch For enclosure system Packs of Model No. DK TS 4 7824.510 for side panel, lockable Additional security is achieved via the option of latching the side panel from the inside. The side panels on the frame section are screwfastened from the inside with latching brackets. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Side panel, plug-type, divided for DK-TS The horizontally divided side panel offers clear advantages for storage, transportation and assembly, thanks to the reduced weight and smaller dimensions of its individual parts. The lower side panel part is inserted into the base frame and secured in the centre of the enclosure via a punched section with mounting flange. After attaching, the complete side panel is locked at the top with 2 locks. Material: Sheet steel For enclosures Height mm Depth mm Packs of 2000 1200 1 7824.310 2200 1200 1 7824.312 Model No. DK Supply includes: − Side panel with security lock 3524 E − Punched sections with mounting flanges − Earth conductor − Assembly parts Colour: RAL 7035 Side panels for TE ● Simple assembly with insertion aid at the bottom and lock at the top ● Earthing bolt with contact lug Protection category: IP 20 Supply includes: Security lock 3524 E. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Powder-coated For enclosures Height mm Depth mm Packs of Colour RAL 7035 9005 2000 800 2 – 7000.652 2000 1000 2 – 7000.653 2000 1000 2 – 7000.663 Primer/paint For touching up and repairing powder-coated and wet-painted surfaces, air-drying. Touch-up pen 12 ml Tin 1000 ml Spray can 150 ml 388 Model No. TE Colour RAL Model No. SZ 7032 2436.732 7035 2436.735 7035 2438.735 7022 2581.000 7032 2437.000 7035 2440.735 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Walls Divider panels/partitions Cable management panel for DK-TS The universal routing aid for network enclosures where large quantities of cables and lines are managed. Can also be used as a partition with cable management option. By attaching to the inner level, cables may be routed inside and out, also in conjunction with a side panel. Mounting options: ● Directly onto the inner mounting level of TS 8 enclosures ● On the outer mounting level on punched sections with mounting flanges. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 For enclosures 1) Model No. DK Width/depth mm Height mm 600 2000 7824.560 800 2000 7824.5801) Extended delivery times. Accessories: − Nylon loop fasteners, see page 530. − Cable route, see page 536. − Cable ties, see page 530. − Cable shunting rings, see page 534. − Cable manager, see page 533. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Divider panel for TS For shielding individual enclosure cells. Thanks to the symmetry of the frame system, the divider panel can also be used at the rear. All-round, double fold for stability and to hold the seal. Notches in the corners and half-way up the sides permit the use of angular baying brackets and baying brackets, even with a divider panel fitted. For mounting on the outer mounting level. This leaves the inner level free for further population. Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-plated For enclosures Model No. TS Height mm Depth mm 1800 400 8609.840 1800 500 8609.850 1800 600 8609.860 2000 400 8609.040 2000 500 8609.050 2000 600 8609.060 2000 800 8609.080 2200 600 8609.260 302/402/502/702 Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529, subject to the correct use of module plates. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: The divider panel may also be fitted to the rear. This allows, e.g. frequency converters for heat dissipation to be installed in a divider panel with the cooling units facing outwards and protected/ finished off with a cover (see page 392). 289/389/489/689 247/347/447/647 − Cover with door, see page 392. − Baying attachment, vertical (TS 8800.470) for enclosures with fitted divider panel, see page 398. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 1702/1902/2102 Accessories: 389 Walls Divider panels/partitions Partition For enclosures for DK-TS For rack mounting, suspended between two TS 8 enclosures. With three Ø 40 mm holes in all 4 corner areas for the insertion of cable sections, conduits etc. Drilled holes may be sealed with the enclosed stepped collars. For cable entry, simply cut off at a suitable level to match the required cross-section. Material: − Partition: Sheet steel − Stepped collar: Plastic to UL 94-HB Model No. DK Height mm Depth mm 2000 1000 7831.723 2000 1200 7831.724 2200 1200 7831.726 Note: Use baying connector TS 8800.490. Not for use in conjunction with a baying seal. Any existing seals must be removed prior to installation. Accessories: Surface finish: Partition: Zinc-plated Baying clamp TS 8800.490, see page 396. Supply includes: 12 stepped collars Ø 40 mm. The divider panel and module plate system More options: The cut-outs of a divider panel are individually equipped with module plates for 16-pole or 24pole connectors, with module plates for cable entry and with solid module plates. Faster assembly: Usually only some of the total number of connector cut-outs are used. Thanks to the new divider panel technique, the cut-outs do not need to be covered individually. The solid module plate is used instead. The benefits: Less plates, less screws, less assembly work. Divider panel 402/502 318 99/105 188 144 for module panels TS With cut-outs for the installation of module plates for connectors or for cable entry, and also for the entry of busbar systems and other installed equipment. All-round, double fold for stability and to hold the seal. Thanks to the symmetry of the enclosure frame, divider panels may also be fitted at the rear, dimensions permitting. For mounting on the outer mounting level. This leaves the inner level free for further population. 8 x 188 (1504)/9 x 188 (1692) Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts and multi-tooth screws M5 x 12 mm for mounting the module plates. Note: Notches in the corners and half-way up the sides permit the use of angular baying brackets and baying brackets, even with a divider panel fitted. 1702/1902 Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm Accessories: − Module plates, see page 391. − Cover with door, see page 392. − Baying attachment (TS 8800.470) for enclosures with fitted divider panel, see page 398. For enclosures 390 Height mm Depth mm Number of cut-outs Model No. TS 8609.100 1800 500 9 1800 600 9 8609.110 2000 500 10 8609.120 2000 600 10 8609.130 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Walls Divider panels/partitions Module plates Design Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm Solid – 1 8609.160 For 16-pole connectors 4 1 8609.150 For 24-pole connectors 4 1 8609.140 For cable entry 1 1 8609.170 For cable entry grommets 4 1 8609.190 With cable sleeve 1 1 8609.390 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Seal Solid For sealing unused cut-outs. Easily machined for individual cut-outs. for 16/24-pole connectors With cut-outs to accommodate connectors. In addition to mounting on divider panels, module plates may also be attached to the 25 mm pitch pattern of the enclosure and to the rails of the TS/ PS system. For cable entry For the entry of pre-assembled cables. Sealed, secure routing is achieved via adjustable angle brackets with inserted foam cable clamp strip. Attachment bracket, punched, for cable clamping. For cable entry grommets For mounting on the divider panel for module plates TS. Slide the grommets into the cut-outs, slide the clamp plate with seal down over them, and screw-fasten. Cut-outs Packs of Model No. TS Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Accessories: − Adaptor, cover plate, see page 392. − Connector gland for connector cut-outs, see page 522. − Connector gland sealing frame and sealing module, see page 523. Accessories: Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000, see page 530. Also required: − Cable entry grommets, see page 512 or − Connector grommets, see page 512. With cable sleeve For 10 – 65 mm cable diameters. The flexible grommet adapts to the cable's bending radius. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 391 Walls Divider panels/partitions Adaptors For reduction Packs of Model No. SZ for connector cut-outs For using connectors with varying numbers of poles. From 24 to 16 poles 5 2479.000 From 24 to 10 poles 5 2480.000 From 24 to 6 poles 5 2481.000 Material: Sheet steel From 16 to 10 poles 5 2401.000 From 16 to 6 poles 5 2402.000 Model No. SZ Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Seal for adaptor and mounting accessories. Cover plate for connector cut-outs For unused cut-outs. For Packs of 24-pole cut-outs 20 2477.000 16-pole cut-outs 20 2478.000 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Seal and assembly parts. Cover with door For enclosures for TS ● To protect and finish off connectors or other installed equipment. ● Optional cable entry from above or below. Material: − Cover: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm − Door: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Cover − Door with locking rod and double-bit lock insert − 1 cover plate for top or bottom. Colour: Pale grey Supply includes: Spacer bolts for sound insulation of the roof plate. Material category: B1 to DIN 4102 392 Model No. TS 2000 500 8609.020 2000 600 8609.030 Accessories: for TS Noise insulating mats for equipping or retro-fitting enclosures. Thanks to their self-adhesive rear, the noise insulating mats are easily attached to existing surfaces. Sound is absorbed, leading to significant noise reduction. The kit is designed to reduce noise from the roof, sides and rear of an enclosure with dimensions WHD 800 x 2000 x 800 mm. Material: Soft foam based on melamine resin, 20 mm Depth mm − Lock inserts, version F, see page 421. − Comfort handle, see page 415. − 180° hinge, see page 425. Noise protection kit Other dimensions can be accommodated by cutting to size individually. Height mm For enclosures W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. DK 800 x 2000 x 800 1 set 7824.650 Absorption level 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.60 α 0.50 0.40 0.30 0.20 0.10 0.00 63 100 160 250 400 630 1000 1600 2500 4000 6300 10000 Hz Asorption level α: share of absorbed output, 1 = 100% (averaged). Averaged noise reduction (comparison source, 50 Hz – 20 kHz): 1 m standard distance (averaged) Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Walls Isolator door locking TS isolator door cover (US version) Including main door lock for safety locking of enclosures and bayed enclosure suites in accordance with US regulations, only in conjunction with actuator lever for master switches: ● Allen Bradley 1494 F-M1/P1/S1 and 140 U-K-FCX04 ● Square D 9422 A1 ● ITE Siemens Max-Flex series/FHOH (only available in the USA) ● General Electric TDA Type 1 and 2 ● Moeller NZM-XSHGVR 12-NA Benefits: ● In combination with − Operating mechanism − Adjacent door latch − Interconnecting rods meets the requirements of UL 508 A ● Compact design with a width of just 100 mm. ● May be mounted instead of a side panel. With this cover, all standard single-door TS 8 enclosures may be configured as isolator door enclosures. The complete installation surface of the enclosure is retained. ● May be mounted optionally on the left or right of the enclosure. ● In conjunction with the integrable TS 8 mounting plate infill, (see page 443), the mounting surface of the main enclosure can be enlarged by around 14%. Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. TS 100 1800 400 8900.840 100 1800 500 8900.850 100 2000 500 8900.050 100 2000 600 8900.060 Also required: − Operating mechanism, TS 4912.000, for enclosure with isolator door cover and additionally every fourth adjacent enclosure, see page 393. − Adjacent door latch, TS 4911.000, TS 4911.100, for every adjacent enclosure, see page 393. − Interconnecting rods, for every adjacent enclosure in the appropriate enclosure width, see page 393. Accessories: Mounting plate infill, see page 443. Isolator door locking (US version) 1 Operating mechanism 2 Adjacent door locking (single-door) 3 Interconnecting rod Material: Sheet steel 4 Connection component Surface finish: Powder-coated 6 Adjacent door locking (two-door) 5 Main door latch Colour: RAL 7035 3 4 4 3 3 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. Supply includes: Main door lock, cover plate and assembly parts. 6 6 2 2 1 5 Door latch for bayed enclosure suites For extending the door locking of commercially available master switches to bayed suites TS. Adjacent door cannot be opened until the main door has been opened. 1 1 Operating mechanism (Fitted in the enclosure with master switch and additionally in every fourth adjacent enclosure) 2 Adjacent door latch (Installation in adjacent enclosure) Packs of Model No. TS Operating mechanism 1 4912.000 Adjacent door locking for Packs of Model No. TS single-door enclosures 1 4911.000 two-door enclosures 1 4911.100 2 3 3 Interconnecting rods To extend locking from the main enclosure to the adjacent enclosures of a bayed suite. An interconnecting rod corresponding to the width of the enclosure is required for each adjacent enclosure. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. TS 600 10 4916.000 800 10 4918.000 1200 10 4920.000 393 Baying system Enclosure suites Bayable on all sides Whether around corners, forwards, backwards, to the left or right or even upwards if required, the baying options are unlimited. For baying at the installation site or for provisional siting in the workshop 1 Quick-fit baying clamps, one-piece 2 Quick-fit baying clamps, three-piece 5 3 Baying clamp, horizontal 4 Baying clamp, vertical for TS/TS 2 5 Baying clamp, vertical for TS/PS 6 Baying connector, external Notes on the transportation of bayed enclosures, see page 396. 4 1 3 1 6 394 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Baying system Enclosure suites Quick-fit baying clamp, one-piece 1 Packs of Model No. TS 6 8800.500 Packs of Model No. TS 6 8800.590 Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.400 Packs of Model No. TS 6 8800.410 for TS/TS Simply attach the screws, insert the quick-fit baying clamp, tap in with a hammer and lock. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Quick-fit baying clamp, three-piece 2 for TS/TS Simply locate, connect with the lock plate, and secure. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 3 Baying clamp, horizontal for TS/TS, TS/PS For mounting on the horizontal enclosure sections. Material: Cast steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 4 Baying clamp, vertical for TS/TS For mounting on the vertical enclosure sections. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 395 Baying system Enclosure suites 5 Baying clamp, vertical for TS/PS For mounting on the vertical enclosure sections. Packs of Model No. TS 6 8800.420 Material: Cast steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 6 Baying connectors, external for TS/TS For mounting on the vertical enclosure sections. Simply position on the outside and screw-fasten either from the inside or outside. Material/surface finish Packs of Model No. TS Sheet steel, zinc-plated 6 8800.490 Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 6 8700.000 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note on the transport of bayed enclosures Individual enclosures may be safely transported using the eyebolts included with the supply. For symmetrical loads, the following maximum permissible loads apply: for 45° cable pull angle 4,800 N, for 60° cable pull angle 6,400 N, for 90° cable pull angle 13,600 N. Note: The eyebolts must be aligned in the direction of the cable pull. For larger baying combinations, we recommend the use of a transport base/plinth, see page 368. 396 For the enclosure combination with angular baying brackets, quick-fit baying clamps and combination angles shown here, the load capacity with a cable pull angle of 60° is as follows: for the left-hand enclosure 7,000 N, for the central enclosure 14,000 N, for the right-hand enclosure 7,000 N. The cable pull angle between the roof plate and the cable has a significant influence on the total permissible load. The cable pull angle must not be less than 45°, and where possible, should be less than 60°. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Baying system Enclosure suites When transporting bayed enclosures A 1 2 quick-fit baying clamps 7 Baying bracket for TS/TS TS 8800.500 (see page 395). 8 Baying bracket for TS/TS 7 4 baying brackets and TS/PS Note: − In addition, the outer baying connector (see page 396), can be used. − When transporting large, heavy enclosure combinations by crane, we additionally recommend the use of combination angles TS 4540.000, see page 398. Also required: For protection category IP 55: One connector/clamp is required half-way up the enclosure height, see page 395. Baying clamp, see page 395/396. Notes on the transportation of bayed enclosures, see page 396. 1 TS 8800.430 (see page 397). 7 A B 1 2 quick-fit baying clamps TS 8800.500 (see page 395). 8 7 2 baying brackets TS 8800.430 (see page 397). 8 4 baying brackets TS 4582.500 (see page 398) if the angular baying brackets cannot be fitted in the foremost installation position due to installed equipment such as large swing frames. 1 B 7 8 7 8 7 Angular baying brackets for TS/TS For a stable connection when transporting bayed enclosure suites. Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.430 Screw-fastening either ● Horizontally and vertically with 8 screws ● Horizontally with 2 screws and M8 threaded blocks, vertically with 4 screws connection. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 397 Baying system Enclosure suites 8 Baying brackets for TS/TS and TS/PS For additional stabilistation, or in cases where: ● Mounting plate brackets ● Swing frame ● Busbar support prevent the installation of angular baying brackets. Material: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. TS 4 4582.500 Accessories: For mounting on the vertical TS enclosure section: Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808, see page 471. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Angular baying bracket The alternative to baying bracket TS 4582.500 and for individual interior installations. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Screws M8 x 16 mm. Combination angle For optimum distribution of tensile forces during transportation of bayed enclosures by crane. Material: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. PS 4 4582.000 Also required: For mounting on: − Horizontal TS enclosure section, captive nuts/threaded blocks M8, see page 477, − Vertical TS enclosure section, snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808, see page 471. Packs of Model No. TS 4 4540.000 Accessories: Surface finish: Zinc-plated Top baying cover, see page 399. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Notes on the transportation of bayed enclosures, see page 396. Baying attachment, vertical for TS/TS with divider panel Only suitable for mounting in conjunction with the angle brackets of the divider panel (included with the supply). Material: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. TS 8 8800.470 Note: May also be used for side or rear wall attachment/ fastening of enclosures. In such cases, additional holes must be drilled in the side or rear panel. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 398 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Baying system Enclosure suites Baying attachment, vertical Packs of Model No. TS 6 8800.670 Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.170 for TS/TS For baying two populated enclosures on the vertical enclosure section. Simply locate into the vertical TS punchings, secure and connect both brackets by using the hex screws (supplied loose). Using the fastening bolts, the enclosure is pulled into a defined end position, with a height or side offset of up to ± 2 mm. Material: Sheet steel, 3 mm Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Baying clamp, horizontal for back-to-back mounting Two-piece, for in situ assembly of enclosures with mounting plate in the rearmost installation position. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Baying cover, top A cover with two end caps may additionally be clipped over the seal between the two enclosures. This prevents dirt and liquid from collecting on the baying seal. Material: − Cover section: Sheet steel or stainless steel − End caps: Plastic Surface finish: Spray-finished Supply includes: − Cover section − 2 end caps For enclosure depth mm Packs of RAL 7035 Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Model No. TS 400 1 – 8800.840 500 1 – 8800.850 600 1 – 8800.860 800 1 – 8800.880 1000 1 – 8800.892 400 1 – 8700.140 500 1 – 8700.150 600 1 – 8700.160 Note: May also be fitted in the width with enclosure suites bayed back-to-back. May also be used in conjunction with dust guard trim, see page 432. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 399 Baying system Enclosure suites Baying connector, external Packs of Model No. DK 4 7824.540 Depth difference mm Model No. DK 100 7067.1001) 200 7067.200 for DK-TS/DK-TS with side panels For retrospective baying of enclosures with screwfastened or lockable side panels. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Compensating panel for TS The panel is screw-fastened to the outside of the enclosure frame and serves as an infill panel when baying 2000 mm high enclosures of varying depths. No seal between the enclosures. 1) Extended delivery times. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Baying kit for TE/TE For connecting individual enclosures into bayed suites at the sides. The enclosures are connected between the base and roof frame. Packs of Model No. TE 4 7000.640 Packs of Model No. SZ 1 set 1199.100 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Baying kit for KL, AE Special screws and nuts ● For fast, simple assembly without thread-tapping. ● Compression of the seal is limited to a predefined level, to ensure a long-lasting, permanent seal between enclosures. Seal, self-adhesive ● Comprised of bayable sealing elements and corner pieces, for individual adaptation to various enclosure sizes. One pack is sufficient for a baying point up to H x D = 800 x 350 mm. Supply includes: − Sealing elements − Assembly parts 400 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Baying system TS 8 corner enclosures TS 8 corner enclosures The corner enclosure and the supplied components will accommodate the various baying options of the TS 8 frame on all outer surfaces. Fitted with a rear panel and an asymmetrical side panel (see page 386, mounted on the l/h side), the corner enclosure also permits the option of baying in both the width and depth. The gland plates are aligned parallel to the rear panel. In TS 8 enclosures with a square footprint, the gland plates may also be rotated through 90°. The baying system is identical to all other TS 8 enclosures. Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Surface finish: − Enclosure frame, roof, rear panel, side panel: Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint − Gland plates: Zinc-plated Height mm Depth mm Model No. TS 400 1800 400 8484.300 500 1800 400 8584.300 600 1800 400 8684.300 500 1800 500 8585.300 600 1800 500 8685.300 600 1800 600 8686.300 400 2000 400 8404.300 500 2000 400 8504.300 600 2000 400 8604.300 800 2000 400 8804.300 500 2000 500 8505.300 600 2000 500 8605.300 800 2000 500 8805.300 600 2000 600 8606.300 800 2000 600 8806.300 600 2200 600 8626.300 Extended delivery times. Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Enclosure frame − Roof − Rear wall (on the longest side) − Side panel, asymmetrical − Gland plates (divided in a longitudinal direction) Baying examples Accessories: − TS base/plinth, see page 360. − Connecting plinth trim, see page 365. B = Width T = Depth TS 8 corner enclosures B 600 B 600 T 500 T 500 T 500 T 500 B 600 T 500 B 600 T 500 B 600 B 600 Width mm H Note: Correct B Incorrect Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories T Incorrect 401 Doors/locks Door variants Glazed door for TS Instead of a sheet steel door or rear panel. Material: − Front panel: Extruded aluminium section − Corner pieces: Die-cast zinc − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: − Frame and corner pieces: RAL 7035 − Viewing window (printed mask on the inside): RAL 7015 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Viewing door frame with safety glass − Locking rod with double-bit insert − 180° hinges (4) − Visible area: W – 140 mm, H – 160 mm Handle adaptor The handle adaptor compensates for the design chamfer in the door profile to enable installation of the comfort handle. Material: Plastic For enclosures Width mm Height mm Model No. TS 600 1800 8610.680 800 1800 8610.880 600 2000 8610.600 800 2000 8610.800 600 2200 8610.620 800 2200 8610.820 Also required: When mounting instead of the rear panel: Lock components for frame TS 8800.040, see page 402. Accessories: − Lock inserts, version F, see page 421. − Comfort handle, see page 415. For glazed door TS Colour Model No. TS RAL 7035 8611.080 For designer door IW and PC-TS, bottom door Supply includes: − 1 adaptor plate − 1 extension for drive − 2 assembly screws Colour Model No. PC RAL 7035 8611.300 Lock components Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.040 for frame TS For retrofitting a glazed door or sheet steel door in place of a rear panel. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: Assembly screws. 402 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Door variants Sheet steel door For enclosures Width mm Height mm Model No. DK 600 2000 7824.205 800 1200 7824.127 Material: Sheet steel 800 2000 7824.207 600 2200 7824.225 Colour: RAL 7035 800 2200 7824.227 for DK-TS To replace existing doors. With 180° hinges and swivel handle with security lock no. 3524 E, in exchange for comfort handle. Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Accessories: − Comfort handle, see page 415. − 180° hinge for bayed TS enclosure suites with comfort handle, see page 425. Sheet steel door, vented for DK-TS With 180° hinges and swivel handle with security lock no. 3524 E, in exchange for comfort handle. For optimum air throughput in network enclosures with a high proportion of active components. Slotted surface with air inlet opening > 78%. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. For enclosures Height mm 600 1800 7824.183 600 2000 7824.203 800 2000 7824.204 600 2200 7824.223 800 2200 7824.224 Accessories: − Comfort handle, see page 415. − 180° hinge for bayed TS enclosure suites with comfort handle, see page 425. Glazed door, vented for DK-TS With 180° hinges and comfort handle with security lock no. 3524 E. For optimum air throughput in network enclosures with a low proportion of active components. Material: − Front panel: Sheet steel − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm − Slotted surfaces (SWG-6.7 hexagon) at the sides for air inlet Surface finish: Spray-finished Model No. DK Width mm For enclosures Model No. DK Width mm Height mm 600 2000 7824.201 800 2000 7824.202 800 2200 7824.222 Accessories: 180° hinge for bayed TS enclosure suites with comfort handle, see page 425. Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 403 Doors/locks Door variants Sheet steel door, vertically divided for DK-TS With 130° hinges and locking rod, including comfort handle for semi-cylinder with security lock no. 3524 E. Thanks to the minimal rotation radius of the individual doors, the distance between individual bayed enclosure suites may be reduced. The extensive door perforations additionally support climate control of the installed equipment. Slotted surface with air inlet opening > 78%. Vented For enclosures Model No. DK Width mm Height mm 600 2000 7824.360 600 2200 7824.362 800 2000 7824.380 800 2200 7824.382 Unvented1) For enclosures Model No. DK Width mm Height mm Material: Sheet steel 600 2000 7816.360 600 2200 7816.362 Protection category: − IP 55 to IEC 60 529 (unvented) − IP 20 to IEC 60 529 (vented) 800 2000 7816.380 800 2200 7816.382 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 1) Without tubular door frame. Tubular door frame available on request. Accessories: 180° hinge TS 8800.190, see page 425. Sheet steel glazed door, vertically divided for TS With underlaid viewing panel, 4-point locking rod and comfort handle for semi-cylinder with security lock 3524 E. The divided design allows room-optimised siting of the enclosures coupled with the best possible access, thanks to a reduced distance between the individual bayed enclosure suites. Max. door opening angle, thanks to pre-integrated 180° hinges. Material: − Front panel: Sheet steel − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm For enclosures Width mm Height mm Model No. DK 800 2000 7824.280 800 2200 7824.282 Protection category: IP 55 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: Height 2200 mm cannot be combined with swing frame 45 U. Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 All-glass door, vertically divided for DK-TS With 180° hinges and locking rod including comfort handle for semi-cylinder with security lock no. 3524 E. Thanks to the minimal rotation radius of the individual doors, the distance between individual bayed enclosure suites may be reduced. For enclosures Width mm Height mm Model No. DK 800 2000 7824.490 Note: Not to be used in conjunction with a swing frame. Material: − Frame elements: Aluminium − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 5 mm Colour: − Frame elements: RAL 7035 − Viewing windows: Tinted Supply includes: Assembly parts. 404 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Door variants Lockable and adjacent door for TS For example, if two 400 mm doors instead of one 800 mm wide door are used to comply with escape routes. For enclosures Width mm Height mm 800 2000 Material: Sheet steel Colour RAL Model No. TS 7035 8801.450 Accessories: Surface finish: Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside Lock system, see page 415. Supply includes: 2 doors including hinges and lock parts. Protective bars for TS As an alternative to a door, e.g. in sealed switch rooms. Prevents people from falling into the open enclosure frame. Easily removable for maintenance purposes. For 1200 mm enclosure width; may be shortened or divided for other sizes. Material: Wood, spray-finished, RAL 3000 For enclosure width mm Length mm 1200 1090 Packs Model No. TS of 1 8801.010 Enclosure width mm Clearance between the enclosure frame (B3) mm Length protective bar (L) mm 400 312 2901) 600 512 4901) 800 712 6901) 1000 912 8901) 1200 1112 1090 L 60 x 40 1) The 65 protective bar TS 8801.010 (1090 mm) will need to be shortened. 40 B3 Holder for protective bars For location into the vertical TS section. The protective bar is simply inserted. Packs of Model No. TS 2 8801.000 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Variable modular climate control concept Instead of an enclosure door in a 600 mm/ 800 mm/1200 mm wide and 1800 mm/2000 mm high TS enclosure, section doors with integral cooling module may be retrofitted without major assembly work. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Possible alternative: Modular climate control concept, see page 248/249. 405 Doors/locks Door variants Trim frame For enclosures for TS To conceal the TS 8 front frame in enclosures without a door. Can be combined with large swing frames. Possible application areas include, for example: ● Studio technology ● Electronic configuration Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Model No. DK Width mm Height mm 600 2000 7824.130 800 2000 7824.132 Note: The trim frame conceals the system punchings at the sides in the inner mounting level. The TS punched sections with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm (see page 460) may be used for installation. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Interior door with mounting frame for compact enclosure AE IP 69K, stainless steel For the installation of control and display components. Mounting frame, depth-adjustable for a distance between the outer surface and the inside of the outer door of 35 to 85 mm (80 mm with AE 1101.110). For AE enclosure W (B) mm H mm 1101.110 160 260 1101.910 1101.120 330 330 1101.920 1101.130 330 580 1101.930 1101.140 580 580 1101.940 Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm 23 30 Colour: RAL 7035 30 23 70 H Supply includes: − Mounting frame − Door with cam lock and screwdriver insert − Assembly parts Model No. AE B 406 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Viewing panels/operating panels 30 section System window To conceal display and operating instruments or cut-outs, and to protect against dirt and liquids as well as unauthorised access. To fit TS, ES with width mm Window size, exterior, mm W (B) Model No. FT H Consisting of the following 2 components: 270 1. Base frame: ● Easily screw-fastened to the door thanks to modified dimensions (tubular door frame may be used as a drilling template). ● Readily height-adjustable. ● Stabilises the door cut-out. ● Conceals the cut edge. ● The rain canopy − prevents dirt from landing on the seal, − protects the glass from being lifted out, − prevents the ingress of dirt and moisture when opening the window. ● Frame section height 30 mm or 60 mm 370 2735.510 470 2735.520 570 2735.530 670 2735.540 270 2735.560 370 2735.570 470 2735.580 570 2735.590 670 2735.250 600 800 500 700 2735.500 2. Viewing window: ● Made from single-pane safety glass: − high level of resistance to solvents and scratches, − anti-static, − reduced risk of injury if broken. ● Cam lock with double-bit insert, easily exchanged for lock inserts, type A, and semicylinders in the Ergoform-S lock system (not with FT 2735.500 and .560) ● Hinge with 180° opening angle, easily inserted. 60 section Material: Extruded aluminium sections with die-cast zinc corner pieces and single-pane safety glass. Standard double-bit lock insert may be exchanged for lock inserts 27 mm, type A, see page 421 and for lock system Ergoform-S (except H = 270 mm), see page 419. To fit TS, ES with width mm 600 800 Window size, exterior, mm W (B) Model No. FT H 500 700 370 2736.510 470 2736.520 570 2736.530 670 2736.540 670 2736.500 Surface finish: − Base frame: Powder-coated in RAL 7035 − Hinge and lock section: Natural-anodised Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529 B 85 B – 137 52 47 X h – 70 h–2 H b – 70 View X for profile height 30 View Y for profile height 60 63 33 Y Viewing area (W (B) – 137) offset by 16.5 mm towards the hinge side. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 407 Doors/locks Viewing panels/operating panels Viewing window For mounting on ● AE instead of door ● Surfaces Material: − Front panel: Aluminium, natural-anodised. − Glass panel: Acrylic Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Plastic handle with lock insert no. 3524 E. Max. installation depth: (depth – 4 mm) Visible area: (width – 60 mm) x (height – 60 mm) Note: Other sizes available on request. Depth = 34 mm For use as door variant with AE 1050.500, AE 1350.500 AE 1007.600 497 497 2733.000 AE 1039.500, AE 1339.500 AE 1009.600, DK 7641.000 597 377 2730.000 AE 1010.500, AE 1054.500 AE 1060.500, AE 1360.500 DK 7643.000 597 597 2731.000 AE 1012.500, AE 1076.500 AE 1376.500, DK 7645.000 597 757 2732.000 for 3 U subrack 597 197 2734.000 Depth = 60 mm For use as door variant with 497 497 2763.000 AE 1039.500, AE 1339.500, AE 1009.600, DK 7641.000 597 377 2760.000 AE 1010.500, AE 1054.500 AE 1060.500, AE 1360.500 DK 7643.000 597 597 2761.000 AE 1012.500, AE 1076.500 AE 1376.500, DK 7645.000 597 757 2762.000 A gas pressurised spring holds the viewing window securely open (top or side). When the viewing window is closed, the gas pressurised spring disappears into the frame section. With security lock, lock no. 3524 E. Material: − Front panel: Extruded aluminium sections with die-cast corner pieces − Glass panel: Smoked acrylic Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Width Height Model No. mm mm FT AE 1050.500, AE 1350.500 AE 1007.600 Horizontally hinged FT stay Acrylic glazed cover Width Height Model No. mm mm FT Packs of Model No. FT 2 2772.000 Acrylic glazed covers, 482.6 mm (19˝) U Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. FT 3 320 158 47.5 2780.000 3 534 158 47.5 2781.000 6 534 291.5 47.5 2782.000 9 534 425 47.5 2796.000 Max. installation depth: 43 mm Visible area: (width – 40 mm) x (height – 20.5 mm) Metric acrylic glazed covers Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. FT 400 200 47.5 2784.000 400 400 47.5 2785.000 500 200 47.5 2786.000 500 400 47.5 2787.000 600 200 47.5 2788.000 600 400 47.5 2789.000 Max. installation depth: 43 mm Visible area: (width – 40 mm) x (height – 20.5 mm) 408 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Viewing panels/operating panels Viewing window Stainless steel Fitted as standard with internal 130° hinges and all-round seal. The double-bit lock insert may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, type A, and Ergoform-S handle SZ 2452.000. Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Single-pane safety glass Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. FT 522 600 38 2793.560 Accessories: − Lock inserts, 27 mm, version A, see page 421. − Ergoform-S handle SZ 2452.000, see page 419. Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529 37.5 522 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 408 525 475 285 543 600 25.5 Monitor frame For door width 600 and 800 mm For covering a door cut-out, for all standard monitors up to 482.6 mm (19˝). Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529 31 38 25 Dimensions Width mm Height mm External dimensions 470 430 Viewing area 375 325 Cut-out required 415 375 Model No. SZ 2305.000 Supply includes: Security glass pane. Identification strips For individual field identifiers on the door, including transparent cover and assembly parts. For labels: Width: Enclosure width – 150 mm Height: 29 mm Thickness: 0.75 mm. For enclosure width mm Model No. SZ 600 2403.000 800 2404.000 Colour: RAL 7033 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 409 Doors/locks Viewing panels/operating panels Operating panel For mounting on: ● AE instead of door ● Surfaces Frame construction with corner connectors on the inside, 3 mm aluminium plate secured from the inside and sealed against the frame Material: Aluminium, natural-anodised Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Aluminium frame, display panel, hinges, brackets. For use as door variant for AE Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. FT 1001.600 1002.500 1002.600 1032.500 1035.500 197 297 34 2740.0001) 1004.600 1011.600 1030.500 1031.500 377 297 34 2741.000 1006.500 1006.600 1380.500 377 377 34 2742.000 1008.600 1038.500 1338.500 377 597 34 2743.000 1007.600 1013.600 1050.500 1350.500 497 497 34 2745.000 1009.600 1039.500 1339.500 597 377 34 2744.000 1010.500 1010.600 1060.500 1360.500 597 597 34 2746.000 1) With AE, only for use on the rear panel Area available for population: (width – 70 mm) x (height – 70 mm) Dimensions of aluminium plate: (width – 54 mm) x (height – 54 mm) Accessories: Cam lock FT 2749.000, see page 410. Cam lock May be retrofitted to the operating area or enclosure panel of operating panels. Standard double-bit lock insert may be exchanged for type C lock inserts and type C plastic handle. Viewing window for operating panel For the protection of display and control components. With a build height of max. 35 mm. Packs of Model No. FT 1 2749.000 Accessories: − Lock inserts, type C, see page 421. − Plastic handle, type C, see page 420. For operating panel Model No. FT FT 2741.000 2791.000 FT 2742.000 2792.000 Material: Frame: Aluminium, natural-anodised Glazed panel: Smoked acrylic Supply includes: Lock insert no. 3524 E. 410 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Allocation of lock systems Compact enclosures, sheet steel Enclosure series Lock and push-button inserts DIN 18 252 Version A Version F Lock and push-button inserts 46 Lock inserts 18 – 21 U 44 Semi-cylinder 3 – 15 U 39 EL 3-part KS With 3-point lock 37 CM Lock inserts for handle systems With cam from page With 3-point lock – With cam Condition BG With cam EB AE, wall-mounted enclosures AE 48 50 51 60 60 416 416 421 421 416 – Handle systems for enclosures Comfort handle For lock inserts 415 – – – – – – – – – – – For padlock and lock inserts 415 – – – – – – – – – – – With security lock insert E1 415 – – – – – – – – – – – – – For semi-cylinder 415 – – – – – – – – – – – Prepared for ASSA lock system 415 – – – – – – – – – – – – – Mini-comfort handle (from AE enclosure height 380 mm, from AE enclosure width 300 mm) For lock inserts 418 – – – – – – – – – – For semi-cylinder 418 – – – – – – – – – – Ergoform-S handle Standard 419 – – – – – – – – – – Special with lock insert, lock E1 419 – – – – – – – – – – – – – Specially prepared for ASSA lock system 419 – – – – – – – – – – – – – Standard for KS plastic enclosures 419 – – – – – – – – – – Folding lever handle For lock inserts 416 – – – – – – – – – – For padlock and lock inserts 416 – – – – – – – – – – With security lock insert E1 416 – – – – – – – – – – – – – 422 – – – – – – – – – – – – Version B 420 – – – – – – Version E 420 – – – – – – – – 420 – – – – – – Semi-cylinder lock For AE Plastic handles T handles Version B Lock inserts for enclosures Lock inserts Version A 421 – – – – – Version E 421 – – – – – – – Version F 421 – – – – – – 422 – – – – – – Lock cylinder inserts Version B Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 411 Doors/locks Allocation of lock systems Large enclosures, sheet steel Enclosure series Lock inserts for handle systems Door For keyboard drawer or fold-out tray DK-TS TE 7000 Lock and push-button inserts DIN 18 252 Version A Version F Lock and push-button inserts Lock inserts 70 108 108 80 85 416 416 421 421 416 Condition from page Semi-cylinder TS 8 PC enclosure TS 8 Handle systems for enclosures Comfort handle For lock inserts 415 – – – – – For padlock and lock inserts 415 – – – – – For semi-cylinder 415 – – – – – With security lock insert E1 415 – – – – – – – Prepared for ASSA lock system 415 – – – – – – – Security handle with code 417 1) – 1) – – – – Standard 419 – – – – – – Security handle with code 417 – – – – – – – Special with lock insert, lock E1 419 – – – – – – – – – Special, prepared for ASSA lock system 419 – – – – – – – – – Ergoform-S handle Lock inserts for enclosures Lock inserts Version A 421 – – – – Version F 421 – – – 1) Only suitable for use with rear door Rittal Switzerland RITTAL AG Ringstrasse 1 CH-5432 Neuenhof Phone: +41 (0) 56 416 06 00 Fax: +41 (0) 56 416 06 66 E-mail: rittal@rittal.ch www.rittal.ch 412 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Doors/locks Allocation of lock systems Console systems and industrial workstation, sheet steel Enclosure series Desk section and console Pedestal Console cover Console door Universal consoler TP IW IW enclosure for tower PC Lock and push-button inserts DIN 18 252 Version A Version F Lock and push-button inserts 101 101 106 106 107 110 109 416 416 421 421 416 TopConsole TP Condition from page Lock inserts for handle systems One-piece console TP Semi-cylinder Lock inserts Handle systems for enclosures Comfort handle For lock inserts 415 – – – – – – – – – For padlock and lock inserts 415 – – – – – – – – – For semi-cylinder 415 – – – – – – – – – With security lock insert E1 415 – – – – – – – – – – – Prepared for ASSA lock system 415 – – – – – – – – – – – Security handle with code 417 – – – – – – – – – Standard 419 – – – – – – Special with lock insert, lock E1 419 – – – – – – – – – Special, prepared for ASSA lock system 419 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Ergoform-S handle T handles Version B 420 Lock inserts for enclosures Lock inserts Version A 421 – – Version D 421 – – – – – – Version F 421 – – – – – – 422 – – – – – – Lock cylinder inserts Version B Rittal Hungary RITTAL Kereskedelmi Kft. 1044 Budapest, Ipari Park u. 1. Phone: +36 (1) 399 8000 Fax: +36 (1) 399 8009 E-mail: rittal@rittal.hu www.rittal.hu Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 413 Doors/locks Allocation of lock systems Enclosures and cases, stainless steel Enclosure series Console cover Console door TS 8 PC Lock and push-button inserts DIN 18 252 Version A Version F Lock and push-button inserts Lock inserts With 3-point lock Page Semi-cylinder With cam AE Condition Lock inserts for handle systems One-piece console AP 162/163 164 170 170 172 171 416 416 421 421 416 Handle systems for enclosures Comfort handle For lock inserts 415 – – – – – – – – For padlock and lock inserts 415 – – – – – – – – For semi-cylinder 415 – – – – – – – – With security lock insert E1 415 – – – – – – – – – – Prepared for ASSA lock system 415 – – – – – – – – – – Standard 419 – – – – – Special with lock insert, lock E1 419 – – – – – – – – Special, prepared for ASSA lock system 419 – – – – – – – – 420 1) – – – – – – – – – 420 1) – – – – – – – – – 2) – – – – – – – – – Ergoform-S handle Plastic handles Version C T handles Version C Semi-cylinder lock for AE 422 Lock inserts for enclosures Lock inserts Version A 421 – – – – Version C 421 – – – – Version F 421 – – – – – 422 – – – – Lock cylinder inserts Version C 1) Not with AE 1018.600. 2) Not with enclosures from stainless steel 1.4401 (AISI 316L) and use of cam lock SZ 2304.000. Rittal Japan RITTAL K.K. Sales HQ. Shin-Yokohama AK Bldg 2F 3-23-3, Shin-Yokohama, Kohoku-ku Kanagawa 222-0033 Phone: 0120-998-631 / +81 (45) 478-6801 Fax: 0120-998-632 / +81 (45) 478-6880 E-mail: contact@rittal.co.jp www.rittal.co.jp 414 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Doors/locks Lock systems Rittal comfort handle for TS, DK-TS, PC, IW As the handle does not take up any swing space, due to its folding mechanism, the door surface area may be maximised for installed equipment. Material: Die-cast zinc Also required: Handle adaptor for mounting on a − Glazed door TS − Bottom door PC-TS − Designer door IW see page 402. Surface finish: Powder-coated For lock inserts For padlock and lock inserts For semi-cylinder2) Prepared for ASSA lock system RAL 7032 8611.010 8611.030 RAL 7035 8611.020 8611.290 8611.040 8611.060 8611.050 8611.045 8611.070 RAL 8019 8611.250 8611.280 8611.260 – 8611.270 RAL 9005 – 8611.350 – – 8611.360 Matt nickel-plated – 8611.330 – – 8611.340 – 7 mm square 8611.100 8611.100 – – – 8 mm square 8611.110 8611.110 – – – 7 mm triangular 8611.120 8611.120 – – – 8 mm triangular 8611.130 8611.130 – – – Screwdriver 8611.140 8611.140 – – – Daimler insert 8611.150 8611.150 – – – With lock insert, lock E11) Model No. TS Lock inserts, type F 3 mm double-bit 8611.160 8611.160 – – – Fiat 8611.170 8611.170 – – – 6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO) 8611.220 8611.220 – – – Security lock insert no. 3524 E3) 8611.180 8611.180 – 2467.000 – Push-button insert 8611.190 8611.190 – 2468.000 – 8611.2004) 8611.2004) – 2469.0005) – – – – 9785.040 – – – – 9785.0427) – Lock and push-button inserts Push-button and lock insert3) Semi-cylinder to DIN 18 2526) 1) Only for use with VW, Audi, SEAT, SkodaAuto. Supplied without key. Other VW locks available on request. 2) Comfort handle for lock cylinder KESO/KABA with Model No. TS 8611.240 available on request. 3) With 2 keys. 4) Lock no. 12321, no other lock is possible. 5) Lock no. 2123, no other lock is possible. 6) With 3 keys for each lock insert. 7) Packs of 2. Simultaneous locking within the same pack, no simultaneous locking for different packs. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 415 Doors/locks Lock systems Lock inserts For installation in comfort handle, mini-comfort handle, Ergoform-S standard, folding lever handle Lock and push-button inserts Installation in Comfort handle6), mini-comfort handle6) Comfort handle, mini-comfort handle, Ergoform-S standard, folding lever handle for CM Model No. TS Model No. SZ Model No. CS 8611.180 2467.000 – Security lock insert no. 3524 E1) Push-button insert Push-button and lock insert1) 8611.190 2468.000 – 8611.2002) 2469.0003) – – – 9785.040 – – 9785.0425) to DIN 18 2524) 1) With 3) Lock Semi-cylinder Comfort handle7), mini-comfort handle7), Ergoform-S standard, folding lever handle CM 2 keys. 2) Lock no. 12321, no other lock is possible. no. 2123, no other lock is possible. 4) With 3 keys for each lock insert. the same pack, no simultaneous locking for different packs. 5) Packs of 2. Simultaneous locking within 6) For lock inserts. 7) For semi-cylinder. Folding lever handle for CM As the handle does not take up any swing space, due to its folding mechanism, the door surface area may be maximised for installed equipment. For lock inserts Colour: − Enclosure: Similar to RAL 9005 − Handle: Similar to RAL 9006 Size: − Length: 242 mm (with inserted trim panel) − Width: 50 mm − Depth: 17.5 mm For padlock and lock inserts With lock insert, lock E11) Model No. CM 5001.060 5001.062 5001.061 7 mm square 8611.100 8611.100 – 8 mm square 8611.110 8611.110 – 7 mm triangular 8611.120 8611.120 – 8 mm triangular 8611.130 8611.130 – Screwdriver 8611.140 8611.140 – Daimler insert 8611.150 8611.150 – 3 mm double-bit 8611.160 8611.160 – Fiat 8611.170 8611.170 – 6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO) 8611.220 8611.220 – Security lock insert no. 3524 E2) 2467.000 2467.000 – Push-button insert 2468.000 2468.000 – 2469.0003) 2469.0003) – 9785.040 9785.040 – 9785.0425) 9785.0425) – Lock inserts, type F Lock and push-button inserts Push-button and lock insert2) Semi-cylinder to DIN 18 2524) 1) Only for use with VW, Audi, SEAT, SkodaAuto. Supplied without key. Other VW locks available on request. 2) With 2 keys. 3) Lock no. 2123; no other lock is possible. 4) With 3 keys for each lock insert. 5) Packs of 2. Simultaneous locking within the same pack, no simultaneous locking for different packs. 416 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Lock systems Security handle with code Flexible access opportunities with ● individual 3-digit code without key or ● with the master key function via an additional semi-cylinder of 40 or 45 mm to DIN 18 252, irrespective of the code. Design with Model No. DK Comfort handle for TS 7200.800 Ergoform-S handle for TE 7200.810 Accessories: − SZ lock and push-button inserts, see page 416. − Semi-cylinder, see page 416. Adjacent door latch for TS For optimum operation of the adjacent door from the outside if the handle on the inside is difficult to access due to swing frames or 482.6 mm (19˝) installed equipment. Retrospective conversion of the adjacent door is easily achieved using the supplied drilling template. The handle on the inside is no longer required. Packs of Model No. TS 1 8611.370 Accessories: Standard double-bit lock insert may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, version A, see page 421. Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Swivel handle for sheet steel door DK-TS With lock insert, lock no. 3524 E. The use of semi-cylinders is not supported. Length: 150 mm. ° 0 12 Note: The swivel handle cannot be used in conjunction with 180° hinges (TS 7824.520). Design Model No. DK RAL 7035 7829.300 90 ° 64 69.7 1 2 1 Position for door opening 2 Max. projection of the upper handle part Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 417 Doors/locks Lock systems Locking bar latch to CNOMO1) To fit all locking bars in TS doors and glazed doors with standard lock or comfort handle. The latch prevents the locking bars from moving when the door is open. For mounting on the bolt of the bar guide. 1) CNOMO is a specification by the French automobile industry. For safety reasons, it must not be possible to lock the handle whilst the door is open. Packs of Model No. TS 10 8611.210 Also required: for CNOMO1) Lock inserts, version F, 6.5 mm triangular insert TS 8611.220, see page 421. Spring washer Spring washer Upon dismantling the TS locking rods, the spring washers cannot be reused. Packs of Model No. TS 100 8800.070 Material: Spring steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Mini-comfort handle for AE with cam, EL 3-part Prepared for the installation of lock inserts and for the installation of commercially available 40 or 45 mm semi-cylinders, and of lock and pushbutton inserts. Material: Die-cast zinc Colour: RAL 7035 For lock inserts For semi-cylinder Model No. DK Fro enclosure system EL AE EL AE 7705.110 2537.010 7705.120 2537.000 7 mm square 8611.100 8611.100 – – 8 mm square 8611.110 8611.110 – – 7 mm triangular 8611.120 8611.120 – – 8 mm triangular 8611.130 8611.130 – – Screwdriver 8611.140 8611.140 – – Daimler insert 8611.150 8611.150 – – 3 mm double-bit 8611.160 8611.160 – – Fiat 8611.170 8611.170 – – 6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO) 8611.220 8611.220 – – Security lock insert no. 3524 E1) 8611.180 8611.180 2467.000 2467.000 Push-button insert 8611.190 8611.190 2468.000 2468.000 8611.2002) 8611.2002) 2469.0003) 2469.0003) Lock inserts, type F Lock and push-button inserts Push-button and lock insert1) Semi-cylinder to DIN 18 2524) – – 9785.040 9785.040 – – 9785.0425) 9785.0425) 1) With 2 keys. 2) Lock no. 12321; 3) Lock no other lock is possible. no. 2123; no other lock is possible. keys for each lock insert. of 2. Simultaneous locking within the same pack, no simultaneous locking for different packs. 4) With 3 5) Packs 418 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Lock systems Ergoform-S lock system The unlocked handle folds down forwards, and the lock is opened by swivelling. Material: Die-cast zinc Surface finish: Powder-coated Standard Standard for KS plastic enclosures Special with lock insert E11) Specially prepared for ASSA lock system Model No. SZ Model No. KS RAL 7032 with brown handle 2450.000 – – Model No. SZ – RAL 7035 with brown handle 2450.010 – 2456.500 – Brown 2451.000 – – 2453.000 Matt nickel-plated 2452.000 – – – RAL 7032 2454.000 – – – RAL 7035 2435.000 1490.010 – – RAL 7032 with brown handle and bracket 2455.000 – – – RAL 7035 with brown handle and bracket 2455.010 – – – 7 mm square 2460.000 2460.000 – – 8 mm square 2461.000 2461.000 – – 7 mm triangular 2462.000 2462.000 – – 8 mm triangular 2463.000 2463.000 – – Screwdriver 2464.000 2464.000 – – Daimler insert 2465.000 2465.000 – – 3 mm double-bit 2466.000 2466.000 – – Fiat 2307.000 2307.000 – – 6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO) 2460.650 2460.650 – – Security lock insert no. 3524 E2) 2467.000 2467.000 – – Push-button insert 2468.000 2468.000 – – 2469.0003) 2469.0003) – – 9785.040 9785.040 – – 9785.0425) 9785.0425) – – Lock inserts, version A Lock and push-button inserts Push-button and lock insert2) Semi-cylinder to DIN 18 2524) 1) Only for use with VW, Audi, SEAT, SkodaAuto. Supplied without key. Other lock systems available on request. 2) With 2 keys. 3) Lock no. 2123; no other lock is possible. 4) With 3 keys for each lock insert. 5) Packs of 2. Simultaneous locking within the same pack, no simultaneous locking for different packs. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 419 Doors/locks Lock systems Plastic handles With or without lock cylinder insert. Supply includes: Assembly parts and seals. Design B C With lock cylinder insert, lock no. 3524 E1) Without lock cylinder insert RAL 9011 2576.000 2533.000 RAL 7030 2439.000 RAL 8019 – With lock cylinder insert, lock no. 3524 E1) E Without lock cylinder insert With lock cylinder insert, lock no. 3524 E1) 2485.000 2485.100 – – – – – – – – – – – 1484.000 1484.001 – Model No. SZ 1) With G Without lock cylinder insert Model No. KS With lock cylinder insert, lock no. 3524 E1) Model No. SZ 2599.000 2 keys T handles With or without lock cylinder insert. Supply includes: Seal Design B C With lock cylinder insert1) Without lock cylinder insert 2575.0002) 2572.000 With lock cylinder insert1) Without lock cylinder insert Model No. SZ 2535.0002) 2536.000 1) With 2 keys 2) Lock no. 3524 E 420 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Lock systems Cam locks With double-bit insert Material: Enclosure With lock cylinder insert3) With double-bit insert Die-cast zinc, nickel-plated With lock cylinder insert3) With lock insert, lock E11) With double-bit insert RAL 7035 Fibreglass-reinforced polyamide Made entirely from stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) Model No. SZ 2520.000 2530.000 2420.000 2430.000 2540.500 2304.000 Lock inserts 7 mm square 2523.000 – 2460.000 – – – 8 mm square 2526.000 – 2461.000 – – – 7 mm triangular 2527.000 – 2462.000 – – – 8 mm triangular 2528.000 – 2463.000 – – – – – 2464.000 – – – Daimler insert 2522.000 – 2465.000 – – – 3 mm double-bit Screwdriver 2483.000 – 2466.000 – – – Fiat – – 2307.000 – – – 6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO) – – 2460.650 – – – – – 2571.000 – – – Lock cylinder inserts With lock no. 3524 E2) 1) Only for use with VW, Audi, SEAT, SkodaAuto. Supplied without key. Other lock systems available on request. 2) With 2 keys 3) Lock no. 3524 E Lock inserts Design A C D E F Material Die-cast zinc Die-cast zinc Die-cast zinc Plastic Die-cast zinc Length 27 mm 41 mm 47 mm Model No. KS Model No. TS 7 mm square 2460.000 Model No. SZ 2523.000 – 1487.000 8611.100 8 mm square 2461.000 2526.000 – 1488.000 8611.110 7 mm triangular 2462.000 2527.000 – 1485.000 8611.120 8 mm triangular 2463.000 2528.000 – 1486.000 8611.130 Screwdriver 2464.000 – – 1489.000 8611.140 Daimler insert 2465.000 2522.000 – – 8611.150 3 mm double-bit 2466.000 2483.000 2484.000 1492.000 8611.160 Fiat 2307.000 – – – 8611.170 6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO) 2460.650 – – – 8611.220 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 421 Doors/locks Lock systems Lock cylinder inserts Design Material 1) With B C With lock no. 3524 E1) With lock no. 3524 E1) Die-cast zinc Die-cast zinc Model No. SZ Model No. SZ 2571.000 2525.000 2 keys Semi-cylinder lock Design for compact enclosures AE For retro-fitting to single-door enclosures with cam lock. The cover plate is locked by semi-cylinders with a total length of 40/45 mm (to DIN 18 252). An additional cover protects the cylinder against dirt. The protection category of the enclosure is not impaired. Supplied without semi-cylinder. Model No. SZ RAL 7035 2534.100 Nickel-plated (matt) 2534.500 Accessories: Semi-cylinder, see page 416. Material: Die-cast zinc 55 28.5 91.5 27.5 90 70 90 49 55 Lock cover For padlocks or multiple locks For retrospective mounting on all compact enclosures AE, of sheet steel and with cam lock. Packs of Model No. SZ 1 2493.000 Material: Die-cast zinc Surface finish: Nickel-plated 422 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Lock systems Multiple lock for 6 cam locks The the ideal solution in cases where individual access for several persons is required for maintenance and repair purposes. Packs of Model No. SZ 2 2493.500 Packs of Model No. SZ 2 2476.000 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Lock cover prepared for lead seal For all enclosure types with Rittal-specific locks, such as AE and EB. Material: Polyamide Colour: RAL 7035 Security lock Fitted to doors, to protect against contact with live electrical equipment whilst the master switch is ON. Function: ● Locks the door when the main switch is ON. ● Mains power (voltage) is only enabled whilst the door is closed. ● Monitoring of the lock magnet via an additional closing contact. Supply includes: − Lock − Actuator − Angle bracket − Assembly parts Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Connection voltage for lock magnet Model No. SZ 230 V AC 11 VA 2416.000 24 V DC 8 W 2418.000 120 V AC 8 VA 2419.000 Also required: For twin-door enclosures (for the overlapping door, to indicate “enclosure door closed”), Rittal door-operated switch SZ 4127.010, see page 496. 423 Doors/locks Lock systems Enclosure keys For lock inserts (one double-bit key is supplied with every enclosure). Model No. SZ/QB Model No. SZ 2549.5002)3) – – 2549.000 2531.000 – – 2532.0001) – – 7 mm triangular 2545.000 – – 8 mm triangular 2546.000 – Double-bit key no. 5 Security key no. 3524 E 7 mm square 2547.000 – – 8 mm square 2548.000 – For HD locks 2549.600 – – – Daimler key 2521.000 – – – Fiat key 2308.000 – – – – 7526.0501) – – Lock 12321 1) Packs of 2 2) With bit adaptor 3) Bit and reversible bit for multi-tooth size 25 and Phillips-head (Ph 2) for HD lock insert (Model No. HD 2549.510), see page 156. Quick-release fastener for QuickBox The quick-release fastener is ideal for use in inaccessible areas. To facilitate locking, the quick-release fastener is screw-fastened to the mounting bracket at the front. This enables the QuickBox to be locked even when the fasteners of the sides are opened, allowing the enclosure cover to be attached and removed easily. Packs of Model No. QB 2 7502.220 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: 2 mounting brackets, mounting material and quick-release fasteners. 424 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Hinges 130°/180° hinges Also required: Supply includes: Assembly parts 1) Enclosure type Door variant Material Lock components for frame TS 8800.040, see page 402. Packs of Colour 130° 180° Model No. ES 5000 Sheet steel door Die-cast zinc – 6 4190.000 – TS 8 Sheet steel door Die-cast zinc – 4 8800.0201) – TS 8 TS 8 Sheet steel door – 8800.190 RAL 7032 – 8800.030 RAL 8019 – 8800.230 RAL 9005 – 8800.950 Matt nickel-plated – 8701.180 4 – 8800.710 4 – 7824.5252) Doors with high dynamic loads, Precision casting/ door installations die-cast zinc up to 900 N RAL 7035 Sheet steel door Die-cast zinc RAL 7035 Glazed door Die-cast zinc RAL 7035 TS 8 bayed enclosure suites with comfort handle 2) Die-cast zinc RAL 7035 4 7824.520 Sheet steel door Die-cast zinc RAL 9005 ES 5000, TP universal console, TP pedestals, TE 7000 Standard door Aluminium Powder-coated in RAL 8019 6 – 4189.000 ES 5000 Standard door Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) – 6 – 4156.000 AE Standard door Die-cast zinc – 2 – 2449.000 CM Standard door Die-cast zinc RAL 9011/9006 3 – 5001.000 7824.522 Max. 140° Hinge pin remover For safe and easy removal of hinge pins. Cover hinge for KL The cover hinge is simply screwed to the enclosure protection channel and to the edge fold. For enclosure Model No. SM AE/CM 2432.000 Material Packs of Model No. KL Die-cast zinc 6 1592.000 Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) 2 1592.010 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Cover retainer for KL The cover retainer is easily fitted without drilling, and allows the covers to be opened upwards, even when the terminal box below is bayed. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Packs of Model No. KL 3 pairs 1591.000 425 Doors/locks Door, internal Support strips For attachment of ● Cable ducts ● Cable conduit holders ● Contact hazard protection covers ● Equipment installed on the door ● Cable clamping and attachment Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Packs of 20 (screws included). 4.5 mm diameter hole on a 25 mm DIN pitch pattern. Accessories: Screws and self-tapping screws M5, see page 478. For TS, CM, ES, TP For AE For door width mm Length mm Model No. SZ 400 290 4594.000 500 390 4309.000 600 490 4596.000 800 690 4598.000 900 790 4579.000 1000 890 4599.000 For enclosures AE Model No. SZ 1018.6002), 1050.5001), 1100.500, 1114.5001), 1213.5001), 1019.5002) 1057.500 1110.500 1130.500 1350.5001) 2325.000 1009.6002), 1012.5002), 1054.500, 1060.500, 1090.500, 1339.500, 1376.500 1039.500 1058.500 1076.500 1260.5001) 1360.500 2326.000 1014.5002), 1073.500 1077.500 1016.5002), 2327.000 1017.5002) 1055.500, 1180.500 1280.5001) 2328.000 1) For these AE models, the support strips should be cut to length at the knockout. in conjunction with perforated mounting strips (see page 427). 2) Only Spacers The universal assembly component for all cases where a distance from the mounting level is required. With self-tapping thread for diameter 4.5 mm. The following components may be attached to the rear using 5.5 x 13 mm screws: Packs of Model No. TS 25 12 2311.225 50 12 2311.250 Top-hat/cross rails Contact hazard protection covers Master switch trim panels Cable clamp rails, etc. Material: Hexagonal steel (SW8) 25 ● ● ● ● Length mm Surface finish: Zinc-plated 426 50 Accessories: Screws 5.5 x 13 mm, see page 478. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Door, internal Perforated mounting strip for AE stainless steel, TP universal console1) For vertical mounting on the threaded bolts of the door, for attaching ● Support strips for AE, see page 426. ● Door stay SZ 2519.000, see page 429. 3.7 mm diameter hole on a 25 mm DIN pitch pattern. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Packs of 20 (nuts and serrated washers included). Utility lectern For programming units etc. Prepared for mounting on the tubular door frame of TS, CM, ES, PC or on any sufficiently large surface. When required for servicing, it folds down quickly with a maximum support area, and after use is stowed between the tubular door frames in a space-saving design. Load capacity: max. 30 kg. Length mm Model No. SZ 1005.500, 1005.600, 1006.500, 1006.600, 1009.600 318 2310.0381) 1012.600, 1014.600 698 2310.076 1016.600, 1018.600 938 2310.100 1017.600, 1019.500, 1019.600 1138 2310.120 To match AE 1) For door at top Accessories: Screws, see page 478. Support area Width mm Depth mm For door width mm Model No. TS 413 400 600 4638.600 613 400 800 4638.800 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Wiring plan lectern Holds wiring plans during fault finding and maintenance work. The wiring plan lecterns can be bayed according to the door width. For mounting on the tubular door frame. For enclosures Packs of Model No. TS TS, CM, ES, PC, TP 1 4120.000 For door width mm Required/possible number of wiring plan lecterns min. max. Material: − Utility lectern: Polypropylene − Mounting bracket: Die-cast zinc 400 1 1 500 1 1 600 2 2 Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 800 2 3 1000 3 3 Supply includes: − Wiring plan lectern (width 210 mm) − Assembly parts CD/disk box For fixing to all flat, clean surfaces with doublesided adhesive tape. Packs of Model No. SZ 1 2446.000 Capacity: Max. 10 CDs/DVDs or 18 (3 1/2˝) disks. Material: Polyamide Colour: RAL 7033 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 427 Doors/locks Door, internal Plastic wiring plan pockets for AE For installation options, refer to table ● B = Screw-fastened to the perforated door strip on both sides ● E = Screw-fastened on one side, other side stuck with adhesive or stuck entirely with adhesive Model No. SZ Supply includes: − 2 holders with double-sided adhesive tape − Acrylic glazed pane − Assembly parts Note: The acrylic glazed pane may be shortened to any required size for shorter doors. 2514.500 2514.600 2514.800 Usable width mm 340 415 615 Usable depth mm 18 18 18 Height of acrylic glazed pane mm 167 167 167 – Installation options: For Model No. AE Width mm 1050.500 500 B – 1054.500 600 E E – 1055.500 800 E E E 1057.500 500 B – – 1058.500 600 E E – 1060.500 600 E E – 1073.500 760 E E – 1076.500 600 E E – 1077.500 760 E E – 1090.500 600 E E – 1100.500 1000 B – – 1110.500 1000 B – – 1114.500 1000 B1) – – 1130.500 1000 B – – E 1180.500 800 E E 1213.500 1000 B1) – – 1260.500 600 E B – 1280.500 800 E E B 1350.500 500 B – – 1360.500 600 E E – 1376.500 600 E E – 1) Prepared for mounting on the l/h side door; for mounting on the r/h side door, the acrylic glazed pane can be shortened. Plastic wiring plan pockets For affixing to the inside surfaces of doors. Clearance opening mm B H D Model No. SZ Material: Polystyrene with self-adhesive fastening strips. A3 landscape 438 286 45 2513.000 A4 portrait 228 254 17 2514.000 Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 A5 landscape 228 174 17 2515.000 Wiring plan pockets with transparent pouch With welded-on transparent pouch and self-adhesive backing. 428 For format For format Model No. SZ DIN A4 2510.000 DIN A3 2512.000 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Door, internal Wiring plan pockets of sheet steel for TS, CM, ES, PC, TP pedestal For fastening to tubular door frames at any height. D = 90 mm Clearance opening mm To fit door width mm W H Model No. TS 400 255 210 4114.000 Colour: RAL 7035 500 355 210 4115.000 600 455 210 4116.000 Supply includes: Assembly screws. 800 655 210 4118.000 900 755 210 4123.000 1000 855 210 4124.000 D = 35 mm Clearance opening mm To fit door width mm Door stay To secure the door in the open position. Model No. TS W H 500 355 260 4115.500 600 455 260 4116.500 800 655 260 4118.500 For Assembly TS, ES, PC, TP universal console Packs Model No. of Bottom 5 4583.000 AP one-piece console Top 5 2518.000 CM, TP Top 2 2519.200 AE (except AE 1032.500 and AE 1035.500) and all AE stainless steel enclosures1) Top 5 2519.000 AE IP 69K Top 1 1101.800 1) With AE stainless steel, only in conjunction with perforated mounting strips, see page 427. Door stay for escape routes TS sheet steel/stainless steel doors with tubular door frames In case of an emergency, conventional door stays can block the escape route. The stay is actuated automatically in the event of pressure, releasing the door in both directions. In conjunction with 180° hinges, this ensures that no escape routes are blocked by locked doors in the event of an emergency. Packs of Model No. TS 1 4583.500 Accessories: 180° hinge, see page 425. 180° hinge Supply includes: Assembly parts. 90° Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 130° 429 Doors/locks Door, internal Ride-up roller Packs of Model No. TS 10 4538.000 Transport and mounting handle Packs of Model No. SM for doors TS, ES For safe installation and removal of the door and during relocation in the workshop. The matching hinge pin removal tool for 130° hinges is pre-integrated, and supplied loose for 180° hinges. 1 2415.100 Packs of Model No. DK 2 7950.200 Packs of Model No. DK 10 7950.150 for TS, ES, PC Lifts the door with heavy installed equipment (e.g. cooling unit) as a closing aid. For attaching to the tubular door frame. Document clip, magnetic For simple attachment of installation documentation as a reminder or for flexible accommodation of a wide range of documents, measurement records, test reports etc. May be attached to any magnet compatible surface via a permanent magnet. Material: − Plastic: Transparent − Handle pieces: Black Supply includes: − 2 mounting clamps − Permanent magnet Alternate frame, magnetic For individual marking or labelling of the existing network infrastructure. The magnetic surface facilitates flexible mounting on all magnet compatible surfaces. Adhesive strips are supplied for non-magnetic compatible surfaces. The maximum size of the labels is 130 x 50 mm. Material: Plastic Supply includes: − Alternate frame, magnetic − Labels − Double-sided adhesive tape 430 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Roof/wall mounting Roof Rain canopies for AE, CM Reliable protection for outdoor siting – with water run-off to the rear. Easily retro-fitted. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Accessories: − Condensate discharge, see page 384. − Pressure relief stopper, see page 384. − Wall mounting brackets SZ 2503.010 and SZ 2508.010 may be used, see page 439. Note: For outdoor siting, we generally recommend a rain canopy above the enclosure or the gap between the door or screw-fastened rear panel and the enclosure, in order to protect against water and UV radiation. The tests of IP protection categories for water protection (2nd code number to EN 60 529) cannot be compared with an enclosure sited outdoors or under similar conditions. Upon request, rain canopies of sheet steel, stainless steel or aluminium can also be produced for other enclosures. for AE, sheet steel version For Material: Sheet steel Enclosure width Enclosure depth mm mm Surface finish: Powder-coated, textured paint Colour: RAL 7035 380 210 2501.500 600 210 2502.500 600 350 2511.500 for AE, stainless steel version For Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Enclosure width Enclosure depth mm mm Surface finish: Brushed, grain 240 25 15.5 50 T1 38 1.25 23 T2 Model No. SZ Model No. SZ 200 155 2470.000 300 210 2361.000 380 155 2471.000 380 210 2472.000 500 210 2362.000 600 210 2473.000 760 300 2474.000 800 300 2475.000 1000 300 2363.000 B1 Possible alternative: 23 Compact enclosures Hygienic Design, see page 153. B1 = Enclosure width + 11 mm T1 = Enclosure depth + 25 mm T2 = Enclosure depth – 90 mm, from enclosure width 600 mm: Enclosure depth – 115 mm for CM, sheet steel version 1 25 1 Enclosure 6.5 depth 6.5 12.5 13 32.5 Benefits: ● Mounting via the two holes in the top of the CM ● At the front, with integrated ventilation holes at the top Width mm Depth mm 600 400 5001.310 800 400 5001.330 1000 400 5001.350 1200 400 5001.360 Model No. CM Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Powder-coated, textured paint Colour: RAL 7035 2 6.5 2 Enclosure width Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 431 Roof/wall mounting Roof Dust guard trim for AE, CM, EB, KL and BG To protect against deposits on the upper edge of the door and between the enclosure and the door/ lid. Cut the door protection strip to length according to the enclosure width. Drill the enclosure and mount the strip using the adhesive strips and screws. For enclosure Length mm AE A mm Model No. SZ 25 CM 1200 KL, EB, BG 20 2426.500 20.5 60 Material: Plastic, UV-resistant 6 A Colour: Similar to RAL 7024 Ø5 Dust guard trim for TS, ES To protect against dust deposits on the upper edge of the door and between the door and upper horizontal enclosure section. The dust guard trim provides space for texts or company logos. Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Clear plastic strip for text labels (height 29.5 mm). 432 Length mm Model No. SZ 600 2424.100 800 2425.100 1000 2427.100 1200 2426.100 Note: Also suitable for use in conjunction with top baying cover, see page 399. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Roof/wall mounting Roof Top mounting module For enclosures for TS As a cable chamber for cable infeed from above or for power distribution with busbar systems across bayed enclosures. The TS cover plate is used as standard to finish off at the top. The enclosure height is increased by 200 mm with the top mounting module fitted. The top baying cover cannot be fitted. Installation accessories for top and bottom, see diagram and explanations below. Width (B) mm Depth mm Model No. TS 600 600 8801.735 800 600 8801.745 1000 600 8801.755 1200 600 8801.765 Supply includes: − 1 frame module − 2 trim panels (front and rear) − 8 retainers with automatic potential equalisation − 4 tapped rods with eyebolts Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Surface finish: Spray-finished, textured paint Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, compliant with NEMA 12 (in conjunction with side panel for top mounting module, see page 433). B- 3 150 200 6 60 B- 88 2 51 Accessories: Designation 11 1 2 3 10 1 6 7 8 TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm 462 2 PS punched rail 23 x 23 mm with angle bracket 463 3 PS punched rail 23 x 23 mm with support bracket 463 4 PS punched section without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm, with support bracket PS 464 5 PS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm 464 6 Support rail 466 7 System support rails 466 8 C rail 30/15 with support bracket or spacer 465 9 Cable clamp rail 527 10 TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm 461 11 TS punched section without mounting flanges, 45 x 88 mm 461 5 4 Page 1 9 Side panel for top mounting module To finish off the side of a top mounting module or bayed suite. Packs of Model No. TS 2 8801.775 Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Surface finish: Spray-finished, textured paint Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − 2 side panels − 8 retainers with automatic potential equalisation Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 433 Roof/wall mounting Roof Roof plates IP 55, solid for SV-TS For SV-TS 8 enclosures without roof plate and in exchange for the standard roof plate for other TS enclosures. For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. SV 300 600 1 9671.636 Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm 400 600 1 9671.646 600 600 1 9671.666 Surface finish: Textured paint 800 600 1 9671.686 300 800 1 9671.638 Colour: RAL 7035 400 800 1 9671.648 600 800 1 9671.668 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 800 800 1 9671.688 IP 43 with ventilation hole Build height: 93 mm For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. SV 300 600 1 9671.736 400 600 1 9671.746 600 600 1 9671.766 800 600 1 9671.786 300 800 1 9671.738 400 800 1 9671.748 600 800 1 9671.768 800 800 1 9671.788 Extended delivery times. IP 2X with ventilation hole Build height: 72 mm For cable entry glands For enclosures For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Required number of glands Packs of Model No. SV Width mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. SV 600 400 2 1 9665.943 400 600 1 9671.8461) 850 400 3 1 9665.953 600 600 1 9660.235 1100 400 4 1 9665.963 800 600 1 9660.245 300 600 2 1 9671.536 1000 600 1 9660.255 400 600 3 1 9671.546 1200 600 1 9660.265 600 600 4 1 9665.903 400 800 1 9671.8481) 800 600 8 1 9671.586 600 800 1 9659.5251) 850 600 6 1 9665.913 800 800 1 9659.5351) 1100 600 8 1 9665.923 1000 800 1 9659.5451) 300 800 2 1 9671.5381) 1200 800 1 9659.5551) 400 800 4 1 9671.548 600 800 8 1 9671.5681) 800 800 8 1 9671.5881) Model No. SV 1) Extended delivery times. 1) Extended delivery times. With pressure relief valve Build height: 25 mm For enclosures Also required: Cable entry gland, see page 435. Width mm Depth mm Packs of 400 600 1 9671.446 600 600 1 9660.935 800 600 1 9660.945 1000 600 1 9660.955 1200 600 1 9660.965 400 800 1 9671.448 600 800 1 9671.468 800 800 1 9671.488 Extended delivery times. 434 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Roof/wall mounting Roof Cable entry glands ● Including seal ● External dimensions 250 x 160 mm ● Protection category IP 55 Design Material Colour Packs of Model No. SV 1 14 x M25/32 Insulating material RAL 7032 1 9665.750 2 2 x M25/32/40, 1 x M32/40/50, 2 x M40/50/63 Insulating material RAL 7032 1 9665.760 Insulating material RAL 7032 1 9665.770 Insulating material RAL 7032 1 9665.780 Sheet steel, spray-finished RAL 7035 4 9665.785 3 With sealing membranes 32 x Ø 7 – 16 mm, 4 x Ø 10 – 20 mm, 3 x Ø 14 – 26 mm 4 With entry glands up to 66 mm diameter 5 Solid 1 2 4. 223 135 5 138 Ø R2 5 3 226 Cut-out dimensions for SV 9665.750 to SV 9665.785 4 5 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 435 Roof/wall mounting Roof Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece for DK-TS In exchange for the standard roof. Equipped with a sliding angular bracket in the rear section. Rubber cable clamp strip on both sides for attaching cable bundles and bunched cables. Thanks to the symmetrical design of the TS 8 frame, side cable entry can also be achieved by rotating the roof plate. The two-piece design additionally allows easy retro-fitting, by simply removing the front part of the plate for retrospective cable entry. For active ventilation, a fan mounting plate may be fitted in the front section of the enclosure (not in conjunction with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames). To this end, the roof plate must be raised by at least 20 mm using spacers. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Model No. DK 600 400 7826.6451) 600 600 7826.665 600 800 7826.685 600 1000 7826.605 600 1200 7826.625 800 400 7826.845 800 600 7826.865 800 800 7826.885 800 1000 7826.805 1200 400 7826.245 800 1200 7826.825 1) Extended delivery times. Accessories: − Fan mounting plate, see page 221. − Spacers, see page 438. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Roof plate, multi-piece for side cable entry in TS The roof plate allows side cable entry on both sides across the entire enclosure depth. Sliding brackets at the sides allow variable adaptation of the entry opening. Additional rubber cable clamp strips secure the inserted cable bundles and cable sections. The multi-piece design allows convenient retrofitting, as the roof plate is removable even with the cables already inserted. Passive ventilation is supported by raising the roof with spacers. For enclosures Model No. DK Width mm Depth mm 800 1000 7526.807 800 1200 7526.8271) 1) Extended delivery times. Accessories: Spacers, see page 438. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 436 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Roof/wall mounting Roof Roof plate for cable entry on all sides for DK-TS The roof plate has sliding plates for cable entry on all four sides, and therefore allows individual selection of cable routing tailored to the specific requirements. After cable entry, the sliding plate is closed again as far as possible, and the rubber cable clamp strips supplied loose then seal the cable entry area. For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Model No. DK 800 800 7826.588 Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Roof plate, vented for DK-TS In exchange for the standard roof. Variant 1: 72 mm high roof plate, all-round vent slots, optionally with clamp strip for cable entry. The two-piece design with cable entry allows easy retro-fitting, by simply removing the front part of the plate. The cables are held in position via a guide at the side. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 One-piece without cable entry For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Model No. DK 600 600 7826.766 600 800 7826.768 600 1000 7826.7601) 800 600 7826.786 800 800 7826.788 800 1000 7826.780 1) Extended delivery times. Two-piece with cable entry For enclosures Variant 2: Ventilation holes (Ø 5 mm) are incorporated allround into the 97 mm high roof plate. In conjunction with the vented glazed and sheet steel door, the roof plate matches the door design to perfection. Material: Sheet steel Width mm Depth mm Model No. DK 600 600 7826.669 600 800 7826.689 800 600 7826.869 800 800 7826.889 800 1000 7826.809 For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Model No. DK 800 600 7826.866 800 800 7826.886 800 1000 7826.8061) 1) Extended delivery times. Colour: RAL 7035 Accessories: Fan mounting plate, see page 221. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 437 Roof/wall mounting Roof Roof mounting screw Packs of Model No. PS 20 4198.000 For screw-fastening the roof plate instead of eyebolts. With the TS 8, the contact washers for potential equalisation may be taken from the eyebolts included with the supply of the enclosures. Material: Steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Spacers for roof plate TS To raise the TS 8 roof for ventilation purposes, in three different heights. Not suitable for crane transportation! Height mm Packs of Model No. SZ/DK 10 4 2422.000 20 4 2423.000 50 4 7967.000 Material: Hexagonal sectional steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Eyebolts for TS, ES For crane transportation of enclosures, where not already included in the supply. Thread: M12 Eyebolts for CM For crane transportation of enclosures, with reinforcement plate to be inserted underneath. Mounting via the two holes in the top of the CM. Thread: M12 Packs of Model No. PS 4 4568.000 Packs of Model No. CM 2 2509.500 Packs of Model No. SZ 4 2509.000 Supply includes: − Eyebolts − Reinforcement plates Eyebolts for AE For crane transportation of enclosures, with reinforcement plate to be inserted underneath. Thread: M12 Supply includes: − Eyebolts − Reinforcement plates 438 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Roof/wall mounting Wall mounting Wall mounting bracket Material Wall distance mm Packs of Model No. SZ Brass, nickel-plated 8 4 1580.000 Sheet steel zinc-plated, passivated 8 4 1590.000 Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 8 4 1594.000 For the attachment of KL, EB, BG and EL enclosures as well as DK wall-mounted distributors. Supply includes: Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure. Note: For hygiene reasons, and in view of the protection category, the stainless steel enclosures do not have any drilled holes for the wall mounting brackets. 20 25 Ø 8.2 20 10 10 8 20 Wall mounting bracket for AE For attaching to the enclosure from the outside. Simply insert the expandable dowel into the enclosure hole from the outside, and screwfasten the wall bracket from the outside. Wall distance mm Packs of Model No. SZ 15 4 2508.100 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Wall bracket pre-fitted with seal and expandable dowel. Wall mounting bracket Supply includes: Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure. Possible alternative: Wall distance (A) mm Packs of Model No. SZ 40 4 2503.010 10 4 2508.010 Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 10 4 2433.000 Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) 10 4 2433.500 Material Sheet steel zinc-plated, passivated Wall spacer bracket Hygienic Design, see page 156. 29 54 A Ø 10.2 20 15 15 For the attachment of KL, EB, BG, AE, CM and EL enclosures, TP consoles as well as DK wallmounted distributors and small fibre-optic distributors. 20 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 439 Roof/wall mounting Wall mounting Wall mounting bracket for KS For attachment to the wall, only possible from the outside of the enclosure. Colour Packs of Similar to RAL 7035 4 1483.010 Similar to RAL 9011 4 9266.0001) 1) With Model No. KS/KE graphite additive for Ex applications. Material: Fibreglass-reinforced polyamide1) Supply includes: Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure. 30 35 Ø 8.5 50 11.5 For compact enclosures (additional holes required in the enclosure). Colour RAL 7035 Packs of Model No. SZ 4 2505.510 Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) – 4 2583.010 20 Supply includes: Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure. Material Sheet steel 35 Wall angle 13 R4 34 6.5 26 2 90 70 Wall bracket For wall mounting of TS and ES enclosures at the roof, e.g. with heavy components on the door or built-in swing frame. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated 440 Packs of Model No. PS 4 4595.000 Possible alternative: With TS 8 inside the enclosure (without mounting plate), baying bracket TS 8800.470, see page 398. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Roof/wall mounting Wall mounting Wall mounting bracket for CS wall-mounted enclosures For mounting on a wall or panel. Packs of Model No. CS 4 9765.120 Packs of Model No. SZ 1 set 2584.000 Packs of Model No. CP 1 set 6016.200 Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Pole clamp for KL, EB, BG, AE, KS and CS wall-mounted enclosures For reliable, convenient fastening to round or square poles. For pole diameter/size: − Ø from 40 to 190 mm − □ from 50 to 150 mm Material: − Mounting angles, clamping section: Sheet steel − Clamping strap: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Surface finish: Mounting angles, clamping section: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − 2 mounting angles, 600 mm long − 4 clamping sections − 2 clamping straps − 4 clamping brackets − 4 screws and captive nuts M8 for mounting on the enclosure. Enclosure connectors Adjustable Between Command Panels, terminal boxes, compact enclosures and horizontal or vertical surfaces. Pre-mount the connector halves on both sides, screw together and secure with a locking screw, and/or adjust the angle of rotation. Note: The locking screws may be exchanged for standard, commercially available clamping levers (M10 x 50 mm). 5° 10 10 Material: Die-cast zinc 5° Rotation range: ±105° adjustable in 7.5° stepped increments. Colour: RAL 7035 54 54 Surface finish: Powder-coated Supply includes: Assembly parts for both sides. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 441 Roof/wall mounting Wall mounting for Comfort Panel Between the command panel and keyboard housing and horizontal or vertical surfaces. Packs of Model No. CP 1 set 6005.500 Rotation range: Adjustable in 8° stepped increments, see drawing. –14°/+178° 12 0° Material: Die-cast zinc 32° Surface finish: Powder-coated Wall mounting bracket Vertically hinged Between the Compact Panel and horizontal or vertical surfaces. 64 Colour: RAL 7024 Supply includes: Assembly parts and clamping levers for both sides. 47.5 Frame connector, adjustable 104° Packs of Model No. CP 1 set 6341.000 Rotation range: 180° adjustable on a 7.2° pitch pattern. Material: − Wall mounting bracket: Sheet steel − Knurled screw: Steel with plastic knurled handle Supply includes: Locking screw and assembly parts for mounting on the Compact Panel. 442 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Mounting plates Mounting plates for KL and KL-HD For component installation outside of the enclosure. Assembly screws included as accessories with the enclosure. Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm Accessories: Self-tapping screws SZ 2487.000, see page 478. Possible alternative: Support rails, see page 467. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. For size mm For Model No. KL and KL-HD Model No. KL 150 x 150 1500.510, 1514.510, 1521.010, 1527.010, 1670.600, 1671.600 1560.700 200 x 150 1528.510, 1529.510 1575.700 300 x 150 1501.510, 1515.510, 1522.010, 1530.510 1561.700 400 x 150 1589.510 1576.700 200 x 200 1502.510, 1516.510, 1523.010, 1528.010, 1672.600 1562.700 300 x 200 1503.510, 1517.510, 1524.010, 1529.010, 1531.510, 1674.600 1563.700 400 x 200 1504.510, 1518.510, 1525.010, 1532.510, 1675.600 1564.700 500 x 200 1505.510, 1533.510 1565.700 300 x 300 1507.510, 1526.010, 1535.510 1567.700 400 x 300 1508.510, 1530.010, 1536.510, 1676.600 1568.700 500 x 300 1509.510, 1537.510 1569.700 400 x 400 1511.510, 1539.510 1571.700 Mounting plate infill for TS For a continuous mounting surface in bayed suites where the mounting plate is set forward. Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm For enclosure height mm Model No. TS 1800 4590.700 2000 4591.700 2200 4592.700 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 443 Interior installation Mounting plates Mounting plate attachment For additional clamping and to reduce potential vibration of the mounting plate. Select according to mounting position, installation type and enclosure. For TS Installation options: ● Side, at half height in conjunction with mounting plate infill ● In the penultimate position ● Set forward (supplied state) Benefit: No impairment to the mounting surface, but mounting is only possible from the enclosure rear. For TS Installation options: ● Side ● Rear, flush with enclosure frame Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Packs of Model No. TS 10 8800.630 Accessories: Mounting plate infill, see page 443. Packs of Model No. TS 10 8800.610 Packs of Model No. TS 10 8800.090 Benefit: No impairment to the mounting surface, but mounting is only possible from the enclosure rear. For TS Installation options: ● Side ● Rear, flush with enclosure frame ● Set forward on a 25 mm pitch pattern Benefit: No impairment to the mounting surface. May optionally used for attachment or screw fastening. Also required: Punched section with mounting flange 17 x 73 mm for the inner mounting level, see page 459 (with Fig. 3). 1 Mounting plate screw-fastened in the rear- most installation position. 2 Mounting plate screw-fastened from the rear in the rearmost installation position. 3 Mounting plate in a set forward position, either attached or screw-fastened (not shown). 1 2 3 For TS Installation options: ● Side ● Rear, flush with enclosure frame Packs of Model No. TS 10 8800.050 Slide over the plate at the side and secure with screws. Additionally, the mounting plate may be drilled and screw-fastened at the rear C-edge. 444 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Mounting plates Mounting plate attachment For additional clamping and to reduce potential vibration of the mounting plate. Select according to mounting position, installation type and enclosure. For TS, ES Installation options: ● All-round ● Set forward on a 25 mm pitch pattern Slide in between the bar and plate from below or above or from the side, and secure with screws. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Packs of Model No. TS 10 4593.000 Also required: − Support strip (with TS for inner level), see page 462 or − Punched section with mounting flange (with TS for inner level), see page 459 or − Punched rails and punched sections without mounting flange, see page 463/464. For TS, ES Installation options: ● On the top and bottom of the mounting plate (with ES all-round) ● Rear, flush with enclosure frame Packs of Model No. TS 10 4576.000 Packs of Model No. TS 1 set 8800.280 Screw in the clip behind the plate and secure with screws. Installation kit for mounting plates TS, back-to-back The minimal distance between the two mounting plates ensures a maximum installation depth for installed equipment on both sides. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Note: Build height front and rear with central installation = (enclosure depth – 48 mm) : 2 For example: TS 8806.521 = Depth 600 mm Build depth = 2 x 276 mm Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 445 Interior installation Mounting plates Mounting plate slide block for CM In this way, populated mounting plates slide easily into the mounting position for installation and/or clip-fastening. Packs of Model No. CM 2 5001.070 Benefits: ● Installation without drilling ● Simply screw-fasten to the existing holes in the mounting plate ● May be reused, unscrew to detach Material: Polyamide Colour: Similar to RAL 9011 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Slide rails for mounting plate TS Slides in from the side. ● Attachment of the mounting plate to the slide rails via captive nuts and screws. ● Mounting of the slide rails directly on the enclosure frame, depth-adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern. For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. TS 600 2 8802.260 800 2 8802.280 1200 2 8802.220 Technical specifications: Possible mounting depth T6 – 25 mm, refer to the Internet. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Mounting plate adjustment bracket for KS Infinitely adjustable. Other equipment can also be installed in this way, instead of the mounting plate. Material: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. KS 1423.500, 1432.500, 1434.500, 1444.500, 1446.500, 1448.500, 1449.500, 1466.500, 1467.500 For enclosures KS 4 1481.000 1400.500, 1453.500, 1454.500, 1468.500, 1469.500, 1479.500, 1480.500 4 1491.000 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. H B Enclosure width: – 76 mm (KS 1481.000) – 104 mm (KS 1491.000) H Enclosure height: – 150 mm 446 M8 x 15 B Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Mounting plates Mounting plate attachment for CM, TP one-piece console, TP pedestal for high dynamic loads For example, if a direct connection between the mounting plate and the enclosure is required (cranes etc.). Tested as per DIN EN 60 721 severity 4M4, with a weight of 150 kg evenly distributed over the mounting plate. Simply screw-fasten to the existing holes in the mounting plate to pre-assemble for: Packs of Model No. CM 1 set 5001.075 For enclosure width mm Model No. TS 1200 4333.120 1600 4333.160 1800 4333.180 Wall mounting from the inside Direct using a bracket and wall/support mounted enclosure. Wall mounting from the outside Screws for wall mounting brackets (see page 439) can easily be screwed into the plate nuts from the outside. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Cross-brace for mounting plates for TS, ES Additional horizontal rigidity for vibration resistance and/or stabilisation of wide mounting plates. This brace may also be used as an attachment aid for heavy components. Other widths available on request. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − 2 sections − 4 clamping sections − 4 grub screws M10 x 16 mm Transport handles for mounting plates Packs of Model No. SZ 2 2415.500 for TS, ES May be used at any given position in the side C-fold Benefits include: ● Can be used for people of different heights ● Optimised force transmission ● Easy handling Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 447 Interior installation Mounting plates Material: Sheet steel, 2.5 mm Partial mounting plates for TS, CS Toptec For ● Universal interior installation, also in conjunction with punched sections with mounting flanges and support strips. Defective assemblies are quickly and easily replaced ● Additional mounting levels. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Partial mounting plates are fastened directly onto the vertical enclosure sections via the inner mounting level using the assembly parts supplied loose. In this mounting position (in both the width and the depth) they form one level with TS punched sections with mounting flanges 17 x 73 mm and TS support strips for the inner mounting level. Accessories: − TS punched section with mounting flange 17 x 73 mm for the outer mounting level, see page 459. − TS support strip, see page 462. − Hinge attachment, see page 449. − Self-tapping screws, SZ 2487.000, see page 478. For installation in Enclosure width mm 400 600 800 1000 Enclosure depth (side) mm 1200 400 500 x 300 1 8614.640 500 x 400 1 8614.650 800 500 x 500 1 8614.660 500 x 700 1 8614.680 8614.6751) 500 x 775 1 700 x 300 1 8614.840 700 x 400 1 8614.850 Model No. TS 600 Packs of 500 Size mm 700 x 700 1 8614.880 900 x 300 1 8614.040 900 x 400 1 8614.050 900 x 500 1 8614.060 1100 x 300 1 8614.240 1100 x 400 1 8614.250 1100 x 500 1 8614.260 1) Also suitable for installing in – PC enclosures based on TS behind the lower front door – IW enclosures, height 900 and 1000 mm 1 2 When installing around corners due to collision between the assembly components 1 At least 75 mm (adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern). Set forward installation position Quickly and easily achieved wtih four TS punched sections with mounting flanges 17 x 73 mm for the outer mounting level, see page 459. Maximum space utilisation 2 1 mm (adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern). Partial installation Partial utilisation of the enclosure depth or width is also possible. In this example, using a PS punched section without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm, see page 464. 448 Continuously flush In bayed enclosures, the partial mounting plate is in the rearmost position flush with the standard mounting plate. This facilitates continuous component mounting. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Mounting plates Hinge attachment Packs of Model No. TS 1 set 8614.100 for partial mounting plate TS Material: Steel Also required: Surface finish: Zinc-plated Depending on the installation position 1 Installation kit for swing frame, small, for enclosure width 600 mm, Model No. SR 2377.860, 800 mm, Model No. SR 2377.880, see page 543. 2 PS punched section without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm according to the enclosure depth, see page 464. Support brackets TS 8800.330, see page 473. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Examples In the highest or lowest position At the front Set back 1 1 2 1 1 2 In a central position At the front Side installation: In conjunction with hinge, for side panel, see page 387, for an enclosure depth of 600 or 800 mm, side installation is identical to installation parallel to the front. Side installation Set back 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 Partial mounting plates for ES, CS Basic and modular enclosures For additional mounting levels. Material: Sheet steel, 2.5 mm For Width x height enclosure width mm mm Packs of Model No. PS 600 492 x 373 2 4131.700 600 492 x 573 2 4132.700 800 692 x 573 2 4137.700 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Accessories: − PS punched section without mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm, see page 464. − Self-tapping screws, SZ 2487.000, see page 478. 449 Interior installation Mounting plates Partial mounting plates, locatable into rails for TP For installation in: ● Console and desk unit on the interior installation system rails ● Punched sections with mounting flanges or support strips fitted to the side of the pedestal in the depth ● Other enclosures mounted on rails with 25 mm pitch pattern punchings For easy mounting on pre-fitted assembly screws. Bayable by screw-fastening at the sides. Width mm Height mm Packs of 200 437 1 6730.310 500 437 1 6730.330 700 437 1 6730.340 For console/desk unit Width mm Max. partial mounting plate installation 600 1 x TP 6730.330 800 1 x TP 6730.340 1200 2 x TP 6730.310 1 x TP 6730.340 1600 3 x TP 6730.330 Material: Sheet steel 1 From width 200/500/700 500 mm 150/450/650 Ø 10 Support rail, locatable 10 425 350 5 6. Ø 5 6. 437 Ø 6.5 1 Packs of Model No. TS 1 set 8612.200 Accessories: PS punched section without mounting flange, see page 464. 2 32 204 114 75 (6 x 25 = 150) 37.5 50 Ø 4.5 Ø7 50 for TS, CM, PC, TP To fit: ● Internal mounting behind the mounting compartment, small, of the PC enclosure, ● Mounting on the vertical TS enclosure section, ● Mounting in CM and TP on the interior installation rail. Integral 25 mm pitch pattern of holes to accommodate: – Mounting plate, small – PS punched section without mounting flange via support brackets PS as a second mounting level, if due to an installed: – Mounting plate infill – Cable duct, vertical no punched sections or other assemblies can be mounted in the depth. 6.5 1 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 425 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Model No. TP 16 14 Static load: max. 15 kg. Material: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Model No. TS 1 8612.600 Accessories: − TS punched section with mounting flange, see page 459. − Self-tapping screws, SZ 2487.000, see page 478. 114 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 250 30 250 Ø 4.5 50 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Packs of 600 1.5 Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Enclosure width mm Ø6 For external mounting on: ● Support rail TS, locatable, depth-adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern, ● Punched sections with mounting flanges, attached to the outer mounting level. 58 Mounting plate, small 557 (757) 450 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Mounting plates Mounting plate For enclosure height mm for TS, 400 mm wide Depth-adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern. Model No. TS 1800 8614.180 2000 8614.200 Material: Sheet steel, 3 mm Supply includes: Assembly parts. 23 24.5 23 48 23 73 299 Surface finish: Zinc-plated 42 Accessories: − TS 18 x 38 mm punched rail, used as mounting plate slide rail, see page 462. − TS width divider, for installation in wider enclosures, see page 376. Mounting plates 1696/1896 17 23 24.5 48 23 73 F 23 for CS Toptec, Basic and modular enclosures For the configuration of mounting levels. The mounting plates are depth-adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern. 42 17 Material: Aluminium, 3 mm G Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: For an enclosure width of 1200 mm, partial installation with one or two 600 mm wide mounting plates is possible. For enclosure Width mm Height mm F G Model No. CS 600 800 499 696 9765.090 600 1200 499 1096 9765.092 800 800 699 696 9765.097 800 1200 699 1096 9765.095 800 1600 699 1496 9765.096 1200 1200 1099 1096 9765.191 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 451 Interior installation Rail systems AE installation examples with TS system rails 1 Rails for interior installation AE (preparing for installation) For enclosure depth mm Model No. SZ Packs of 210 250 300 350 Page 4 2373.210 2373.250 2373.300 2373.350 459 Interior installation in the width and height 2 TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm AE from enclosure width/height mm A1) mm Packs of 380 225 4 8612.130 8612.130 8612.130 8612.130 325 4 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 375 4 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 425 4 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 475 4 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 525 4 8612.160 8612.160 8612.160 8612.160 575 4 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 725 4 8612.180 8612.180 8612.180 – 775 4 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 – 875 4 8612.090 8612.090 8612.090 – 925 4 – – 8612.100 – 500 600 760 1000 1 1200 975 4 – – 8612.000 – 1125 4 – – 8612.120 – 1175 4 – – 8612.020 – 400 325 20 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 500 425 20 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 600 525 20 4696.000 4696.000 4696.000 4696.000 800 725 20 4697.000 4697.000 4697.000 4697.000 1400 3 TS support strips 1) Model No. TS 459 462 A = Rail mounting distance 1 2 2 A 3 3 A X 1 X 452 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems CM installation examples with TS system rails 1 Rails for interior installation (preparing for installation) Packs of For enclosure width/height mm 4 Model No. CM 2 600 800 1000 1200 1400 5001.050 5001.051 5001.052 5001.053 5001.054 Page 459 Base configuration rail (preparing for installation) Packs of For enclosure depth 2 Model No. CM 300 400 5001.371 5001.370 – – – – – – 461 Installation in the width Packs of Model No. TS For enclosure width mm 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A1) mm 575 775 975 1175 – 3 TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 4 8612.060 8612.080 8612.000 8612.020 – 459 4 TS support strips 20 8800.130 4579.000 – – – 462 slotted 4 4396.000 4398.000 – – – 466 unslotted – – – 466 5 Support rail 4 4396.500 4398.500 6 System support rails 2 4361.000 4362.000 4347.000 4363.000 – 466 7 C rails 30/15 6 4944.000 4945.000 4946.000 4947.000 – 465 8 Cable clamp rail 2 4191.000 4192.000 4336.000 4196.000 – 527 1 2 Installation in the height (individual installation e.g. with) TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm see page 459 TS support strips see page 462 Installation in the depth For enclosure depth mm A1) mm Packs of Model No. TS/PS TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 300 225 4 8612.130 8612.130 8612.130 8612.130 8612.130 400 325 4 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 10 TS support strips 400 325 20 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 462 11 TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm 400 325 4 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 462 12 PS punched rail, 23 x 23 mm 400 275 12 4169.000 4169.000 4169.000 4169.000 4169.000 463 24 8800.370 8800.370 8800.370 8800.370 8800.370 472 9 With mounting bracket TS (2 per rail) 1) 459 A = Rail mounting distance A X 12 1 9 1 3 10 4 X 5 8 A 11 7 2 10 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 6 453 Interior installation Rail systems TP pedestal Installation examples with TS system rails 1 Rails for interior installation (preparing for installation) Packs of For enclosure width mm 600 800 1200 1600 675 675 675 675 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 For enclosure height mm 4 Model No. CM Page 459 Installation in the width Packs of Model No. TS For enclosure width mm 600 800 1200 1600 A1) mm 575 775 1175 1575 2 TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 4 8612.060 8612.080 8612.020 – 459 3 TS support strips 20 8800.130 4579.000 – – 462 Installation in the height (individual installation e.g. with) 1 TS support strips see page 462 TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm see page 462 Installation in the depth For enclosure depth mm A1) mm Packs of 400 325 4 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 500 425 4 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 400 325 20 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 500 425 20 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 6 TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm 400 325 4 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 500 425 4 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250 7 PS punched rail 23 x 23 mm 400 325 12 4169.000 4169.000 4169.000 4169.000 500 425 12 4170.000 4170.000 4170.000 4170.000 24 8800.370 8800.370 8800.370 8800.370 4 TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 5 TS support strips With mounting bracket TS (2 per rail) 1) Model No. TS 459 462 462 463 472 A = Rail mounting distance A X 6 1 7 4 1 2 5 3 X 4 454 A Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems TP pedestal Installation examples with TS system rails 1 Rails for interior installation (preparing for installation) For enclosure width mm Model No. CM Packs of 600 800 1200 1600 Page 4 5001.050 5001.051 5001.053 – 459 600 800 Installation in the height A1) mm Packs of For enclosure width mm Model No. TS 1200 1600 2 TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm For cover 375 4 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 459 For enclosure 425 4 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 459 For cover 375 4 4309.000 4309.000 4309.000 4309.000 462 For enclosure 425 4 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 462 425 4 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250 462 3 TS support strips 1 4 TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm For enclosure 1) A = Rail mounting distance Console 4 1 X A 2 A 3 1 X Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 455 Interior installation Rail systems TS installation examples with TS system rails Installation between vertical sections in the width/depth Installation in the roof and base frame in the width/depth Internal level External level A A A A A TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm A A 1) A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS 300 4 – – 275 8612.030 225 8612.130 400 4 – – 375 8612.040 325 8612.140 500 4 – – 475 8612.050 425 8612.150 600 4 – – 575 8612.060 525 8612.160 800 4 – – 775 8612.080 725 8612.180 1000 4 – – 975 8612.000 925 8612.100 1200 4 – – 1175 8612.020 1125 8612.120 Page 459 A = Rail mounting distance TS punched section with mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm A For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm 1) A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS 500 4 – – 425 8612.550 – – 600 4 – – 525 8612.560 – – 800 4 – – 725 8612.580 – – 1000 4 – – 925 8612.500 – – 1200 4 – – 1125 8612.520 – – Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS Page 460 A = Rail mounting distance TS punched section without mounting flanges, 45 x 88 mm For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm A 1) A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm 500 2 375 8612.650 – – 375 8612.650 600 2 475 8612.660 – – 475 8612.660 800 2 675 8612.680 – – 675 8612.680 Page 461 A = Rail mounting distance A 456 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems TS installation examples with TS system rails Installation between vertical sections in the width/depth Installation in the roof and base frame in the width/depth Internal level External level A A A A A TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm (with snap-on nut M8) For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm 1) A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS 500 2 – – 435 8612.750 – – 600 2 – – 535 8612.760 – – 800 2 – – 735 8612.780 – – A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS Page A 461 A = Rail mounting distance TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm 400 2 335 8612.240 – – 335 8612.240 500 2 435 8612.250 – – 435 8612.250 600 2 535 8612.260 – – 535 8612.260 800 2 735 8612.280 – – 735 8612.280 A Page 462 1) A = Rail mounting distance Two TS punched rails 18 x 38 mm are included in the supply of enclosures with a mounting plate. After installing the mounting plate, the TS punched rail may be inserted, as shown here. TS support strips For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS 400 20 – – – – 325 4694.000 500 20 – – – – 425 4695.000 600 20 – – – – 525 4696.000 800 20 – – – – 725 4697.000 400 20 – – 375 4309.000 – – 500 20 – 475 4596.000 – – 600 20 – 575 8800.130 – – – 20 – 675 4598.000 – – 800 20 – 775 4579.000 – – – 20 – 875 4599.000 – – Page 462 A A 1) A = Rail mounting distance Alternatively, the TS support strip for the inner mounting level may also be used for mounting on the door. PS punched rails 23 x 23 mm (for installation options, see support bracket TS/PS, angle bracket, mounting bracket) For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm 1) A A1) mm Model No. PS A1) mm Model No. PS A1) mm Model No. PS 400 12 275 4169.000 275 4169.000 – – 500 12 375 4170.000 375 4170.000 – – 600 12 475 4171.000 475 4171.000 – – 800 12 675 4172.000 675 4172.000 – – 1000 12 875 4173.000 875 4173.000 – – 1200 6 1075 4174.000 1075 4174.000 – – 1400 6 1275 4393.000 1275 4393.000 – – 1600 6 1475 4175.000 1475 4175.000 – – 1800 6 1675 4176.000 1675 4176.000 – – 2000 6 1875 4177.000 1875 4177.000 – – 2200 6 2075 4178.000 2075 4178.000 – – Page 463 A = Rail mounting distance Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 457 Interior installation Rail systems TS installation examples with TS system rails Installation between vertical sections in the width/depth Installation in the roof and base frame in the width/depth Internal level External level A A A A A PS punched section without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm (installation option with support bracket TS) For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm A 1) A1) mm Model No. PS A1) mm Model No. PS A1) mm Model No. PS 400 4 275 4374.000 275 4374.000 – – 500 4 375 4375.000 375 4375.000 – – 600 4 475 4376.000 475 4376.000 – – 800 4 675 4377.000 675 4377.000 – – 1000 4 875 4382.000 875 4382.000 – – 1200 4 1075 4378.000 1075 4378.000 – – 1800 4 1675 4379.000 1675 4379.000 – – 2000 4 1875 4380.000 1875 4380.000 – – 2200 4 2075 4381.000 2075 4381.000 – – Page 464 A = Rail mounting distance PS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm (installation options with TS adaptor rail when mounting on the vertical TS enclosure section) For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm A 1) A1) mm Model No. PS A1) mm Model No. PS A1) mm Model No. PS 400 4 335 8800.640 – 8800.640 – – 500 4 435 8800.650 – 8800.650 – – 600 4 535 4364.000 – 4364.000 – – 800 4 735 4365.000 – 4365.000 – – 1000 4 935 4373.000 – 4373.000 – – 1200 4 1135 4367.000 – 4367.000 – – A1) mm Model No. PS A1) mm Model No. PS A1) mm Model No. PS Page 464 A = Rail mounting distance A Support rails, slotted A For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm 400 4 335 4394.000 – – – – 500 2 435 4395.000 – – – – 600 2 535 4396.000 – – – – 800 2 735 4398.000 – – – – 400 4 335 – – – – – 500 2 435 – – – – – 600 2 535 4396.500 – – – – 800 2 735 4398.500 – – – – Page 466 Support rails, unslotted 466 1) A = Rail mounting distance Alternatively, the support rail (slotted and unslotted) can also be fitted with snap-on nut M8, adaptor rail or TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm on the vertical TS enclosure section. 458 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems Rails for interior installation for AE For mounting in the enclosure, no machining required. Suitable for all-round mounting on the sides, base and roof areas. Variable with 2 rows of system punchings, creates additional mounting space e.g. for: ● TS punched section with mounting flange ● Enclosure lights ● Door-operated switch ● Door stay ● Cable conduit holder Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated For enclosure depth mm Packs of 210 4 2373.210 250 4 2373.250 300 4 2373.300 350 4 2373.350 Model No. SZ Note: Other mounting options: − Mounting plates, locatable, TS 8612.400, see page 469. − Mounting plates, screw-fastening, large, TS 8612.410, see page 469. − Mounting plates, screw-fastening, small, PS 4532.000, see page 470. − Mounting brackets, PS 4597.000, see page 470. Configuration examples: See page 452. Rails for interior installation for CM, TP For mounting on the existing threaded bolts. With TS system punchings on three sides. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Width mm CM Height mm TP1) CM TP2) Packs of Model No. CM 600 600 – 675 4 5001.050 800 800 800 – 4 5001.051 1000 – 1000 – 4 5001.052 1200 1200 1200 – 4 5001.053 – – 1400 – 4 5001.054 1) Only with TP console and desk unit (cover or rear panel/base). 2) Only with TP pedestal. Configuration examples: See page 453. TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm For the outer mounting level For enclosure width/depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 300 4 8612.130 400 4 8612.140 500 4 8612.150 600 4 8612.160 800 4 8612.180 1000 4 8612.100 1200 4 8612.120 For enclosure width/depth mm Packs of Model No. TS Surface finish: Zinc-plated 300 4 8612.030 400 4 8612.040 Supply includes: Assembly screws. 500 4 8612.050 600 4 8612.060 800 4 8612.080 1000 4 8612.000 1200 4 8612.020 Variable, with 5 rows of holes for universal skeleton structures or partial assembly. Simply locate into the TS punchings and secure. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − On the outer mounting level, all-round, at the same height − On the inner mounting level, all-round, height-offset ● In CM and TP via rail for interior installation − In the depth, for outer mounting level − In the width, for inner mounting level Material: Sheet steel Also required: For installation in CM, TP: Rail for interior installation, see page 459. Accessories: For the inner mounting level Configuration examples: See from page 453. − Screws, see page 478. − Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000, see page 530. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 459 Interior installation Rail systems Attachment TS Packs of Model No. TS 12 8612.010 for TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm Benefits: ● For attaching the TS punched section with mounting flange where access to installed equipment, such as mounting plates, is blocked by the screw fastening. ● May also be screw-fastened onto the punched section with mounting flange or enclosure frame and used as a support for contact hazard protection covers or master switch trim panels. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm Depth-variable for mounting frames for DK-TS, TE For designing flexible interior installation, and/or to accommodate additional built-in components. The punched sections with mounting flanges may be located in the enclosure depth between two mounting frames. An additional screw fastening secures the unit. The depth variability of the rails facilitates flexible adaptation of their length to the existing attachment distance between the two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames. An additional punched section centre piece may be slid flexibly along the rail in the depth and secured to slots. This facilitates flexible attachment at any point between the mounting frames in the enclosure depth. TS punched section with mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm The alternative to the TS punched section with mounting flange 17 x 73 mm, see page 459, with punchings for captive nuts/threaded blocks instead of the slotted holes top and bottom. Simply locate and secure. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section Length mm Packs of 300 – 4701) 2) 2 7000.676 530 – 7001) 2 7000.678 Model No. HP 1) Distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels = length + 120 mm < 420 mm, without centre piece 2) L Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − 2 variable punched sections with mounting flanges − One sliding centre part each − Assembly parts For the inner mounting level For enclosure width/depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 500 4 8612.550 600 4 8612.560 800 4 8612.580 1000 4 8612.500 1200 4 8612.520 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Accessories: − Screws, see page 478. − Threaded blocks, captive nuts, see page 477. Configuration examples: See page 456. 460 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems TS punched section without mounting flanges, 45 x 88 mm Heavy top-mounted equipment mounted directly on the internal surfaces (e.g. roof) is supported. Mounted on the side or rear, the enclosure can then be screw-fastened securely to the machine. The twin profile with 11 rows of holes offers numerous additional opportunities for interior installation. Installation options: ● On the vertical and horizontal TS enclosure section For the inner mounting level For enclosure width/depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 500 2 8612.650 600 2 8612.660 800 2 8612.680 Accessories: Material: Sheet steel − Screws, see page 478. − Threaded blocks, captive nuts, see page 477. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Configuration examples: See page 456. Supply includes: Assembly parts. TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm For enclosure width/depth mm Packs of Model No. TS Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section 500 2 8612.750 600 2 8612.760 With 9 mm round holes on a 25 mm pitch pattern on all sides, for mounting: ● Support rails, see page 466 ● System support rails, see page 466 ● C rails 30/15, see page 465 ● Cable clamp rails (right angle section), see page 527 ● Own assemblies. 800 2 8612.780 For heavy installations, with attachment holes. Also required: Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808, see page 471. Material: Sheet steel, 3.0 mm Note: In conjunction with the snap-on nut, particularly well-suited for dynamic connections. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Configuration examples: See page 457. Supply includes: Assembly screws. Base configuration rail for CM For mounting in the enclosure depth, on the existing threaded bolts, no machining required. TS system punchings on 2 sides. Creates additional installation options. For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. CM 400 2 5001.370 300 2 5001.371 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 461 Interior installation Rail systems TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm Simply locate and secure with a screw. The location system makes assembly and dismantling easier. It only needs to be secured on one side, but may be secured on both sides if required. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − On the outer mounting level ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section ● On base configuration rail for CM Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Note: In enclosures with a mounting plate, 2 punched rails are already included with the supply. TS support strips For enclosure width/depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 400 4 8612.240 500 4 8612.250 600 4 8612.260 800 4 8612.280 Accessories: − Screws, see page 478. − Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000, see page 530. − Cable clamps, see page 529. Configuration examples: See from page 453. For the outer mounting level Installation options: ● On the vertical and horizontal TS enclosure section − On the outer mounting level, all-round, at the same height − On the inner mounting level, all-round, height-offset ● On the tubular door frame TS, ES ● On the perforated door strip CM, TP ● On the ES system punchings, in the enclosure depth For Length Packs Model No. TS enclosure width/depth mm of mm 400 340 20 4694.000 500 440 20 4695.000 600 540 20 4696.000 800 740 20 4697.000 Accessories: − Screws, see page 478. − Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000, see page 530. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Configuration examples: See from page 452. Supply includes: Assembly screws. For the inner mounting level and for mounting on doors 462 For enclosure width/depth mm For door width mm Length mm Packs of Model No. TS – 400 290 20 4594.000 400 500 390 20 4309.000 500 600 490 20 4596.000 600 – 590 20 8800.130 – 800 690 20 4598.000 800 900 790 20 4579.000 – 1000 890 20 4599.000 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems TS assembly block Installation in the vertical TS enclosure sections for mounting PS-compatible individual components. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: Assembly screws. Adaptor rail for PS compatibility Installation in the vertical TS enclosure sections (across the entire enclosure height or in sub-sections) to create compatibility with: − PS punched rail, 23 x 23 mm − PS punched section without mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm − PS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. PS punched rails 23 x 23 mm Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.310 Possible alternative: Snap-on nut, see page 471. For enclosure height mm Packs of 1800 4 8800.380 2000 4 8800.300 2200 4 8800.320 Model No. TS Accessories: Screws, see page 478. Possible alternative: Snap-on nut, see page 471. Length mm For WHD mm Packs of Model No. PS for TS, ES 295 400 12 4169.000 Installation options: ● On the vertical enclosure section − Directly via support brackets TS − Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility in conjunction with angle brackets, mounting brackets or support brackets PS ● On the horizontal enclosure section − Directly via angle brackets, mounting brackets or support brackets PS 395 500 12 4170.000 495 600 12 4171.000 695 800 12 4172.000 4173.000 Material: Sheet steel 895 1000 12 1095 1200 6 4174.000 1295 1400 6 4393.000 1495 1600 6 4175.000 1695 1800 6 4176.000 1895 2000 6 4177.000 2095 2200 6 4178.000 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Also required: − U nuts, see page 477. − Mounting brackets TS/PS, see page 472 or − Angle brackets, support brackets TS/PS, see page 473. Accessories: − Cable attachment, see page 530. − Screws, see page 478. − Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000, see page 530. Configuration examples: See from page 453. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 463 Interior installation Rail systems PS punched section without mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm for TS, ES Installation options: ● On the vertical enclosure section − Directly via support brackets TS − Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility in conjunction with support brackets PS ● On the horizontal enclosure section − Directly via support brackets PS Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Length mm For WHD mm Packs of Model No. PS 295 400 4 4374.000 395 500 4 4375.000 495 600 4 4376.000 695 800 4 4377.000 895 1000 4 4382.000 1095 1200 4 4378.000 1695 1800 4 4379.000 1895 2000 4 4380.000 2095 2200 4 4381.000 Also required: Support brackets PS/TS, see page 473. Accessories: − Screws, see page 478. − Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000, see page 530. − U nuts, see page 477. Configuration examples: See page 458. PS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm for TS, ES Variable, with 5 rows of holes for universal skeleton structures or partial assembly. Simply locate into the system punchings and secure. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section ● On the ES system punchings, in the enclosure depth Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Installation in enclosure width/depth TS mm Packs of Model No. PS 8800.640 400 4 500 4 8800.650 600 4 4364.000 800 4 4365.000 1000 4 4373.000 1200 4 4367.000 Installation in enclosure depth ES, TP universal console, CS modular enclosures mm Packs of Model No. PS 400 4 4369.000 500 4 4370.000 600 4 4371.000 800 4 4372.000 Also required: Adaptor rail for PS compatibility (when mounting on the vertical enclosure section), see page 463. Configuration examples: See page 458. 464 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems C rails 30/15 to EN 60 715 for TS, ES Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − Via snap-on nut TS 8800.808 (Fig. 1) − Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section (Fig. 2) ● On the ES system punchings ● On base configuration rail for CM Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated For Length Packs Model No. PS enclosure width/depth mm of mm 500 455 6 4943.000 600 555 6 4944.000 800 755 6 4945.000 1000 955 6 4946.000 1200 1155 6 4947.000 Accessories: − Cable clamps, see page 529. − Support bracket or spacer, see page 474. − Quick-assembly block, see page 474. − Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808, see page 471. − Adaptor rail, see page 463. 1 2 Possible alternative: Rail for EMC shielding bracket and strain relief, see page 498. C rails for DK-TS, CS Toptec For direct mounting on the vertical enclosure section. Thanks to the universally designed attachment piece, the C rails may optionally be attached to the inner or outer level of the TS 8 frame. Material: Sheet steel For Length Packs Model No. DK enclosure width/depth mm of mm 400 298 4 7828.040 500 398 4 7828.050 600 498 4 7828.060 800 698 4 7828.080 1000 898 4 7828.100 1200 1098 4 7828.120 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. C rails for DK-TS Installation options: ● On the horizontal enclosure sections ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Accessories: Cable clamps, see page 529. For Length Packs Model No. DK enclosure width/depth mm of mm 400 290 6 7091.000 600 490 6 7095.000 800 690 6 7096.000 1000 890 6 7100.000 1200 1090 6 7102.000 Also required: Adaptor rail for PS compatibility (when mounting on the vertical enclosure section), see page 463. Accessories: Cable clamps, see page 529. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 465 Interior installation Rail systems System support rails For heavy installed equipment such as transformers. T-head screw and slot in the support rail for any mounting position. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − Via snap-on nut TS 8800.808 (Fig. 1) − Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility − Offset in the height, via TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm (Fig. 2) ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section − in width − In the depth (without mounting plate) ● On the ES system punchings − In the enclosure depth ● On base configuration rail for CM 1 2 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated For enclosure width mm Packs of 600 2 4361.000 800 2 4362.000 1000 2 4347.000 1200 2 4363.000 Model No. PS Accessories: − Width divider e.g. for the installation of 2 system support rails (for 600 mm width) in 1200 mm wide enclosures, see page 376. − Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808, see page 471. − Adaptor rail, see page 463. − TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm, see page 461. Supply includes: − 2 system support rails (45 x 25 mm) − 4 T-head screws M12 x 60 mm − Assembly parts Support rails for TS, ES, CM For heavy installations. Particularly suitable for the installation of base isolators. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − Via snap-on nut TS 8800.808 (Fig. 1) − Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility − Offset in the height, via TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm (Fig. 2) ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section − in width − in depth ● On the ES system punchings, in the enclosure depth ● On base configuration rail for CM 1 2 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated For enclosure width/depth mm Model No. PS Model No. TS Packs of slotted unslotted 400 4 4394.000 – 500 4 4395.000 – 600 4 4396.000 4396.500 800 4 4398.000 4398.500 Accessories: − Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808, see page 471. − Adaptor rail, see page 463. − TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm, see page 461. Configuration examples: See from page 453. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Support rail 65 x 42 mm for TS, ES For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. TS 600 2 8612.960 800 2 8612.980 Benefits: ● For heavy assemblies up to 5000 N per support rail. Permissible static load: 10000 N per enclosure Material: Steel 28.5 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 20 535/735 575/775 466 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems Support rails TS 35/15 to EN 60 715 for TS, ES Mounting on the TS vertical section via − Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808, see page 471 − Assembly block see page 463 or − Adaptor rail, see page 463. Support rails TS 35/7.5 and TS 35/15 to EN 60 715 for KL, KL-HD, AE Length sized to the enclosure width Support rails to EN 60 715 Standard length 2 m Mounting clip For enclosure width/depth mm for EL For infinite adjustment of the mounting angles in the depth. Material: Sheet steel Supply includes: Assembly parts. Model No. PS 500 455 6 4933.000 600 555 6 4934.000 800 755 6 4935.000 1200 1155 6 4937.000 For enclosure width mm Support rails length mm 150 200 300 287 400 387 10 2317.000 500 487 10 2318.000 600 587 10 2319.000 Model No. SZ Packs of Model No. SZ 137 10 2314.000 187 10 2315.000 10 2316.000 Design TS 35/7.5 TS 35/15 Design Length Packs of TS 35/15 2m 6 2313.150 TS 35/7.5 2m 6 2313.750 Packs of Model No. SZ 30 2309.000 for support rails For fast, secure attachment of: ● Cable ducts ● Mounting plates ● Mounting angles on support rail TS 35/7.5 and TS 35/15 to EN 60 715. Simply pre-assemble the mounting clip on the part to be installed, then snap into position on the support rail. C rails Support rails Packs length of mm For centre part depth mm Packs of Model No. EL 216 4 2238.0001) 316 4 2239.000 416 4 2237.000 1) Extended delivery times. Accessories: Cable clamps, see page 529. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 467 Interior installation Rail systems TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm For horizontal busbar space separation for TS Mounting angle with TS pitch on three sides. Suitable for ● building an auxiliary construction for dividing the busbar space, ● individual use as mounting frame for low and medium loads, ● fastening to the internal or external mounting level of the TS 8 enclosure. For functional space depth mm Surface finish: Zinc-plated 1) − Frame connector piece, see page 475. − T-connector piece, see page 475. − Corner connector, see page 475. 62.5 12 9673.915 600 137.5 12 9673.920 Packs Model No. of SV For functional space height mm Length mm 450 – 5001) 487.5 12 9673.953 650 – 8001) 787.5 12 9673.983 Rails should be shortened where necessary. For vertical separation with busbar system in the bottom rear section 1) Packs Model No. of SV 425 For vertical separation with busbar system in the top rear section Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Also required: Length mm Packs Model No. of SV For functional space height mm Length mm 350 412.5 12 9673.951 400 462.5 12 9673.960 450 512.5 12 9673.961 550 – 6501) 712.5 12 9673.981 700 – 8001) 862.5 12 9673.995 Rails should be shortened where necessary. For external mounting level Packs Model No. of SV For enclosure width/depth mm Length mm 400 262.5 12 9673.940 500 362.5 12 9673.950 600 462.5 12 9673.960 For internal mounting level 468 Packs Model No. of SV For enclosure width/depth mm Length mm 400 312.5 12 9673.941 500 412.5 12 9673.951 600 512.5 12 9673.961 800 712.5 12 9673.981 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems C rails for cable chamber enclosures For attaching cables and lines and for mounting stacking insulators. Material: Sheet steel For TS enclosures width/depth mm Length (L) Packs Model No. SV mm of 600 600 4 9660.210 800 800 4 9660.220 Supply includes: − 4 C rails − 8 brackets − Assembly parts L Punched sections with mounting flanges for coupling section For assembling a Maxi-PLS or Flat-PLS busbar system directly beneath or above the circuitbreaker. This punched section with mounting flange may be used without conflict in conjunction with the compartment space side panel modules. It is attached to the outer level of the TS 8 enclosure system, but thanks to the PS punchings allows a mounting level as in the roof or base frame, thereby facilitating the use of busbar system attachment for the roof/base section. For TS enclosures width/depth mm Packs of Model No. SV 600 2 9674.056 800 2 9674.058 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Mounting plates Locatable on ● the vertical TS enclosure section ● TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm ● at the rear on the TE 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame Packs of Model No. TS 4 8612.400 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Mounting plates Screw-fastened, large On all enclosures and mounting parts with system punchings on a 25 mm pitch pattern. Material: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. TS 4 8612.410 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 469 Interior installation Rail systems Mounting plates Screw-fastened, small Material: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. PS 4 4532.000 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Mounting plate TS with integral top-hat rail For direct snap-mounting of components such as speed control, enclosure internal thermostat and hygrostat. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7526.964 Packs of Model No. PS 4 4597.000 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Mounting plate (mounting accessories included). Mounting bracket May be screw-fastened onto all enclosures and mounting parts with system punchings on a 25 mm pitch pattern. Material: Sheet steel Accessories: − Screws, see page 478. − Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000, see page 530. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Mounting bracket for interior installation For installing punched sections with mounting flanges and support strips in: ● Comfort Panel horizontal/vertical from 74 mm installation depth Packs of Model No. CP 4 6205.100 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. or for installing in: ● Optipanel from an installation depth of 100 mm Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Comfort Panel Front plate width 482.6 mm (19˝) Punched sections with mounting flanges Support strips 470 Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical Page 8612.150 459 4695.000 462 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Assembly components Snap-on nut TS Metric thread for vertical TS enclosure section. To install, insert into slot and clip into position. The snap-on nut is then secure. By tightening the screw, it is securely tightened against the section, and potential equalisation is automatically created. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − with metric thread M6 or M8 − the alternative to metal screws − particularly well-suited for dynamically loaded connections. Thread Packs of Model No. TS M6 20 8800.806 M8 20 8800.808 Accessories: Multi-tooth screw M6 x 12 or M8 x 12, see page 478. Material: Precision-cast stainless steel Accessories for interior installation 1 Support rails, 1 2 3 4 see page 466 2 Cable clamp rails, see page 527 3 C rails 30/15, see page 465 4 System support rails, see page 466 5 TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm, see page 461 5 Adaptor bracket TS For external mounting of ● System lights ● Cable ducts on the vertical TS enclosure section. Packs of Model No. TS 6 8800.360 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 471 Interior installation Assembly components Mounting bracket TS Offers variable mounting options for the punched rail 23 x 23 mm, e.g. for supporting external surfaces or creating an additional internal level. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: 24 screws 5.5 x 13 mm. Packs of Model No. TS 24 8800.370 Accessories: U nuts (recommendation: M6), see page 477. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − flush with the outer edge of the enclosure or − flush with the enclosure clearance width. 1 Support of the external surfaces with two 1 mounting options: ● Without mounting plate (photo) ● With mounting plate (drawing) Two installation options for the inner mounting level: 2 2 If there is no divider panel fitted. 3 With a divider panel fitted, and without or with 3 a mounting plate in a set forward position. Mounting bracket PS For variable attachment of punched rail 23 x 23 mm. Installation options: ● Optionally flush with: − Outer enclosure edge or − Enclosure clearance width ● On the vertical TS enclosure section via − Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, see page 463 ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section ● On enclosures and rails with rectangular system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm. Packs of Model No. PS 24 set 4182.000 Also required: − U nuts for punched rails (recommended: M6), see page 477. − Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm, see page 478. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: 1 set = 1 mounitng bracket, 1 screw M6 x 12 mm, 1 cage nut M6. 472 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Assembly components Angle bracket PS For quick attachment of punched rails 23 x 23 mm. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section via − Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, see page 463 ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section ● On enclosures and rails with rectangular system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm. Packs of Model No. PS 12 set 4181.000 Also required: − U nuts for punched rails (recommended: M6), see page 477. − Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm, see page 478. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: 1 set = 1 angle bracket, left, 1 angle bracket, right, 2 metal screws 5.5 x 13 mm. Support bracket TS For the attachment of punched sections without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm or punched rails 23 x 23 mm. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − on a 25 mm pitch pattern − in 2 mm increments. Material: Die-cast zinc Packs of Model No. TS 6 set 8800.330 Also required: − U nuts for punched rails (recommended: M6), see page 477. − Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm, see page 478. Supply includes: 1 set = 1 support bracket, 1 stay, 3 metal screws 5.5 x 13 mm. Support bracket PS For the attachment of punched sections without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm or punched rails 23 x 23 mm. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section via − Snap-on nut TS 8800.806, see page 471 or − Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, see page 463 ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section ● On enclosures and rails with rectangular system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm. Packs of Model No. PS 24 set 4183.000 Also required: − U nuts for punched rails (recommended: M6), see page 477. − Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm, see page 478. − Adaptor rail for PS compatibility (when mounting on the vertical enclosure section), see page 463. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: 1 set = 1 support bracket, 2 countersunk screws, 2 serrated lock washers. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 473 Interior installation Assembly components Bracket/spacer For fastening C rails, punched rails or cable clamp rails (angle section). On the sides, to accommodate square sections or tubes (Ø 20 mm). Attachment points with M8 thread. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section via − Snap-on nut TS 8800.808, see page 471, or − Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, see page 463 ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section ● On enclosures and rails with rectangular system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm. Packs of Model No. TS 6 set 4199.000 Accessories: Angle piece TS 4134.000, see page 474. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: 1 set = 1 bracket/spacer, 2 screws M8 x 16 mm, 2 spring lock washers, 2 cage nuts M8, 2 serrated lock washers, 2 metal screws. Quick-assembly block Packs of Model No. TS For a variety of installation options. 12 4133.000 Packs of Model No. TS 12 set 4134.000 Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section via − Snap-on nut TS 8800.808, see page 471, or − Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, see page 463 ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section ● On enclosures and rails with rectangular system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: − 12 quick-assembly blocks − 12 threaded blocks M8 − 24 screws M8 x 12 mm − 24 square nuts M8 Angle piece For assembling punched rails and mounting surfaces with a 45° incline. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section via − Snap-on nut TS 8800.806, see page 471 or − Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, see page 463 ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section ● On enclosures and rails with rectangular system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm. Material: − Angle pieces: Die-cast zinc − Insulating pieces: Plastic Supply includes: 1 set = 1 angle piece, 1 insulating piece, 1 insulating screw, 2 assembly screws, 1 threaded block M6. 474 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Assembly components Frame connector piece for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm Mounting part with integral M4 threads for attaching the TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm to the horizontal and vertical TS frame section (external level). The frame adaptor piece can be used as a self-holding construction aid in the TS pitch and fastened with a screw to the frame. Can also be used for fastening other sections with TS pitch. Packs of Model No. SV 24 9673.901 Packs of Model No. SV 24 9673.903 Packs of Model No. SV 10 9673.902 Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: Assembly parts. T-connector piece for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm Mounting piece with integral M4 threaded holes for attaching the TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm ● to horizontal and vertical TS chassis ● to TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm ● to the vertical TS frame section (internal level). The T-connector piece can be used as a self-holding construction aid in the TS pitch and fastened with a screw to the frame. Can also be used for fastening other sections with TS pitch. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: Assembly parts. Corner connector for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm Mounting part with integral M4 threads for connecting two TS punched rails 17 x 17 mm at an angle of 90° across the corner. Required for building the auxiliary construction for the busbar space separation. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 475 Interior installation Assembly components Universal bracket Packs of Model No. SZ 6 2373.000 For installing ● Enclosure lights in − Compact enclosures AE ● Door-operated switches in − Compact enclosures AE − TopConsole system TP ● Cable conduit holders SZ 2593.000 and SZ 2591.000 in − Compact enclosures AE ● Support rails for terminals in − Command panels and command panel housings with door. Mounting screws are concealed when the door is closed. Existing holes for mounting blocks or hinges may be used with AE. Ø 4.2 8 28 Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 45 Rail mounting bracket For individual rail mounting. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Rail mounting bracket Packs of Model No. SZ flat 20 2365.000 inclined 20 2366.000 35 M5 47 35° 30 M6 Ø7 Ø7 60 60 73 81 Mounting block for AE As an accessory for additional interior installation, e.g. mounting of cable ties, PS punched rails, top hat rails and C rails (e.g. for a second pair of mounting angles). Packs of Model No. SZ 20 2574.000 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 476 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Assembly components U nuts For ● Punched rail 23 x 23 mm ● Punched section without mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm ● Punched section without mounting flange, 45 x 88 mm ● Punched section with mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm For mounting punched rails and punched sections without mounting flanges on angle brackets, mounting brackets and support brackets, we recommend U nuts with M6 thread (PS 4179.000). Captive nuts/threaded blocks Installation options: On enclosures and rails with rectangular system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm, such as: ● TS enclosure section − vertically, via adaptor rail for PS compatibility − horizontally, direct ● ES enclosure body, all-round ● Punched rail 23 x 23 mm ● Punched section without mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm ● Punched section without mounting flange, 45 x 88 mm ● Punched section with mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm Captive nuts The compression spring, designed as an insertion aid, ensures reliable mechanical and electrical connection in the system punchings. Threaded block With snap-off insertion aid, die-cast zinc. Captive nuts The nuts are inserted from the same side as screw-fastening takes place. Consequently, attachment points in the same height or width may also be used around corners. The spring cage also ensures electrical connection in the system punchings. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Thread Packs of Model No. PS M4 20 4119.000 M5 20 4157.000 M6 20 4179.000 M8 20 4180.000 Accessories: Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm, (for PS 4179.000), see page 478. Possible alternative: On the vertical TS enclosure section TS snap-on nuts, see page 471. Thread Packs of Model No. TS M5 50 4166.000 M6 50 4164.000 M8 50 4165.000 Thread Packs of Model No. TS M6 50 4162.000 M8 50 4163.000 Thread Packs of Model No. TS M6 50 8800.340 M8 50 8800.350 477 Interior installation Assembly components Spring nut M5 For ● Comfort Panel from an installation depth of 74 mm ● Optipanel from an installation depth of 100 mm ● Compact Panel The spring ensures reliable protection against unintentional displacement. Further interior installation, e.g. with mounting bracket PS 4597.000 (see page 470) or mounting bracket CP 6205.100 (see page 470). Packs of Model No. CP 50 6108.000 Packs of Model No. KS 20 1482.000 Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Threaded inserts M6 for KS For securing installed equipment to the moulded bosses in the door and in the enclosure rear panel. Screw length available for insertion: 8 mm. Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 to fit: ● Snap-on nuts (TS 8800.806) ● U nuts for punched rails (PS 4179.000) ● Captive nuts (PS 4164.000) ● Threaded blocks (TS 4162.000) Multi-tooth drive for optimum transmission of torques, an extended tool life and increased safety and reliability when tightening and loosening screw connections. Dimensions mm Packs of Model No. SZ Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 M8 x 12 300 300 2504.500 2504.800 Metal multi-tooth screws Metal multi-tooth screws 5.5 x 13 300 2486.500 For the round holes 4.5 mm diameter in the enclosure section, punched rails and punched sections without mounting flanges. Metal multi-tooth screws for stainless steel 5 x 13 300 2486.300 ● Hex screws ● Posidrive raised countersunk screws ● Pan-head screws, posidrive ● Multi-tooth pan-head screws M5 x 10 M5 x 12 500 500 2504.000 2488.000 M5 x 12 500 2489.000 M5 x 12 500 2489.500 Self-tapping screws ST 4.8 x 16 300 2487.000 M8 x 12 to fit: ● Snap-on nuts (TS 8800.808) Type of screw Self-tapping screws: Self-tapping screws For the round holes 4.5 mm diameter in the enclosure section, punched rails and punched sections without mounting flanges. Self-tapping screws Mark, drill and tighten in a single operation using electric or pneumatic tools. For metal thickness: 0.8 – 3 mm Length: 16 mm Usable length: 9.5 mm Width across flats: 8 mm 478 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Assembly components TS adaptor for wiring systems Adaptor rail for the Lütze LSC wiring system. Supply includes: 1 set = 6 adaptor rails, 24 spring lock washers, 24 metal screws 5.5 x 13 mm. For enclosure depth mm Packs of 500 Model No. TS 8800.150 600 1 set 800 8800.160 8800.180 Note: Mounting parts for the LCS wiring system not included with the supply. Installation kit for the Moeller MR 25 wiring system. Supply includes: 1 set = 2 baying clamps, 4 mounting rails, assembly parts. Kit for separate frame TS Every TS 8 frame is easily converted to a rack suitable for dismantling. To this end, the frame sections in the roof and base frame are separated, optionally in the width or depth. The four connection components are inserted into the frame section and screw-fastened. The external dimensions of the frame remain unchanged. For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 400 1 set 8800.240 Packs of Model No. DK 4 7829.400 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: The maximum achievable IP protection category is restricted by separation of the frame. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 479 Interior installation Component shelves for frame attachment Component shelf for frame attachment Material: Sheet steel Enclosure width 600 and 800 mm for TS For installation in enclosures without 482.6 mm (19˝) accommodation. Max. depth of component shelves = Enclosure depth – 100 mm. Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Technical specifications: − Mounting bolts or mounting rails may be installed on a 25 mm pitch pattern in the enclosure depth. − Mounting hole for handles provided. 4 3 1 2 1 Fastening bolts Enclosure width 600 mm Load capacity kg (static surface load) 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 Component shelf depth mm 400 500 600 700 400 500 600 700 Component shelf height mm 29 29 29 29 45 45 45 45 Model No. DK, slotted 7164.035 7165.035 7166.035 7166.735 7464.035 7465.035 7466.035 7466.735 Model No. DK, unslotted 7264.035 7265.035 7266.035 – – – – – 2 Mounting rails 3 Installation kit 4 Telescopic slides Enclosure width 800 mm Load capacity kg (static surface load) 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 Component shelf depth mm 400 500 600 700 400 500 600 700 Component shelf height mm 29 29 29 29 45 45 45 45 Model No. DK, slotted 7184.035 7185.035 7186.035 7186.735 7484.035 7485.035 7486.035 7486.735 Also required: TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm, as installation kit for enclosure depth, see page 459 500 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 600 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 800 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 1000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 1200 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 Accessories: Telescopic slides, see page 489 7061.000 7081.000 7161.000 7161.700 7064.000 7065.000 7066.000 7066.700 Handles for component shelves, see page 490 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 Hinged cable support see page 490 Component shelf, pull-out For enclosures1) for TS, PC-TS, IW For direct mounting on the vertical TS enclosure section. Width mm Load capacity: 40 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Depth mm Support area Width mm Depth mm Model No. IW 600 600 465 545 6902.9602) 600 800 465 745 6902.980 1) For enclosures without a mounting plate. 2) May also be installed in 800 mm deep enclosures based on TS (pull-out rear attachment). Colour: RAL 7015 Supply includes: 2 telescopic slides. 480 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Component shelves for frame attachment Component shelf, static installation For enclosures Depth mm 600 600 600 800 7828.680 600 1000 7828.6001) 800 600 7828.680 800 800 7828.880 800 1000 7828.800 for TS Locate the mounting pieces in the frame and attach the component shelf. Attachment in the TS enclosure section offers the greatest possible support surface. Dimensions: − Height: 25 mm − Width: Enclosure width minus 44 mm − Depth: Enclosure depth minus 44 mm Load capacity: 75 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Model No. DK Width mm 1) Extended 7828.660 delivery times. Note: − Combined use with vertically divided doors is not possible. − Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Component shelf, static installation for TS, PC-TS, IW prepared for fan expansion kit For direct mounting on the vertical TS enclosure section. Simply located into 4 pre-fitted screws and secure. Load capacity: 40 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel For enclosures1) Support area Model No. PC Width mm Depth mm Width mm Depth mm 600 600 507 550 8800.900 600 800 507 750 8800.910 1) For enclosures without a mounting plate. Accessories: Fan expansion kit DK 7980.XXX, see page 222. Colour: RAL 7015 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Drawer tray pull-out For enclosures with TS frame construction in series IW, PC-TS. Width 600 mm and depth 600 – 800 mm. Tray height: 83 mm Packs of Model No. IW 1 6902.700 Load capacity: 40 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: 2 telescopic slides. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 481 Interior installation Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) section Component shelf, 482.6 mm (19˝) installation Also required: − Adaptor for L-shaped mounting angles TS, see page 488. − Installation kit, depth-variable, for installation on mounting frames and L-shaped mounting angles, see page 488. Enclosures with two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels Depending on their depth, the component shelves have several attachment points, so the distance between the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles is variable within certain limits. Each component shelf secured in this way can be retrospectively upgraded to full withdrawal using telescopic slides. For this purpose, the telescopic slides are screw-fastened in place of the spacers. Possible alternative: Component shelves, heavy-duty, for 482.6 mm (19˝) installation, see page 483 – 484. Load capacity: 50 kg surface load, static T 200 (T 500) Material: Sheet steel 100 50 50 29 Supply includes: Assembly parts. T = Depth Component shelf width mm 409 409 409 409 409 409 409 409 Component shelf depth mm 300 400 500 600 700 500 600 700 Distance between levels (X) Colour 348/448/ 448/548/ 548/648/ 348/448/ 448/548/ 548/648/ 498 598 698 498 598 698 298 348/398 RAL 7035 – – – RAL 9005 – – – – – Model No. DK 7143.035 7144.035 7145.035 7145.635 7145.735 7145.005 7145.605 7145.705 Accessories: Telescopic slides for 50 kg, see page 489 7051.000 7061.000 7081.000 7161.000 7161.700 7081.000 7161.000 7161.700 Handles for component shelf, see page 490 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 Hinged cable support see page 490 For TS: Note for installation in network enclosures based on TS, cranked mounting angle: The component shelves are mounted on the sides of the 482.6 mm (19˝) cranked mounting angles with spacers on a U pitch pattern. For TS: Note for installation in network enclosures based on TS, L-shaped mounting angle: If L-shaped mounting angles are used, adaptor DK 7827.300 is required, see page 488. X X 2 2 3 1 1 For TE, TS, 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings: Note for installation between two mounting frames or L-shaped mounting angles: May be mounted directly on the 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings using the depth-variable installation kit, see page 488. 1 Spacers 2 Telescopic slides 3 Adaptor 4 Installation kit, depth-variable X Distance between angles 4 2 482 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) section Component shelf, static installation on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame for TE, TS The component shelf is attached directly to the front and rear 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. Load capacity: 30 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Width mm Height mm Depth mm Distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels mm Model No. DK 511 22 413 495 7000.620 Note: Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Component shelf, heavy-duty for network enclosures TS with cranked mounting angles For static installation between two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels. The component shelf is located directly onto the cranked mounting angles. Zinc-plated version: Load capacity: 75 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Spray-finished version: Load capacity: 100 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Zinc-plated version: Width mm Dimensions Height mm Depth mm Distance between levels (X) mm Model No. DK 452.5 20 478 498 7828.950 452.5 20 578 598 7828.960 452.5 20 678 698 7828.970 Spray-finished version: Dimensions X Width mm Height mm Depth mm Distance between levels (X) mm 453 44 470 498 Model No. DK 7145.535 Note: Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. Possible alternative: Component shelf, heavy-duty, for 482.6 mm (19˝) configuration, see page 484, may be combined with telescopic slides, see page 489. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 483 Interior installation Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) section Component shelf, heavy-duty for network enclosures TS with L-shaped mounting angles For static installation between two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels. The component shelf is located directly onto the L-shaped mounting angles. Load capacity: 75 kg surface load, static X Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Width mm Dimensions Height mm Depth mm Distance between levels (X) mm Model No. DK 507.5 20 480 498 7828.951 507.5 20 580 598 7828.961 507.5 20 680 698 7828.971 Note: Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. Possible alternative: Supply includes: Assembly parts. Component shelf, heavy-duty, for 482.6 mm (19˝) configuration, see page 484, may be combined with telescopic slides, see page 489. Component shelf, heavy-duty Colour: RAL 7035 482.6 mm (19˝) for TE, TS ● L-shaped mounting angles ● Mounting frame 482.6 mm (19˝) Load capacity: 100 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Supply includes: Assembly parts. Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. 409 45 500 7063.895 409 45 700 7063.897 Colour: RAL 9005 Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. 409 45 500 7063.8351) 45 700 7063.837 409 1) Extended delivery times. Also required: Installation kit, depth-variable DK 7063.890, see page 488. Accessories: − Telescopic slides (100 kg) for 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf, see page 489. − Handles for component shelf, see page 490. 484 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) punchings Component shelf 2 U 482.6 mm (19˝) for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings Suitable for installation in all enclosures with only one 482.6 mm (19˝) recess and all swing frames with flange mounting, 482.6 mm (19˝). Load capacity: 25 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Width mm Depth mm Model No. DK 390 300 7148.035 Accessories: − Telescopic slides for component shelf, see page 489. − Handles for component shelf, see page 490. Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Component shelf 1 U, depth-variable 482.6 mm (19˝) for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings For mounting between the front and rear 482.6 mm (19˝) levels. The component shelf is infinitely depth-adjustable from 488 mm to 750 mm. Distance between levels mm Model No. VR 488 – 750 3861.580 Note: Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. Load capacity: 50 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Component shelf 1/2 U, depth-variable 482.6 mm (19˝) for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings For mounting between the front and rear 482.6 mm (19˝) levels. The component shelf is infinitely depth-adjustable from 488 mm to 750 mm. Load capacity: 50 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Distance between levels mm Colour 400 – 600 RAL 7035 7063.710 600 – 900 RAL 7035 7063.720 600 – 900 RAL 9005 7063.725 Model No. DK Note: Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. 485 Interior installation Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) punchings Component shelf, complete set, pull-out 482.6 mm (19˝) for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings Tailored to the distance between levels in enclosures as per their supplied state of 495 mm, this complete set contains a vented component shelf, telescopic slides and a mounting kit for direct attachment. The mounting kit also offers depth-variable attachment within 395 – 645 mm on a 25 mm pitch pattern. Base depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 500 1 set 7000.625 Accessories: Handles for component shelf, see page 490. Load capacity: 50 kg, static Material: Base: Sheet steel Surface finish: − Base: Spray-finished − Mounting kit/telescopic slides: Zinc-plated Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − 1 component shelf − Telescopic slides − Installation kit Component shelf 1 U, static installation 482.6 mm (19˝)/535 mm (metric) for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings The ideal support surface for small active components such as modems or mini-hubs in 482.6 mm (19˝) or metric levels. Load capacity: 10 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 486 Component shelf depth mm 482.6 mm (19˝) Metric 140 7119.140 7119.1551) 1) Extended Model No. DK delivery times. Note: Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. Also required: − Captive nuts, see page 477. − Screws, see page 478. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) punchings Component shelf 2 U, static installation 482.6 mm (19˝)/535 mm (metric) for 482.6 mm (19˝)/metric system punchings If only one 482.6 mm (19˝) or metric mounting level is available for mounting a component shelf, this variant offers a particularly cost-effective solution. Load capacity: 25 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Component shelf depth mm 482.6 mm (19˝) Metric Model No. DK 250 – 7119.250 400 – 7119.400 250 – 7119.255 400 – 7119.455 Also required: − Captive nuts, see page 477. − Screws, see page 478. Note: Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. Utility table for location in the 482.6 mm (19˝) level for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings The utility table may be attached directly between the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles without any additional assembly work. The utility table has a height of 3 U and a support area of 450 x 295 mm; it can be used as a support for measuring devices or splicing equipment during maintenance and wiring work. Support surface mm Model No. DK 450 x 295 7183.100 Note: Installation in enclosures with a TS trim frame is not possible. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Shelf for AE with pull-out frame The vented shelf is inserted into the pull-out frame of wall-mounted distributor DK 7644.000 and may additionally be screw-fastened. In this way, an additional support surface can be created with very little effort. Captive nuts may be clipped into the punchings of the frame, even after the shelf has been inserted. Width mm Depth mm Model No. DK 430 195 7644.400 Extended delivery times. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 487 Interior installation Installation kits for component shelves TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm Installation in enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. TS as installation kit for component shelves Simply locate and secure. One pack is sufficient for 2 component shelves. 500 4 8612.050 600 4 8612.060 800 4 8612.080 Load capacity: 100 kg surface load, static 1000 4 8612.000 1200 4 8612.020 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Installation kit, depth-variable for 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf In conjunction with ● L-shaped mounting angles or ● Mounting frame 482.6 mm (19˝) Infinitely adjustable to the spacing between the two pairs of 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. Suitable for all 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelves in 409 mm width. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Length mm Load capacity U 390 – 590 50 kg 1 7063.858 490 – 710 100 kg 1.5 7063.8921) Model No. DK 590 – 790 50 kg 1 7063.860 706.5 – 1006.5 100 kg 1.5 7063.890 1) Max. depth of component shelves: 500 mm Accessories: Telescopic slides, see page 489. Supply includes: 1 set = 2 mounting rails including assembly parts. Adaptor for L-shaped mounting angles Packs of Model No. DK 4 7827.300 for TS network enclosures For mounting component shelves and slide rails on L-shaped mounting angles. Material: Sheet steel Supply includes: Assembly parts. Installation kit for component shelves and drawers, with 482.6 mm (19˝) installation in TS For installation between the front and rear adaptor sections or adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝) in 600 mm wide enclosures. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 488 For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 600 1 set 8800.560 800 1 set 8800.580 Max. depth of component shelves = Enclosure depth minus 100 mm. Also required: − Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 551. − Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 552. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Accessories for component shelves Side parts 3 U for static installation of component shelves, 482.6 mm (19˝) For the attachment of component shelves to a single pair of 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. The component shelves are screw-fastened to the 3 U side part. Either one or two component shelves may be secured. Load capacity: 30 kg surface load, static Depth of For Component Model No. side parts component shelf shelf depth DK mm DK mm 400 7143.035 300 400 7144.035 400 400 7145.035 500 7147.035 Note: Component shelves, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 482. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: 2 side parts. Note: Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. Telescopic slides for component shelves Fixed component shelves are easily converted to full withdrawal. For this purpose, the existing fastening bolts or mounting rails (heavy-duty version) are exchanged for the telescopic slides. Technical specifications: For installation and locking on a 25 mm pitch pattern in the enclosure depth. Load capacity: 50 kg/100 kg per set Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Load capacity 50 kg For component shelf depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 300 2 7051.000 400 2 7061.000 500 2 7081.000 600 2 7161.000 700 2 7161.700 3 Load capacity 100 kg For component shelf depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 400 2 7064.000 500 2 7065.000 600 2 7066.000 700 2 7066.700 2 1 1 Fastening bolts 2 Mounting rails 3 Telescopic slides Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 489 Interior installation Accessories for component shelves Cable support For enclosure depth mm Model No. DK < 600 7163.500 > 600 7163.550 For enclosure depth mm Model No. DK < 600 7163.560 > 600 7163.565 hinged, with clamp For secure routing of connection cables from the component shelf to the clamping point. The attachment may be released on both sides thanks to clamps. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Cable support hinged, with anti-kink device and clamp For secure routing of connection cables from the component shelf to the clamping point. Kink-free cable routing in the central part via mobile chain links. The attachment may be released on both sides, thanks to clamps. Material: − Sheet steel, zinc-plated − Centre part: Plastic Supply includes: Assembly parts. Handles for pull-out component shelves The component shelves are prepared for the attachment of handles. Packs of Model No. RP 2 3636.010 Packs of Model No. DK 4 7115.000 Material: Die-cast zinc Surface finish: Spray-finished, silver-grey Supply includes: Assembly parts. Fastening bolts for slotted component shelves For non-slip attachment of your components. The bolts are screwed into the slots of the component shelf support surface. Consequently, they are infinitely adjustable and can be adapted to suit any appliance. 490 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation System lights System lights ● for direct attachment in all large enclosures ● for mounting on compact enclosures, wall-mounted enclosures and in the console system with system accessories. Accessories: Protection category: IP 20 to IEC 60 529 − Adaptor bracket, see page 471. − Universal bracket, see page 476. − Rail for interior installation, see page 459. Technical comparison/equipment Page Voltage supply Installation type Mounting options LED system light 494 492 493 – 120 V AC, 60 Hz – – – – 230 V AC, 50 Hz – – – – 24 V DC – – – – – – – – Compact fluorescent lamp, base G24q-3 – – – – Fluorescent lamp T5 – – – – LEDs, cold white – – – – II (all-insulated) – – – – III (SELV) – – – – Screw-fastening Clip attachment – – – Magnetic attachment (accessory) – – – TS roof frame (horizontal section) direct with adaptor bracket – – direct – – – with universal bracket – – with magnetic attachment – – – TS vertical section with rail for interior installation Infeed/connection cable – – 3) Door-operated switch – Through-wiring (series connection of several lights) – –1) UL/cUL 2) – 2) 2) ENEC 2) – 2) – – – 2) – – Light cover – Light cone adjustment – – – Integral sockets, earthing-pin 2) – – Integral sockets, USA 2) – – – – – – – – 2) 2) – – – VDE Equipment Compact light 492 AE Approvals Universal light – AE, CM, TP Connection options Courtesy light 492 Fluorescent lamp, base G13 Protection category Standard light 100 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Full-electronic ballast Light Also required: Connection accessories, see page 496. Integral motion detector Integral door-operated switch 1) Safety extra-low voltage, not required by the standard. 2) Depending on the equipment. 3) Integral Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 491 Interior installation System lights Standard light Without door-operated switch Technical specifications Socket Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. SZ Approvals 14 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz Earthing-pin 452 117 50 4138.140 ENEC 18 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz Earthing-pin 682 117 50 4138.180 ENEC 30 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz Earthing-pin 987 117 50 4138.300 ENEC 14 kW, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 452 117 50 4138.240 cURus 18 kW, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 682 117 50 4138.280 cURus 30 kW, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 987 117 50 4138.400 cURus Technical specifications Socket Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. SZ Approvals 14 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz Earthing-pin 452 117 50 4138.150 ENEC 18 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz Earthing-pin 682 117 50 4138.190 ENEC 30 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz Earthing-pin 987 117 50 4138.350 ENEC 14 kW, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 452 117 50 4138.250 cURus 18 kW, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 682 117 50 4138.290 cURus 30 kW, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 987 117 50 4138.450 cURus Technical specifications Socket Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. SZ Approvals 14 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz Earthing-pin 452 117 50 4139.140 ENEC 18 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz Earthing-pin 682 117 50 4139.180 ENEC 30 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz Earthing-pin 987 117 50 4139.300 ENEC Technical specifications Socket Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. SZ Approvals 14 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz Earthing-pin 452 117 50 4139.150 ENEC 18 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz Earthing-pin 682 117 50 4139.190 ENEC 30 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz Earthing-pin 987 117 50 4139.350 ENEC Socket Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. SZ Approvals With door-operated switch Also required: Connection accessories, see page 496. Courtesy light Without door-operated switch With door-operated switch Also required: Connection accessories, see page 496. Universal light With integral motion detector Technical specifications 26 W, 110 – 240 V, 50 – 60 Hz Earthing-pin 345 95 55 4155.100 VDE – 345 95 55 4155.000 VDE – 345 95 55 4155.500 UL Also required: Connection accessories, see page 496. 492 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation System lights Compact light Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 Slimmer – Faster – Brighter ● Slimmer: Around 50% less height and depth and also around 75% less volume than conventional lights. ● Faster: Universal fast attachment via clips, screws, or powerful magnets (optional). Simply slide in at the side or rear, fit the light, and it's done! ● Brighter: Up to 75% greater luminous efficiency from the lamp with the same power helps to cut electricity costs. ● Door-operated switch can also be connected via a 2-pole connection. Model No. SZ ENEC 24 Protection category: IP 20 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Compact light with clip and screw mounting kits, including assembly parts. Accessories: − Mounting kit magnet, see page 493. − Door-operated switch with connection cable, see page 496. 4140.010 – 4140.020 – 4140.110 4140.120 – 4140.2101) – 4140.2201) – – cURus Rated voltage 100 – 240 V AC ±10% at 50 – 60 Hz Wattage 8 24 V DC ±10% 14 Protection category 8 14 II (all-insulated) Width (B1) mm 455 705 455 705 Mounting distance (B2) mm Clip/magnet 400 650 400 650 Mounting distance (B3) mm 475 725 475 725 Yellow Yellow – – 0.35 – – 0.57 Connection cable 3 m (open end) Cover colour Yellow Rated current (A) – at 230 V AC – at 110 V AC – at 24 V DC Grey 0.045 – 0.088 0.083 – 0.149 – Light Grey 0.073 – 0.127 0.149 – 0.216 – Fluorescent lamp T5 Operating unit Wide-range electronic ballast Circuit-breakers Electronic ballast Integral, on/off/door-operated switch mode Light cover Transparent, grooved on the inside Cable deflector across rear 1) Only Yellow – – for the North American market B1 Clip/magnet attachment Screw attachment 59 24 B .5 B B Ø6 B A B2 A B3 A A Rear fastening B Side attachment Mounting kit magnet For reliable adhesion on all sheet steel surfaces. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Packs of Model No. SZ 2 4140.000 493 Interior installation System lights LED system light in 24 V DC version ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Max. EMC capacity Safe, thanks to use with safety extra-low voltage Economical energy use Low-maintenance thanks to the use of LEDs May be connected to a door-operated switch Integral through-wiring Universal attachment options Vertically hinged light cone Model No. SZ Material: − Light body: Extruded aluminium − Light cover: Polycarbonate (halogen-free) − Light ends: PC-ABS Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 20 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: System light with clip and screw mounting kits, assembly parts. 4140.810 Rated voltage 4140.820 4140.830 4140.840 24 V DC (± 10%) No. of LEDs 10 20 Protection category 30 40 III (SELV) Width (B1) mm 230 330 430 530 Mounting distance CLIP (B2) mm 175 275 375 475 Mounting distance, screw attachment (B3) mm 250 350 450 550 Rated current (A)1) 0,04 0,08 0,12 0,16 Circuit-breakers 1) Maximum Integral on/off/door-operated switch mode baying up to a total rated current strength of 2 amps. Also required: − LED connection cable, see page 495 or − Door-operated switch with LED connection cable, see page 495. Note: Only intended for use in enclosures and sealed cases! When using on customer-supplied power packs, it is important to obtain the requisite approvals depending on the application! Accessories: − Mounting kit magnet, see page 493. − Door-operated switch with LED connection cable, see page 495. − LED connection cable, see page 495. − Adaptor power pack, see page 495. 20.64 B2 8.2 32.8 B3 B1 494 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation System lights Connection accessories for LED system light Length mm Packs of Model No. SZ LED connection cable 3000 1 4315.800 Door-operated switch Length mm Packs of Connection cable 1 1 Model No. SZ 2 With LED connection cable 3000 1 4315.810 3 With LED interconnecting cable 1000 1 4315.820 Length mm Packs of Model No. SZ Interconnecting cable 4 5 600 1 4315.830 1000 1 4315.840 3000 1 4315.850 Adaptor power pack Technical specifications Packs of Model No. SZ Adaptor power pack 230 V AC/24 V DC, 1 A 1 4315.860 LED interconnecting cable 2 3 Layout diagram for LED system light 24 V DC: 4 1 Connection cable 2 Door-operated switch with LED connection cable (open end/cable bush) 3 Door-operated switch with LED connection cable 4 LED connection cable for through-wiring 1 3 5 2 4 +U GND Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 495 Interior installation System lights Connection accessories Accessories: The following components can be used for timesaving and simple installation of the lights: 1 2 Connection cable for Cable ties for quick assembly, see page 530. UL Model No. SZ Length mm Packs of Orange 3000 5 4315.100 – – 4315.150 1 Power supply (with socket, without connector) 1 Power supply (with socket and strain relief, without connector) 3000 1 2 Through-wiring (with socket and connector) 600 1 2 Through-wiring/power supply via connection component SZ 2507.500 (with socket and connector) 600 5 1000 4000 1 Grey – 4315.450 4315.400 – 4315.200 – 4315.600 – 3 Door-operated switch With mounting accessories 3 4 4 UL With connection cable (not required for universal lights and standard/courtesy lights with integral door-operated switch) Without connection cable With connection cable (for compact light) Length mm Model No. SZ Packs of Orange Yellow Grey 600 1 4315.520 – – 1000 1 4315.320 – – 1 – – 4315.550 1 – – 4315.350 600 1000 – Technical specifications 240 V AC, 6 A 125 V DC, 8 A 24 V AC, 6 A 24 V DC, 6 A 1 4127.010 600 1 – 4315.710 – 600 1 – – 4315.720 Also required Model No. FR Mounting kit for installation in TE 5 7952.100 Door-operated switch With toggle 5 Without connection cable, for TS enclosures with installed large swing frame. The toggle is actuated via the tubular door frame of the sheet steel door, or in the case of glazed doors, via an adaptor included with the supply. UL Technical specifications Packs of Model No. SZ 240 V AC, 6 A 125 V DC, 8 A 24 V AC, 6 A 24 V DC, 6 A 1 4127.210 Packs of Model No. SZ 1 2507.500 Connection component with circuit-breaker 10 A 6 6 Reduce assembly costs: Power is supplied rapidly and reliably to system and workstation lights via connection cables. For self-configured cables, connector SZ 2507.200 must be used. Connection component to be snapped onto the top hat rail. Packs of For self-assembly 7 Model No. SZ Sockets for power supply through-wiring 5 2507.100 Connectors for connection component through-wiring 5 2507.200 T distributor with 2 sockets, 1 connector 5 2507.300 Connector for door-operated switch cable 5 2507.400 7 1 Connection cable for infeed 2 Connection cable for through-wiring/infeed 3 Door-operated switch with connection cable 1 2 3 496 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation System lights Enclosure light, 48 V DC With connection cable Robust light. For attachment vertically or horizontally in the frame section via spring brackets, or may be used as a direct light source during maintenance work by inserting the plastic swivel hook. Impact-resistant lamp housing of PMMA (polymethylmethacrylate) protection category II. Protection category: IP 64 Supply includes: − 2 spring clips − Assembly parts Light 1 U Complete ready-to-connect light for installation in the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. The slot attachment additionally allows it to be fastened to the 25 mm system punchings. Packs of Model No. CS 1 9765.150 Technical specifications: − Luminosity: 11 W − Luminous efficiency: 900 lm − Fluorescent tube: TC-SEL 11 W, 4-pin − Ambient temperature: –20°C to +40°C − Voltage: 48 V DC ±10% − Supply lead 3000 mm, H05RN – 2 x 1 mm, without connectors, with crimped ferrules − Length: 450 mm overall Protective tube 320 mm − Light outlet 195 mm − Diameter: 62 mm overall Protective tube 38 mm Packs of Model No. DK 1 7109.200 Technical specifications: − Fluorescent tube 8 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz − Mains switch − 2.5 m connection cable − Earthing-pin connector Material: − Aluminium, anodised − Plastic Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 497 Interior installation EMC Rail for EMC shielding bracket and strain relief Combined rail for strain relief and EMC contacting of inserted cables. Mounting options: ● On the horizontal/vertical TS, PC, ES enclosure section ● On a mounting plate May also be fitted without a retaining bracket. Additional contacting on the left or right of the rail via existing holes (9 mm diameter). Width mm Packs of Model No. SZ 600 1 2388.600 800 1 2388.800 1000 1 2388.000 1200 1 2388.120 Also required: − EMC shielding bracket, see page 498. − Cable clamps for strain relief, see page 529. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Accessories: − Earth straps, see page 501. − Earthing strap, see page 501. Supply includes: − 1 rail − 2 retaining brackets − Assembly parts Rail 12 31 5 13 Ø 20 5 80 9 2.5 6.5 25 Ø 43 6. 10 479/679/879/1079 525/725/925/1125 535/735/935/1135 553/753/963/1153 Retaining bracket Mounting position 45 25 95 15 75 86.5 80 19 25 25 .5 Ø4 Ø7 95 EMC shielding bracket Quick assembly without the use of tools: Press the EMC shielding bracket against the cable shield and clip into the rail. Diameter changes are compensated in full by the spring of the EMC shielding bracket. For shield diameter mm Packs of Model No. SZ 3 – 10 10 2388.100 4 – 15 10 2388.150 10 – 20 10 2388.200 15 – 28 10 2388.280 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated 498 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation EMC EMC gland plates For shielded cables with a maximum diameter of 20 mm. Combined EMC/IP seal provides low-resistance contact between cable shield and gland plate. For all 400, 500, 600 and 800 mm deep enclosures in conjunction with standard gland plates. 1) For Width mm Packs of Model No. TS 600 1 set 8800.660 800 1 set 8800.680 1000 1 set 8800.6001) 1200 1 set 8800.6201) one enclosure half only Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − 1 gland plate with T-head punching − 1 sliding gland plate − 2 IP/EMC gaskets EMC cable glands The cable sheathing may optionally be interrupted at the contact point or removed completely inside the enclosure. The cable shield in the enclosure is retained. The supplied lock nut cuts automatically into the paint when screwed down, thus creating a conductive connection. Cable glands, metric Size Cable diameter mm Minimum1) shield diameter mm Packs of M16 4.5 – 10 3 5 2843.160 M20 6 – 12 5 5 2843.200 2843.250 Model No. SZ M25 11 – 17 8 5 Protection category: IP 68 to IEC 60 529 IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9 M32 15 – 21 10 1 2843.320 M40 19 – 28 15 1 2843.400 M50 27 – 38 19 1 2843.500 Possible alternative: M63 34 – 44 30 1 2843.630 Cable gland Hygienic Design, see page 521. 1) Minimum shield diameter = cable diameter minus cable sheathing Cable glands, PG PG size Cable diameter mm Minimum1) shield diameter mm Packs of Model No. SZ 2411.090 9 4–8 3 5 11 5 – 10 4 5 2411.110 13.5 6 – 12 5 5 2411.140 16 10 – 14 8 5 2411.160 21 13 – 18 10 1 2411.210 29 18 – 25 15 1 2411.290 1) Minimum shield diameter = cable diameter minus cable sheathing EMC shield bus Made of clear chromated steel strip, 75 mm2 cross section, for cable shield contact. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Rail length mm Connections Packs of Model No. SZ 375 10 1 2413.375 550 16 1 2413.550 499 Interior installation EMC EMC earth clamps The clamps may be used directly on the device or operating equipment on the mounting plate for cable shield contact. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated 1) 2 Size mm Packs of Model No. SZ 4 50 2367.040 6 50 2367.060 8 50 2367.080 12 50 2367.120 16 50 2367.160 20 25 2367.2001) assembly brackets EMC baying seal for TS For baying enclosure systems. Seal with all-round, electrically conductive sheathing. Cross section mm Model No. TS 6.3 x 6.3 8800.690 Packs of Model No. SZ 1 4348.000 Supply includes: 3 seals, length 2 m each. EMC divider panel seal This seal ensures optimum contact in bayed EMC enclosure systems and when using a zinc-plated divider panel. Material: PU foam with electrically conductive sheathing. Supply includes: 1 roll (12.7 x 12.7 x 5300 mm). Contact cutter The contact cutter enables EMC-compatible preparation of the contact point e.g. for earthing straps. Plastic-bound abrasive with guide pin for round system punchings. With location point for drill, grinder etc. Contact paint Contact paint prevents the corrosion of conductive, unprotected contact points. 1) Not For Model No. SM Frame section 2414.000 Earthing bolts1) 2414.500 necessary with TS Packs of Model No. SZ 1 2415.000 Contents: 12 ml 500 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Earthing Earth straps For configuring a reliable earthing connection with perfect contact. ● With ring terminals in M6 and M8 to match the earthing screw ● Length-optimised and ready to install Connection facility Enclosure Door/lid Enclosure Mounting plate KL M6 M6 M8 EB/BG M6 M6/M81) – AE M6 M62)/M8 M8 KE/KEL M8 M8 M8 AP/CM/TP M6 M8 M8 TS/ES M8 M8 M8 PC M8 M8 – 1) M8 2) M6 Connection Crosssection mm2 Length mm Packs of Model No. SZ M8 – M8 4 170 5 2564.000 M8 – M8 16 170 5 2565.000 M8 – M8 25 170 5 2566.000 M6 – M6 10 200 5 2565.100 M8 – M8 4 300 5 2567.000 M6 – M8 10 300 5 2565.110 M8 – M8 10 300 5 2565.120 M8 – M8 16 300 5 2568.000 M8 – M8 25 300 5 2569.000 Model No. SZ with BG 1050.900 with AE 1032.XXX/AE 1035.XXX Earthing strap Tin-plated copper, in various lengths and crosssections with press-fitted contact rings. Earthing straps counteract the current displacement effect at high frequencies, whilst at the same time offering highly flexible connection opportunities. For Crosssection mm2 Length mm Packs of M6 10 200 10 2412.210 M8 16 200 10 2412.216 M8 25 200 10 2412.225 M6 10 300 10 2412.310 M8 16 300 10 2412.316 M8 25 300 10 2412.325 Assembly parts Size Packs of Model No. SZ for system punchings For fastening the earth straps and earthing braids to: ● Horizontal TS enclosure sections ● PS rail system ● ES system punchings. M6 10 set 2570.000 M8 10 set 2559.000 Also required: For mounting on the horizontal TS enclosure section: Captive nut, see page 477. Assembly parts Size Packs of Model No. SZ for gland plates For fastening the earth straps and earthing braids to: ● Gland plates Fast assembly thanks to self-tapping screws. M8 10 set 2570.200 Contact washers Size Packs of Model No. SZ Serrated contact washers facilitate secure PE conductor connection. As a result, there is no need to manually strip paint in the connection area. M5 100 2343.000 M6 100 2334.000 M8 100 2335.000 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 501 Interior installation Earthing Earthing plate For installation in: ● Comfort Panel ● Optipanel ● TS ● ES Packs of Model No. SZ 1 2570.500 Supply includes: Assembly parts. One earthing cable can be screw-fastened to the threaded bolt and can be distributed to up to 8 components via 6.3 mm flat-pin connectors. Central earthing point For connecting ● Earth straps ● Earthing braids to the vertical and horizontal enclosure profile. The connection bracket is connected to the enclosure frame with 2 screws and is securely contacted. Earth connection is carried out via the threaded bolt M8 x 20 mm. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7829.200 Supply includes: − 1 connection bracket − 2 screws 5.5 x 13 mm − 2 serrated washers − 1 nut M8 − 1 contact washer M8 − 1 washer Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Potential equalisation star for 8 mm earthing bolt The earthing connector is used for simple potential equalisation on an 8 mm earthing bolt, or in conjunction with central earthing point DK 7829.200. Up to five flat connectors (6.3 mm) may be contacted on one earthing point. Complete earthing kit for TS To DIN EN 60 950/VDE 0805, Ø 4 mm2, Imax. 40 A. For system-compatible earthing of all enclosure parts on the enclosure frame according to VDE. The earth conductors are pre-assembled ready for connection with connectors and cut to the right length. Extension kit for complete earthing kit for TS To DIN EN 60 950/VDE 0805, Ø 4 mm2, Imax. 40 A. To extend the complete earthing kit DK 7829.150, in order to keep additional components potentialfree. Conductor length 300 mm in each case. For 6.3 mm flat-pin connectors, 8 mm earthing bolts or for attachment with contact washers and screw. 502 Packs of Model No. DK 10 7548.210 Supply includes: − 10 earthing connectors − Assembly parts Packs of Model No. DK 1 set 7829.150 Supply includes: − 8 earth straps − Central earthing point and assembly parts Packs of Model No. DK 1 set 7829.152 Supply includes: − 5 earth straps − Assembly parts and identification labels Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Earthing Complete earthing kit for TE To DIN EN 60 950/VDE 0805, Ø 4 mm2, Imax. 40 A. For system-compatible earthing of all enclosure parts on the enclosure frame according to VDE. The earth conductors are pre-assembled ready for connection with connectors and cut to the right length. Earthing kit KE For producing the required external potential equalisation for painted series enclosures ● KL ● AE ● TS For applications in Unit Group II, Category 3, in compliance with Directive 94/9 EU-Appendix VIII, internal production control. Earthing kit for KL Consisting of all the screws, nuts, contact washers and earthing strip needed to earth the cover; length 250 mm, cross-section 4 mm2. Earthing kit for QuickBox Earth straps in the appropriate lengths to match the enclosure depth are included in the earthing set, for earthing all enclosure panels on the wall mounting part. The earth strap is a fast-on connector which is quickly disconnected and conveniently accessible when the door is open. In this way, the enclosure cover can be removed completely. PE busbar 699 mm long PE busbar with pre-fitted screws, including terminal clamps up to 6 mm2 (fine wire conductors), 10 mm2 (single wire or multi-wire conductors) and main terminal clamp up to 35 mm2. Packs of Model No. TE 1 set 7000.675 Supply includes: − Earthing strip − 4 earth straps, 300 mm − 4 earth straps, 550 mm − Assembly parts Packs of Model No. KE 5 9214.000 Packs of Model No. KL 5 2570.100 For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. QB 300/400 1 set 7502.240 500/600 1 set 7502.260 Supply includes: − 5 earthing leads 1.5 mm2 − 4 cable retention clips − Assembly parts Packs of Model No. SZ 1 2364.000 Accessories: Rail mounting bracket, see page 476. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 503 Interior installation Earthing Earth rail, horizontal Length mm Packs of Model No. DK 450 1 7113.000 for TS Potential equalisation rail Current carrying capacity approx. 200 A. Supply includes: − Earth rail made from E-Cu 57 to DIN 12 163, DIN EN 13 601, 15 x 5 mm − 20 connection points with M5 screws − 2 earth connections 25 mm2 − 2 isolators, including assembly parts Earthing kit, pre-assembled for TS For star earthing. With the pre-assembled earth conductors on a potential equalisation rail, star potential equalisation is easily integrated into network enclosures. For TS enclosures up to W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. DK 800 x 2000 x 800 1 set 7829.100 800 x 2200 x 1000 1 set 7829.110 Model No. DK Supply includes: − Earth rail made from E-Cu 57 to DIN EN 12 163, DIN EN 13 601 − 16 earthing leads 6 mm2 − 2 isolators − Assembly parts Earth rail, vertical for TS Easily fitted to the 25 mm DIN pitch pattern of distributors or to the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. The supplied earth conductors facilitate star earthing of the cable clamp straps in the patch panels. The earth terminals are fully adjustable. Current carrying capacity of rail approx. 200 A. Supply includes: − Earth rail made from E-Cu 57 to DIN 12 163, DIN EN 13 601, 15 x 5 mm − 16 conductor connection clamps 2.5 – 16 mm2 − 15 earthing leads 6 mm2, L = 500 mm − Assembly parts Extension kit for earth rail, vertical For system-compatible expansion of the star earthing on the vertical potential equalisation rail. For enclosure height mm Length mm Packs of 800 600 1 set 7541.000 1000 800 1 set 7542.000 1200 1000 1 set 7543.000 1400 1200 1 set 7544.000 1600 1400 1 set 7545.000 1800 1600 1 set 7546.000 2000 1800 1 set 7547.000 2200 2000 1 set 7548.000 Packs of Model No. DK 10 7549.000 Packs of Model No. DK 1 7752.950 Supply includes: − 15 earthing leads 6 mm2, L = 500 mm, − Preassembled, with ring terminal and wire end ferrule − Earth terminals, 2.5 – 16 mm2 − Assembly parts ESD connection point Dangerously high potential differences can occur during maintenance or conversion work on the enclosure. To protect sensitive electronic components, this standardised connection point (pushbutton) provides potential equalisation. The connection point is directly conductively connected to the enclosure frame via two screws. 504 Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Voltage supply Socket strips Technical specifications: − Rated voltage: 250 V − Rated current: 10/16 A − Connection cable: 2 m long H05VV-F3G1.5 Socket strips The socket strips in the aluminium channel are available in various lengths with different functional elements. Special attention has been devoted to practical, universal fastening: With a bracket which may be used in four positions, there is a range of attachment options. Hence, for example, the 482 mm long socket strip may optionally be mounted on 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles, the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, on the enclosure frame, or in the rear section of the wall-mounted distributor. Without additional mounting accessories, the socket strip may be inserted into all sections with a 25 mm pitch pattern. This makes selection much easier, as well as providing additional flexibility and saving on warehousing. Provision has also been made for cable routing of the infeed, and when mounting in the 482.6 mm (19˝) section there is adequate space to route the infeed between the socket strip and the mounting angle without kinks. The arrangement of the sockets at a 45° angle allows unrestricted use of angular connectors. Material: − Aluminium section: Natural-anodised − Socket inserts: Polycarbonate Supply includes: − Socket strip − Two mounting brackets − Assembly parts Standards: − Sockets: DIN VDE 0620-1 − Sockets B/F: UTE NFC 61-303, CEE 7/NV − Overvoltage protection for low voltage: DIN EN 61 643-11 (VDE 0675 Part 6-11) − EMC interference suppression filter: DIN EN 60 939-2 (VDE 0565 Part 3), DIN VDE 0620-1 (VDE 06204-1) Detailed drawings and further information: Available on the Internet. T1 44 T2 44 31 .75 Attachment Design Without rocker switch With rocker switch Number Connector Connecof type tion sockets Frame WallLength mounted 482.6 mm (T1) distribu(19˝) mm tor, horilevel zontal Mounting dimenModel No. sion DK (T2) mm1) 3 Earthing-pin – – 262.6 232.5 7240.110 7 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.210 12 Earthing-pin – – 658.6 628.5 7240.310 3 Earthing-pin – 306.6 276.5 7240.120 Cable Cable 7 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.220 5 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.230 9 Earthing-pin – – 658.6 628.5 7240.330 Cable 5 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.240 Cable 1+3 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.250 C14 7 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.260 RCCB Cable 5 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.280 RCCB and line protection Cable 5 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.290 For IEC 320 connectors, 10 A Cable 12 C13 482.6 452.5 7240.200 For IEC 320 connectors with IEC 320 input, 10 A C14 9 C13 482.6 452.5 7240.201 For IEC 320 connectors with overvoltage protection and interference suppressor filter, 10 A Cable 6 C13 482.6 452.5 7240.205 With 2 circuits Cable 6+6 Earthing-pin – – 720.6 690.5 7240.370 B/F sockets (Belgium, France) Cable 7 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.510 B/F sockets (Belgium, France) Cable 12 Earthing-pin – – 658.6 628.5 7240.512 Overvoltage protection and interference suppression filter Cable Miniature circuit-breaker Master-slave UPS strip 1) Variable attachment distance within a range of 5 mm, the distance given is hole centre – hole centre of mounting bracket. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 505 Voltage supply Socket strips Socket strips Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. With C13/19 sockets Socket strips with 2 m connection cable H05VV-F3G6 1.5 (PVC) with wire end ferrules. Attachment Number of sockets C13 IEC 320 socket3) C13 IEC 320 socket3) with 22) infeeds C19 IEC 320 socket4) Length mm Mounting Model No. dimension DK mm1) Frame Wall-mounted distributor, horizontal 482.6 mm (19˝) level 15 – – 9+9 – – 764.6 734.5 7240.150 6 482.6 452.5 7240.160 C19 IEC 320 socket4) with overvoltage protection device 4 482.6 452.5 7240.170 C19 IEC 320 socket4) with 22) infeeds 3+3 478.6 448.5 7240.190 Design 592.6 562.5 7240.130 All socket strips may also be ordered with a Wieland GST infeed. 1) Variable attachment distance within a range of 5 mm, the distance given is hole centre – hole centre of mounting bracket. 2) In order to make allowance for the higher output density e.g. in an IT environment, the socket strips are equipped with 2 independent infeeds. This means it is possible to supply 2 x 16 A/250 V with one socket strip. 3) With IEC 320 socket to standard F EN 60 320-2-2 4) With IEC 320 socket to standard J EN 60 320-2-2 Socket strips 230 V Material: − Plastic, halogen-free − Connection cable, 2 m long, without connector H05VV-F3G1 (CH) H05VV-F3G1,5 (GB) − Unrestricted use, including angular connectors, thanks to the long row arrangement of plug-type contacts. Technical specifications: − Rated voltage 250 V AC − Max. load CH 10 A, GB 13 A. Number of sockets Length mm 6 4701) 12 793 18 1153 6 4701) 12 793 1) The socket strips can be 2) Extended delivery times. Model No. DK 7404.000 GB 7408.510 7412.5102) 7604.0002) CH 7608.5102) mounted horizontally at the rear of the DK wall-mounted distributor based on EL/AE. Socket strip TE 8-way socket strip for earthing-pin plug/version D. The strip is made of plastic and may be mounted vertically on the TE frame or in the rear 482.6 mm (19˝) section. In the 482.6 mm (19˝) section, more than 2 U of space is required. The sockets are arranged at an angle of 45° so that angular connectors are also easily used. The socket strip is supplied with a 2 m connection cable. The connection cable is contacted in a terminal slot in the strip. The terminal slot has a separate cover. The socket strip has external terminals for separate earthing. 506 Design Socket strip TE Model No. DK 8-way, earthing-pin 7000.630 Technical specifications: − Rated voltage: 230 Volt AC − Rated current: Max. 16 A − Connection cable: Length 2 m, H05VV-F3G1, 1.5 mm2, without connectors, with wire end ferrules Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Voltage supply Socket strips Socket strip, 482.6 mm (19˝), with fuse with optional locking of the cable outlets The socket strip constructed from an aluminium channel, is 482.6 mm (19˝) wide and 1 U high, and may be integrated into all standard 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames. Special attention has been devoted to practical, universal fastening. The universal mounting bracket creates variable mounting opportunities. For example, the 439 mm long socket strip may optionally be mounted on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angle or on the punched section with mounting flange and enclosure frame. Design Model No. DK 12 x C13 7240.600 Technical specifications: − 10 A fuse/slow − Cable type: H05VV − Mains voltage: 250 V − Rated current: 10/10 A − Connection cable: 1.5 m Supply includes: − Socket strip − Two mounting brackets − Assembly parts Additionally, a locking option for the outgoing cables to the equipment has now been integrated. This protects the cables from unintentional loosening, which in turn increases the security and availability of applications. Accessories: PSM cable lock, see page 204. Socket strips Material: − Aluminium section: Natural-anodised − Socket inserts: Polycarbonate with ammeter The socket strip with ammeter measures the active power of the connected equipment. The two variants “earthing pin contact” and “IEC 320 socket C13” provide the most commonly used plug-in contacts in data centres. The 482.6 mm (19˝) long socket strip may optionally be mounted on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles, on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, on the enclosure frame or in the rear section of wall-mounted distributors. The installation bracket may be mounted in four different positions for variable mounting. Without additional mounting accessories, the socket strip may be inserted into all sections with a 25 mm pitch pattern. Supply includes: − Socket strip − Two installation brackets − Assembly parts − 1.5 m connection cable with open ends Technical specifications: − Mains voltage: 250 V − Rated current: 16 A − Connection cable: 1.5 m Attachment Design Number of sockets Frame Wall-mounted distributor, horizontal 482.6 mm (19˝) level Length mm Mounting Model No. dimension DK mm1) Earthing-pin 6 482.6 464.1 7240.300 C13 IEC 320 socket 8 482.6 464.1 7240.305 1) Variable attachment distance within a range of 5 mm, the distance given is hole centre – hole centre of mounting bracket. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 507 Voltage supply Socket strips Socket strip CMC-TC With integral ● interference suppressor filter ● Overvoltage protection ● Alarm contact In the event of interference caused by overvoltage, the connected active network components are protected. With the relay message contact, undervoltage and any malfunctions caused by overvoltage can be reported via the CMC-TC in the network (SNMP trap). A green light on the strip indicates that the device is operational. The second protective device is the interference suppressor filter which protects valuable equipment as a passive component. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7200.630 Technical specifications, overvoltage protection: − Arrester application category: D − Surge current resistance per conductor: 2.5 kA − Maximum surge current resistance: 8 kA Also required: For connecting the socket strip, the CMC III or CMC III Compact and an RJ 10 connection cable are required. Technical specifications: − Number of sockets: 9 − Length of strip: 650 mm − Rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz − Rated current: 16 A − Relay alarm output: RJ 10 jack − Relay load capacity: 50 Volt DC 100 mA Junction box with multi-functional bracket The angle bracket can be installed in all network enclosures in a system-compatible design. The junction box serves as a transfer point for the power supply to all equipment (fans, lamps and socket strips). As well as being used as a junction box or interchange point, the bracket may also accommodate the enclosure internal thermostat (SK 3110.000) or the hygrostat (SK 3118.000) thanks to its integral holes. Socket ● For mounting on support rails TS 35/7.5 and TS 35/15 to EN 60 715 ● Screw terminals uniformly from one side ● Enclosure width 45 mm Packs of Model No. DK 1 set 7280.035 Material of bracket: Sheet steel Colour of bracket: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − 1 bracket − 1 junction box − 6 m connection cable 3 x 1.5 mm2 (flexible) Design Packs of Model No. SZ Germany 2 2506.100 Technical specifications: − Rated voltage: 250 V AC − Rated current (AC): 16 A Material: Polyamide Colour: Grey Standards: − DIN VDE 0620-1 − DIN 49 440-1 508 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Voltage supply Socket strips Service socket Packs of Model No. DK 1 set 7280.100 For enclosure frame attachment/16 A Integration of a service socket within a separate supply circuit, independently of the IT network and UPS. Simple installation via an angle bracket for attaching to the enclosure frame. Material: − Angle bracket: Sheet steel − Socket: Plastic Surface finish: Angle bracket: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − Angle bracket − Damp-proof socket (IP 44) − Assembly parts Energy-Box, 482.6 mm (19˝) Technical specifications: A depth-variable top hat rail for installed equipment to DIN 43 880, sizes 1 – 3 (e.g. to accommodate built-in sockets, miniature circuit-breakers etc.). Cable clamping at the rear, one N and one PE rail on an insulated plinth. Plastic cover including extension cover (UL 94-V0), maximum accommodation of 22 installed devices (width 18 mm). Maximum accommodation capacity = 22 HP (22 x 18 mm = 396 mm). Packs of U Model No. DK 1 3 7480.035 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Energy-Box with plastic blanking covers. Note: Individual population with circuit-breakers at the factory available on request. Energy-Box, 482.6 mm (19˝) U Model No. DK Pull-out This Energy-Box is designed to accommodate both DC and AC components. The pull-out component front affords optimum access to the wiring space from above and below. 3 7480.300 Connection clamps for DC current: 2 clamps 35 mm2, 9 clamps 16 mm2 (per rail) Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Energy-Box with plastic blanking covers. for AC current: 1 clamp 16 mm2 (PE or N), 20 clamps 4 mm2 (per rail) Technical specifications: Depth-adjustable top hat rail for snap-in attachment of installed equipment to DIN 43 880 in sizes 1 – 3 (e.g. to accommodate built-in sockets, miniature circuit-breakers etc. or entire installation assemblies such as the ABB “smissline” system). Cable clamping at the rear, two power distribution rails with connection clamps on isolated base/ plinth. Plastic cover including extension cover, maximum accommodation of 22 items of installed equipment (width 18 mm). Maximum accommodation capacity = 22 HP (22 x 18 mm = 396 mm). Depth: 220 mm. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 509 Voltage supply Socket strips Rittal Power Control Unit (PCU) Socket strip, IP-compatible, 1 U Featuring 8 current outlets with IEC 320 C13 slots. Each of the 8 slots is individually switchable (via the CMC III system). Furthermore, a current indicator, circuit display and thermal overload protection are integrated into the module. Installation on the enclosure frame or in the 482.6 mm (19˝) section (1 U) of a rack. Operate the socket strip without CMC: For operation of the socket strip, power pack DK 7201.210 and a connection cable are required. Up to 4 socket strips may be operated with one power pack. Available functions: Current display, circuit display, automatic selective activation. Operate the socket strip with CMC: No additional power pack is required: The PCU is supplied via the CMC III system. You will need the CMC III or CMC III Compact, plus a CMC III CAN bus unit. See page 581 for details. Available functions: Current display, automatic selective activation via CMC III in the network: Individual switching of the 8 current outlets, current limit monitoring, delayed switching of the individual current outlets, status display of the module. Designation 1) 510 Pin pattern Description of functions: ● 2-digit local LED 7-segment current display on the PCU. Legibility rotates according to the installation position. ● Measuring and monitoring of the current per PCU. Min./max. limits may be set. Measurement range 0 – 16 A. ● Alarm notifications via a flashing display. ● Monitoring of the thermo-fuse. ● PCUs may be combined via the bus system, thereby enabling selective activation. ● In conjunction with the CMC III, the 8 individual current outlets of the PCUs may be activated and deactivated individually via HTTP and SNMP. ● Remote administration of the power supply, editing and monitoring of remote limits, SNMP trap messages in case of alarm. ● 8 IEC 320 C13 slots per PCU. ● User administration. Dimensions: Width: 465 mm (19˝) Height: 44.5 mm (1 U) Material: Aluminium section with plastic cover Supply includes: − 1 socket strip PCU 1 U (max. 10 A per socket strip) − 1 bus cable − 1 infeed cable 24 V DC − 1 adaptor for power pack 24 V DC − 1 connector for power supply − 1 connection cable 0.3 m with Wieland connector Number of slots Switchable outputs With individual current measurement Depth mm Model No. DK IEC 60 320 C13 8 yes – 60 7200.001 Earthing contact Earthing pin/C13 4/2 yes – 60 7856.2031) 7856.2041) IEC 60 320 C19/C13 4/2 yes – 60 Earthing contact Earthing pin/C13 4/2 yes 160 7859.215 IEC 60 320 C13 8 yes 160 7859.225 IEC 60 320 C19/C13 4/2 yes 160 7859.235 Also required: PSM busbars, see page 202. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable entry Cable entry plates For ● Cable entry grommets ● Connector grommets instead of segments of the standard divided gland plates. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. For installation in TS and PC enclosures Enclosure width mm Cut-outs per plate Packs of Model No. TS 600 5 2 8800.060 800 8 2 8800.080 1000 4 4 8800.100 1200 6 4 8800.120 For installation in CM enclosures and TP TopConsole system Enclosure width mm Cut-outs per plate Packs of Model No. CM 600 5 1 5001.226 800 8 1 5001.227 1000 4 1 5001.228 1200 6 1 5001.229 1600 8 1 5001.237 For installation in ES enclosures and TP universal console, CS Basic enclosure Enclosure width mm Cut-outs per plate Packs of1) Model No. TS 600 5 2 4320.700 800 8 2 4321.700 1000 10 2 4323.700 1) Incl. For TS stainless steel Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) compensating plate For installation in TS, stainless steel Enclosure width mm Cut-outs per plate Packs of Model No. TS 600 5 2 8700.600 800 8 2 8700.800 1200 6 4 8700.120 Accessories: Cable entry grommets, see page 512. Three examples from a wide range of possibilities The diagrams show three TS examples for the positioning of cable entry plates instead of segments of the three-piece gland plates supplied as standard. This facilitates positioning to fit the mounting plate. Thanks to the enclosure symmetry, where dimensions permit, cable entry plates may also be inserted in the enclosure depth, right and left, analogous to the gland plates. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 511 Cable management Cable entry Cable entry grommets In conjunction with the cable entry plate, simple and fast sealing of cables inserted in the base area of enclosures. Material: − Body: Polypropylene − Cover: Thermoplastic elastomer Cables per grommet Max. Ø mm Packs of Model No. PS 8 13 25 4316.000 3 21 25 4317.000 1 47 25 4318.000 Protection category: IP 55 subject to correct mounting. Connector grommets Suitable for cable diameters from 8 to 36 mm. Packs of Model No. PS 10 4311.000 Material: − Outer cover: Polypropylene covered with thermoplastic elastomer − Seal: Cellular rubber Protection category: IP 55 subject to correct mounting. Section for cable entry, centre for TS, CM, TP For top-mounting on gland plates. A superior alternative to the foam rubber cable clamp strip, thanks to: ● Easier mounting ● Full-surface support ● High level of sealing of cables inserted into the enclosure Material: − Extruded aluminium section − Seal: PU foam − Cross-section: 30 x 25 mm Protection category: IP 55 subject to correct mounting. Packs of Model No. TS 600 1 set 8802.060 800 1 set 8802.080 1000 2 sets 8802.100 1200 2 sets 8802.120 1600 2 sets 8802.160 Accessories: − Cable clamp rails (right angle section), see page 527 − C rail 30/15, see page 465. 24.5 Y 129.5 30 x 25 25.5 5 Note: 1 set is sufficient for one base opening up to an enclosure width of 800 mm. From an enclosure width of 1000 mm, two base openings are provided. 2 sets per enclosure may be fitted. For enclosure width mm Y = Mounting plate depth-adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern (final pitch 30 mm). 512 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable entry Section for cable entry, rear for TS, CM, TP Unlike the section for cable entry, centre, the rear section is mounted directly onto the base opening. In this way, when installing the mounting plate in the rearmost position (TS) or with CM, the cables may be routed directly on a cable clamping rail with no large radii. In conjunction with the cable clamp rail, optimum adjustment between the cable entry and mounting plate can be achieved. Material: − Extruded aluminium section − Seal: PU foam − Cross-section: 30 x 25 mm Protection category: IP 55 subject to correct mounting. For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. TS 600 1 set 8802.065 800 1 set 8802.085 1000 2 sets 8802.105 1200 2 sets 8802.125 1600 2 sets 8802.165 Note: 1 set is sufficient for one base opening up to an enclosure width of 800 mm. From an enclosure width of 1000 mm, two base openings are provided. 2 sets per enclosure may be fitted. Accessories: Cable clamp rail, see page 527. Foam rubber cable clamp strip For sealing the cable entry between the gland plates. Particularly suitable for identical cable cross-sections. Packs of Model No. SZ 3m 2573.000 Material: − PU foam − Cross-section: 30 x 30 mm Protection category: IP 55 subject to correct mounting. EMC gland plates see page 499. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 513 Cable management Gland plates Plastic gland plates Size Packs of Model No. SZ With metric knockouts With pre-punched holes for cable glands. Used for sealing standard gland plates. 1 10 2560.010 3 10 2561.010 4 5 2562.010 Temperature range: May be used from –40°C to +70°C. 5 5 2563.010 Colour: RAL 7035 Note: The applicable size may be taken from the respective product ordering page. Size 1 Size 3 330 160 M12 120 M16 7.5 120 90 M20 M25 75 56 70 7 25 45 110 M32 M40 Size 4 M50 Size 5 530 339 45 Size 2 Temperature range: May be used from –40°C to +70°C. PG Qty. Packs of Model No. KL 13.5 12 5 1581.000 13.5 16 21 6 2 2 5 1582.000 KL 1581.000 Material: ABS 220 202 Ø5 Colour: RAL 7035 90 PG 13.5 72 Note: The applicable size may be taken from the respective product ordering page. 110 76 With PG knockouts With pre-punched PG holes for cable glands. Used for sealing standard gland plates. 149 149 133 Plastic gland plates 110 110 110 8 120 133 120 8 49.5 KL 1582.000 PG 13.5 PG 13.5 514 PG 21 PG 13.5 PG 16 PG 16 PG 13.5 PG 21 PG 13.5 PG 13.5 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Gland plates Plastic gland plates with membranes Simply pierce the plastic with a sharp object, and pull through the cable. Size Packs of 3 1 2561.500 4 1 2562.500 5 1 2563.500 Model No. SZ Material: Plastic to UL 94-V0 Diameter mm Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 65 with careful cable entry. Note: The applicable size may be taken from the respective product ordering page. Size 3 330 45 120 120 90 75 Ø6 Number of cable entries for Model No. SZ 2561.500 2562.500 2563.500 5–9 – – 18 6 – 11 17 – – 7 – 12 – 24 16 10 – 15 27 48 36 15 – 21 2 4 – 15 – 24 – – 6 15 – 25 – 8 – 16 – 25 4 – – 19 – 34 2 – – 23 – 30 – – 2 26 – 35 – 4 2 26 – 54 – – 4 50 – 110 – – 1 7.5 Size 5 Size 4 534 339 49.5 120 47 120 110 110 110 110 Ø6 8 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 149 133 149 133 Ø6 8 515 Cable management Gland plates Metal gland plates Size Packs of With metric knockouts Simply knock out the holes for the cable glands using a screwdriver. 2 1 1581.100 3 1 2561.100 4 1 2562.100 Material: Sheet steel 5 1 2563.100 Colour: RAL 7035 Model No. SZ Number of cable entries Protection category: IP 66 when mounting in the usual position at the bottom. Note: The applicable size may be taken from the respective product ordering page. Model No. SZ Diameter M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 – – 12 – – – 1581.100 – – 9 4 2 – 2561.100 – 2 5 13 2 2 2562.100 1 – 12 11 8 4 2563.100 Size 2 M40 221 9.5 101 9 7 72 76 101 90 Accessories: Cable glands made from polyamide or brass, see page 519. Size 3 330 120 120 75 90 7.5 45 315 7.5 Size 5 Size 4 534 339 47 120 120 110 110 110 149 323 133 8 133 149 8 516 110 8 49.5 8 518 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Gland plates Metal gland plates As spare/replacement part for the standard gland plates supplied loose. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Accessories: Cable glands made from polyamide or brass, see page 519. Size Design Packs of Model No. SZ/IN/KL 2560.400 1 Solid 1 Protection category: IP 66 when mounting in the usual position at the bottom. 2 Solid 6 1158.500 3 Solid 1 2561.400 4 Solid 1 2562.400 Note: The applicable size may be taken from the respective product ordering page. 5 Solid 1 2563.150 IN 2563.150 SZ 2560.400 500 149 113 70 534 133 43 160 1 1 SZ 2561.400 330 KL 1158.500 303 90 63 220 192 90 62 1 SZ 2562.400 339 R9 303 149 113 1 Area available for population 1 Gland plate solid, for QuickBox To conceal the cable entry openings. In exchange for the brush strip at the top and bottom that is used as standard. Packs of Model No. QB 2 7502.310 Packs of Model No. DK 1 7705.235 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 599 Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 27 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 20.5 (7 x) 133.5 Colour: RAL 7035 12.5 (4 x) 32.5 (2 x) 28 for metric cable glands, for EL Folded gland plate with foamed-in seal and prepunched, knock-out holes for metric cable glands M12, M20, M25, M32, M40. 19 Gland plate 40.5 (2 x) 25.5 (5 x) 517 Cable management Gland plates Gland plate solid, for EL Folded gland plate for the base box, with foamedin seal. Packs of Model No. EL 1 2235.135 Extended delivery times. Colour: RAL 7035 133.5 Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm 19 599 Gland plate Colour: RAL 7035 Model No. DK 1 7705.035 40 Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Packs of 133.5 with brush insert, for EL Folded gland plate with foamed-in seal and plastic brush inserts for simple cable entry. 390 19 599 Brush strip For individual installation of enclosure panels, gland plates and panels. Cut-outs for cable routing at any given positions in the side panel, rear panel, doors, roof and gland plate may be finished off attractively by simply attaching the brush strip. Packs of Model No. DK 2m 7072.200 Technical specifications: − For metal thickness: 0.6 – 1.5 mm − Bristle length: 30 mm − Plastic sheathing: 18 mm − Snap-on surface: 10 mm − Maximum cut-out height: 38 mm Brush strip, super-airtight Packs of Model No. DK For individual installation of enclosure panels, gland plates and panels. Cut-outs for cable routing at any position in the side panel, rear panel, doors, roof and base plate. These special brush strips may be used to create airtight entries for cable sections and conductors. The brush strips arranged in an offset configuration ensure good sealing from the routed cables even with large quantities of cables. In this way, unwanted system losses may be reduced to a minimum. 2x1m 7825.375 Technical specifications: − For metal thickness: 1.5 – 2 mm − Bristle length: 58 mm − Plastic sheathing: 14 mm − Snap-on surface: 11.5 mm − Cut-out width: 88 – 90 mm Material: Plastic, UL 94-V0 Supply includes: 1 brush strip each, 1 m in length, right-hand and left-hand version. 518 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable glands Cable gland, brass Benefits: ● Because the gland and lock nut are sold together in a single pack, this saves additional ordering and storage. ● Clamping membranes for even tightening and strain relief which protects the cables. ● Insulation via plastic insert. ● Optimum seal on the connection thread, thanks to O-ring. ● The lock nut cuts automatically into the sprayfinish, thereby creating a conductive connection. Material: − Brass − Seal: Neoprene Surface finish: Nickel-plated Protection category: − IP 68 (5 bar, 30 min.) to IEC 60 529 − IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9 Approval: VDE tested to EN 50 262 Cable diameter mm Packs of Model No. SZ M12 x 1.5 3 – 6.5 15 2411.800 M16 x 1.5 4.5 – 10 15 2411.810 M20 x 1.5 6 – 12 10 2411.820 M25 x 1.5 11 – 17 10 2411.830 M32 x 1.5 15 – 21 5 2411.840 M40 x 1.5 19 – 28 4 2411.850 M50 x 1.5 27 – 38 2 2411.860 M63 x 1.5 34 – 44 1 2411.870 Size 1 Possible alternative: 2 Cable gland Hygienic Design, see page 521. 3 Accessories: 4 − Sealing bungs, see page 520. − Multi-seal inserts, see page 520. 5 1 Cap nut 2 Neoprene seal 3 Plastic insert 4 O-ring 5 Lock nut Cable gland, polyamide Benefits: ● Because the gland and lock nut are sold together in a single pack, this saves additional ordering and storage. ● Clamping membranes for even tightening and strain relief which protects the cables. ● Spray-moulded sealing lip ensures an optimum seal against the enclosure. ● Trapezoid thread for secure screw-fastening of the cap nut. Cable diameter mm Packs of Model No. SZ M12 x 1.5 3 – 6.5 50 2411.600 M16 x 1.5 4.5 – 10 50 2411.610 M20 x 1.5 6 – 12 50 2411.620 M25 x 1.5 11 – 17 25 2411.630 M32 x 1.5 15 – 21 15 2411.640 M40 x 1.5 19 – 28 5 2411.650 M50 x 1.5 27 – 38 5 2411.660 M63 x 1.5 34 – 44 3 2411.670 Size Material: Polyamide 6, neoprene seal Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 68 (5 bar, 30 min.) to IEC 60 529 Approval: − VDE tested to EN 50 262 − CSA for USA and Canada 1 Accessories: − Polyamide reducers, see page 520. − Sealing bungs, see page 520. − Multi-seal inserts, see page 520. 2 3 4 5 1 Cap nut 2 Neoprene seal 3 Trapezoid thread 4 Sealing lip 5 Lock nut Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 519 Cable management Cable glands Polyamide reducers Thread Exterior Inside M16 x 1.5 M12 x 1.5 50 2411.550 M20 x 1.5 M12 x 1.5 50 2411.551 Benefit: Reducer and locking nut are sold together in a single pack; this saves additional ordering and storage. M20 x 1.5 M16 x 1.5 50 2411.552 M25 x 1.5 M16 x 1.5 50 2411.553 M25 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 50 2411.554 M32 x 1.5 M16 x 1.5 50 2411.555 Material: Polyamide 6 GF30 M32 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 50 2411.556 M32 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 50 2411.557 Colour: RAL 7035 M40 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 25 2411.558 M40 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 25 2411.559 Note: Polyamide cable gland, see page 519. M50 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 5 2411.560 M63 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 5 2411.561 M63 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 5 2411.562 for polyamide cable glands For adapting metric cable glands to larger diameter holes or threads. Sealing bung for cable glands M20 x 1.5 Packs of Model No. SZ Packs of Model No. SZ 25 2411.532 For use in all situations where pre-installed cable glands M20 x 1.5 must be kept free for future installations but properly sealed. Simply loosen the cap nut, mount the sealing bung, and retighten. Material: Polyamide 6 Colour: RAL 7035 Multi-seal inserts For the secure entry of several individual cables into a single cable gland. Material: Neoprene 520 Size M25 Cable diameter mm Number of cables Packs of Model No. SZ 3 7 25 2411.504 4 6 25 2411.505 5 4 25 2411.506 6 3 25 2411.507 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable glands Cable gland HD Standard version Applications: ● Manufacturing and packaging of foodstuffs etc. ● Clean room technology (e.g. pharmaceuticals) ● Biotechnology ● Chemical industry Benefits: ● Smooth, solid exterior surfaces effectively prevent the depositing of harmful micro-organisms. ● Much easier, and therefore cheaper to clean compared with conventional cable glands. Material: − Cap nut: Stainless steel 1.4305 (AISI 303) − Seal: Conforms to FDA 21 CFR 177.2600 Protection category: − IP 68 (5 bar, 30 min.) to IEC 60 529 − IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9 Cable diameter mm Packs of Model No. HD M12 x 1.5 3 – 6.5 5 2410.000 M16 x 1.5 4.5 – 10 5 2410.010 M20 x 1.5 6 – 12 5 2410.020 M25 x 1.5 11 – 17 5 2410.030 Size Cable diameter mm Packs of Model No. HD M16 x 1.5 5 – 10 5 2410.110 M20 x 1.5 6 – 12 5 2410.120 3 M25 x 1.5 12 – 17 5 2410.130 4 Size EMC version 1 2 5 6 7 Why hygiene-compatible cable glands? Critical points with conventional solutions 1 Cable entry in front 1 Seal Hygiene-compatible design features 1 2 of seal 1 1 Seal directly at the 2 2 Compliance with cable entry 2 No minimum radii on the hexagon 3 External thread 4 Gap caused by O-ring on the enclosure surface minimum radii on the hexagon 3 3 3 No external thread 4 4 Flush termination 4 Stainless steel lock nut Size Packs of Model No. HD M12 x 1.5 10 2410.200 Material: Stainless steel 1.4305 (AISI 303) M16 x 1.5 10 2410.210 M20 x 1.5 10 2410.220 M25 x 1.5 10 2410.230 for HD cable glands For attaching HD cable glands in an internal thread or using lock nuts. This can be achieved either from the inside or from the outside using an Allen key. 3 Gripper jaws 4 Shield spring (EMC version only) 5 Clamping ring 6 Enclosure seal 7 Base with locator for assembly tool between the cap nut and the enclosure To match HD cable glands. Assembly tool 2 Cap nut Packs of Model No. HD 1 set 2410.290 Supply includes: 1 set = Adaptor for sizes from M12 – M25. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 521 Cable management Cable glands Cable glands for fibre-optic technology The common size PG 13.5 has a slotted interior seal. This allows super-easy cable entry. Ideal for routing break-out cables, as this eliminates unnecessary bending of the fibre-optic cables. Fibre-optic cable gland Cable diameter mm Packs of Model No. DK PG 13.5 2x3 12 7455.030 Material: − Cable gland: Brass − Inner seal: Soft PVC insert Surface finish: Cable gland: Nickel-plated Connector gland for connector cut-outs (24-pole) For the entry of 2 pre-assembled cables in the connector cut-out, without dismantling the connector. For cable diameter from 8 – 36 mm. Material: − Enclosure: Plastic − Clamps: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. SZ 1 set 2400.000 Supply includes: 1 set = 2 half-shells, including seals, with fastening clamp. Surface finish: Clamps: Zinc-plated Cable gland for IW worktops To fit drilled holes Ø 60 mm. For the entry of cables with pre-assembled connectors, the rotating flap and cover are easily removed. Packs of Model No. IW 1 6902.770 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: Plastic Colour: RAL 7035 Edge protector For covering sharp edges of cut-outs. Provides protection from injuries and prevents damage to inserted cables. The edge protector is suitable for material thicknesses of approx. 1.0 – 2.0 mm, and may be cut to length individually. Packs of Model No. DK 10 m 7072.100 Material: Plastic PVC Colour: Black 522 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable glands The Rittal connector gland proves that sometimes “less is more”: significantly faster installation, a flexible sealing system for different cable diameters, and simple cable entry with pre-assembled cables. Low installation costs, a high degree of protection and flexible cable management – added value guaranteed with the latest generation of cable entry solutions from Rittal. Benefits: ● Cable diameters 4 – 16 mm ● Simple cable entry for pre-assembled cables ● Individual cables can be added or replaced without dismantling the sealing frame ● Sealing modules remain safely attached to their cables Sealing frame For pre-assembled cables with connectors. Mounting over 24-pole or 16-pole connector cut-outs in: ● Module plates for TS divider panels ● Metal gland plates Material: − Front panel: Polyamide − Flat seal: CR For modules 20 x 20 mm For cut-out Packs of Model No. SZ 10 24-pole 1 2400.900 8 16-pole 1 2400.910 Accessories: Module plates for TS divider panel, see from page 390. 130 36 112 86 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 103 Protection category: IP 64 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. 36 M4 32 M4 32 16-pole Sealing module To seal cables in conjunction with a sealing frame. It is possible to combine 20 x 20 mm and 40 x 40 mm sealing modules. Material: − Hard shell: Polyamide − Seal: TPE 2 Protection category: IP 64 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 24-pole Sealing modules 20 x 20 mm Diameter range Packs of Model No. SZ 4 – 6 mm 10 2400.920 6 – 9 mm 10 2400.930 Solid 10 2400.970 Sealing modules 40 x 40 mm Diameter range Packs of Model No. SZ 9 – 12 mm 10 2400.940 12 – 16 mm 10 2400.950 Solid 10 2400.960 523 Cable management Cable glands Connector gland, small For pre-assembled cables with connectors. ● For use with material thickness of up to 4 mm. ● Strain relief of the pre-assembled cables can be achieved with cable ties. To fit Packs of Model No. SZ 2 cables Ø 6 to Ø 8 mm 1 2400.300 3 cables Ø 4 to Ø 6 mm 5 2400.500 Material: Plastic Colour: RAL 9005 Protection category: IP 65 subject to correct mounting. Supply includes: Assembly parts. 36 55 55 11 8 6 35 21.5 Ø 35 Ø SZ 2400.300 3 25 SZ 2400.500 41.5 41.5 4 4 22 Mounting cut-out 42 Cable gland module Model No. CP 1 6052.500 10 – 39 100 Ø 82 35 Material: Sheet steel Packs of 120 100 – 134 CP-L, Ø 130 mm Use of the support arm cut-out CP-L, round, with enclosures mounted on the wall, for sealed cable entry. May also be mounted retrospectively with the cables already inserted. Fitted with T-heads for cable clamping. Particularly well-suited to cables with identical crosssections. 25 70 Surface finish: Zinc-plated 38.5 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 66 Stepped collar For wall thicknesses from 1.5 to 4.5 mm For cable entry, simply cut off at the required level to match the cable diameter. Material: Plastic to UL 94-HB For hole Sealing range mm Packs of Model No. SZ M20 5 – 16 100 2899.200 M25 5 – 21 50 2899.250 M32 13 – 26.5 25 2899.320 M40 13 – 34 20 2899.400 Protection category: IP 54 with careful cable entry. 524 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable duct for vertical TS section For direct mounting on the vertical enclosure section. Width 50 mm For assembly on a vertical enclosure section in the area of the side panel. Width 100 mm For assembly on two bayed enclosure profiles in the baying area. Baying brackets and baying clamps which have already been fitted can be covered over with the cable duct. The nominal break points of the members are also oriented towards combination with the cable ducts for mounting plates; in addition a further nominal break at the level of the mounting plate enables direct insertion into the cable duct. The cable duct fastening points are co-ordinated with the TS system hole pattern; elaborate drilling, as in the case of DIN ducts, is dispensed with. Width mm Height mm Packs of Model No. TS 50 1600 8 sets 8800.570 50 1800 8 sets 8800.520 100 1600 4 sets 8800.540 100 1800 4 sets 8800.510 Technical specifications: − Depth: 80 mm − Length: 1600 mm (for enclosure height 1800 mm) 1800 mm (for enclosure height 2000 mm) May be shortened for other enclosure dimensions − Bar width: 5.5 mm − Slot width: 4.5 mm Material: − Hard PVC − Flame-resistant, self-extinguishing − Temperature resistant to +60°C Colour: Similar to RAL 7030 Supply includes: 1 set = 1 cable duct with cover. Accessories: Aluminium rivet for attachment, see page 526. 72 2 71 1 5.5 100 5.5 48 4.5 4.5 1 TS 8800.570/TS 8800.520 5 6.5 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 25 50 14 6.5 8 1600/1800 1550 = 62 x 25/1750 = 70 x 25 8 14 50 25 1600/1800 1550 = 62 x 25/1750 = 70 x 25 2 TS 8800.540/TS 8800.510 5 525 Cable management Cable duct for mounting plate ● To fit the cable ducts for vertical TS sections. If the TS mounting plate is installed in the rearmost position, the horizontally mounted cable ducts are flush with the vertical ones. ● For external mounting on surfaces. For enclosure width mm Fixed length 2000 mm Length (L) mm Width (B) mm Packs of Model No. TS 30 24 sets 8800.750 40 20 sets 8800.751 60 18 sets 8800.752 80 12 sets 8800.753 100 12 sets 8800.754 Material: − Hard PVC − Flame-resistant, self-extinguishing − Temperature resistant to +60°C Colour: Similar to RAL 7030 Supply includes: 1 set = 1 cable duct with cover. Technical specifications: − Depth: 80 mm − Length: 2000 mm, may be cut to length − Bar width: 5.5 mm − Slot width: 4.5 mm Width 30, 40 and 60 mm 50 25 80 6.5 4.5 B 25 14 8 L 8 25 80 B 14 4.5 6.5 50 Width 80 and 100 mm 25 50 L Aluminium rivet For secure assembly of cable ducts in conformity with the relevant standards. Also suitable for mounting support rails and punched rails. To fit: ● TS system punchings ● Drilled hole Ø 4.5 mm. 526 Packs of Model No. TS 100 8800.531 Accessories: − Cable ducts for vertical TS section, see page 525. − Cable ducts for mounting plate, see page 526. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable clamp rails Mounting angle for TS, ES, PC, TP universal console, base/plinths For strain relief with cable entry. Depth-variable mounting on a 25 mm pitch pattern on the horizontal enclosure section or in side base/plinth trim panels with assembly bolts. Enclosure width mm Length mm Packs of Model No. PS 400 385 2 4193.000 600 585 2 4191.000 800 785 2 4192.000 1000 985 2 4336.000 1200 1185 2 4196.000 1600 1585 2 4338.000 1800 1785 2 4339.000 Material: Steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Accessories: Assembly bolts for base/plinth, see page 364. Cable clamps, For cable diameter mm for cable clamp rails For fastening the cables to the cable clamp rails. Packs of Model No. SZ 2350.000 6 – 12 25 Material: Sheet steel 12 – 16 25 2351.000 14 – 18 25 2352.000 Surface finish: Zinc-plated 18 – 22 25 2353.000 22 – 26 25 2354.000 Supply includes: Plastic insert. 26 – 30 25 2355.000 30 – 34 25 2356.000 34 – 38 25 2357.000 38 – 42 25 2358.000 42 – 46 25 2359.000 46 – 50 25 2360.000 Possible alternative: Rail for EMC shielding bracket and strain relief, see page 498. Cable clamp rails C section for TS, CM, TP For strain relief with cable entry. The length of the cable clamp rail is tailored to the width of the mounting plate. The mounting bracket included with the supply supports three different installation situations on the mounting plate: For enclosure width mm Length mm Packs of Model No. CM 600 499 1 5001.080 800 699 1 5001.081 1000 899 1 5001.082 1200 1099 1 5001.083 1 straight, at a distance of 23 mm from the mounting plate 2 straight, at a distance of 10 mm from the mounting plate Accessories: Cable clamps for C rails, see page 529. 3 tilted, towards the mounting plate Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Two mounting brackets and assembly screws. 1 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 2 3 527 Cable management Cable clamping bracket For installing in the operating housing with mounting cut-out CP-L and CP-XL. Cable clamping optionally via: ● Cable clamps or ● Cable tie SZ 2597.000 ● Commercially available cable ties. Bracket height = 25 mm with fitted C rail 40 mm. Packs of Model No. CP 1 set 6052.000 Accessories: − Cable clamps, see page 529. − Cable ties, see page 530. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: C rail and screws. Cable clamp rails see page 532. Combination rails for QuickBox For cable clamping and routing. Cables and leads can be fastened to the hammer heads top and bottom with cable ties. In addition, the C section of the combination rail will accommodate cable clamps with inserts. For producing a contacting connection, the anodised coating of the rail must be broken. Material: Aluminium Surface finish: Anodised Supply includes: Assembly parts. 528 For enclosure depth mm Length mm Packs of Model No. QB 300/400 200 6 7502.302 500/600 400 6 7502.304 For enclosure width mm Length mm Packs of Model No. QB 600 400 6 7502.304 Accessories: − Cable clamps, see page 529. − Cable ties, see page 530. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cascade cable routing for chassis mounting for TS Professional cable routing system for cascading of cables in several levels of the enclosure depth. The cables are attached to the C rail by means of clamps. Suitable for installation on the inner enclosure level. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − 6 mounting brackets − 3 C rails − Assembly parts Cable clamps for C rails For attaching the cables to the C rails. For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. DK 600 3 7831.570 800 3 7831.571 Accessories: − TS punched section with mounting flange for the inner mounting level, see page 459. − PS punched section without mounting flange for vertical mounting in the enclosure frame, see page 464. − Cable clamps, see page 529. For cable diameter mm Packs of Model No. DK 6 – 14 25 7077.000 Material: Sheet steel 12 – 18 25 7078.000 18 – 22 25 7097.000 Surface finish: Zinc-plated 22 – 26 25 7097.220 26 – 30 25 7097.260 Supply includes: Plastic insert. 30 – 34 25 7097.300 34 – 38 25 7097.340 Note: C rails, see from page 465. 38 – 42 25 7098.000 42 – 56 25 7098.100 56 – 64 25 7099.000 Internal Ø mm Packs of Model No. SZ 16 25 m 2595.000 29 25 m 2589.000 36 25 m 2596.000 48 25 m 2590.000 For cable conduit Ø mm Packs of Model No. SZ 16 20 2593.0001) 29 20 2591.0001) 36 20 2594.000 48 20 2592.000 Cable conduit and cable conduit holder For secure cable routing e.g. from the enclosure or mounting plate to the door. Attachment facility for standard commercially available cable ties is provided on the cable conduit holder, so that cables may be attached upon entry to/exit from the cable conduit. Material: − Cable conduit: Polythene − Cable conduit holder: Polyamide Cable conduit Cable conduit holder 1) Installation in compact enclosures AE with universal bracket SZ 2373.000, see page 476. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 529 Cable management Cable attachment For professional, secure fastening of cables and conduits. For fastening: ● Slide into the mounting rail 23 x 23 mm, ● Screw-fasten onto the round punchings of the enclosures, as well as all punched rails and punched sections. As the fastening attachments are bayable, several fastening attachments, even those of different sizes, can be assembled by using just 2 screws. Material: Polyamide Note: Punched rail 23 x 23 mm, see page 463. For cable diameter from – to mm Packs of Model No. PS Colour: Black Supply includes: Quick-release fastener. Nylon loop For tidy cable routing. Supplied on a reel for cutting to the required length. 4319.090 50 4319.120 12 – 16 50 4319.160 16 – 20 50 4319.200 Also required: The super-fast solution for fastening cables to the enclosure profile or mounting system parts. Simply clip into the round system punchings. With the nylon loop, secured cables are easily released, allowing individual cables to be added or removed. Ideal for sensitive data cables (fibre-optic/Cu), as it avoids indentations on the cable sheathing. In addition, the nylon loop may be screw-fastened to the round system punchings or attached using a quick-release fastener. 50 Posidrive raised countersunk screw M5 x 12 mm, SZ 2488.000, for screw-fastening to the round system punchings, see page 478. Cable ties Nylon loop 6–9 9 – 12 Length mm Packs of Model No. SZ 150 100 2597.000 Width mm Length mm Max. cable diameter mm Packs of Model No. DK 20 130 30 10 7072.220 20 200 50 10 7072.230 20 300 90 10 7072.240 Also required: Screw SZ 2486.500 for screw-fastening to the round system punchings, see page 478. Length mm Width mm Packs of Model No. IN 5000 16 1 2203.400 Unlike cable ties, ● protects the cable sheathing ● easily reopened ● reusable 530 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Nylon loop cable holder self-adhesive Suitable for universal use in all network enclosures and server racks, wall-mounted enclosures, mounting plates and gland plates. Size length x width mm Packs of Model No. DK 70 x 16 10 7111.350 Material: Woven polyamide 6.6 Colour: Black Cable tie fastener for round system punchings and VIP 6000 Packs of Model No. CP 100 6059.000 Packs of Model No. CP 100 6059.500 For all commercially available cable ties up to a tie width of 4.8 mm. Simply insert into the screw channel and secure by hammering down the split rivet. Material: Polyamide 6.6 Cable tie fastener for Comfort Panel, Optipanel and Compact Panel For secure cable routing of all standard commercially available cable ties up to a tie width of 4.0 mm. Simply insert into the T channel and secure by rotating through 45°. Material: Polyamide 6.6 Snap-in cable routing Design Packs of Model No. DK for clipping into the system punchings Cable routing suitable for universal use, for toolless, fast assembly, in two variants: For locking for system punchings 6.2 mm 10 7111.300 For twisting for system punchings 4.7 mm 10 7111.310 For locking: ● User-friendly opening for cable management via locating points ● For cable diameters 14 – 19 mm ● For system punchings 6.2 mm For twisting: ● User-friendly opening for cable management ● For cable diameters 10.2 – 12.7 mm ● For system punchings 4.7 mm Material: Polyamide 6.6, self-extinguishing to UL 94-V2 Colour: Natural Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 531 Cable management Cable clamp rails for TS and 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames The cables may be attached to the cable clamp rails with cable ties or nylon tapes. The cable clamp rails are simply located onto the frame section and may additionally be secured with a screw. Material: Sheet steel Supply includes: Assembly parts. For the inner mounting level For enclosures Packs of Model No. DK 600 4 7828.061 800 4 7828.081 1000 1000 4 7828.101 1200 1200 4 7828.121 Packs of Model No. DK Width mm Depth mm 600 800 For the outer mounting level For enclosures Width mm Depth mm 600 600 4 7828.062 800 800 4 7828.082 1000 1000 4 7828.102 1200 1200 4 7828.122 Accessories: − Cable ties, see page 530. − Nylon loop, see page 530. Cable clamp rails, depth-variable for TS and 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames For strain relief of the routed cables. The cables may be attached to the cable clamp rails with cable ties or nylon tapes. The cable clamp rails may be located directly on a 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame horizontally at the rear or in the enclosure depth between two mounting frames. An additional screw fastening secures the unit. The depth variability of the rails facilitates flexible adaptation of their length to the existing attachment distance between the two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames. Mounting dimension1) mm Packs of Model No. DK 325 – 575 4 7858.160 500 – 895 4 7858.162 1) Mounting dimensions + 120 mm = distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels Accessories: − Cable ties, see page 530. − Nylon loop, see page 530. Material: Sheet steel Supply includes: Assembly parts. Cable clamp, variable for enclosure-independent mounting Variable attachment from 450 to 800 mm for flexible cable clamping in two variants. 1 Design Packs of Model No. DK C rail 1 7016.140 T-head rail 1 7016.150 Supports attachment to punched sections with and without mounting flanges and direct screwfastening onto mounting plates and other flat surfaces. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 1 C rail 2 T-head rail 2 532 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable manager Material: Plastic, UL 94-V0 Model No. DK 8 7064.100 Maxi kit 20 7064.110 75 Packs of Basic kit 50 For system-compatible cable deflection while complying with minimal bending radii and to accommodate surplus cables and excess length. The elements may optionally be used individually or in combination for cable routing. They may be combined into semi-circular or circular elements. As the mounting distance between the elements grows larger, the deflection radius of the cables may optionally be enlarged, or the cable route designed individually. The option of securing elements on their straight-edge side supports the use of corners and edges, to allow protected cable routing around them. Mounting clips for use above the arc hold the routed cables back within the elements. The elements are also bayable in an axial direction to allow U-based cable routing to the mounting level, or channelling of the cable sections. 50 44 75 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Mounting clips and assembly parts. Shunting ring, plastic For flexible cable routing, in two materials and three size variants. Option of mounting on the 482.6 mm (19˝) enclosure and swing frame section of the data distributor, on all patch panels, on the Rittal Data Rack and all components on a 25 mm DIN pitch pattern. Polyamide version: Infinitely variable mounting thanks to a longitudinal slot. The shunting ring DK 7218.035 may also be used on 1 U patch panels. Colour: RAL 7035 Dimensions mm Packs of Model No. DK 1 Polyamide 70 x 44 10 7218.035 1 Polyamide 105 x 70 10 7219.035 2 Polycarbonate 95 x 50 10 7228.035 Material 1 Polycarbonate version: Variable mounting. With 45° attachment, the cable shunting ring may be attached to a 1 U panel. Colour: RAL 7035 Possible alternative: Cable management panel, 1 U, see page 539. 2 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 533 Cable management Cable shunting ring For flexible, system-compatible cable routing at the side of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame or on 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Dimensions mm Packs of 125 x 85 10 7111.900 125 x 65 10 7111.000 85 x 43 10 7112.000 Model No. DK Supply includes: Assembly parts. Anti-twist guard for cable shunting rings For individual attachment of cable shunting rings (DK 7111.000, DK 7111.900, DK 7112.000) to mounting angles, mounting frames or enclosure panels. May be mounted on a 25 mm pitch pattern of system punchings on mounting angles and on the 10.5 x 12.5 mm system punchings of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame. It may be variably mounted and rotated on the system punchings in 90° increments. Form-fit accommodation of the shunting ring into the integral channel allows large forces to be accommodated in all directions. Packs of Model No. DK 10 7111.100 Material: Plastic Colour: RAL 7035 Shunting ring To accommodate large quantities of cables. Shunting ring for side attachment to 482.6 mm (19˝) sections and mounting frames in 800 mm wide network enclosures. The ring is attached asymmetrically providing approx. 110 mm free space in front of the 482.6 mm (19˝) level. This allows even large quantities of cables to be effectively managed. Dimensions mm Packs of Model No. DK 330 x 90/70 4 7220.600 Material: Round steel, zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 534 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Fibre-optic shunting rings The inner body is grooved, and fibre-optic shunting or jumper cables can be inserted into these. A rubber ring holds different fibre-optic cables with diameters of up to 4.5 mm. Strain relief and bending radius are ensured. Length: 120 mm. Material: Dual compound plastic Packs of Model No. DK 2 7116.500 Possible alternative: Fibre-optic cable management panel, 1 U, see page 541. Colour: − Exterior: RAL 7035 − Interior: Black Supply includes: − 2 rubber rings − Baying kit − Mounting accessories Assembly: The supplied mounting brackets are suitable for universal use; the fibre-optic cables can be routed to the patch panel in all directions in various mounting positions: 1 2 3 4 1 At the side, directly on the patch panel 2 In front of the patch panel 3 At the side next to the patch panel 4 In front of the patch panel Cable clamp strap for patch panels To provide strain relief of incoming or outgoing data cables. Optionally available with spring brackets for accommodating and contacting the cable screen. Connection to the patch panel is by means of bolts on the panel itself. Design Packs of Model No. DK Without cable screen contact 1 7610.000 With spring clips for contacting the cable screen 1 7611.000 Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm, zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. System supports for cable routes for TS The depth-variable support system may be attached to all 800 – 1200 mm deep TS enclosures with external screw-fastening of the roof plate. The integral system punchings, for screws or captive nuts, support the attachment of most common cable route systems. Material: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. DK 2 7831.472 Accessories: − Metal multi-tooth screws 5.5 x 13 mm, SZ 2486.500, see page 478. − Captive nuts M6, TS 8800.340, see page 477. Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 535 Cable management Cable route on the mounting frame The mounting kit facilitates rear, side attachment of a cable tray to mounting frames inside enclosure systems TE 7000, TS. This allows the integration of vertical cable management independently of the enclosure frame. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7000.685 Supply includes: 1 cable route 100 mm wide, 1700 mm high, including mounting kit. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Cable route, vertical for TS For direct attachment between the roof and base frame of a 2000 mm high frame structure. Installation position optionally on the inner or outer mounting level. Route width 200 mm. With integral system punchings for the attachment of various cable routing aids and hammerhead attachment for nylon loops and cable ties. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7858.200 Packs of Model No. DK 1 7827.050 Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Cable route for TS For cable routing between two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles in bayed enclosure suites (enclosure width 800 mm, mounting angles fitted centrally). Suitable for L-shaped and cranked mounting angles. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Surplus cable holder W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. DK For fastening at the rear area of the enclosure, or at the side of network enclosures. The surplus cable holder can be attached to all depth stays or to punched sections and rails with a 25 mm pitch pattern – mounting dimension 150 mm. Units may also be fastened to each other. 280 x 151 x 75 1 7220.500 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 536 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝) Cable routing bars For structured routing of entire cable bundles, the cable bars may be secured to a variety of different positions inside the enclosure. Material: − Support: Sheet steel − Cable routing bars, connection combs: Plastic Colour: RAL 9005 Supply includes: − Cable routing bars − Connection combs 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment For horizontal cable routing within the distributor level. Thanks to their open mounting holes, they can also be retrospectively slotted onto the 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings of the mounting level at any time and secured with the existing mounting screws of the installed components. All-round attachment for universal use For vertical and horizontal cable routing inside the enclosure or within the distributor level. Cranked attachment For mounting angles and mounting frames. Horizontal, U-based cable routing to the distributor level. U No. of connection combs 4 1 Packs of Model No. DK 2 4 7111.224 5 10 7111.214 U No. of connection combs Packs of Model No. DK 4 2 4 7111.222 1 5 10 7111.212 U No. of connection combs Packs of Model No. DK 4 2 4 7111.220 1 5 10 7111.210 Connection comb For connecting individual cable routing bars into complete systems (included with the supply). Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 537 Cable management Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝) Cable duct for TS/TE For laying cable in particularly high packaging densities (high density network nodes), in the optical fibre or copper cabling sector. Large capacity. A wide range of cable routing, cable clamping, channelling and cross-cabling options creates the requirements for maximum port density in the minimum possible space. Individual U-based cable routing makes it possible to dispense with additional cable routing via patch panels within the distributor level, thereby equipping every U with connection points. This increases port density by up to 50%. The removable duct cover, hinged on both sides, facilitates user-friendly access at any time. The cable sections are held back by removable crossbars to protect them against falling out. Mounting is either on mounting rails at the sides, and on mounting angles and mounting frames in the 482.6 mm (19˝) distributor level. Two ducts may also be secured back-to-back. Size W x D mm 95 x 235 No. of U Packs of 24 1 7827.310 42 1 7827.320 Model No. DK Note: When using the duct in conjunction with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames and TS 8, the inner mounting level in the vicinity of the cable duct is not available. Within the duct, additional cable ties may be attached to accommodate spare cables and for system-compatible cable deflection. Accessories: Cable ties for spare cables: 1 Packs of Model No. DK 4 7827.330 Material: − Cable duct: Sheet steel, spray-finished − Cable routing components: Plastic − Front trim panel: Aluminium, spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Hinged front trim panel and assembly parts. 1 Distributor clip Material: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. DK 1 4 7111.252 2 4 7111.250 Surface finish: Zinc-plated 1 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 1 Distributor clip For structured cable routing of entire cable bundles, the distributor clip may be secured to a variety of different positions inside the enclosure. It may be used for both horizontal and vertical distribution of the cables. 2 Distributor clip, horizontal 2 538 For mounting angles and mounting frames. Distribution of cables among the various height units of the patch level. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝) Drawer 482.6 mm (19˝) to accommodate surplus cables The 1 U drawer offers a convenient opportunity for storing surplus cables in an organised, compact and secure way within the 482.6 mm (19˝) levels. ● With brush strip at the front for cable entry ● T-head rail in the rear section for cable clamping ● Ring-shaped kink-free routing of the conductors on adjustable elements in the interior ● May be fitted between two 482.6 mm (19˝) levels at a distance of 435 – 750 mm ● Independent from the enclosure system ● Both on L-shaped and cranked mounting angles and mounting frames. Distance between levels mm Packs of Model No. DK 435 – 750 1 7063.200 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Drawer including telescopic slides and assembly parts. Accessories: Nylon loop DK 7072.220/DK 7072.230, see page 530. Cable management panel 482.6 mm (19˝) For horizontal management of the patch cables, with 5 cable shunting rings. Material: − Panel: Sheet steel − Ring: Polyamide Colour: RAL 7035 Material: − Panel: Sheet steel − Ring: Polycarbonate Colour: RAL 7035 Material: − Panel: Sheet steel − Ring: Steel Surface finish: Ring: Zinc-plated U Ring size mm Packs of Model No. DK 1 70 x 44 1 7159.0351) 1) Cable shunting rings supplied loose. U Ring size mm Packs of Model No. DK 1 95 x 50 1 7255.0351) 1) Cable shunting rings supplied loose. U Ring size mm Packs of Model No. DK 1 105 x 43 1 7257.035 2 125 x 85 1 7257.100 1 43 x 55 1 7257.200 U Ring size mm Packs of Model No. DK 1 105 x 43 1 7257.005 2 125 x 85 1 7257.1051) Colour: RAL 7035 Material: − Panel: Sheet steel − Ring: Steel Surface finish: Ring: Zinc-plated Colour: RAL 9005 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 1) Extended delivery times. Note: The sizes given are external dimensions. 539 Cable management Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝) Cable management panel with cable routing bars 482.6 mm (19˝) For horizontal management of the patch cables with cable routing bars. Opening the individual cable routing bars allows user-friendly modification and extension of the cabling. U Bar depth mm No. of bars/U Packs of Model No. DK 1 Approx. 80 5 1 7257.050 2 Approx. 80 4 1 7257.150 Material: − Panel: Sheet steel, spray-finished − Cable routing bars: Plastic Colour: − Panel: RAL 7035 − Cable routing bars: Black Cable management panel, 2 U U Depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 482.6 mm (19˝) The cable routing chamber has cut-outs from above, into which the patch cables can be inserted. The cable management panel is equipped with a flap and quick-release fasteners at the front, for optimum access to the cables. From the rear, the cables can be inserted via a cut-out with brush strips. With accommodation facility for cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000. 2 85 1 7158.035 Model No. DK Accessories: Cable clamp strap, see page 535. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Cable routing channel U Depth mm Packs of 482.6 mm (19˝) To hold the patching cables. 1 85 1 7149.135 3 100 1 7149.035 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Cable management panel, 2 U U Packs of Model No. DK To accommodate fibre-optic and copper cables. Fibres from the patch panels are placed into the tray via openings and may be distributed at the sides. Rounded openings protect the cable sheathing. 2 1 7269.135 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 540 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝) Cable management duct, horizontal U Packs of 2 1 7158.100 482.6 mm (19˝) The duct facilitates concealed, simple cable routing of large quantities of cables to equipment within the 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level. Large cut-outs ensure convenient, kink-free cable routing to the components top and bottom. For simple handling, the entire front panel may be removed via quick-release fasteners. After attaching the cables, these are held in position via nylon ties, whilst the duct may be resealed. 3 1 7158.1501) 1) Extended Model No. DK delivery times. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: 5 nylon loops. Cable tray, 2 U U Packs of Model No. DK For side routing and distribution of fibre-optic and copper cables. In this way, cables inserted into the roof area may be routed at the side of the mounting angles in the upper section of the rack. Depth 85 mm. 2 1 7269.235 U Packs of Model No. DK 1 1 7256.035 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Fibre-optic cable management panel, 1 U 482.6 mm (19˝) The four fibre-optic cable shunting rings integrated into the front permit optimum management of up to 48 fibres. Material: − Panel: Sheet steel − Ring: Dual compound plastic Possible alternative: Fibre-optic support guide DK 7116.500, see page 535. Colour: − Panel: RAL 7035 − Cable shunting rings on the outside: RAL 7035, black interior Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 541 Cable management Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝) Cable entry panel U Packs of Model No. DK 482.6 mm (19˝) Cut-out 390 x 40 mm (2 U) or 390 x 20 mm (1 U) with brush insert. With accommodation facility for cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000. 1 1 7140.535 2 1 7150.535 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 1 2 3 Cable routing across the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level There are various different cable clamping systems available for system-compatible cable routing in 482.6 mm (19˝) systems with one or two pairs of mounting angles: 1 C rail for mounting between all pairs of 482.6 mm (19˝) mouting angles. Accessories: Cable clamp strap, see page 535. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated C rail Depth in mm Packs of Model No. DK 482.6 mm (19˝) level – 6 7016.100 Cable clamp rail Depth in mm Packs of Model No. DK 482.6 mm (19˝) level – 6 7016.110 Cable clamp strap for Depth in mm Packs of Model No. DK Data Rack and large swing frame 250 6 7016.120 DK-TS mounting angles 100 6 7016.130 4 2 Cable clamp rails for mounting between all pairs of 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles, for cable ties. 3 Cable clamp straps for large swing frames, and Data Rack, the cable clamp straps are mounted on the frame at the rear, whilst the cables are clamped 250 mm behind the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. 4 Cable clamp strap for DK-TS mounting angles, with side lugs for suspending from the cranked 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. Cable clamping is via cable ties. 542 Also required: With L-shaped TS mounting angles, adaptor DK 7827.300 is additionally required, see page 488. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Swing frame Swing frame, small Material: Sheet steel Installation for 600 mm and 800 mm wide enclosures For mounting 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Cam with double-bit lock insert and parts for attaching to the installation kit. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Front, top/bottom Installation Set back, top/bottom Set back/front, centre 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 U Packs of Model No. SR 3 1 2377.030 6 1 2377.060 9 1 2377.090 12 1 2377.120 15 1 2377.150 18 1 2377.180 Also required: For enclosure width 1 Installation kit PS punched section without 2 mounting flange, 2 or 4 required 1 set 600 800 2377.860 2377.880 For enclosure depth mm Page 400 4 4374.000 464 500 4 4375.000 464 600 4 4376.000 464 800 4 4377.000 464 6 sets 8800.330 473 Support bracket, 2 required per PS punched section without mounting flange Accessories Lock inserts, type D 2484.000 421 Note: The swing frame stay is required to lock the open swing frame, see page 548. Installation kit for swing frame, small in ES, TP universal console. Enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. SR 600 1 set 2377.460 Accessories: Depending on the installation position: − Support bracket PS 4183.000, see page 473 and − PS punched section without mounting flange in accordance with the enclosure depth, see page 464. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 543 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Swing frame Vario swing frames Installation for ES and CS modular enclosures, 800 mm wide enclosures For the installation of 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment. Supply includes: Double-bit lock insert and assembly parts. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Front1), top Installation Set back/front1), centre Set back, top 4 3 3 3 U Packs of Model No. SR 6 1 2004.235 12 1 2008.235 18 1 2011.235 3 400 depth 4 8800.640 464 3 500 depth 4 8800.650 464 4 800 width 4 4365.000 464 2484.000 421 Also required: For enclosure mm PS punched section with mounting flange Page Accessories Lock inserts, type D 1) Max. installation depth for enclosure depth 400 mm: 305 mm Max. installation depth for enclosure depth 500 mm: 405 mm 544 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Swing frame Swing frame, large Without trim panel, for 600 mm and 1200 mm wide enclosures For mounting 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Cam with double-bit lock insert and parts for attaching to the installation kit. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Installation Full installation, front/set back Partial installation top, front/set back 1 1 Partial installation centre, front/set back 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 For enclosure width mm 600 1200 U For min. enclosure height mm Packs of Model No. SR 22 1200 1 2322.700 31 1600 1 2331.700 36 1800 1 2336.700 40 2000 1 2340.700 45 2200 1 2345.700 Page Accessories Lock inserts, type D 2484.000 421 Also required: 1 Installation kits For enclosure TS ES CM Hinge Load capacity Packs of – – < 800 N 1985.500 – 1 set – < 1500 N2) 1994.835 – 1 set – < 1500 N2) – 1996.835 1 set – – < 1500 N1) – 1996.535 1 set 130° 1) Installation only possible with the mounting plate slide rail dismantled. 2) Maximum load 800 N with the TS mounting plate slide rail dismantled. 2 For TS: TS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm, 2 or 4 required Installation in enclosure depth mm 1) TS Packs of Model No. TS 2 For ES: PS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm, 2 or 4 required Page Installation in enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. TS Page 400 4 8612.1401) 459 400 4 4369.000 464 500 4 8612.550 460 500 4 4370.000 464 600 4 8612.560 460 800 4 8612.580 460 1000 4 8612.500 460 1200 4 8612.520 460 punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Note: The swing frame stay is required to lock the open swing frame, see page 548. 545 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Swing frame Swing frame, large Colour: RAL 7035 With trim panel, for 800 mm wide enclosures For mounting 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment. Supply includes: Locking rod system with double-bit lock insert and parts for attaching to the installation kit. Material: Sheet steel Technical information: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: − Front panel: Zinc-plated − Trim panel: Spray-finished Partial installation top, width 800 mm, front/set back Full installation, width 800 mm, front/set back Installation Partial installation centre (in the height), width 800 mm front/set back 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 side central Mounting position With hinge 130°/180° 180° For enclosure width mm 800 U For min. enclosure height mm Packs of 22 1200 1 2323.235 31 1600 1 2332.235 – 36 1800 1 2337.235 2338.235 40 2000 1 2341.235 2342.235 45 2200 1 2346.235 2347.235 Model No. SR 2324.235 Heavy-duty version1) U For enclosure height mm Packs of 40 2000 1 Model No. SR 7858.100 – Accessories Ergoform-S lock systems see page 419 Lock inserts, version A see page 421 Also required: 1 Installation kits For enclosure TS ES CM Hinge Load capacity < 800 N 1986.500 1 set 130° < 1500 N3) 1995.235 1 set 1 set Packs of – – – – – < 1500 N2) 1995.835 – – < 800 N 1986.500 + 1978.200 1 set – < 1200 N3) 1997.235 1 set – – 1997.835 1 set 180° < 1200 N2) 1) Load capacity 350 kg, including installation kit, for enclosure height 2000 2) Installation only possible with the mounting plate slide rail dismantled. 3) Maximum load 800 N with the TS mounting plate slide rail dismantled. 2 For TS: TS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm, 2 or 4 required 2 For ES: PS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm, 2 or 4 required Installation in Packs enclosure width/depth of mm Installation in Packs enclosure width/depth of mm 1) TS 546 mm. Model No. TS Page Model No. TS Page 400 4 8612.1401) 459 400 4 4369.000 464 500 4 8612.550 460 500 4 4370.000 464 600 4 8612.560 460 800 4 8612.580 460 1000 4 8612.500 460 1200 4 8612.520 460 punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm Note: The swing frame stay is required to lock the open swing frame, see page 548. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Swing frame Compact swing frames Width mm 600 600 600/760 for AE For mounting slide-in electronic equipment, 482.6 mm (19˝), across the entire height. Height mm 380 600 760 U 6 11 14 Packs of 1 1 1 Technical specifications: Torsionally stiff frame, welded from rectangular tube and triple-folded support section. Model No. SR 2026.200 2027.200 2034.200 Material: Sheet steel Accessories: 41 mm lock insert, version C, see page 421. Colour: RAL 7035 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Double-bit lock insert and assembly parts. Pull-out frame, 482.6 mm (19˝) U Packs of Model No. DK for TS For the installation of a pull-out 482.6 mm (19˝) front. For 600 and 800 mm wide TS enclosures, from a depth of 800 mm. 12 1 7124.035 Note: The slide rail DK 7963.310 (see page 560) can be mounted directly in the pull-out frame to support heavy equipment. − Overall depth: 525 mm − Extension piece: 500 mm − Distance: 300 mm Load capacity: 50 kg Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Telescopic slides and assembly parts. Divider kits for pull-out frame 1 For enclosure width Enclosure depth mm Packs of 600 mm 800 mm Model No. TS 1 2 TS punched section with mounting flange Depth stays 800 4 8612.080 1000 4 8612.000 – 800 4 – 7827.800 1000 4 – 7827.000 – 2 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 547 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Swing frame Swing frame stay Packs of Model No. SR Holds the swing frame in the open position. with 130° hinge 5 1979.200 For mounting on: Swing frame, large ● SR 1979.200, at the top of the enclosure ● SR 1980.200, at the bottom of the enclosure (with safety stop at 160°) with 180° hinge 1 1980.200 For slide-in equipment with max. installation depth Packs of Model No. SR D max. < 190 mm 10 1962.200 D max. > 190 mm 10 1963.200 For mounting on: Swing frame, small ● SR 1979.200, may be mounted at the top or bottom of the installation kit. Slide rails To support heavy slide-in electronic equipment, 482.6 mm (19˝) in the swing frame. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated 548 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting angles Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) Cranked Full installation rack height mm for TS, CS Toptec U Packs of Model No. DK 800 15 2 7827.080 1000 20 2 7827.100 1200 24 2 7827.120 1400 29 2 7827.140 1600 33 2 7827.160 1800 38 2 7827.180 2000 42 2 7827.200 2200 47 2 7827.220 Full installation rack height mm U Packs of Model No. DK 600 11 2 7827.061 800 15 2 7827.081 1000 20 2 7827.101 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 1200 24 2 7827.121 1400 29 2 7827.141 Explanation of the mounting dimensions in interior installations: See page 550. 1600 33 2 7827.161 1800 38 2 7827.181 2000 42 2 7827.201 2200 47 2 7827.221 Available in two versions: Cranked The integral U markings in the front facilitate systematic assembly within the 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level. L-shaped The L-shaped mounting angles accommodate the installation kits of server systems. The integral U markings in the front facilitate systematic assembly within the 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level. Technical specifications: − 2 mm sheet steel − Integral 482.6 mm (19˝) punchings (EIA standard) − Side round and square punchings − Clear chromated for conductive connection of the 482.6 mm (19) installed equipment. L-shaped Note: The mounting angles can also be used to accommodate 21˝, 23˝ and 24˝ attachment dimensions. Also required: − TS punched sections with mounting flanges or depth stays as installation kit for mounting angles, see page 555 – 556. − For L-shaped mounting angle variant: for mounting slide rails or component shelves: Adaptor DK 7827.300, see page 488. Mounting angles, metric Full installation rack height mm for TS The L-shaped mounting angles accommodate metric assemblies and components. Depending on the installation kit, mounting dimensions 465 mm and 515 mm can be configured. SU Packs of Model No. DK – 17 2 7831.6111) 1000 37 2 7831.6211) 1200 43 2 7794.4201) Material: Sheet steel 1600 59 2 7794.7401) 2000 76 2 7831.631 Surface finish: Zinc-plated 2200 84 2 7831.6411) 1) Extended delivery times. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Explanation of the mounting dimensions in interior installations: See page 550. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Also required: TS punched sections with mounting flanges or depth stays as installation kit for mounting angles, see page 555 – 556. 549 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting angles Mounting frame, 482.6 mm (19˝) for TS, CS Basic and modular enclosures The welded 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame may be attached with complete depth variability and is used to structure the front and rear 482.6 mm (19˝) level. The mounting frame has the same system punchings as the TS 8 enclosure section at the sides and rear, and therefore supports the mounting of various TS 8 system accessories such as cable clamp rails, cable shunting rings etc. Load capacity: Up to 1000 kg static load, with even load distribution on two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames, with full installation. Material: Sheet steel For enclosures Width mm U Height mm Packs of Model No. DK 600 600 11 1 7856.710 600 1200 24 1 7856.713 600 1800 38 1 7856.716 600 2000 42 1 7856.719 600 2200 47 1 7856.722 800 1200 24 1 7856.725 800 1800 38 1 7856.728 800 2000 42 1 7856.731 800 2200 47 1 7856.734 Accessories: Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: A combination of 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame plus fan mounting plate is not possible. For active ventilation, we recommend use with modular fan roof. Explanation of the mounting dimensions in interior installations: See page 550. − Captive nuts, see page 567. − Assembly screws, see page 478. − Cable clamp rails TS, see page 532. − C rails, see page 465. − Component shelves, see from page 480. − Fan roof, modular, see page 223. − TS divider kit, heavy-duty, width/depth-variable, see page 555. Explanation of the mounting dimensions in interior installations Cranked section Mounting frame A A B B C C A = Clearance width B = Mounting dimension C = External dimension of the rack-mounted equipment or of the front panels L-shaped section Installation width A mm B mm C mm > 19˝ > 21˝ > 23˝ > 24˝ > 10˝/39 HP > 1/2 19˝/42 HP > 9.5˝ > 18 SU > 20 SU 450 465 482.6 500 515 533.4 552 567 584.2 577 592 609.6 221.4 236 254 236.6 251.2 269.2 208.7 223.3 241.3 450 465 485 500 515 535 A B C 550 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting angles Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝) Accessories: − − − − Infill panels, see page 552. Captive nuts, see page 477. Assembly screws, see page 478. Slide rails with one-sided mounting, see page 561. − Slide rails with two-sided mounting, see page 561. − Drawer installation kit, see page 563. − Component shelf installation kit, see page 488. for TS For the installation of subracks and other equipment. Adaptor sections are easily shortened for partial assemblies. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: The 482.6 mm (19˝) measurement is obtained when mounting on the TS frame for enclosures with width 600 mm. For enclosure system TS1) For enclosure height mm Material U Packs of Model No. TS 8613.060 1600 33 4 1800 38 4 8613.080 42 4 8613.000 2000 Extruded aluminium section 2200 47 4 8613.020 For PC enclosure2) 17 4 8613.070 1) For the 2) Behind rear of electronic enclosures, see page 552. bottom door. Assembly examples of TS: Drawing 1 Drawing 1 and 2: Adaptor section or adaptor piece fitted in the foremost installation position, directly on the vertical section. When installing slide rails with two-sided mounting (see page 561), the same adaptor sections or adaptor pieces must also be mounted on the vertical section at the rear. Drawing 2 63 43 63 3 75.5 1 1 4 Drawing 3 Drawing 3: Mounting on two vertically installed PS punched sections permits fully flexible use of the enclosure depths. Drawing 5 5 Drawing 4 and 5: Greater distance from the door is achieved by mounting on adaptor rails for PS compatibility. In this position, the slide rails can be fitted with one-sided mounting. 1 Drawing 4 1 86 66 86 3 98.5 2 2 4 1 Adaptor section/piece 4 TS glazed door 2 Adaptor rail 5 Punched section without 3 TS sheet steel door Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories mounting flange 551 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting angles Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝) for TS, ES The “1 U” sub-section of adaptor sections. For the installation of individual subracks and other equipment. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Assembly examples: May be found on page 551. Note: The 482.6 mm (19˝) measurement is obtained when mounting on the TS/ES frame for enclosures with width 600 mm. Adaptor set (DK 7246.100) for 800 mm wide enclosures, see page 562. Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝) for rear installation in TS electronic enclosures For installing subracks at the front and back, and for attaching the slide rails TS 8613.150, TS 8613.160 and TS 8613.180 (see page 561). Assembly is carried out on the inner mounting level. The outer mounting level can, e.g. still be used for cable routing on depth-mounted TS punched sections with mounting flange. Material: Extruded aluminium section Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: Design similar to adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝) (see page 551), but asymmetrical height, suitable for TS electronic enclosure. For TS U Packs of Model No. TS 1 4 8613.010 U Packs of Model No. PS 1 8 4547.000 For ES Accessories: − Captive nuts, see page 477. − Assembly screws, see page 478. − Slide rails with two-sided mounting, see page 561. − Drawer installation kit, see page 563. − Component shelf installation kit, see page 488. For enclosure height mm U Packs of 1600 33 2 8613.360 2000 42 2 8613.300 Model No. TS Accessories: − Captive nuts, see page 477. − Assembly screws, see page 478. − Slide rails with two-sided mounting, see page 561. − Drawer installation kit, see page 563. − Component shelf installation kit, see page 488. Possible alternative: Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 552. Infill panels, 482.6 mm (19˝), horizontal for adaptor sections To infill between installed 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment positioned in the full enclosure height and the enclosure clearance height. For enclosure height mm Packs of Model No. TS 1600/2000 2 8613.040 1800/2200 2 8613.030 Material: Extruded aluminium section Supply includes: Assembly parts. 552 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting angles Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) for CS basic and modular enclosures For mounting 482.6 mm (19˝) components in Outdoor enclosures. The mounting angles are depthadjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern. An installation bracket is required to attach the mounting angles. Material: Sheet steel Enclosure height mm U Packs of Model No. DK 800 15 2 7685.000 1200 24 2 7688.000 Also required: Installation bracket PS, see page 553. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Explanation of the mounting dimensions in interior installations: See page 550. Depth stay for PS For mounting angles 482.6 mm (19˝) Material: Sheet steel Enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. DK 600/1200 2 7696.000 800 2 7698.000 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) U Packs of Model No. DK 6 2 7705.706 for DK-EL This mounting angle kit allows you to integrate a second 482.6 mm (19˝) level into EL enclosures. 9 2 7705.709 12 2 7705.712 15 2 7705.715 18 2 7705.718 21 2 7705.721 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Extended delivery times. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Explanation of the mounting dimensions in interior installations: See page 550. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 553 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting angles Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) for QuickBox For the installation of 482.6 mm (19˝) rackmounted equipment. Material: Sheet steel For enclosures U Packs of Model No. QB 12 2 7502.203 15 2 7502.204 18 2 7502.205 21 2 7502.206 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) U Packs of Model No. DK 6 2 7507.706 for FlatBox L-shaped bracket as 2nd attachment level. 9 2 7507.709 12 2 7507.712 Material: Sheet steel 15 2 7507.715 18 2 7507.718 Supply includes: Assembly parts for fast, toolless assembly. 21 2 7507.721 Note: The 2nd attachment level should always be ordered in the same height as the basic enclosure. Partial configuration is not possible. Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) for VerticalBox For mounting at the side of the VerticalBox. With these mounting angles, instead of 5 U vertically at the side, up to 10 U may be used horizontally if only a minimal installation depth is required. Infinitely depth-variable positioning. U Packs of Model No. QB 12 2 7502.203 Labelling range U Packs of Model No. DK 1 – 56 1 7950.100 Note: 10 usable U. Material: Sheet steel, spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Adhesive measurement strip, 482.6 mm (19˝) Made from robust aluminium foil, guarantees easy handling and durability. With numerical labelling on a 482.6 mm (19˝) pitch pattern for clear identification of the various height units. The doublesided labelling allows the counting direction to be freely selected, up to a maximum of 56 U. In this way, clear documentation of the various mounting parts is easily achieved. Material: Aluminium foil 554 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting angles/Mounting kits for mounting angles TS mounting kit, heavy-duty, width-/depth-variable Packs of Model No. DK 1 set 7827.590 Packs of Model No. DK 2 7284.135 for mounting frame 482.6 mm (19˝) in TS, CS basic and modular enclosures Installation in enclosure width 800 mm The mounting kit allows depth- and width-variable installation of a 600 mm wide mounting frame, 482.6 mm (19˝), in 800 mm wide enclosures. Load capacity: 750/1500 kg static load per level/ per enclosure Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Additional fastening attachment for mounting angles for 800 mm wide TS network enclosures The additional fastening attachment counteracts bending of the mounting angles mounted on installation brackets in case of unevenly distributed loads. It is attached directly to 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles and to the punched section with mounting flange fitted in the depth (inner mounting level). Also required: TS punched section with mounting flange for the inner mounting level, see page 459 – 460. Material: Sheet steel Supply includes: Assembly parts. TS punched section with mounting flange as installation kit For ● Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) ● Mounting angles, metric, Mounting dimension 465 mm For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 600 600 4 8612.060 600 800 4 8612.080 600 1000 4 8612.000 600 1200 4 8612.020 Installation in enclosure width 600 mm The installation kit consists of 4 TS punched sections with mounting flange 17 x 73 mm to accommodate mounting angles. One pack is sufficient for installing one or two 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment levels. For exceptionally heavy installed equipment, we recommend the installation of additional punched sections in the centre. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 555 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting kits for mounting angles Depth stays for TS for mounting angles into TS, 482.6 mm (19˝) Installation position Packs of Model No. DK central 2 7827.480 side 2 7827.490 Installation in enclosure width 800 mm Depth stays are screw-fastened to the enclosure frame in the enclosure width. The mounting angle is attached to the depth stay at the top and bottom. The bracket ensures optimum clearance at the sides for cable routing. For partial enclosure configuration, the depth stays may be attached to the TS punched sections with mounting flanges 17 x 73 mm on the outer attachment level of the enclosure frame. Fully depth-variable attachment is facilitated by the attachment slots. Either cranked or L-shaped mounting angles may be used. Accessories: For partial installation, − TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm, see page 459 – 460. − Mounting angles, cranked or L-shaped, see page 549. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. TS installation kit, width-variable 482.6 mm (19˝)/metric in TS Universal depth stays to which both L-shaped and cranked mounting angles may be variably mounted in the depth and width. Divider kit for all width dimensions ● Imperial mounting dimensions 19˝/21˝/23˝/24˝ ● Metric mounting dimensions 18/20 SU Load capacity: 200 kg static load per level For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 800 1 set 7827.550 1000 1 set 7827.560 1200 1 set 7827.570 1 set = 4 stays Accessories: Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 549. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Depth stays as installation kit for mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) Installation in enclosure width 800 mm One installation kit consists of 4 depth stays to accommodate mounting angles. One pack is sufficient for installing one or two 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment levels. For exceptionally heavy installed equipment, we recommend the installation of an additional depth stay in the centre. The front cut-out makes cable routing easier with full configuration For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 800 600 4 7827.600 800 800 4 7827.800 800 1000 4 7827.000 Possible alternative: Depth stays for TS for mounting angles, see page 556. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 556 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting kits for mounting angles Depth stays as installation kit for mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝), mounting dimensions 23˝ and 24˝ Installation in enclosure width 800 mm When using depth stays in 800 mm wide enclosures, attachment spacings of 23˝ and 24˝ are achieved. Either cranked or L-shaped, 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles may be used. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Mounting dimension 23˝ For enclosures Depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 800 800 4 7827.823 800 1000 4 7827.023 Depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 800 800 4 7827.824 800 1000 4 7827.024 Width mm Extended delivery times. Mounting dimension 24˝ For enclosures Width mm Extended delivery times. Accessories: Mounting angles, cranked or L-shaped, see page 549. Mounting frame 54 U For enclosures for TS The mounting frame allows configuration of a side-offset 482.6 mm (19˝) level with 42 U useful installation space plus the additional integration of a further 12 U for vertical installation at the side. The additional side extension is divided into three installation levels arranged on top of one another, each with 4 U. The mounting frame may be installed at either the front or rear. Width mm Height mm Additional vertical installation area Packs of Model No. DK 800 2000 12 U 1 set 7827.554 Material: Sheet steel Extended delivery times. Also required: Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 549. Surface finish: − Mounting bracket: Zinc-plated − Side trim panel: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: 12 U mounting trim at the side. Mounting kit, 2 U for 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment Facilitates fast, simple integration of additional 2 U mounting space within an enclosure by attaching to the enclosure frame or to the existing mounting angles at the sides. The flexible slot fastening of the brackets means that the distance between the two installation brackets may be freely selected, so that other 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment dimensions may be implemented. The second row of holes is used for the optional configuration of additional mounting surfaces. Packs of Model No. DK 2 7246.420 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 557 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Accessories for Data Rack Second pair of mounting angles To accommodate 482.6 mm (19˝) network components or for the attachment of component shelves and slide rails. 482.6 mm (19˝) punched profile at the front, hole centre distance 465 (470 mm at the rear), tailored to the attachment of patch panels and cable routing rails. The mounting level may be positioned on a 50 mm pitch pattern. Minimum distance between levels 150 mm, maximum distance between levels 350 mm. U Packs of Model No. DK 31 1 7296.000 36 1 7297.000 40 1 7298.000 45 1 7299.000 Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm Colour: RAL 7035 50 mm pitch pattern min. 150 – max. 350 Supply includes: − 1 torsionally stiff profile frame − Mounting accessories Baying connector Packs of Model No. DK 3 7494.000 Packs of Model No. DK 1 7411.000 For assembling rows of distributor frames, or for cable routing between data racks. Technical specifications: Length: 53 mm Colour: RAL 7035 Roof plate with cable route For optimised use of the Data Rack as a corridor distributor or cable management rack. The size of individual cable routes may be individually dimensioned by sliding the guide plates. On all Data Racks, the roof plate can be attached with two mounting levels and a distance between the levels of 350 mm. Material: Sheet steel, spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Roof plate − Mounting accessories Depth stays For securing and stabilising two pairs of 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles in the Data Rack. The length of the depth stays is adjustable, and can accommodate the following spacings of mounting angles: 250, 300 and 350 mm. Packs of Model No. DK 2 7401.000 Material: Sheet steel, spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Continuous slide rail 558 Packs of Model No. DK 2 7402.000 for two pairs of mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) To support heavy equipment in the Data Rack. The mounting dimensions of the slide rails were selected to enable them to be combined with 500 mm deep, 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelves. The mounting distance of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles is 350 mm. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Requirements: Second pair of mounting angles Component shelves, 500 mm deep, see page 482. Accessories: Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Slide rails Slide rails, depth-variable, 1 U for TE, 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, flat mounting angles The slide rail is pulled out to the required length and secured between the front and rear mounting level. Rear location lugs and front screw-fastening enable convenient one-man assembly. The mounting component to be integrated is inserted horizontally onto the slide rail and optionally secured to the mounting level via its attachment slots. Load capacity: 80 kg/150 kg, static load Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Length mm Load capacity kg Contact surface mm Packs of Model No. DK 390 – 600 80 50 2 7063.882 590 – 930 80 50 2 7063.883 590 – 930 150 25 2 7063.884 Note: The super-slimline design of the slide rail allows it to be used in most integration cases for 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting components. Because it is secured to the standardised mounting level, it is manufacturer-independent. The slide rail slightly reduces the installation space below the slide rail so that the U below it is only available for limited use. 11 .5 7.5 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Slide rails, depth-variable, 1 U for server and network enclosures with two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels, without additional loss of U For mounting both on cranked and flat mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames and on TE. The slide rails are pulled out to the required length and secured between the front and rear mounting level on the 482.6 mm (19˝) pitch pattern. Load capacity: 20 kg static load Material: Sheet steel Distance between 19˝ levels mm Contact surface mm Packs of Model No. DK 390 – 550 30 2 7063.750 550 – 750 30 2 7063.752 Note: Thanks to the thin support surface of only around 0.8 mm thickness, exceeding the U pitch pattern is generally avoided, provided the components do not exceed a maximum height of 43.5 mm. In this way, several units may be easily arranged on top of one another without offset. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 559 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Slide rails Slide rails, heavy-duty for TS network enclosures with two 482.6 mm (19˝) levels To support heavy installed equipment. The slide rails are simply located into the cranked mounting angles and secured with screws. The combined use with additional depth stays or, in case of 80 mm wide enclosures, with the additional fastening attachment counteracts possible bending of the mounting angles in case of unevenly distributed loads. Load capacity: 80 kg, static load Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Distance between 19˝ levels mm Contact surface Width mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. DK – 55 1521) 2 7063.000 298 55 261 2 7492.300 398 55 361 2 7492.400 498 55 461 2 7492.500 598 55 561 2 7492.060 698 55 661 2 7492.070 1) Side leg height 72 mm. Load capacity: 50 kg, static load. Also required: For fastening to L-shaped TS mounting angles: Adaptor DK 7827.300, see page 488. Note: Not suitable for use in 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames. Slide rails for TE, 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame For mounting between a front and a rear pair of mounting angles. The slide rails can be used to support heavy 482.6 mm (19˝) components. Distance between 19˝ levels mm Contact surface Packs of Model No. DK 324 2 7963.310 424 2 7963.410 85 524 2 7963.510 695 85 624 2 7963.610 795 85 724 2 7963.710 Packs of Model No. DK 2 7063.740 Width mm Depth mm 395 85 495 85 Load capacity: 80 kg, static load 595 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Slide rails, heavy-duty for TS, TE With L-shaped mounting angles or 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame and a clearance between levels of 740 mm. Easily and quickly installed thanks to locating brackets for the rear level. Possible alternative: Slide rail, depth-variable, see page 559. Distance between 19˝ levels mm 740 Contact surface Width mm Depth mm 50 734 Load capacity: 100 kg, static load Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 560 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Slide rails Slide rails for TS mounting angles With two-sided mounting between the 482.6 mm (19˝) front and rear adaptor sections or 482.6 mm (19˝) adaptor pieces. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Slide rails for TS mounting angles With one-sided mounting on the 482.6 mm (19˝) adaptor sections. For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 500 10 8613.150 600 10 8613.160 800 10 8613.180 Also required: − Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 551, or − Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 552. Length mm Packs of Model No. PS 185 10 4530.000 270 10 4531.000 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Also required: Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 551. 561 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system 482.6 mm (19˝) installation Adaptor kit, 3 U for 800 mm wide TS enclosures For fastening individual 482.6 mm (19˝) components, or as an additional mounting facility at the rear of the enclosure. The mounting level in the adaptor angle can be adjusted in 25 mm increments by up to 100 mm in the depth, leaving sufficient space for baying where patch panels or splicing boxes are used. Attachment is on the inner mounting level of the frame section or a suitable chassis in the enclosure depth. Height Mounting position Packs of Model No. DK 3U central 2 7246.100 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Adaptor, 3 U Depth offset 100 mm This adaptor is used to recess 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting of equipment inside enclosures with 482.6 mm (19˝) installation in the foremost position, such as server or electronic enclosures. In this way, sufficient space can be gained in front of the mounting equipment to integrate patch panels or switches, whilst at the same time exploiting the maximum enclosure depth. Packs of Model No. DK 2 7246.400 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Adaptor, metric to 21˝/19˝ With this adaptor, 482.6 mm (19˝) assemblies may be fastened to metric (535 mm) mounting angles, or combined systems may be configured. SU U Packs of 2 1 2 7246.010 6 3 2 7246.030 11 6 2 7246.060 Model No. DK Material: Extruded aluminium section Supply includes: Assembly parts. 562 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system 482.6 mm (19˝) installation Drawer, 2 U, 3 U for a 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level For front attachment to mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝). With cover and telescopic slides to accommodate assignment lists, operating manuals and small parts. The small version of the 2 U variant is also suitable for mounting inside a swing frame. Height Clearance openings Installation Packs Model No. depth of DK mm Width mm Depth mm 2U 411 244 250 1 7282.135 2U 411 419 427 1 7282.035 3U 411 419 427 1 7283.035 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Fully assembled, including assembly parts. Drawer for 482.6 mm (19˝) U Packs of with adaptor sections For keyboards, operating manuals etc. The perforated plate in the base helps air to circulate in the enclosure. Load capacity 50 kg. The 1 U drawer can be installed rotated through 180° about its longitudinal axis, allowing it to be used as a utility table. 1 1 4541.000 3 1 4542.000 Material: − Drawer: Aluminium − Telescopic slides: Sheet steel Model No. PS Also required: Installation kit for enclosure system, see page 563. Surface finish: − Drawer: Anodised − Telescopic slides: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Telescopic slides. Installation kit for component shelves and drawers, with 482.6 mm (19˝) installation in TS For installation between the front and rear adaptor sections or adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝) in 600 mm wide enclosures. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Installation kit, depth-variable for 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelves Depending on the distance between the two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels, the installation kit is screw-fastened in the depth between the cranked, L-shaped mounting angles or 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame. Also suitable for TE. For enclosure system TS For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 600 1 set 8800.560 800 1 set 8800.580 Also required: − Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 551, or − Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 552. Distance between 19˝ levels mm Packs of Model No. DK 550 – 850 2 7063.850 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 563 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system 482.6 mm (19˝) installation Blanking plate, 482.6 mm (19˝) U Packs of For installation in electronic enclosures or housings. 1 3 1931.200 2 3 1932.200 Material: Aluminium 3 3 1933.200 4 3 1934.200 Surface finish: Natural-anodised 6 3 1936.200 7 3 1935.200 9 3 1939.200 12 3 1937.200 Blanking plate, horizontally hinged Model No. VC Width U Packs of Model No. EL 482.6 mm (19˝) 6 1 1945.000 For installation in electronic enclosures or housings. Material: − Blanking plate: 3 mm aluminium − Hinge: Die-cast zinc Surface finish: − Blanking plate: Natural-anodised − Hinge: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Blanking plate, vertically hinged For installation in electronic enclosures or housings. Width U Packs of Model No. EL 482.6 mm (19˝) 3 1 1940.000 482.6 mm (19˝) 6 1 1941.000 Material: − Blanking plate: 3 mm aluminium − Hinge: Die-cast zinc Surface finish: − Blanking plate: Natural-anodised − Hinge: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Hinge Packs of Model No. EL 2 1950.000 for blanking plates Material: Die-cast zinc Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Ventilated front panels Width U Packs of For venting enclosures and housings. 482.6 mm (19˝) 1 3 2231.000 Material: Aluminium 482.6 mm (19˝) 2 3 2232.000 482.6 mm (19˝) 3 3 2233.000 Model No. EL Surface finish: Natural-anodised 564 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system 482.6 mm (19˝) installation Air baffle plates for TS Targeted air routing to the components. To prevent bridges between hot and cold air. Energy efficiency is boosted while retaining cooling output. Mounted all-round on the 482.6 mm (19˝) installation between the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame and modular LCP, LCP rack, side panel or partition. The width-variable air baffle plates may be individually adapted to suit the requirements. In the variant for 800 mm wide enclosures, vertical 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting holes of 3 x 1 U are additionally integrated, which may be used for configuration with additional components. Cable glands with stepped collars distributed across the height facilitate shielded cable routing between the front and rear section. In its delivered state, these openings are sealed with a 1 U blanking panel with snap-in attachment. For enclosures Width mm Height mm Packs of Model No. DK 600 2000 2 7151.206 800 2000 2 7151.208 Material: − Air baffle plates: Sheet steel, spray-finished − Stepped collar: Plastic, to UL 94-V0 − Blanking panel: Plastic, to UL 94-V0 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − 2 air baffle plates, side, width-variable − 1 air baffle plate, top, horizontal − With 800 mm width including blanking panel and stepped collar Note: Mounting on the inner and outer mounting level in the enclosure depth is not possible. Infill panel, hinged for 800 mm wide TS network enclosures To cover the side cable chamber. The infill panel is attached to the vertical enclosure frame at the front. The generous curved design will conceal even large quantities of cables, and facilitates combined use with large-scale shunting rings DK 7220.600, see page 534. The infill panel has a hinged design and allows easy access to the cabling level by simply swinging it out. Locating points keep the panel in its open and closed state. With an offset 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level the panel may likewise be offset in the enclosure depth and secured to TS punched sections with mounting flange on the inner mounting level. For mounting the 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level in the foremost mounting position, choose the version with straight trim panel. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Trim panel curved For installation height U 1) Packs of Model No. TS 38 2 7827.5321) 42 2 7827.534 47 2 7827.536 Packs of Model No. TS 2 7827.5201) Extended delivery times. Trim panel straight For installation height U 42 1) Extended delivery times. Accessories: − TS punched section with mounting flange 17 x 73 mm for the inner mounting level, see from page 459. − PS punched section without mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm, see page 464. Note: The installation of depth stays, e.g. DK 7827.600/.800, is not possible. 565 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system 482.6 mm (19˝) installation Brush strip, vertical for TS, TE Within the network distributor, this serves as a flexible infill panel which stylishly conceals the cable management area to the side of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level. The brush strip facilitates convenient cable routing from the side and rear distributor area to the front connection level. The clearance required in front of the mounting level is at least 75 mm. Within the TS, the brush strip is mounted at the side on the vertical frame section, on horizontal or vertical punched sections. It may also be mounted directly on the mounting level of the TS or TE 7000. For direct mounting on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame of the TS or TE, the brush strip should be cut to length accordingly. For enclosure height mm Packs of Model No. DK 2000 1 set 7827.544 Material: Aluminium section with brush strip: Plastic, UL 94-V0 Supply includes: 1 set = 4 brush strips, length 950 mm each. Mounting panel 482.6 mm (19˝), 2 U For fast integration of smaller mounting units within the 482.6 mm (19˝) level, such as potential equalisation rails, distributor boxes, small electrical components etc. Simple screw-fastening of the components to the integral 25 mm system punchings. Panel height U Panel width mm Packs of Model No. DK 2 450 1 7151.300 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Support W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. DK for small appliances For secure attachment of small, non-482.6 mm (19˝)-conforming equipment such as modems, power packs, routers etc. Angle-shaped support for mounting in the empty space at the side between the 482.6 mm (19˝) level and the side panel on L-mounting angles, mounting frame or chassis. Attachment of the components and connection cables can be achieved quickly and easily using nylon tape or cable ties. Also suitable for cable routing in the enclosure depth. 350 x 150 x 97 1 7246.500 Accessories: Nylon loop, cable ties, see page 530. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 566 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system 482.6 mm (19˝) installation Mounting kit W x H mm Packs of Model No. DK for VerticalBox The vertically hinged support plate offers even more flexibility in interior installation for cable routing, attachment of small appliances, socket strips etc. Depth-variable positioning on a 25 mm pitch pattern. 350 x 485 1 7501.100 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Captive nuts M5/M6 For the attachment of rack-mounted electronic equipment, 482.6 mm (19˝) installed equipment and blanking plates to mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝). For use with metal thickness from 0.8 – 2.0 mm. In areas of narrow tolerance, captive nuts for metal thicknesses of 1.2 – 1.5 mm should be used. Optionally with or without contact of the installed equipment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) section/ enclosure. Captive nut M5 For metal thicknesses mm Packs of Model No. EL With contact 0.8 – 2.0 50 2094.500 Without contact 0.8 – 2.0 50 2092.500 For metal thicknesses mm Packs of Model No. EL With contact 0.8 – 2.0 50 2094.200 Without contact 0.8 – 2.0 50 2092.200 With contact 1.2 – 1.5 50 2094.300 Without contact 1.2 – 1.5 50 2092.300 Design Captive nut M6 Design Multi-tooth screws M5 x 16 mm/M6 x 16 mm For optimum transmission of torques, an extended tool life and increased safety and reliability when tightening and loosening screw connections. Bit size Packs of Model No. DK M5 Multi-tooth 25 50 7094.130 M6 Multi-tooth 30 50 7094.140 Supply includes: Plastic washers. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 567 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system 482.6 mm (19˝) installation Assembly screws M5 x 16 mm/M6 x 16 mm For electronic equipment, 482.6 mm (19˝) installed components and blanking plates. Design Packs of Model No. EL Phillips-head screw M5 50 7094.120 Cheese-head screw M6 50 7094.110 Phillips-head screw M6 50 7094.100 Supply includes: Plastic washers. Cage nut – front mounting, 482.6 mm (19˝) The cage nut consists of an expanding nut which is simply inserted into the square attachment hole at the front and then secured with the assembly screw. When tightening the screw, the cage expands and thus secures the required components. Clamping range from 1.2 – 4.5 mm. Multi-tooth screw head, bit size T 30. Dimensions mm Size of mounting hole mm Packs of Model No. DK M6 x 16 9.5 x 9.5 50 2094.400 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − 50 expanding nuts − Assembly screws − Plastic washers Spring nuts with screws M6 x 10 mm for T-slot mounting angle The spring nuts ensure flexible, secure mounting of accessory components on the T-slot mounting angles. Design Packs of Model No. DK Phillips-head, M6 50 7000.990 Supply includes: 50 spring nuts, 50 screws, 10 mm, self-locking. 568 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Patch panels Top-hat rail module Top-hat rail module with mounting clip for top-hat rails to DIN 50 002, robust metal housing, with strain relief. Cat. 6, 2 x RJ 45, System Corning Future Com S 250 (cables are attached without the use of tools). Design Cat. Packs of Model No. DK 2 x Corning Future Com S 250 6 3 7870.614 Data distributors U Cat. Packs of Model No. DK LSA-plus system 1 6 1 7870.830 24 x RJ 45 jacks, shielded, cover with quickrelease fastener, with strain relief, earthing connection and 12 patch cables STP, 0.6 m, yellow. To accommodate shielded RJ 45 jacks. Cut-outs and rear of patch panels electrically conductive to contact the fitted jacks with the patch panel and the zinc-plated 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. With accommodation facility for cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000. U Number of locations Packs of Model No. DK 1 16 1 7394.035 14.8+0.1 20.1+0.1 For shielded RJ 45 modular jacks Accessories: Cable clamp strap DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000, see page 535. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Colour: − Front: RAL 7035 − Reverse: Zinc-plated, passivated For 24 V interfaces 11 For the installation of 16 sub-D (trapezoid) jacks and connectors. With accommodation facility for cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000. L2 mm L3 mm Packs of For no. of poles Number of locations 25 21 16.5 1 29.2 24.7 1 2 9 16 7087.535 1 2 15 16 7086.535 2 25 16 7089.535 43 38.5 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 To accommodate BNC jacks (version E) With accommodation facility for cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories L2 3.2 Model No. DK 33.3 47 L3 L1 U Accessories: Cable clamp strap DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000, see page 535. U Number of locations Packs of Model No. DK 3 32 1 7069.535 Accessories: 13+0.1 12+0.1 L1 mm .5 R1 Cable clamp strap DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000, see page 535. 569 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system 13.5+0.1 Patch panels 18 30-0.1 22-0.2 To accommodate E-2000, E-2000 duplex, SC or LC duplex fibre-optic couplings 4 For 1 U with accommodation facility for cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000. 2.5 (6 x) 9.6+0.1 12.4 30.8 26.42 Number of locations single/ duplex Packs of Model No. DK 1 16/8 1 7433.035 Extended delivery times. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 To accommodate SC duplex and LC quad fibre-optic couplings Accessories: Cable clamp strap DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000, see page 535. U Number of locations Packs of Model No. DK 1 12 1 7154.035 With accommodation facility for cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000. 9.91 2.4 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 9.6+0.1 To accommodate ST fibre-optic couplings 7.8+0.1 U With accommodation facility for cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Accessories: Cable clamp strap DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000, see page 535. U Number of locations Packs of Model No. DK 1 16 1 7437.035 Extended delivery times Accessories: Cable clamp strap DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000, see page 535. Panel 1 U, 482.6 mm (19˝) U Packs of Model No. DK with solid tray For the storage of fibre-optic coupling covers or assembly parts. Depth: 100 mm 1 1 7300.335 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 570 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Patch panels Blanking panel, 482.6 mm (19˝) As an extension cover or for population as required. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Installation height U mm Packs of Model No. DK 7151.035 1 44 2 1.5 66 2 7157.035 2 88 2 7152.035 3 132.5 2 7153.035 6 266 2 7156.035 Packs of Model No. DK Colour: RAL 9005 Installation height U mm 1 44 2 7151.005 2 88 2 7152.005 3 132.5 2 7153.0051) 6 266 2 7156.0051) 1) Extended delivery times. Blanking panel, 482.6 mm (1 U) Colour Packs of Toolless attachment, 482.6 mm (19˝) The blanking panel is used to seal unused areas within the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level. Quick toolless attachment means that it is easily integrated anywhere, and can also be removed again if necessary. The consistent use of blanking panels ensures targeted air routing in partially configured racks. RAL 7035 10 7151.110 RAL 9005 10 7151.105 Model No. DK Material: Plastic, ABS Fire protection: Self-extinguishing to UL 94-V0, non-halogen-free Supply includes: 10 blanking panels with integral quick-fastening. Identification strips for patch panels For individual labelling of different slots, self-adhesive. Length: 210 mm, height: 10 mm. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Packs of Model No. DK 32 7167.000 571 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Splicing boxes Splicing cassette holder To accommodate differently sized splicing cassettes with variable cassette accommodation. Up to 8 splicing cassettes may be fitted in one holder. The splicing cassette holder can be flexibly secured to any mounting surface, and is particularly suitable for retro-fitting in small fibre-optic distributors without patch panels. Height Overall height mm Threaded bolts Packs of mm 93 85 Model No. DK 1 7450.035 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Holder with threaded bolts − Variable bracket − Cassette cover − Knurled nut − Assembly parts Fibre-optic splicing box, depth-variable The 482.6 mm (19˝) splicing box is designed to accommodate splicing cassettes and can be installed in any network distributor with 482.6 mm (19˝) accommodation and used as a fibre-optic termination or distributor. The variable cassette fixture permits twist-proof installation of all standard splicing cassettes. The rear section of the splicing box is completely open for cable entry; a rubber cable clamp strip provides protection against dust. The fibre-optic cables can be secured with cable ties or cable clamps. The splicing box is infinitely depth-adjustable up to 100 mm within the 482.6 mm (19˝) flanges. In addition, the splicing box may be fully withdrawn from the 482.6 mm (19˝) flanges. Two strain relief clips and cable routing clips for the fibre stock provide a solution to suit any fibre-optic wiring system. Fibre-optic breakout box, 1 U For splice-free cabling of fibre-optic breakout cables. Cable bundles may be clamped on the hammer heads at the rear. 4 self-adhesive cable clips are supplied loose for cable clamping and for storing excess lengths inside the box. U Maximum no. of splicing cassettes Packs of 1 2 1 7241.005 2 4 1 7242.005 Model No. DK Installation depth: 302 mm Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Splicing box − Cable routing clips − Cassette cover − Mounting accessories for patch panel Note: Supplied without patch panel and splicing cassettes. Installation depth Packs of Model No. DK 250 mm 1 7241.500 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Breakout box − Cable routing clips − Mounting accessories for patch panel 572 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Splicing boxes Patch panels For coupling For ● Fibre-optic splicing box, depth-variable ● Fibre-optic breakout box, 1 U With cut-outs for population with fibre-optic couplings. Packs Model No. of DK Number of locations U 12 1 1 7241.015 16 1 1 7241.065 ST 24 2 1 7242.015 Material: Sheet steel E-2000, E-2000 duplex1), SC or LC duplex 24 1 1 7241.024 Colour: RAL 7035 SC duplex, LC quad 12 1 1 7241.045 1) For E-2000 duplex only half of the locations are available. Note: For drawings of the cut-outs, see page 569/570. Fibre-optic splicing box with telescopic pull-out lockable The 482.6 mm (19˝) splicing box is designed to accommodate splicing cassettes and can be installed in any network distributor with 482.6 mm (19˝) accommodation and used as a fibre-optic termination or distributor. The telescopic pull-out provides optimum access to the splicing cassettes and cable clamp. The variable cassette fixture permits twist-proof installation of all standard splicing cassettes. The security lock fitted at the front protects against unauthorised access. The rear section of the splicing box is completely open for cable entry; a rubber cable clamp strip provides protection against dust. The fibre-optic cables can be secured with cable ties or cable clamps; two strain relief clips and cable routing clips for the fibre stock provide a solution to suit any fibre-optic wiring system. U Maximum no. of splicing cassettes Packs of Model No. DK 1 2 1 7170.535 2 4 1 7470.535 3 6 1 7570.535 Installation depth: 363 mm Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Splicing box − Cable routing clips − Security lock − Cassette cover − Mounting accessories for patch panel Note: Supplied without patch panel and splicing cassettes. Patch panels for fibre-optic splicing box, lockable There is a choice of 20 panels with appropriate cutouts for the installation of various fibre-optic couplings, together with 3 blanking panels for individual population or as a cover. For coupling ST E-2000, E-2000 duplex2) or SC, LC duplex SC duplex, LC quad Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Note: For drawings of the cut-outs, see page 569/570. Number of locations U Packs of Model No. DK 12 1 1 7174.5351) 24 2 1 7474.535 48 3 1 7574.5351) 1 1 7178.535 20 2 1 7478.535 3 1 7578.5351) 12 1 1 7169.535 24 2 1 7469.535 1) Extended delivery times. 2) For E-2000 duplex only half of the locations are available. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 573 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Splicing boxes/LSA connection system Blanking cover for fibre-optic cut-outs To cover unused cut-outs in patch panels. Material: Plastic PA 6.6 Colour: Black Packs of Model No. DK SC, E-2000, LC duplex 20 E-2000 duplex 20 SC duplex, LC quad 20 7300.240 ST 20 7300.250 7300.230 Fixture with rods, 3 U U Packs of Model No. DK for LSA strips To accommodate 15 LSA profile dividing strips 2/10 on 2 rods, Ø 12 mm. The fixture unit may be integrated in all 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels. With cable clamp rail at the rear. 3 1 7050.200 Dimensions: W x H x D: 482.6 mm (19˝) x 132.5 mm (3 U) x 180 mm Material: − Side panels: Aluminium plates − 482.6 mm (19˝) flange/horizontal rail: Extruded aluminium section Supply includes: Fixture with rods as modular system. Support unit, 3 U U Packs of Model No. DK for LSA-Plus strips, max. 150 paired wires To accommodate a maximum of 15 LSA-Plus strips (each with 10 paired wires). 3 x 5 LSA-Plus connection strips 2/10, series 2, may be installed horizontally. Strip length 124 mm, height pitch pattern 22.5 mm. The support unit may be integrated in all 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels. The mounting level is recessed 75 mm behind the 482.6 mm (19˝) flanges. Integral shunting rings enable tidy routing and distribution of the telecommunication cables. 3 1 7050.100 Material: Stainless steel Supply includes: Support unit, 8 shunting rings. Accommodation system, 2 U U Packs of Model No. DK for LSA installation kit To accommodate LSA mounting troughs/cable retainers on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angle. 2 2 7050.035 Dimensions: − Overall depth: 98.5 mm − Height: 2 U Accessories: FM universal mounting bracket, see page 575. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 574 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system LSA connection system FM universal mounting bracket The universal mounting bracket for LSA-Plus strips (8 or 10 paired wires) and other connection systems are comprised of 2 brackets, which may be combined with different systems depending on their position in relation to one another. The brackets also slide flexibly against each other so that strips with different lengths can be used. Length mm 275 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − 2 mounting brackets − Support strips − Assembly parts Connection system LSA-Plus Other connection systems Pitch pattern in mm 22.5 17.5 No. of strips 12 15 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Packs of Model No. DK 1 set 7031.100 575 576 System accessories for monitoring CMC III Processing Unit/Compact CMC III system representation ..................................................................578 CMC III system overview ...........................................................................580 CMC III Processing Unit/Compact ............................................................582 CMC III sensors/accessories Control units for CMC III Processing Unit..................................................583 CMC III sensors for direct connection.......................................................583 Interface for CMC II sensors .....................................................................583 Access System..........................................................................................583 Interface for PSM, PCU, FCS, DRC ...........................................................583 CMC III accessories Power pack................................................................................................584 Programming cable...................................................................................584 CAN-Bus connection cable.......................................................................584 Connection cable/extension......................................................................585 Extension cable .........................................................................................585 CMC III mounting unit, 1 U ........................................................................585 CMC III mounting unit................................................................................585 Mounting unit, 1 U .....................................................................................586 Display Unit II ............................................................................................586 ISDN unit ...................................................................................................586 GSM unit, quad-band ................................................................................587 Fan Control System FCS ...........................................................................587 Fan 24 V DC for FCS .................................................................................587 Universal lock unit .....................................................................................587 Door Control System Door Control System .................................................................................588 Door control module..................................................................................589 Door kit ......................................................................................................589 Door comfort handle..................................................................................589 Door switch................................................................................................589 Monitor/keyboard unit Monitor/keyboard unit................................................................................590 KVM switches SSC view 8 USB ........................................................................................591 SSC view 32 Cat........................................................................................591 SSC compact 32 Cat ................................................................................591 SSC premium 2/16, 4/32, 8/32 ..................................................................592 SSC Duo 16 ...............................................................................................593 Console local.............................................................................................594 Console Cat 5............................................................................................594 Console IP .................................................................................................595 SSC cnverter .............................................................................................595 SSC converter VT100 (RS232) ..................................................................595 CPU cable .................................................................................................596 Cat 5 patch cable......................................................................................596 SSC Power Control ....................................................................................596 SSC Power Pack........................................................................................596 Dynamic Rack Control RFID mounting frame ................................................................................597 RFID tags...................................................................................................597 RFID controller...........................................................................................597 577 Monitoring system CMC III 1 3 CMC III Processing Unit 2 4 11 7 8 9 10 578 1 CMC III Processing Unit The powerful, professional monitoring solution for demanding IT infrastructure environments, for up to 32 additional monitoring components. 2 Power supply 3 Redundant power supply 4 CMC III I/O Unit 5 CMC III Power Unit 6 CMC III CAN-Bus Unit 7 Up to 16 CAN-Bus systems may be connected 8 CMC III sensors for direct connection 9 CMC III CAN-Bus sensor for connection of CMC II sensors 10 CMC III CAN-Bus access 11 Up to 16 CAN-Bus systems may be connected 12 CMC III Processing Unit Compact The simple monitoring solution for applications in industry and building monitoring or for smaller monitoring applications in IT for up to four additional CAN-Bus monitoring components. 13 Power supply 14 Redundant power supply 15 CMC III sensors for direct connection 16 CAN-Bus sensor for connection of CMC II sensors 17 CMC III CAN-Bus access 18 Up to four CAN-Bus systems may be connected 6 5 12 14 CMC III Processing Unit Compact 13 17 16 15 18 15 579 CMC III Processing Unit Compact System overview Up to 4 CAN-Bus components are supported.1) Mini USB: The programming cable DK 7030.080 is required for programming. Integral sensors: – Temperature sensor – Infrared access sensor CMC III sensors for direct connection CMC III Processing Unit Compact CMC III CAN-Bus sensor Voltage supply 24 V DC and redundant voltage supply 24 V DC Power packs/connection cables, see page 584. CMC II sensors Alarm relay output: Changeover contact for safety extra-low voltage CMC III CAN-Bus access Ethernet 10/100 BaseT RJ 45 with PoE: Ethernet interface to IEEE 802.3 Via 10/100 BaseT full-duplex 10/100 Mbit/s. Accessory modules RJ 12/RS232: Display Unit DK 7320.491 ISDN Unit DK 7320.830 GSM Unit DK 7320.820 Two integral digital inputs CMC III CAN-Bus Unit Interfaces unit for connecting CMC II accessories Connection for other products, see page 583. Contains 2 channels of the PU II Unit systems: External 24 V DC supply supported. 1) Depending on the power supply/connection combinations, see page 583. 580 Model No. DK CMC III CAN-Bus Unit 7030.030 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories CMC III Processing Unit System overview Mini USB: The programming cable DK 7030.080 is required for programming. Integral sensors: – Temperature sensor – Infrared access sensor CMC III sensors: for direct connection SD card insert: for data logging CMC III CAN-Bus sensor CMC III Processing Unit CMC II sensors Voltage supply 24 V DC and redundant voltage supply 24 V DC Power packs/connection cables, see page 584. CMC III CAN-Bus access Alarm relay output: Changeover contact for safety extra-low voltage Ethernet 10/100 BaseT RJ45 with PoE: Ethernet interface to IEEE 802.3 Via 10/100 BaseT full-duplex 10/100 Mbit/s. Accessory modules RJ 12/RS232: Display Unit DK 7320.490 ISDN Unit DK 7320.830 GSM Unit DK 7320.820 Up to 16 CAN-Bus systems are supported.1) USB master for data logging and update Two integral digital inputs Up to 16 CAN-Bus systems are supported.1) Control units CMC III CAN-Bus Unit CMC III I/O Unit 2 CMC III Power Unit 1 Contains 1 8 digital inputs 2 and 4 relay outputs Functions: Switching and measurement of voltage, power, output and work. With two outputs. Also for the activation of AC fans. Model No. DK CMC III I/O Unit 1) Depending 7030.040 Interfaces unit for connecting CMC II accessories Connection for other products, see page 583. Model No. DK Model No. DK CMC III Power Unit 7030.050 CMC III CAN-Bus Unit 7030.030 on the power supply/connection combinations, see page 583. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 581 CMC III Processing Unit/Compact System overview Page 580/581 Basic modules and connection accessories Page 583 Application areas: CMC III Processing Unit Compact: ● Industrial and enclosure monitoring ● Building monitoring ● Small monitoring applications in IT CMC III Processing Unit ● Larger monitoring applications in IT and industry W x H x D mm Temperature range Operating humidity range Sensors/CAN-Bus connection units Max. overall cable length for CAN-Bus Model No. DK Network interface (RJ 45) Interfaces CMC III Processing Unit 138 x 40 (1 U) x 120 + 12 (front assembly) 0°C to +55°C 0°C to +55°C 5% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing 5% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing max. 4 max. 32 1 x 50 m 2 x 50 m 7030.010 7030.000 Ethernet to IEEE 802.3 via 10/100BaseT with PoE Ethernet to IEEE 802.3 via 10/100BaseT with PoE – 1 x up to 32 GB for data recording 1 x for connecting Display Unit DK 7320.491 or GSM Unit DK 7320.820 or ISDN Unit DK 7320.830 1 x for connecting Display Unit DK 7320.491 or GSM Unit DK 7320.820 or ISDN Unit DK 7320.830 Digital inputs (terminal) 2 2 Relay output (terminal) Changeover contact max. 24 V DC, 1 A Changeover contact max. 24 V DC, 1 A 1 x for max. 4 sensors (quantity restriction, see page 583) 2 x for max. 16 sensors each = 32 sensors in total (quantity restriction, see page 583) 1 x acknowledgement button 1 x acknowledgement button Concealed reset button 1 x service button 1 x service button Piezo signal generator 1 1 1 x multi-colour OK/warning/alarm 1 x multi-colour OK/warning/alarm Rear LED 1 x for the network status 1 x for the network status Ethernet TCP/IPv4, TCP/IPv6, SNMPv1, SNMPv3, Telnet, SSH, FTP, SFTP, HTTP, HTTPS, NTP, DHCP, DNS server, SMTP, XML, Syslog, LDAP TCP/IPv4, TCP/IPv6, SNMPv1, SNMPv3, Telnet, SSH, FTP, SFTP, HTTP, HTTPS, NTP, DHCP, DNS server, SMTP, XML, Syslog, LDAP 1 x for connecting CMC III power pack 1 x for connecting CMC III power pack 1 x for direct connection or for connecting CMC III power pack 1 x for direct connection or for connecting CMC III power pack Input 24 V DC (terminals) Power over Ethernet Time function User administration User interface Control room connection 582 CMC III Processing Unit Compact 138 x 40 (1 U) x 120 + 12 (front assembly) Mini USB for system setting Input 24 V DC (jack) Integral sensors Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. for USB stick for data recording and SW updates up to 32 GB LED display Functions Colour: − Front: RAL 9005 − Enclosure: RAL 7035 – Push-button Redundant power supply Supply includes: − Basic system − Quick-start instructions − 4 mounting feet Mini USB for system setting CAN-Bus (RJ 45) Protocols Surface finish: − Front: Smooth − Enclosure: Textured Rear USB interface Rear serial RS232 (RJ 12) Operation/ signals Protection category: IP 30 to IEC 60 529 Front USB interface Front SD-HC slot Inputs and outputs Material: Plastic Temperature sensor Access sensor 1x 1x Real-time clock, energy-buffered (24 h) without battery/accumulator, with NTP Real-time clock, energy-buffered (24 h) without battery/accumulator, with NTP LDAP LDAP Integral WEB server Integral WEB server Integral OPC server Integral OPC server NTC sensor in the enclosure front NTC sensor in the enclosure front Infrared technology in the enclosure front Infrared technology in the enclosure front Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories CMC III sensors/accessories Control units for CMC III Processing Unit Model No. DK PU Compact PU Page Maximum quantity CMC III I/O Unit, 8 digital inputs + 4 relay outputs 7030.0403) – 16 581 CMC III Power Unit, 1 input (C14) + 2 outputs (C13) 230 V, 50/60 Hz 7030.0503) – 16 581 CMC III sensors for direct connection Temperature sensor 7030.110 4 32 – Temperature/humidity sensor 7030.111 4 32 – Infrared access sensor 7030.120 4 32 – Vandalism sensor 7030.130 4 32 – Analog airflow sensor 7030.140 4 101) – Analog differential pressure sensor 7030.150 4 32 – Universal sensor (digital input or 4-20 mA or S0Bus power meter or Wiegand interface) 7030.190 4 32 – 7030.100 4 32 – Interface for CMC II sensors CMC III CAN-Bus sensor For connecting the following products: 5 x access sensors (packs of 2), connect a max. of 5 in series 7320.530 – 1 x smoke detector 7320.560 – 1 x motion detector 7320.570 – 1 x voltage monitor 48 V DC 7320.620 – 1 x leakage sensor 7320.630 – 1 x leakage sensor, with sensor length 15 m 7320.631 – 1/3 x fire detector and extinguisher system DET-AC Plus with 3 messages 7338.120 328 1/3 x early fire detection system DET-AC Plus with 3 messages 7338.220 328 1/2 x door control system with 2 enclosure channels 7320.790 589 Access System CMC III CAN-Bus Access (with integral infrared access sensor and interface for one reader III) 7030.200 2 161) – For connecting the following products: 1 x Ergoform-S handle (electro-magnetic) 7320.700 – 1 x Comfort handle TS 8 (electro-magnetic TS 8 handle with master key function, with and without CCP) 7320.721 – 1 x universal lock 7320.730 587 1 x universal handle 7320.950 1 x CMC III coded lock 7030.220 2 161) – 1 x CMC III transponder reader 7030.230 2 161) – 7030.0303) 1 42) 581 – Interface for PSM, PCU, FCS, DRC CMC III CAN-Bus Unit for 2 unit channels For connecting the following products (note: separate supply via power pack possible): 2 x Fan Control System FCS (DK 7320.812 fan 24 V DC for FCS) 7320.810 587 2 x fan mounting plate DC (universal fan roof W x D 800 x 800 mm with FCS) 7858.488 224 2 x RFID controller DRC 7890.500 597 2 x 4 x Rittal Power Control Unit (PCU) 8-way 7200.001 510 2 x 4 x Rittal Power Control Unit (PCU) C13/earthing pin LED 6-way 7859.215 510 2 x 4 x Rittal Power Control Unit (PCU) C13 LED 8-way 7859.225 510 2 x 4 x Rittal Power Control Unit (PCU) C13/19 LED 6-way 7859.235 510 2 x 4 x PSM socket module active PSM C13 8-way 7856.201 203 2 x 4 x PSM socket module active PSM C13/earthing pin 6-way 7856.203 510 2 x 4 x PSM socket module active PSM C13/19 6-way 7856.204 510 2 x 4 x PSM socket module active PSM C13/earthing pin LED 6-way 7859.212 203 2 x 4 x PSM socket module active PSM C13 LED 8-way 7859.222 203 2 x 4 x PSM socket module active PSM C13/19 LED 6-way 7859.232 203 2 x PSM busbar with measurement 16 A 7856.016 202 2 x PSM busbar with measurement 32 A 7856.003 202 2 x PSM measurement module 16 A 7856.019 204 1) 3) Max. 5 p. and 2) max. 1 p. for power supply with PoE or 48 V power pack. Optional attachment see page 585. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 583 CMC III accessories Power pack 230 V CMC III power pack The CMC III power pack may be integrated into the CMC III assembly unit CMC III power pack Input voltage 100 – 240 V 50/60 Hz, output voltage 24 V DC, 2 A Model No. DK 7030.0601) 1) Connection cable/extension required D/F/B: 230 V, Model No. DK 7200.210 USA/CDN: 230/115 V, Model No. DK 7200.214 C13/C14: 230/115 V, Model No. DK 7200.215 Power pack 48 V/ Connection cable 24 V for CMC III PU, PU Compact/FCS An alternative power pack is designed for the telecommunications sector (48 V battery voltages) and is connected at the input end via a terminal block. The power pack includes an output cable, 1.65 m long. Primary input voltage Output voltage Model No. DK 48 V DC 24 V DC 7320.435 Connection cable for CMC III/FCS for direct connection, provided the 24 V DC supply is available. Packs of Length Model No. DK 1 2m 7320.813 Technical specifications DK 7320.435: − Rated voltage: 20 – 72 V DC − Rated current: max. 2.5 A − Secondary range: 24 V DC, 1.3 A Programming cable The programming cable is required for commissioning of the Processing Unit (PU) or PU Compact. 584 Model No. DK CMC III programming cable USB CAN-Bus connection cable Cable This can be used to connect the PU with the CAN-Bus sensors III, units III, control units III as a bus. Also for cabling together. 7030.080 Length (m) Packs of Model No. DK CMC III CAN-Bus connection cable RJ 45 0.5 1 7030.090 CMC III CAN-Bus connection cable RJ 45 1 1 7030.091 CMC III CAN-Bus connection cable RJ 45 1.5 1 7030.092 CMC III CAN-Bus connection cable RJ 45 2 1 7030.093 CMC III CAN-Bus connection cable RJ 45 5 1 7030.094 CMC III CAN-Bus connection cable RJ 45 10 1 7030.095 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories CMC III accessories Connection cable/extension The cable is used to connect to: ● CMC III power pack C13 ● CMC III power unit C13 ● PCU Technical specifications: PVC cable, 3-pole, with IEC connector (non-heating appliances) with contact protection CEE22. Length: at least 1.8 m Extension cable for cable extension of CMC III sensors and FCS fans Voltage Volt Country version D/F/B/C13 230 7200.210 USA/CDN/C13 230/115 7200.214 IEC 320 device extension C13/C14 230/115 7200.215 Connection cable D/C19 230/115 7200.216 Connection cable C19/C20 230/115 7200.217 Connector/jack Length m Packs of Model No. DK RJ 12 5 4 7200.450 RJ 12 1 2 7320.814 Packs of Model No. DK 1 7030.070 CMC III mounting unit, 1 U To accommodate PU, PU Compact, control units, CMC III CAN-Bus unit and CMC III power pack. The mounting unit can accommodate up to 3 units and is secured in the 482.6 mm (19˝) frame. Model No. DK CMC III mounting unit, 1 U Accessories: Cable clamp strap DK 7610.000, see page 535. CMC III mounting unit for enclosure frame Can accommodate one unit and is mounted on the enclosure frame. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories CMC III mounting unit for enclosure frame Packs of Model No. DK 1 7030.071 585 CMC III accessories Mounting unit, 1 U For display, ISDN and GSM unit, fan control system, door control module, dynamic rack control For accommodating between two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. Cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000 can be used for cable clamping. Mounting unit, 1 U Packs of Model No. DK 1 7320.440 Packs of Model No. DK 2 7320.441 Single cover Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Accessories: Cable clamp strap, see page 535. Display Unit II The Display Unit II may be linked directly to the CMC III. CMC alarms, status messages, temperatures, voltages, currents etc. may be displayed on the screen, depending on the monitoring application. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7320.491 Note: The serial interface RS232 of the PU/PUC may only be assigned to one accessory module. Also required: − Processing unit, see page 582. − Mounting unit, see page 586. ISDN unit Components For configuring a redundant transmission channel or, if there is no network infrastructure available, for alarm forwarding. The alarm signal is designed in SMS format. Power supply is via the processing unit. ISDN unit Requirements for the ISDN connection: − DSS1 (Euro-ISDN) must also be provided when connecting to the ISDN system − Point-to-multi-point configuration Supply includes: Connection cable. 586 1) Model No. DK 7320.8301) Extended delivery times. Note: The serial interface RS232 of the PU/PUC may only be assigned to one accessory module. Also required: − Processing unit, see page 582. − Mounting unit, see page 586. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories CMC III accessories GSM unit quad-band GSM unit quad-band For configuring a redundant transmission channel or, if there is no network infrastructure available, the unit may be used for alarm forwarding. The alarm signal is designed in SMS format. The GSM Unit Quad-Band covers 4 GSM frequencies: 850 MHz, 900 MHz, 1800 MHz and 1900 MHz. A standard, commercially available SIM card for GSM must be provided by the customer. SMS function Fan Control System FCS Speed-controlled fan system The Fan Control System regulates and controls the speed of up to 6 fans, 24 V DC. It may optionally be connected to the CMC III CAN-Bus unit DK 7030.030. Model No. DK 7320.820 Note: The serial interface RS232 of the PU may only be assigned to one accessory module. Also required: − Processing unit, see page 582. − Mounting unit, see page 586. FCS Model No. DK Without fan 7320.810 Functions: − Speed-regulated speed control − Fan speed monitoring − Optional connection via Web/SNMP Note: FCS fitted in fan roof, see page 224. Also required: − Power pack DK 7030.060, see page 584. − Connection cable DK 7200.210, see page 585. − Fan DK 7320.812, see page 587. − Extension DK 7320.814, see page 585. − 1 U mounting unit 7320.440, see page 586. Fan 24 V DC for FCS with speed monitoring Fan with integral speed monitoring with RJ 12 connector/connection cable 0.6 m for connecting to FCS DK 7320.810. Technical specifications: − Rated voltage: 24 V DC − Rated current: 0.28 A (max.) − Rated output: 6.72 W (max.) − Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 175 m3/h − Speed: 2650 rpm − Noise level: 45 dB (A) Universal lock unit The security lock consists of a base unit and a lock counterpart. The base unit is attached to the enclosure frame. The lock counterpart is attached to the door. Technical specifications: − Rated voltage: 24 V DC − Rated current: 140 mA Packs of Model No. DK 2 7320.812 Also required: RJ 12 extension, 1 m, DK 7320.814, see page 585. Packs of Model No. DK 1 set 7320.730 Note: Supplied without mounting kit. Also required: CMC III CAN-Bus access DK 7030.200, see page 583. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 587 Door Control System Door Control System For automatic opening of closed rack systems: ● In the event of cooling system failures. ● For extinguishing a fire using a fire extinguisher system. Note: To be connected at rear: − Door Kit Up to 16/2 door kits may be connected for automatic opening. − Door comfort handle or Door switch Up to 16/2 door comfort handles/door switches may be connected for manual opening. − Automatic opening is achieved by connecting to the PU/PU Compact. Independently of this, the doors may be opened using the door comfort handle/door switch. − In the event of a power failure, the doors will open. − The front and rear door must always be opened. Also required: CMC III Processing Unit/Compact, see page 582. System representation Door Control System: ● A maximum of 16 door control systems per processing unit ● A maximum of 2 door control systems per processing unit may be connected CMC III – Processing Unit – Processing Unit Compact CAN-Bus unit (DK 7030.100) Door control module Door 1/2 1 2 Door 3/4 2 1 1 Door kit 2 Door comfort handles 588 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Door Control System Door control module Model No. DK 7320.790 For activation of up to 4 door kits There is 1 control channel available per 2 door kits (e.g. front and rear door). There is optionally a normallyclosed contact integrated for each door output, which is used to connect the automatic door switch, door comfort handle or a customerspecific system (e.g. room extinguisher system). W x H x D mm 136 x 44 (1 U) x 129 Rated voltage 24 V DC Door outputs 4 x 24 V DC, 400 mA Ports for CMC III CAN-Bus unit 2 x RJ 12 Normally closed contacts Connection must be designed for 30 V DC, 1 A Temperature application range +5°C to +45°C Humidity application range 5% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing IP protection category IP 40 to IEC 60 529 Also required: − Mounting unit DK 7320.440, see page 586. − AC power pack 230 V, see page 584. − Connection cable, see page 585. Door kit ● Fitting a standard door for the Door Control System ● The door kit operates with a gas pressure damper system, allowing the door to be opened in any emergency situation. The doors are kept closed by a magnet system, which unlike mechanical lock systems will release the door in every instance. ● The door kit is connected and activated using the corresponding door control module DK 7320.790. Door comfort handle with door opener function By actuating the lock mechanism, the door is released via the automatic door opening system. Prepared for the installation of standard commercially avaialble semi-cylinders, 40 mm, and SZ lock and push-button inserts. Length: 302 mm. Technical specifications: − Rated voltage: 24 V DC − Rated current: max. 3 A − Connection cable: Length 3 m − Temperature application range: +5°C to +40°C Door switch Switch for connecting to the normally closed contacts of the door control module (DK 7320.790) for manual door opening. It is mounted on the 25 mm pitch pattern of the TS 8 frame section. Technical specifications: − Installation Ø 16.2 mm − 250 V/2 A Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Version for Packs of Model No. DK 2-piece door 1 7320.792 1-piece glazed door 1 7320.795 1-piece sheet steel door 1 7320.796 Supply includes: − Gas pressure damper − Cable harness − Magnetic lock − Assembly parts Design Model No. DK RAL 7035 7320.794 Also required: Handle adaptor for mounting on glazed door TS 8611.080, see page 402. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7320.793 Supply includes: − 3 m connection cable − Mounting bracket − Assembly parts 589 Monitor/keyboard unit Monitor/keyboard unit, 1 U With 17˝ TFT display and VGA/DVI connection Benefits: ● High-quality manufacturing ● Analog and digital video input ● Separate numerical keypad ● Optionally with integrated KVM switch for up to 32 server connections in just 1 U ● Low energy consumption ● Simple, one-man installation Technical design − 17˝ (432 mm) TFT display − Native resolution 1280 x 1024 − Format 4 : 3 − 16.7 million colours − Brightness approx. 350 cd/m2 (typ.) − Contrast ratio approx. 1000 : 1 − Mains voltage 100 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz − Ambient temperature +5°C to +45°C (in operation) − Max. power consumption in operation, without optional KVM switch: 32 W − Max. power consumption when closed, without optional KVM switch: < 1 W − Rear connections: Mains power, VGA, DVI-D, PS/2, USB, power supply for KVM − Lockable at the front − Cables are safely routed in the energy chain Accessories: For monitoring several servers: KVM switches, see page 591. Width mm Height U Depth mm Installation depth mm Packs of Colour Keyboard RAL 7035 482.6 (19˝) 1 680 680 – 850 1 RAL 9005 Model No. DK German 9055.310 English 9055.312 German 9055.4101) English 9055.4121) Other country-specific versions available on request. 1) Extended delivery times. 590 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories KVM switches KVM switches With these ultra-compact KVM switches for 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting or for mounting behind a Rittal monitor/keyboard unit, space-saving server administration becomes possible in any IT rack. The Rittal SSC switching system grows flexibly with your requirements. With the SSC compact/view 32 Cat, the computers are connected via Cat cables and converters (SSC converter). The signals for video, keyboard and mouse are transmitted via a shared cable. Processor-controlled keyboard and mouse emulation for each channel ensures fault-free booting and reliable switching between the connected computers. The SSC view optionally extends the Rittal monitor/keyboard unit to include the function of an 8- or 32-port KVM switch, without requiring an additional U in the server rack for mounting. 1 SSC view 8 USB 1 SSC view 32 Cat For mounting behind the monitor/keyboard unit DK 9055.XXX Installation type Model No. DK 2 SSC compact 32 Cat For mounting on 482.6 mm (19˝) levels 7552.002 7552.100 7552.110 8 Port KVM 32 Port KVM 32 Port KVM Number of computers in stand-alone mode 8 32 32 Number of users (with password protection) 1 1 1 Cascading2) as slave to SSC view/compact 32 Cat (with OSD transfer) – Equipment OSD menu with mouse operation (English) OSD superimposed on computer screen (may be de-activated) OSD display of channels used Hotkeys for computer selection Autoscan Autoskip (skip over unused channels) VGA/HD15 and PS/2 Cat 5, 6 Cat 5, 6 4m 15 m (30 m) 15 m (30 m) PS/2 and USB PS/2, USB, SUN-USB PS/2, USB, SUN-USB Type of cable to computer or to SSC Connect Maximum cable length, SSC to computer (depending on cable quality) Port and system support – 1) 1) None Power Power 1280 x 1024@85 Hz 1920 x 1440@75 Hz 1920 x 1440@75 Hz Bandwidth 200 MHz 250 MHz 250 MHz Computer SUB-HD15 / PS/2 / USB-B RJ 45 RJ 45 Strengthener SUB-HD15 / PS/2 / USB-B SUB-HD15 / PS/2 SUB-HD15 / PS/2 – RJ 45 RJ 45 Service (for firmware update) – Jack 2.5 mm Jack 2.5 mm 12 V DC power supply (from monitor/keyboard unit) – Automatic cable alignment (manually readjustable) LED displays (rear) Maximum video resolution (depending on cable length) Cascading port (connection for slave, SSC compact only) Power supply 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz (internal power pack, IEC 320, C14) Power consumption (approx.) Operating temperature Protection category Enclosure Material Surface finish Colour Dimensions (excluding protruding parts) approx. W x H x D mm Certification 1 – – 10 W 13 W 13 W +5 to +45°C +5 to +45°C +5 to +45°C IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 Sheet steel Sheet steel Sheet steel Powder-coated Powder-coated Powder-coated RAL 9006 RAL 9006 RAL 7035 482.6 x 44 x 140 482.6 x 44 x 140 482.6 x 44 x 140 CE CE CE 2 3 1) With a cable length of max. 15 metres, there is no need for any manual video readjustments. Above and beyond this, the maximum permissible cable length is approximately 30 metres (depending on the cable quality). Here, manual readjustment may be required. 2) Up to 3 SSC compact/view 32 Cat may be cascaded to one master (max. 125 servers on 1 user). Accessories Mains connection cable (for SSC compact only) – – 7200.210 3 CPU cable VGA/PS/2 (with lockable PS/2 connectors, at both ends) 2m 7552.120 – – 4m 7552.140 – – 3 CPU cable VGA/USB, USB-A (computer) to USB-B (switch) 2m 7552.122 – – 5m 7552.142 – – SSC converter PS/2 – 7552.201 7552.201 SSC converter USB – 7552.202 7552.202 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 591 KVM switches SSC premium 2/16, 4/32, 8/32 1 2 Highly integrated KVM matrix based on Cat technology KVM switching technology which adapts flexibly to your future requirements. Thanks to Cat technology (transmission of the signals for keyboard, video and mouse via a Cat cable), the amount of cabling work required can be significantly reduced. Super-compact 1 U systems with up to 32 server ports are supported. The full matrix switches offer each of the connected users unrestricted, simultaneous access to the chosen computer system. There are various console types available for administration. By separating the hardware switch and operating console, the systems may be adapted to any required computer environment. On the computer side, conversion to standard PC interfaces is achieved via separate converters which optimise all signals (keyboard, video, mouse) for transmission via the Cat cable. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 30 Also required: − SSC converter (depending on the number of computers) and at least one operator console, see page 594/595. − Mains connection cable (DK 7200.210), see page 585. Connection example: Available on the Internet. Rittal SSC premium Model No. DK 1 2/16 2 4/32 3 8/32 7552.0201) 7552.0301) 7552.0401) 16 32 32 1024 2048 512 2 4 8 Equipment Number of computers in stand-alone mode 4 Number of computers with cascading as full matrix (max. 3 levels, type-identical SSC premium) 3 Number of users (local, remote, IP), mixed and simultaneous Number of users that may be administered (with allocation of rights) 4 128 128 128 Integral user/computer administration Support of central directory services and authentication systems – – OSD menu with mouse operation (English) Display of system structure in the OSD per computer (path) OSD superimposed on computer screen (may be de-activated) OSD display of channels used Hotkeys for computer selection Type of cable to SSC converter and SSC console Maximum cable length console – computer (depending on cable quality) Port and system support (SSC converter) Automatic video/cable alignment (manually readjustable) Cat 5, 6 Cat 5, 6 Cat 5, 6 300 m 300 m 300 m PS/2, USB, PS/2, USB, PS/2, USB, SUN-USB/VT100 SUN-USB/VT100 SUN-USB/VT100 LED displays, front Power/Power Redundant System Ready (illuminates as soon as the system booting process has been completed without error) Status Switch (illuminates when the SSC is operational) Computer port busy/connected yellow/green yellow/green yellow/green Console port busy/connected yellow/green yellow/green yellow/green – – yellow/flashing LED displays, rear Network port full duplex/half duplex Network port connection status/activity Maximum video resolution (depending on cable length) Bandwidth Activation of switchable socket strip (on/off) – – green/flashing 1920 x 1440 @ 75 Hz 1920 x 1440 @ 75 Hz 1920 x 1440 @ 75 Hz 250 MHz 250 MHz 250 MHz Connections Computers/consoles Service (front) for firmware update RS232 (front) Network Power supply via IEC 320 connection (IEC 320 C13) Redundant power supply (with SSC power pack) Power supply (internal power pack) External power supply, redundant Power consumption (approx.) Dimensions (excluding protruding parts) approx. W x H x D mm Conformity 1) 592 RJ 45 RJ 45 RJ 45 Jack 2.5 mm Jack 2.5 mm Jack 2.5 mm RJ 11 RJ 11 RJ 11 – – 2 x RJ 45 4-pole mini-DIN 4-pole mini-DIN 4-pole mini-DIN 90 – 264 V/ 47 – 63 Hz 90 – 264 V/ 47 – 63 Hz 90 – 264 V/ 47 – 63 Hz 12 V/approx. 1 A 12 V/approx. 1 A 12 V/approx. 1 A 12 W 13 W 16 W 482.6 x 44 x 286 482.6 x 44 x 286 482.6 x 44 x 286 CE CE CE Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories KVM switches SSC Duo 16 Ultra-compact KVM switch with both a local access and an IP access These two users are able to access the connected servers in parallel/ simultaneously. Up to 16 servers may be connected using Cat cables and SSC converter adaptors (available in a PS/2 and USB variant). Processor-controlled keyboard and mouse emulation for each channel ensures fault-free booting and reliable switching between the connected computers. The integral IP console supports location-independent access to the servers down to BIOS level. Access may be made both via the integral Web interface (via Java client) and via client software for Windows and selected Linux distributions, available free of charge. The switch includes rights administration for up to 16 user profiles. Material: Sheet steel, powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 40 Also required: One SSC converter adaptor DK 7552.201 (PS/2) or DK 7552.202 (USB) is required for each connected computer, see page 595. Note: Software updates are available at www.rittal.com SSC Duo 16 Model No. DK 7552.510 Equipment No. of computers that may be connected 16 Number of users (local, IP), mixed and simultaneous 2 Number of users that may be administered (with allocation of rights) 16 Integral user/rights administration (also via directory services) OSD menu with mouse operation (English) OSD superimposed on computer screen (may be de-activated) OSD display of channels used Hotkeys for computer selection Type of cable to SSC converter and SSC console Maximum cable length SSC Duo 16 – computer (depending on cable quality) Port and system support (SSC converter) Automatic video and cable alignment (manually readjustable) Cat 5, Cat 6 30 m PS/2, USB LED displays Power System Ready (illuminates as soon as the system booting process has been completed without error) Status Switch (illuminates when the SSC is operational) Network port (activity, connection status) Maximum video resolution (depending on cable length) Bandwidth 1920 x 1440 @ 75 Hz 250 MHz Connections Computers/consoles Service for firmware update Network Power supply via IEC 320 connection (EN 60 320 C14) Power supply (internal power pack) Power consumption (approx.) Dimensions approximately W x H x D mm Certifications RJ 45 Jack 2.5 mm RJ 45 90 – 264 V/47 – 63 Hz 20 W 482.6 mm x 1 U x 290 mm CE Accessories SSC converter PS/2 7552.201 SSC converter USB 7552.202 Cat 5 cable 2 m 7320.472 Cat 5 cable 5 m 7320.475 Cat 5 cable 10 m 7320.481 Cat 5 cable 15 m 7320.485 Mains connection cable (earthing-pin) 7200.210 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 593 KVM switches Console local for SSC premium For installation in ● 482.6 mm (19˝) ● at the rear of 15˝/17˝ monitor unit (9055.XXX) As the link between the keyboard, monitor, mouse (or the Rittal monitor/keyboard unit) and the SSC premium. Via the console, the computer systems connected to the switch may be conveniently selected and administered using the OSD. Power supply is optionally via the Rittal monitor/ keyboard unit or, in the case of stand-alone 482.6 mm (19˝) installation, via the SSC Power Pack (DK 7552.220). Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 9006 (white aluminium) Supply includes: Assembly parts. Type Packs of Model No. DK Console local 1 7552.200 Extended delivery times. Connections (jack): − PS/2 (keyboard/mouse) − USB-A (keyboard/mouse) D15 (VGA-Video RGB & Sync.) − RJ 45 (KVM matrix connection) − Mini-DIN 4 (12 V power supply) Also required: − Only for 482.6 mm (19˝) installation without monitor/keyboard unit: SSC Power Pack DK 7552.220, see page 596, − Cat 5 patch cable, see page 596. Technical specifications: − Video resolution: Max. 1920 x 1440 @ 75 Hz (depending on the cable length) − Video bandwidth: 250 MHz − Voltage supply: 12 V DC (from monitor/ keyboard unit) or via SSC Power Pack DK 7552.220 − Dimensions: W x H x D mm: 325 x 44 x 85 (stand-alone) W x H x D mm: 482.6 x 44 x 140 (built into 482.6 mm/19˝) Console Cat 5 for SSC premium This remote console forms the link between the keyboard, monitor, mouse and the SSC premium. Via the console, the computer systems connected to the switch may be conveniently selected and administered using the OSD. The signals are forwarded via Cat cable, depending on the cable quality up to 300 m, via the KVM matrix to the connected computers. Additionally, 2 local PCs may be connected if required. The console is designed as a compact desktop enclosure with integral wide-range power pack (482.6 mm (19˝) versions on request). Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Technical specifications: − Video resolution: Max. 1920 x 1440 @ 75 Hz (depending on the cable length) − Video bandwidth: 250 MHz − Power supply (internal power pack): 100 – 280 V, 50 – 60 Hz/0.2 A − Dimensions: W x H x D mm: 270 x 44 x 220 594 Type Packs of Model No. DK Console Cat 5 1 7552.212 Extended delivery times. Connections (jack): − PS/2 (keyboard/mouse) USB-A (keyboard/ mouse) − SUB-HD15 (VGA video RGB & Sync.) − 2 x Cat (RJ 45) to connect 2 local PCs via SSC converters (VGA, PS/2 or USB) − RJ 45 (KVM matrix connection) IEC 320 C14 (power supply) − Mini-DIN 4 (redundant power supply) Also required: − Cat 5 patch cable, see page 596. − SSC converter for local PCs, see page 595. − Mains connection cable (e.g. DK 7200.210), see page 585. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories KVM switches Console IP for SSC premium (KVM-over-IP) With the IP remote console, computers connected to the KVM matrix may be accessed via any given TCP/IP network. The SSC Console IP is a hardware solution, and guarantees remote monitoring of the computers even during the booting phase, down to BIOS level. With the system operational, the target computers may be accessed at any time via web browsers and Java applets (irrespective of the operating system), or if Java is not supported, via optimised client software for common operating systems. This client has extended functions (e.g. a setup mode) and can be used throughout the company without restriction. In addition to remote access via IP, the SSC Console IP also has an integral local console port (competing with IP access) for connecting the keyboard, mouse and monitor locally in the rack. Access to the console is additionally passwordprotected. KVM access to the web interface may be encrypted via HTTPS (SSL 128-bit). In order to further increase failsafeness, the SSC console IP may also be extended with a redundant power pack via the SSC Power Pack (DK 7552.220). Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 SSC converter for SSC premium/Duo 16/view 32 cat The SSC converters convert the signals for keyboard, video and mouse from the connected computer to the Cat cable. There is a choice of three different variants for connecting PCs with PS/2 or USB ports, and a separate version for use with SUN computers with a USB port. One converter is required for each computer. Every SSC converter has a unique identification number (Unique ID). Type Packs of Model No. DK Console IP 1 7552.214 Extended delivery times. Technical specifications: − Video resolution: max. 1280 x 1024 @ 75 Hz − Network: 10/100 MBit/s − Power pack: 100 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz − Dimensions: W x H x D mm: approx. 440 x 44 x 380 Connections (jack): − PS/2 (keyboard/mouse) − SUB-HD15 (VGA video, RGB and Sync.) − RJ 45 (KVM matrix connection) − RJ 45 (Ethernet) − Sub-D (RS232) − IEC320 C14 (power supply) − Mini-DIN 4 (redundant power supply) Supply includes: Includes client software for the latest Windows operating systems (MS Windows XP Professional, Server 2003, Server 2008, Windows 7) and Linux Distribution (RedHat, Suse) in German and English. Also required: − Mains connection cable (DK 7200.210), see page 585. − Cat 5 patch cable, see page 596. SSC converter Packs of PS/2 1 7552.201 USB 1 7552.202 SUN-USB (German) 1 7552.203 SUN-USB (US English) 1 7552.204 Technical specifications: − Video resolution: 1600 x 1200 @ 85 Hz − Power supply: 5 V DC/approx. 150 mA (from computer) − Certification: CE − Dimensions: approx. 65 x 45 x 20 mm SSC converter VT100 (RS232) for SSC premium/Duo 16 With this SSC adaptor, active network components (such as an Ethernet switch) with a serial management port which support the VT100 terminal mode may be integrated into the SSC premium KVM system. Connections: − Sub-D 9-pole (RS232) − RJ 45 (KVM matrix connection) − Mini-DIN 4 (power supply) Model No. DK SSC converter VT100 Packs of Model No. DK 1 7552.205 Extended delivery times. Also required: Cat 5 patch cable, see page 596. Supply includes: − Power pack (100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz/s secondary, 12 V/0.7 A) − Mains connection cable DK 7200.210 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 595 KVM switches CPU cable Connection Cable length Model No. DK for SSC view 8/USB, PS/2 and USB Combination connection cable between SSC view 8 and the individual servers, each with 2 HD 15 connectors for video, plus lockable PS/2 connectors at both ends for the keyboard and mouse, colour-coded. USB cable with USB-A and USB-B connector (connection switch) and VGA cable. PS/2 2m 7552.120 PS/2 4m 7552.140 USB 2m 7552.122 USB 5m 7552.142 Cat 5 patch cable Length m Packs of Model No. DK 2 4 7320.472 5 4 7320.475 10 1 7320.481 15 1 7320.4851) Flexible, pre-configured Cat 5 STP patch cable with shielded RJ45 connectors for connecting the SSC converter and SSC console to the SSC premium switch. The cables are wired 1 : 1 to AT&T 258A/T568B and comply with ISO/IEC 11801, UL E151955. 1) Extended delivery times. Colour: Grey SSC Power Control for SSC premium With this adaptor, the Power Control Unit socket strips (DK 7200.001) and the active PSM module (DK 7856.201) may be switched individually or in pairs (for servers with redundant power supply). Control is via the OSD integrated into the SSC premium. Up to 8 PSM and PCU modules may be switched (max. 64 EN 60 320 C13 slots). Note: − The connection cable between the SSC premium and the SSC Power Control with a length of 2.5 m is included with the supply. − Only suitable for use with SSC premium switches and modules 7856.201 and 7200.001. SSC Power Pack In order to increase fail-safeness, we recommend configuring a redundant power supply to the SSC premium and the connected user consoles. This compact wide-range power pack (AC: 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz, DC: 12 V/5 A) with IEC 320 socket (EN 60 320) and Mini-DIN 4 connector is ideal for this purpose. Should the first power supply of the internal power pack fail, the functionality of the KVM switch is maintained. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7552.420 SSC Power Control Also required: − Power pack (DK 7201.210). − Mains cable (DK 7200.210), see page 585. − At least 1 active PSM/PCU module, DK 7856.201 only, see page 203 and DK 7200.001, see page 510. − Cat 5 patch cable, see page 596. SSC Packs of Model No. DK SSC Power Pack 1 7552.220 Also required: Connection cable for power pack, see page 585. Supply includes: Assembly parts. 596 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Dynamic Rack Control RFID mounting frame for TS 8 With integral RFID reader (aerial) to accommodate the 482.6 mm (19˝) built-in components. The mounting frame may be depth-variably secured in the TS 8 and is used to structure the front 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level. Position detection of the components is accurate to within 1/3 U, therefore there are 3 aerial elements and signalling LEDs integrated into each U. The installation position of the components is correctly recognised even if they are not located precisely in the height pitch pattern. Reading and writing of the RFID tags is likewise signalled by one LED in each case. Load capacity: Max. 1000 kg static load with even distribution across two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels. For TS 8 U RFID mounting frame, front Mounting frame, rear Model No. DK Model No. DK Width mm Height mm 600 2000 42 7890.206 7856.719 800 2000 42 7890.208 7856.731 600 2200 47 7890.226 7856.722 800 2200 47 7890.228 7856.734 Other sizes available on request. Also required: A matching mounting frame without RFID reader (see ordering table) to emulate the rear mounting level. The mounting frame must be connected to the RFID controller DK 7890.500, see page 597. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated Supply includes: Assembly parts. RFID tags Passive, writable RFID tag (13.56 MHz) 1 RFID tag is required for each component. Each tag has a “Unique ID” (UID, not sequential), which cannot be altered, data is stored on the tag in conformity with ISO 15693. The tags are unwritten in their delivered state. The tag is stuck to the inside/right of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting bracket. For this purpose, the tag has got an adhesive surface. The component is later screwfastened to the 482.6 mm (19˝) level. Packs of Model No. DK 20 7890.020 RFID controller Packs of Model No. DK 1 7890.500 This controller connects the RFID reader (aerial) of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame to the CMC. In this way, the CMC is able to notify automatic changes, graphically depict the enclosure with the built-in components, and list capacity management. One RFID controller is required per rack. Also required: Cat 5 patch cable, see page 596. Enclosure dimensions W x H x D: 136 x 44 (1 U) x 129 mm Material: Plastic Rated voltage: 24 V DC Connections: − RJ 45 jack (connection to CMC) − 2 x Mini-DIN (connection of RFID frame & floor-reader) Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 597 598 System accessories for the human/machine interface Handles/external mounting accessories Handle set .................................................................................................600 Handles .....................................................................................................602 Clipboard...................................................................................................603 Display board with wall bracket ................................................................603 Enclosure surface connector ....................................................................603 Front assembly Front panels...............................................................................................604 Mounting kit ...............................................................................................605 Monitors TFT monitor................................................................................................606 Power pack................................................................................................606 Connection cable ......................................................................................606 TFT holder .................................................................................................607 Keyboards, supports and drawers Keyboards .................................................................................................608 Supports ....................................................................................................610 Drawers .....................................................................................................612 Interfaces Interface box .............................................................................................616 Interface extension ....................................................................................616 Interface flaps............................................................................................617 Signal pillars Signal pillars, LED compact ......................................................................618 Signal pillars, modular ...............................................................................619 599 Handles Handle set for Comfort Panel For external mounting on corner pieces, also suitable for retro-fitting. Material: − Handle tube: Aluminium − Handle holder: Die-cast zinc − Covers: Polyamide Note: Shorter heights and widths can be achieved by cutting the handle tube to length. For enclosures with 74 mm depth, cannot be mounted on the same side as the support arm connection. Accessories: − Clipboard, see page 603. − Display board see page 603. Surface finish: − Handle tube: Natural-anodised − Handle holder: Powder-coated Colour: − Handle holder: RAL 7024 − Covers: Similar to RAL 7024 For horizontal mounting For vertical mounting With front panel width Packs of Model No. CP Model No. CP 1 set 6375.010 With front panel height Packs of 482.6 mm (19˝) 520 mm 1 set 6375.000 400 mm 1 set 6375.040 500 mm 1 set 6375.050 600 mm 1 set 6375.060 Supply includes: − Handle tube, Ø 20 mm − 2 handle holders − 2 covers − Assembly parts Supply includes: − 2 handle tubes, Ø 20 mm − 4 handle holders − 4 covers − Assembly parts Handle set for Optipanel For external mounting on corner pieces, also suitable for retro-fitting. Material: − Handle tube: Aluminium − Handle holder: Die-cast zinc − Covers: Polyamide Note: Shorter heights and widths can be achieved by cutting the handle tube to length. For enclosures with 100 mm depth, cannot be mounted on the same side as the support arm connection. Accessories: − Clipboard, see page 603. − Display board see page 603. Surface finish: − Handle tube: Natural-anodised − Handle holder: Powder-coated Colour: − Handle holder: RAL 7035 − Covers: RAL 7024 For horizontal mounting With front panel width Packs of Model No. CP With front panel height Packs of Model No. CP 482.6 mm (19˝) 1 set 6385.010 400 mm 1 set 6385.040 520 mm 1 set 6385.000 500 mm 1 set 6385.050 600 mm 1 set 6385.060 Supply includes: − Handle tube, Ø 25 mm − 2 handle holders − 2 covers 600 For vertical mounting Supply includes: − 2 handle tubes, Ø 25 mm − 4 handle holders − 4 covers Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Handles Handle set Packs of Model No. SZ 1 set 2389.000 For vertical and horizontal mounting on all surfaces. Overall length: 420 mm. Material: − Handle tube: Aluminium − Tube holder: Die-cast zinc Surface finish: Handle tube: Natural-anodised Accessories: − Clipboard, see page 603. − Display board, see page 603 Colour: Conduit holder: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − 4 conduit holders − 2 handle tubes Handle frame Model No. CP for operating housing with display panel front Operating housing width (B1) mm 600 Colour: RAL 8019 Width of the horizontal rectangular tube (B2 = B1 + 48) mm 648 Height of the vertical rectangular tube (H1) mm 299 Hole distance between the assembly holes (H2) mm 249 Supply includes: − Square aluminium tube − Plastic corner bracket − End caps − Assembly parts 6190.000 Note: Command panel with display panel front CP 6662.500, see page 123. 30 B2 Aluminium strip For ● One-piece console ● Surfaces Prevents wiring plans etc. from slipping. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 25 H2 H1 19 B1 For console Length mm Packs of Model No. AP AP 1183 3 2682.000 May be cut to length for other dimensions. 601 Handles, external mounting accessories Handles For horizontal or vertical attachment to the enclosure panel of: ● Comfort Panel, ● Optipanel, ● Other enclosures or ● Surfaces Mounting holes and surfaces without fins are required for assembly purposes. For the Comfort Panel version with fins, selectable via configurators at www.rittal.com, corresponding milling work may be carried out. To this end, please specify “Prepared for handle set CP 6107.XXX” for the command panel. Material: − Handle holder: Die-cast zinc − Cover bungs: Plastic − Handle tube: Aluminium Surface finish: Handle tube: Powder-coated Colour: − Handle holder: RAL 7035 − Cover bungs: Similar to RAL 7035 − Handle tube: Similar to RAL 9006 Corner handle Supply includes: − 4 handle holders − 2 handle tubes − Assembly parts Mounting on enclosure corner Packs of Model No. CP 1 set 6107.000 For external mounting on straight surfaces (90° rotation of handle holder) 153 163 131.5 Ø 6.5 45° Ø 6.5 45 ° 92 (85) 131.5 217 132 25 163 25 U handle Supply includes: − 2 handle holders − 1 handle tube − Assembly parts For front panel size Packs of ≥7U 1 set 6107.100 482.6 mm (19˝) 1 set 6107.200 Model No. CP Accessories: 45° 92 Ø 25 For CP 6107.200: − Clipboard, see page 603. − Display board, see page 603. 240 (75) 25 395 (230) 458 (293) Ø 6.5 Note: Dimensions in brackets for CP 7 U. 602 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories External mounting accessories Clipboard For securing operating instructions or plans (A4 size) at eye level. Prepared for mounting on the right-hand side; mounting on the left is also possible by unscrewing and moving the clip part. For mounting purposes, a straight tube length of ≥ 200 mm, Ø 20 mm or Ø 25 mm, is required. Material: − Clipboard: Sheet steel − Clip part: Aluminium Surface finish: Clip part: Natural-anodised Width mm Height mm Packs of Model No. CP 225 315 1 6013.000 Also required: − Handle set SZ 2389.000, see page 601 or − Handle set for Comfort Panel, see page 600 or − Handle set for Optipanel, see page 600 or − U handle CP 6107.200, see page 602. Colour: RAL 7035 Display board with bracket Packs of Model No. CP 1 set 6013.100 To accommodate test plans, documents etc. in A4 format. Enclosure surface connector Packs of Model No. SM 1 set 2383.010 To accommodate keyboard support (SM 2383.000, see page 610). Material: − Surface connector: Extruded aluminium section − Side cover: Sheet steel Mounting on surfaces Mounting underneath surfaces Surface finish: Surface connector: Natural-anodised 79 56 8 Colour: RAL 7024 15 6° 90 ° 10° Supply includes: Assembly parts. 40 83 Supply includes: − Display boards − Wall bracket − Assembly parts Accessories: − Handle set SZ 2389.000, see page 601 or − Handle set for Comfort Panel, see page 600 or − Handle set for Optipanel, see page 600 or − U handle CP 6107.200, see page 602. 73.5 Assembly: ● On surfaces, ● On a 25 mm pitch pattern of the TS frame or rail system, ● On handle set Ø 20 mm or Ø 25 mm. 30° 30° ° 45 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 67 45° 603 Front assembly Front panels for Comfort Panel and Optipanel Material: Aluminium, 3 mm Surface finish: Natural-anodised Note: Mounting kits included with the supply of 520 mm wide standard enclosures. With mounting hole Width mm Height mm 482.6 (19˝) 155.0 (3.5 U) 6027.000 482.6 (19˝) 310.3 (7 U) 6028.000 Model No. CP With threaded bolts M5 Width mm Height mm 482.6 (19˝) 155.0 (3.5 U) 6027.010 482.6 (19˝) 310.3 (7 U) 6028.010 520 400 6028.014 520 500 6028.015 520 600 6028.016 Model No. CP Also required: Mounting kit − for Comfort Panel CP 6053.800, see page 605, − for Optipanel CP 6053.000/.500, see page 605. Front panels for Compact Panel Material: Aluminium, 3 mm Surface finish: Natural-anodised Cover plate for support arm connection For secure sealing of an unrequired support arm connection in the enclosure. Material: Sheet steel Supply includes: Seal and assembly parts. Size W x H mm To fit Compact Panel Model No. CP 178 x 200 CP 6340.000 6028.500 178 x 350 CP 6340.100 6028.510 252 x 200 CP 6340.300 6028.530 252 x 350 CP 6340.400 6028.540 Support arm connection Surface finish Model No. CP CP-S Spray-finished in RAL 7024 6505.200 CP-L, Ø 130 mm Zinc-plated, passivated 6505.500 CP-L, 120 x 65 mm Zinc-plated, passivated 6505.100 Note: If with ● Comfort Panel ● Optipanel ● Compact Panel command panels, there are already 2 support arm cut-outs provided, a cover plate is included with the supply of the enclosure. 604 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Front assembly Mounting kit for Optipanel For installing ● Aluminium front panels ● Command panels ● Keyboards For holes Supply includes: Packs of 30 retaining claws, captive nuts, screws and sealing washers. For threaded bolts Supply includes: Packs of 10 retaining claws and cap screws. For front panels Thread Model No. CP Others M4 6058.000 Rittal and others M5 6053.000 For front panels Thread Model No. CP Others M4 6058.500 Rittal and others M5 6053.5001) 1) For For screw clamp Supply includes: Packs of 4 pressure plates, 4 attachment strips. Note: Command panels TP 277 6˝, OP 277 6˝, MP 277 10˝ Touch, MP 377 12˝ Touch, MP 377 15˝ Touch are installed using an adaptor plate (included with the supply subject if selected accordingly, or available on request). the installation of TFT monitors 15˝, 17˝ and 19˝. For direct installation of Model No. CP Siemens Sinumerik: OP 010, OP 010C, OP 012, OP 015, MCP 483, PP 012, Querty 19˝, KB 483C, TP 015A Siemens Simatic: Panel PC 477, 577, 677, 677B: 12.1˝ Touch, 15.1˝ Touch, 12.1˝ keys, 15.1˝ keys, 19˝ Touch1) Panel PC 877: 15.1˝ Touch, 12.1˝ keys, 15.1˝ keys, 19˝ Touch1), Flat Panel1) 12˝, 15˝, 17˝, 19˝ 6053.210 Pro Face Industrial PC: ALP 3600, ALP 3700, ALP 3900 The mounting set can only be installed vertically. 1) 2 packs are required. Mounting kit for Comfort Panel For the installation of aluminium front panels, command panels and keyboards. Supply includes: CP 6058.800, CP 6053.800: 20 each of retaining claws, captive nuts, screws, nuts and sealing washers. CP 6053.300: 8 medium retaining claws, 8 short retaining claws, 4 long retaining claws 1 6058.800, 6053.800 2 6053.300 For drilled holes/bolts/front panel mounting from behind Thread Model No. CP M4 6058.800 M5 6053.800 1 For screw clamp For installing Model No. CP Siemens Sinumerik: OP 010, OP 010 C, OP 012, TP 012, OP 015, OP 015 A, MCP 483 C, MCP 483, PP 012, PP 012 extension, MCP, KB 483 C, Querty 19˝ Siemens Simatic: Panel PC 477, 577, 677, 677B: 12.1˝ keys, 12.1˝ Touch, 15.1˝ keys, 15.1˝ Touch, 19˝ Touch 6053.300 2 Panel PC 877: 12.1˝ keys, 15.1˝ keys, 15.1˝ Touch, 19˝ Touch, TP 277 6˝ MP 377 15˝ Touch, MP 377 12˝ Touch, MP 377 19˝ Touch B & R: Automation Panel Panel PC Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 605 Monitors TFT monitor Model No. SM Installation variant for surfaces and command panels. Size Benefits: ● High-quality industrial design ● Reduced installation work thanks to integral front frame ● No additional ventilation required ● Very small installation depth (45 mm) Resistive touchscreen for operation with a pen, finger or glove. Width mm Height mm Touch Without1) resistive, USB 15˝ 430 343 6450.010 6450.070 17˝ 482.6 354.8 6450.020 – 19˝ 482.6 399.3 6450.170 – 1) With anti-reflection coated safety glass screen. Note: Other variants as resistive touchscreen with serial or USB interface available on request. Material: Front frame: Aluminium Surface finish: Powder-coated Also required: Colour: RAL 7035 Mounting kit CP 6053.800 (when installing in Comfort Panel), see page 605. Mounting kit CP 6053.500 (when installing in VIP 6000 and Optipanel), see page 605. Power pack SM 6450.050, see page 606 and connection cable SM 6450.060, see page 606, if an operating voltage of only 100 – 240 V AC is available instead of 12 V DC. Protection category: IP 65 to IEC 60 529 (front) Supply includes: Seal, hex nuts (for installation in surfaces), VGA cables, rear threaded bolts M5 (14). Touch variants additionally with integral connection cable and driver CD-ROM. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Technical specifications 15˝ 17˝ 19˝ Resolution of display (max. pixels) 1024 x 768 1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024 Resolution of controller/colours VGA-SXGA/16.2 million Brightness (cd/m2) 400 Contrast ratio 500 : 1 Reading angle horizontal (right/left) Reading angle vertical (top/bottom) Lamp life1) (h) 300 250 65°/65° 75°/75° 88°/88° 45°/65° 65°/65° 88°/88° min. 35.000 typ. 50,000 min. 40,000 On-screen display (OSD) At rear VGA input/DVI-D D-Sub HD 15-pole Operating temperature (°C)/storage temperature (°C) 0 to +50/–20 to +60 DVI-D jack Voltage input 12 V DC Power consumption (W) 30 H-Sync. (kHz)/V-sync. (Hz) 31.5 to 80/60 to 75 Humidity in operation (%) 20 to 80 (non-condensing) Humidity in storage (%) 5 to 95 (non-condensing) 1) Until 35 40 half the original brightness is reached. Power pack For TFT monitor ● With IEC 320 socket, ● With connection cable (1.5 m) and connector for connecting to the TFT monitor. Dimensions, W x H x D: 107 x 30 x 59 mm. Packs of Model No. SM 1 6450.050 Material: Enclosure: Plastic Technical specifications: − Input voltage: 100 – 240 V AC − Output voltage: 12 V DC − Operating temperature: 10°C – 40°C Connection cable for power pack With IEC connector at one end. Length: 1.5 m. 606 Packs of Model No. SM 1 6450.060 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Monitors TFT holder Suitable for mounting TFTs with VESA 75/100 adaptation up to 21˝ on ● Housing coupling CP-S, CP 6501.050, see page 129 ● CP-L enclosure attachment 120 x 65 mm, CP 6525.610, see page 133 ● Vertical support arm via enclosure attachment, tilting CP 6902.670, see page 129 Dimensions mm Packs of Model No. SM 477 x 372 x 110.5 1 2383.030 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7024 TFT holder Packs of Model No. SM Vertically hinged 1 2383.040 Suitable for mounting TFTs with VESA 75/100 adaptation up to 20.1˝ in ● PC enclosures ● Other enclosures based on TS The TFT support is attached to the upper horizontal enclosure section using appropriately fitted bars and/or punched sections. The integral swing mechanism allows the TFT to be swung forwards out of the enclosure while operational, to provide access to the equipment behind it. The display on the TFT remains visible even after it has been swung forwards. The length of the actuator handle is adjustable to adapt to the size of the TFT. Material: Sheet steel Also required: For enclosure depth mm Punched rail TS 18 x 38 mm Page 400 8612.240 462 500 8612.250 462 600 8612.260 462 800 8612.280 462 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 607 Keyboards, supports and drawers Keyboard, pull-out with integral trackball Super-slimline keyboard with cursor keys and trackball. The handle also serves as a hand rest. The 10° angled pullout ensures ergonomic working. Keyboard layout Packs of Model No. SM German 1 6002.100 Protection category: IP 65 (front, solid) to IEC 60 529 For installation in: ● Any sufficiently large surface (e.g. door, side panel) ● Front panels ● Directly in Comfort Panel and Optipanel of a suitable size, selectable via configurators – see www. rittal.com Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Front panel: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Technical specifications: Keyboard: − 84 short-stroke keys, IBM-AT compatible (MF2), incl. cursor keys − With integral 16 mm trackball − Interface: 2 x 6-pole PS/2 DIN connector − Operating temperature: +5°C to +50°C − Storage temperature: –10°C to +60°C − Humidity: max. 95% (non-condensing) SM 6002.100 ca. 155 8.5 16.5 (55) ° (71) 10 88 482.6 8.5 16.5 150 12.5 420 Mounting cut-out 155 465 ± 0.3 71 Ø M4 5 62 155 5 3 8.5 450 465 608 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Keyboards, supports and drawers Built-in keyboard 19˝/4 U with integrated touchpad The integral touchpad means that the installation of an additional, correct protection category mouse is no longer required, and cabling is also reduced. The short stroke keys are easily identified by edge embossing, less force is required to operate them and they have good positive key actuation. Keyboard layout Packs of Model No. SM German 1 6446.020 Also required: Mounting kit CP 6053.800 (when installing in Comfort Panel), see page 605. Mounting kit CP 6053.500 (when installing in Optipanel), see page 605. Benefits: ● The separate number pad enables the parameters to be entered quickly ● Sealed, wipeable surface finish ● High level of mechanical and chemical resistance as per DIN 42 115. 1 10 Technical specifications: − Number of keys: 105 − Front panel dimensions: 482.6 x 177.0 mm (482.6 mm (19˝) x 4 U) − Installation depth: 23 mm − 12 M5 x 20 threaded bolts at back − Actuation travel/force: 0.3 mm/2.6 N − Service life: 3 million switching cycles − Operating temperature: –40°C to +90°C − Touchpad resolution, capacitive: 40 pixels/mm − Interfaces: 2 x PS/2 (1 USB adaptor supplied loose) Ø 7 101.6 145 177 10 165 420 451 482.6 Material: Front panel: Aluminium 1 Contact surface Protection category: IP 65 to IEC 60 529 (front) Supply includes: − Y connection cable, length 1.8 m − PS/2 connector − USB adaptor − Seal − Drilling template − Assembly parts for surfaces Fold-out tray Accessories: for keyboard and mouse For installation in ● 600 and 800 mm wide doors ● 482.6 mm (19˝) swing frames and enclosures Mousepad support, pull-out, see page 610. Standard double-bit lock insert which may be exchanged for lock inserts 27 mm, version A, see page 421 and for lock cylinder SZ 2571.000, see page 422. Mounting cut-out 482.6 (682.6) 454 (654) Surface finish: − Cover, side parts: Textured paint − Tray: Natural-anodised Colour: Cover, side parts: RAL 7035 324 195 (295) 305 Material: − Flap: Sheet steel − Side parts: Cast aluminium − Tray: Extruded aluminium section 195 (295) Ø 5. 5 1 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 355 (8 U) 32 (6 x) 1 Contact surface For door width mm Dimensions W x H x D mm Installation depth mm Max. keyboard dimensions WxHxD mm Model No. SZ 600 482.6 (19˝) x 355 (8 U) x 126 93 405 x 50 x 250 405 x 50 x 1951) 2379.600 93 605 x 50 x 250 605 x 50 x 1951) 4751) x 50 x 250 2379.800 800 1) Maximum 682.6 x 355 (8 U) x 126 keyboard size with holder for mouse. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 609 Keyboards, supports and drawers Support for mousepad, pull-out Packs of Model No. SZ 1 set 2379.900 Packs of Model No. SM 1 set 2383.000 with mouse holder For screw-fastening into the fold-out tray SZ 2379.600/SZ 2379.800, see page 609. To fit all standard mousepads up to 250 x 205 mm. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Support for keyboards for max. 473 x 210 mm. Prepared for ● Cable gland ● Support for mousepad, vertically hinged (SM 2383.020) Material: − Side parts: Sheet steel − Front and rear: Extruded aluminium section Surface finish: − Side parts: Textured paint − Front and rear: Natural-anodised Also required: For external mounting on surfaces using enclosure surface connectors, see page 603. Accessories: Mousepad support, swivelling, see page 615. Colour: Side parts: RAL 7024 Supply includes: 2 clamping screws, end stoppers, cover plate, cable entry grommet and nylon loop tape. Utility bars, vertically hinged To support standard keyboards during programming and servicing work. Mounting distance of utility bars for problem-free insertion at least 300 mm. Depth adequate for keyboards up to max. 210 mm. For mounting beneath: ● Comfort Panel1) ● Optipanel2) ● Any sufficiently large surface, such as: − Worktops IW − Operating housing − Command panel housing with door Packs of Model No. CP 1 set 6514.200 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. on: ● Vertical services (doors/side panels) Min. front panel width 385 mm 2) 405 mm 1) After use, the utility bars fit securely and neatly under the mounting surface, thus giving the operator more space to move around. 610 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Keyboards, supports and drawers Keyboard rack, 482.6 mm (19˝) Design Packs of Model No. RP ● 19˝ rack-mounted chassis 1 U, 430 mm deep ● Prepared for the installation of 482.6 mm (19˝) keyboards with touchpad or trackball and mouse with the following dimensions: max. height: 39 mm, max. width: 417 mm, max. depth: 210 mm ● Solid, lockable front ● Telescopic slides with integral clamp ● Prepared for installation of a mousepad PS/2 1 3659.520 USB 1 3659.680 Material: Sheet steel Mousepad for keyboard rack ● For optional mounting on the left, right or front of the keyboard rack (fold-away design) ● Maybe folded into the keyboard drawer after use ● Only suitable for use in conjunction with 482.6 mm (19˝) keyboards with a total height of max. 39 mm (Model No. RP 9911.396) Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − 482.6 mm (19˝) chassis excluding keyboard, − Connection cable, − Mounting bracket for 800 and 900 mm enclosure depth, − Assembly parts. Assembly Packs of Model No. RP right/left 1 3659.620 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Material: Sheet steel Keyboard, 482.6 mm (19˝) W x H x D mm Design Packs of Model No. RP with PS/2 connections ● 482.6 mm (19˝) keyboard for installation in the 482.6 mm (19˝) keyboard rack in conjunction with the mousepad ● German keyboard layout ● 36/38.9 mm high keys facilitate installation in 1 U keyboard drawers ● PS/2 connector ● 105 keys (including WIN 95 keys) ● Operating temperature: 0°C to +50°C 403 x 36 x 171 German 1 9911.396 TFT display, 15˝ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 482.6 mm (19˝) front panel, 7 U TFT LCD 15.1˝ Anti-reflection coated safety glass screen Brightness: 250 cd/m2 On-screen display Colours: 16.7 million Power pack: Input voltage: 100 – 240 V AC, output: 12 V DC/3.75 A OSD membrane keyboard VGA + SVGA, non-interlaced Maximum resolution 1024 x 768 pixels Contrast ratio: 300 : 1 Viewing angle: 160° (H+V) Video input 15-pin D-SUB (analog RGB) RS232 monitor interface Protection category: IP 20 Supply includes: Connection cable. Packs of Model No. RP 1 3659.440 Material: Front panel: Aluminium, powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: Tested to EN 60 950 and EMC directive 89/336/EEC. Note: Depth varies according to the display design (protective glass, touchscreen etc.). 65-75 37 310.3 482.5 OSD 40 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 2.5 611 Keyboards, supports and drawers Drawer 482.6 mm (19˝)/2 U for keyboard and mouse For installation in: ● Any sufficiently large surface (e.g. door, side panel) ● 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings ● Front panels ● Directly in Comfort-Panel and Optipanel of a suitable size, selectable via configurators – see www. rittal.com Suitable for ● Accommodation of keyboards up to max. 390 x 32 x 139 mm. ● Support of standard commercially available mouse or trackball. Width mm U Depth mm Model No. CP 482.6 (19˝) 2 150 6002.000 Material: − Drawer housing: Sheet steel − Drawer and front panel: Aluminium Surface finish: − Drawer housing: Zinc-plated − Drawer and front panel: Natural-anodised Supply includes: Assembly parts for installation in Comfort Panel/ Optipanel command panel. Design: − Drawer: With stay − Front panel: With security lock (lock no. 12321) and handle strip 482.6 2 465 284 148.5 139 46 75 60 88 71.4 31 106 4.5 441 Mounting cut-out (for installation in surfaces) 390 79 77 90 139 71.4 Ø 4.5/M4 450 465 612 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Keyboards, supports and drawers Drawer for keyboard and mouse with mousepad support For installation in: ● Any sufficiently large surface (e.g. door, side panel) ● 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings ● Front panels Width mm U Depth mm Model No. CP 482.6 (19˝) 3.5 261 6003.000 Material: − Drawer and enclosure: Sheet steel − Front panel: Aluminium Surface finish: − Drawer and enclosure: Textured paint − Front panel: Natural-anodised Suitable for accommodating ● Keyboards up to a maximum of 460 x 42 x 170 mm. ● Standard mouse and mousepad. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Design: − Drawer and enclosure: With side pull-out mousepad support and tray − Front panel: With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, folds out as handrest Accessories: Standard double-bit lock insert may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, version A, see page 421. 260 270 472 260 Mounting cut-out for installation in surfaces 80 Ø 5.5/M5 133 475 141 206 467 1 1 Front trim panel 482.6 (19˝) Keyboard drawer 1 U for 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level This space-saving keyboard drawer is screwfastened to the front and rear 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level. The installation spacing is infinitely adjustable from 460 – 800 mm. It is fully extendible, lockable, with strain relief and hinged cable support. The drawer is suitable to accommodate 482.6 mm (19˝) keyboards. Distance between levels mm Model No. DK 460 – 800 7281.2001) 1) Delivered without keyboard. Interior dimensions: W x H x D approx. 420 x 40 x 220 mm Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts, excluding keyboard. Note: Monitor/keyboard unit, 1 U, see page 590. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 613 Keyboards, supports and drawers Keyboard drawer 2 U for a 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level For keyboards up to 430 mm wide and 250 mm deep with the front panel folded over. Height Packs of Model No. DK 2U 1 7281.035 Installation depth: 390 mm. Material: Sheet steel with aluminium front Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Lockable drawer with handles, − Folding front, − Pull-out mousepad, − Mouse support, − Practical cable entry − and strain relief. Drawer 482.6 mm (19˝) for keyboard For attaching to the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles front and rear. Suitable for standard keyboards > 482.6 mm (19˝). Keyboard support with non-slip base, plus wrist support. Depth-variable installation from 610 – 950 mm. Clearance opening W x H x D: 408 x 40 x 550 mm. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7063.888 Note: Installation only possible on L-shaped and cranked 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles and/or 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts, excluding keyboard. Support for mousepad for command panels and surfaces The angle of the mousepad support is individually adjustable. Two holes are needed on the enclosure for attachment purposes. Material: Sheet steel Weight kg Packs of Model No. SM 1.0 1 2381.000 Accessories: Holder for mouse, see page 615. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 614 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Keyboards, supports and drawers Support for mousepad, vertically hinged For mounting on the left/right, beneath support for keyboards. Latches home automatically, both when retracted and extended. With mounting holes for mouse holder (SM 2382.000). With cutouts for cable routing and holes for attachment via cable ties, for fast assembly (SZ 2597.000). Packs of Model No. SM 1 2383.020 Accessories: Holder for mouse, see page 615. Cable ties, see page 530. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated 44 23 Supply includes: Assembly parts and mousepad, stuck on with adhesive. 211 20 312 30 Holder for mouse To fit mousepad support and for secure accommodation of a standard mouse. Weight kg Packs of Model No. SM 0.3 1 2382.000 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Paper removal flap For installation in surfaces Facilitates easy removal of pages from the printer without opening the enclosure door. Plexiglass flap with magnetic lock. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Also required: Support for mousepad, see page 614. Paper removal flap Colour RAL Packs of Model No. IW DIN A4 7015 1 6903.200 615 Interfaces Base for tubular door frame The space-saving alternative instead of component shelves to accommodate tower PCs (maximum 20 kg). For screw-fastening to the tubular door frame of 600 mm wide enclosures based on TS. Width x height x depth mm Packs of Model No. IW 495 x 159 x 230 1 6902.950 Also required: TS support strips for direct screw-fastening to the tubular door frame, see page 462. Load capacity: 20 kg. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7015 Supply includes: Retaining strap and assembly parts. Interface box For secure accommodation for all common computer ports, 3 1/2˝ disk drives and sockets. The lockable metal cover provides a high mechanical load-bearing capacity, protects against unauthorised access and ensures an increased shielding effect for the installed equipment. Weight kg Packs of Model No. SZ 0.8 1 2482.000 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Frame with hinged flap − Cam with security lock (No. 12321) − Mounting tray including seal and assembly parts Material: − Front panel: Extruded aluminium section − Mounting tray: Aluminium, 1.5 mm − Flap: Aluminium, 3.0 mm Surface finish: − Front panel: Powder-coated − Mounting tray: Powder-coated − Flap: Natural-anodised Interface extension with wall connection and built-in RJ 45 module Surface finish: − Enclosure: Nickel-plated − Cover: Natural-anodised For extending the internal enclosure interfaces – e.g. from industrial PCs and switches – up to the outside of the enclosure. The wall connection only needs the same space as a switch. Protection category: IP 66/67 to IEC 60 529 (with the protective cap closed) Anti-twist guard Benefits: ● Rapid access for maintenance work ● The protection category of the enclosure is preserved ● The lock nut cuts automatically into the sprayfinish or eloxal layer, thereby creating a conductive connection ● Captive protective cap Ø 22.3 Material: − Enclosure: Brass − Cover: Aluminium − Seal: Polyamide Design USB RJ 45 RJ 45 616 with (USB only) 20.8 without (USB/RJ 45) Ø 22.3 Material thickness: 1 – 6 mm Wall connection Type A jack Jack Jack Inside Type A connector Connector Jack Length m Packs of 0.5 1 2482.210 1.0 1 2482.220 Model No. SZ 2.0 1 2482.230 0.5 1 2482.700 1.0 1 2482.710 2.0 1 2482.720 – 1 2482.730 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interfaces Interface flaps, modular For universal use in all situations where rapid access to interfaces and sockets is needed. The affected enclosure remains closed and is therefore protected from ambient influences and unauthorised access. Space-saving installation e.g. ● in small enclosures and compact enclosures as a programming interface for controllers ● in IT and industrial enclosures as maintenance access for networks ● in PC enclosures and console systems for the temporary connection of additional equipment ● in mobile Industrial Workstations for rapid connection to existing network structures ● in Command Panel systems for programming and maintenance of integral components. The mounting frame has a flap which snaps into position in various stages at opening angles of 90 to 180°. A snap fastener ensures a reliable seal. This may be locked if required. Material: − Mounting frame and metal flap: Fine die-cast zinc − Plastic flap: Polycarbonate (semi-transparent) − Lock: Polycarbonate, RAL 7024 Surface finish: Mounting frame and metal flap: Matt nickel-plated Colour: Lock: RAL 7024 Protection category: IP 65 to IEC 60 529 with sealed flap and proper assembly. cUL Description UL Packs of Model No. SZ 1 2482.300 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Mounting frame1) 1 Single, with plastic flap (semi-transparent) Double, with plastic flap (semi-transparent) 1 2482.310 2 Single, with metal flap 1 2482.320 3 Double, with metal flap 1 2482.330 Socket modules 4 Germany (VDE), spring-action terminals max. 2 x 2.5 mm2, connection at rear 1 2482.4003) 5 Germany (VDE), screw terminals max. 6 mm2, connection at rear, colour: yellow (RAL 1016), for installation in front of main switch 1 2482.4103) 2482.500 Interface inserts 6 2 x SUB-D9 (jack/pin) 1 7 SUB-D9 (jack/jack) 1 2482.510 8 2 x USB A (jack/jack) 1 2482.5402) 9 RJ 45 (jack/jack, Cat. 5e), SUB-D9 (jack/jack), SUB-D9 (pin/pin) 1 2482.550 10 2 x RJ 45 (jack/jack, Cat. 5e) 1 2482.5602) 11 USB A (jack/jack), RJ 45 (jack/jack, Cat. 5e), SUB-D9 (jack/pin) 1 2482.5702) 12 Blanking plate (slimline), for individual population, usable area: 45 x 75 mm 1 2482.590 1) Electrically conductive. linked to mounting frame. voltage: 250 V AC, rated current: 10 – 16 A All SUB-D interfaces may be rotated while in use. Other socket modules and interface inserts available on request. 2) Conductively 3) Rated Interface flap, single A 91 Approx. 116 Approx. 120 max. R2 Approx. 12 Approx. 16 Mounting cut-out Approx. 65 Permissible material thickness: 1 – 5 mm open lock 52 Appr. 21 Approx. 7 Approx. 7 A Contact surface Approx. 38 Interface flap, double Mounting cut-out open lock lock Approx. 61 Approx. 61 Appr. 21 91 Approx. 12 open A Approx. 12 Approx. 16 max. R2 Approx. 116 Approx. 120 Approx. 130 117 Approx. 7 Approx. 7 Appr. 35 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 617 Signal pillars Signal pillars, LED compact Benefits: ● Complete, ready-to-connect solution ● Minimal build height ● Extremely long service life of the LEDs (at least 70,000 h) – therefore maintenance-free ● Minimal assembly work and warehousing costs Technical specifications: − Operating voltage: 24 V AC/DC − Electrical connection: Screw terminals − Light: LED − Transmission angle: 3 x 120° − Operating temperature: –20 to +70°C − Flashing function: Controllable via PLC − Cable entry: Metric screwed cable gland M12 x 1.5 for cable diameter 3.0 – 6.5 mm Packs of H mm Model No. SG 3-stage, red, yellow, green 1 177 2372.100 1-stage, red 1 107 2372.130 Design Also required: − For wall mounting: Bracket for wall mounting, see page 622. − For conduit mounting/support arm systems: Connection adaptor, see page 618. − Other mounting components, see page 623/624. Protection category: IP 65 to IEC 60 529 Connection picture SG 2372.100/.130/.140 35 21 Ø 72 L1 L2 L3 54 22 – 0 V (Ground) L1 – L3 – +24 V DC (LED light stages, from bottom to top, unneeded contacts are left free) 10 GND 29 107 22 29 M4 10 M4 GND 35 35 177 21 35 Ø 72 54 M12 x 1.5 1 20 Mounting cut-out .5 Ø 1 Seal Ø4 54 Connection adaptors for signal pillar, LED compact For conduit mounting and mounting on support arm systems. Material: Plastic Colour: Black Packs of Model No. SG 1 2372.120 Accessories: − Mounting components for conduit mounting, see page 624. − Mounting components for support arm system, see page 623. 618 Ø 54 31 Ø 25 Ø 70 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Signal pillars Signal pillars, modular For modular configuration of ● Connection components ● AS interface element ● Optical components ● Incandescent lamps/LED lamps ● Acoustic components ● Label panel Benefits: ● Simple assembly and contact via bayonet fastener. ● Configuration of up to five components with the same voltage. ● Flashing and stroboscopic light element incl. lamp, suitable for direct use. ● Components are available in a range of colours and voltages. Connection component Connection component for signal pillars, modular Optionally for conduit or wall/base mounting. Screw terminals in the connection component. With cover for optical components. Contact hazard protection to VDE. For conduit mounting 2368.000 For wall/base mounting 2368.010 Model No. SG Accessories: Material: Enclosure of polyamide − Mounting components for wall/base mounting, see page 622. − Mounting components for conduit mounting, see page 624. − Mounting components for support arm system, see page 623. Colour: Black Protection category: IP 54 Connection component for conduit mounting SG 2368.000 Connection component for wall/base mounting SG 2368.010 Ø Connection diagram Shared conductor 2 21.5 18.75 1.75 5 1 4 17 25 .7 Stage 4 4.2 Ø 17 .7 2 3 Stage 2 Ø Ø 25 Ø Stage 1 0 Stage 5 4. 13 Ø 68.5 Ø 68.5 30 Ø 70 25 Ø 70 30 25 13 Stage 3 1 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 1 Seal 619 Signal pillars Optical components for signal pillars, modular With 360° signal transmission thanks to optimised prism system. No. of potential stages = 5 components, with identical voltage. 65.5 56 A Material: − Enclosure: Polyamide − Cap: Transparent polycarbonate 1 Also required: Incandescent lamps for steady light component, see page 620. Protection category: IP 54 if a cover or acoustic component is fitted at the top. Ø 70 A Pre-configured seal 2 3 1 Steady light component 12 – 240 V AC/DC1) Model No. SG Red Green Yellow Clear Blue 2369.000 2369.010 2369.020 2369.030 2369.040 1) Incandescent 4 5 lamps not included with the supply. 2 LED steady light component 24 V AC/DC, 25 mA Model No. SG Red Green Yellow Clear Blue 2372.000 2372.010 2372.020 2372.030 2372.040 3 LED steady light component 230 V AC/DC Model No. SG 6 Red Green Yellow Clear Blue 2370.150 2370.160 2370.170 2370.180 2370.190 7 4 LED flashing light component 24 V AC/DC Model No. SG Red Green Yellow Clear Blue 2370.500 2370.510 2370.520 2370.530 2370.540 5 LED flashing light component 230 V AC/DC Model No. SG Red Green Yellow Clear Blue 2370.550 2370.560 2370.570 2370.580 2370.590 6 Stroboscopic light component 24 V DC, 125 mA Model No. SG Red Green Yellow Clear Blue 2371.000 2371.010 2371.020 2371.030 2371.040 7 Stroboscopic light component 230 V DC, 15 mA Model No. SG Red Green Yellow Clear Blue 2371.050 2371.060 2371.070 2371.080 2371.090 Incandescent lamps for steady light components With BA 15d base/plinth. 620 Incandescent lamp Packs of Model No. SG 24 V, 5 W 3 2374.060 230 V, 5 W 3 2374.070 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Signal pillars AS interface element Design Packs of Model No. SM for signal pillars, modular 24 V DC 1 2376.100 User-friendly activation of the signal pillar levels via AS interface. Extended delivery times. Benefits: ● Standard slave. ● Max. 31 addresses. ● Up to 4 signal levels may be activated. ● Power supply may be switched from internal bus supply to external auxiliary voltage. ● With programming interface. ● Wiring and commissioning work is significantly reduced. ● For mounting directly on the connection component of the signal pillar. Material: Polycarbonate Colour: Black, transparent Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Also required: Connection element, see page 619. Technical specifications: Voltage supply AS interface element Via bus cable Operating voltage 18.5 V DC to 31.6 V DC (to AS interface specification) Polarity reversal protection Built-in Watchdog Built-in External auxiliary voltage 24 V DC +/– 10% Auxiliary voltage internal external Current carrying capacity max. 200 mA 200 mA per element Current rating max. 250 mA 75 mA Voltage on signal element 18 – 31 V DC 24 V DC +/– 10% Short-circuit/overload protection Built-in Pre-fuse M 1.6 A Temperature range –20°C to +50°C Connection diagram A 65.5 56 U external (–) U external (+) 3 2 4 1 Ø 70 ASI (+) A Pre-configured seal Acoustic components for signal pillars, modular To indicate warnings or malfunctions. Material: Enclosure: Polyamide Colour: Black Note: Mounting only on the upper end of the optical components or directly on the connection component. 5 0 ASI (–) 24 V AC/DC Acoustic components 85 dB1) max. 25 mA dB2) 100 max. 25 mA Packs of Model No. SG 1 2376.000 1 2376.010 1) Continuous tone or pulsating 2) Volume and 8 tones may be set 230 V AC Acoustic components 85 dB1) max. 25 mA dB2) 100 max. 25 mA Packs of Model No. SG 1 2376.020 1 2376.030 1) Continuous tone or pulsating 2) Volume and 8 tones may be set Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 621 Signal pillars Label panel for signal pillars, modular For text additions for up to 5 optical components, with break point for any fields that are not required (50 x 150 mm), including clamping section for base or tube with a diameter of 25 mm. Label panel Model No. SG For 5 optical components 2374.150 Material: Acrylic, transparent Mounting components for wall/base mounting Fig. 1 Suitable for signal pillar Mounting component Colour 1 Bracket for wall mounting, including rubber gland for concealed cable routing Black 2 Bracket for connection component Black 1) 2374.040 3 For side cable outlet Black 1) 2374.080 LED compact Model No. SG modular 2372.110 Also required: Connection component SG 2368.010, see page 619. 1) 2 Bracket for wall mounting Bracket for connection component For side cable outlet Ø 70 15 Ø 5.5 27 A Seal B B Flat seal 25 10 Ø 54 1.5 Ø 10.5 10 Ø 42 Ø 5.5 2 4. 4 Ø 110 Ø 57 40 A 54 3 Ø 70 73 50 M16 x 1.5 15 76 622 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Signal pillars Mounting components for support arm systems Fig. Mounting component Colour Suitable for signal pillar LED compact modular Model No. SG 4 For support arm system CP-L – Angle piece CP 6524.0X0 – Angle coupling CP 6526.0X0 RAL 9017 (traffic black) 1) 2) 2375.000 5 For support arm system CP-L – Intermediate hinge CP 6523.0X0 – Wall-mounted hinge CP 6521.0X0 – Top-mounted joint CP 6522.0X0 RAL 9017 (traffic black) 1) 2) 2375.020 6 For support arm system CP-S – Angle piece 90° CP 6501.140 RAL 7024 (graphite grey) 1) 2) 2375.030 7 For support arm system CP-C – Angle coupling 90° CP 6071.200 – Angle piece 90° CP 6071.400 – Intermediate hinge CP 6071.800 – Wall-mounted hinge CP 6072.500 – Top-mounted joint CP 6072.600 RAL 7024 (graphite grey) 1) 2) 6073.000 4 5 Also required: Connection adaptor SG 2372.120, see page 618. 2) Connection component SG 2368.000, see page 619. 1) 6 7 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 623 Signal pillars Mounting components for conduit mounting Fig. 8 8 Mounting component Colour Base with integral conduit, Ø 25 mm, 110 mm long Black 10 modular 1) 2) Model No. SG 2374.000 2374.010 Single conduit, 250 mm long Aluminium 1) 2) 2374.020 Single conduit, 400 mm long Aluminium 1) 2) 2374.030 2374.050 Individual base 9 Suitable for signal pillar LED compact Black 11 Angle bracket for conduit mounting Black 12 Base, tiltable from 0° – 90° in 7.5° increments. Simple cable entry up to a cable diameter of 14 mm. Black 1) 2) 3) Extended 2374.0903) delivery times. 9 Also required: Connection adaptor SG 2372.120, see page 618. 2) Connection component SG 2368.000, see page 619. 1) 10 Base with integral conduit Single conduit 25 Individual base, plastic Ø 21.7 Ø 25 110 250 (400) 17 37 Ø 10.5 Ø 5.5 Ø 70 Ø 54 11 Ø 10.5 A Ø 70 A Seal Ø 5.5 A A Seal Base, tiltable Angle bracket for conduit mounting 12 77 Ø 70 Ø 25 36 52.5 87.5 117 19 9 18 71 .2 Ø6 57 38 Ø 12 Ø 54 Ø 70 Ø 70 624 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories List of model numbers 1001.600 to 2102.180 Model No. 1001.600 1002.500 1002.600 1003.600 1004.600 1005.500 1005.600 1006.500 1006.600 1007.600 1008.600 1009.600 1010.500 1010.600 1011.600 1012.600 1013.600 1014.600 1015.600 1016.600 1017.600 1018.600 1019.500 1019.600 1030.500 1031.500 1032.500 1033.500 1034.500 1035.500 1038.500 1039.500 1045.500 1050.500 1054.500 1055.500 1057.500 1058.500 1060.500 1073.500 1076.500 1077.500 1090.500 1100.500 1101.110 1101.120 1101.130 1101.140 1101.800 1101.910 1101.920 1101.930 1101.940 1110.500 1114.500 1130.500 1158.500 1180.500 1199.100 1213.500 1228.010 1228.110 1228.310 1260.500 Rittal Catalogue 33 Page 162 162 162 162 162 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 162 163 163 164 163 164 164 164 164 164 44 44 44 44 44 44 45 45 45 45 45 46 45 45 45 46 45 46 45 46 165 165 165 165 429 406 406 406 406 46 46 46 517 46 400 46 368 368 368 46 Model No. 1280.500 1302.600 1306.600 1307.600 1308.600 1310.600 1316.600 1317.600 1320.600 1338.500 1339.500 1350.500 1360.500 1376.500 1380.500 1400.500 1423.500 1432.500 1434.500 1444.500 1446.500 1448.500 1449.500 1453.500 1454.500 1466.500 1467.500 1468.500 1469.500 1479.500 1480.500 1481.000 1482.000 1483.010 1484.000 1484.001 1485.000 1486.000 1487.000 1488.000 1489.000 1490.010 1491.000 1492.000 1500.510 1501.510 1502.510 1503.510 1504.510 1505.510 1507.510 1508.510 1509.510 1511.510 1514.510 1515.510 1516.510 1517.510 1518.510 1521.010 1522.010 1523.010 1524.010 1525.010 Page 46 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 45 45 45 45 45 44 51 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 446 478 440 420 420 421 421 421 421 421 419 446 421 35 35 35 35 35 36 35 35 36 35 34 34 34 34 34 161 161 161 161 161 Model No. 1526.010 1527.010 1528.010 1528.510 1529.010 1529.510 1530.010 1530.510 1531.510 1532.510 1533.510 1535.510 1536.510 1537.510 1539.510 1548.500 1549.500 1550.500 1553.500 1554.500 1555.500 1556.500 1557.500 1558.010 1558.510 1559.010 1559.510 1560.700 1561.700 1562.700 1563.700 1564.700 1565.700 1567.700 1568.700 1569.700 1571.700 1575.700 1576.700 1577.450 1577.500 1577.520 1577.530 1577.550 1577.560 1578.450 1578.500 1578.520 1578.530 1578.550 1578.560 1579.450 1579.500 1579.520 1579.530 1579.550 1579.560 1580.000 1581.000 1581.100 1582.000 1583.010 1583.520 1584.010 Page 161 161 161 34 161 35 161 35 35 35 36 35 35 36 35 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 161 40 161 40 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 443 40 38 40 40 40 40 41 38 41 41 41 41 41 38 41 41 41 41 439 514 516 514 161 39 161 Model No. 1584.520 1585.010 1585.520 1586.520 1589.510 1590.000 1591.000 1592.000 1592.010 1594.000 1605.520 1606.520 1609.510 1611.510 1670.600 1671.600 1672.600 1674.600 1675.600 1676.600 1782.135 1919.500 1920.500 1926.500 1931.200 1932.200 1933.200 1934.200 1935.200 1936.200 1937.200 1939.200 1940.000 1941.000 1945.000 1950.000 1962.200 1963.200 1978.200 1979.200 1980.200 1985.500 1986.500 1994.835 1995.235 1995.835 1996.535 1996.835 1997.235 1997.835 2004.235 2008.235 2011.235 2026.200 2027.200 2034.200 2092.200 2092.300 2092.500 2094.200 2094.300 2094.400 2094.500 2102.180 Page 39 161 39 39 35 439 425 425 425 439 40 40 41 41 154 154 154 154 154 154 205 64 64 64 564 564 564 564 564 564 564 564 564 564 564 564 548 548 546 548 548 545 546 545 546 546 545 545 546 546 544 544 544 547 547 547 567 567 567 567 567 568 567 223 625 List of model numbers 2102.190 to 2412.210 Model No. 2102.190 2102.320 2102.400 2102.410 2102.490 2203.400 2231.000 2232.000 2233.000 2235.135 2237.000 2238.000 2239.000 2243.605 2246.605 2249.605 2252.605 2253.605 2255.605 2256.605 2258.605 2259.605 2261.605 2262.605 2265.605 2268.605 2271.605 2304.000 2304.010 2305.000 2307.000 2308.000 2309.000 2310.038 2310.076 2310.100 2310.120 2311.225 2311.250 2313.150 2313.750 2314.000 2315.000 2316.000 2317.000 2318.000 2319.000 2322.700 2323.235 2324.235 2325.000 2326.000 2327.000 2328.000 2331.700 2332.235 2334.000 2335.000 2336.700 2337.235 2338.235 2340.700 2341.235 2342.235 626 Page 223 223 223 223 223 530 564 564 564 518 467 467 467 62 62 62 62 63 62 63 62 63 62 63 63 63 63 421 156 409 421 424 467 427 427 427 427 426 426 467 467 467 467 467 467 467 467 545 546 546 426 426 426 426 545 546 501 501 545 546 546 545 546 546 Model No. 2343.000 2345.700 2346.235 2347.235 2350.000 2351.000 2352.000 2353.000 2354.000 2355.000 2356.000 2357.000 2358.000 2359.000 2360.000 2361.000 2362.000 2363.000 2364.000 2365.000 2366.000 2367.040 2367.060 2367.080 2367.120 2367.160 2367.200 2368.000 2368.010 2369.000 2369.010 2369.020 2369.030 2369.040 2370.150 2370.160 2370.170 2370.180 2370.190 2370.500 2370.510 2370.520 2370.530 2370.540 2370.550 2370.560 2370.570 2370.580 2370.590 2371.000 2371.010 2371.020 2371.030 2371.040 2371.050 2371.060 2371.070 2371.080 2371.090 2372.000 2372.010 2372.020 2372.030 2372.040 Page 501 545 546 546 527 527 527 527 527 527 527 527 527 527 527 431 431 431 503 476 476 500 500 500 500 500 500 619 619 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 Model No. 2372.100 2372.110 2372.120 2372.130 2373.000 2373.210 2373.250 2373.300 2373.350 2374.000 2374.010 2374.020 2374.030 2374.040 2374.050 2374.060 2374.070 2374.080 2374.090 2374.150 2375.000 2375.020 2375.030 2376.000 2376.010 2376.020 2376.030 2376.100 2377.030 2377.060 2377.090 2377.120 2377.150 2377.180 2377.460 2377.860 2377.880 2379.600 2379.800 2379.900 2381.000 2382.000 2383.000 2383.010 2383.020 2383.030 2383.040 2384.010 2384.020 2384.030 2384.040 2388.000 2388.100 2388.120 2388.150 2388.200 2388.280 2388.600 2388.800 2389.000 2400.000 2400.300 2400.500 2400.900 Page 618 622 618 618 476 459 459 459 459 624 624 624 624 622 624 620 620 622 624 622 623 623 623 621 621 621 621 621 543 543 543 543 543 543 543 543 543 609 609 610 614 615 610 603 615 607 607 160 160 160 160 498 498 498 498 498 498 498 498 601 522 524 524 523 Model No. 2400.910 2400.920 2400.930 2400.940 2400.950 2400.960 2400.970 2401.000 2402.000 2403.000 2404.000 2410.000 2410.010 2410.020 2410.030 2410.110 2410.120 2410.130 2410.200 2410.210 2410.220 2410.230 2410.290 2411.090 2411.110 2411.140 2411.160 2411.210 2411.290 2411.504 2411.505 2411.506 2411.507 2411.532 2411.550 2411.551 2411.552 2411.553 2411.554 2411.555 2411.556 2411.557 2411.558 2411.559 2411.560 2411.561 2411.562 2411.600 2411.610 2411.620 2411.630 2411.640 2411.650 2411.660 2411.670 2411.800 2411.810 2411.820 2411.830 2411.840 2411.850 2411.860 2411.870 2412.210 Page 523 523 523 523 523 523 523 392 392 409 409 521 521 521 521 521 521 521 521 521 521 521 521 499 499 499 499 499 499 520 520 520 520 520 520 520 520 520 520 520 520 520 520 520 520 520 520 519 519 519 519 519 519 519 519 519 519 519 519 519 519 519 519 501 Rittal Catalogue 33 List of model numbers 2412.216 to 2786.000 Model No. 2412.216 2412.225 2412.310 2412.316 2412.325 2413.375 2413.550 2414.000 2414.500 2415.000 2415.100 2415.500 2416.000 2418.000 2419.000 2420.000 2422.000 2423.000 2424.100 2425.100 2426.100 2426.500 2427.100 2430.000 2432.000 2433.000 2433.500 2435.000 2436.732 2436.735 2437.000 2438.735 2439.000 2440.735 2446.000 2449.000 2450.000 2450.010 2451.000 2452.000 2453.000 2454.000 2455.000 2455.010 2456.500 2459.000 2459.500 2460.000 2460.650 2461.000 2462.000 2463.000 2464.000 2465.000 2466.000 2467.000 2468.000 2469.000 2470.000 2471.000 2472.000 2473.000 2474.000 2475.000 Rittal Catalogue 33 Page 501 501 501 501 501 499 499 500 500 500 430 447 423 423 423 421 438 438 432 432 432 432 432 421 425 439 439 419 388 388 388 388 420 388 427 425 419 419 419 419 419 419 419 419 419 384 384 421 421 421 421 421 421 421 421 416 416 416 431 431 431 431 431 431 Model No. 2476.000 2477.000 2478.000 2479.000 2480.000 2481.000 2482.000 2482.210 2482.220 2482.230 2482.300 2482.310 2482.320 2482.330 2482.400 2482.410 2482.500 2482.510 2482.540 2482.550 2482.560 2482.570 2482.590 2482.700 2482.710 2482.720 2482.730 2483.000 2484.000 2485.000 2485.100 2486.300 2486.500 2487.000 2488.000 2489.000 2489.500 2493.000 2493.500 2501.500 2502.500 2503.010 2504.000 2504.500 2504.800 2505.510 2506.100 2507.100 2507.200 2507.300 2507.400 2507.500 2508.010 2508.100 2509.000 2509.500 2510.000 2511.500 2512.000 2513.000 2514.000 2514.500 2514.600 2514.800 Page 423 392 392 392 392 392 616 616 616 616 617 617 617 617 617 617 617 617 617 617 617 617 617 616 616 616 616 421 421 420 420 478 478 478 478 478 478 422 423 431 431 439 478 478 478 440 508 496 496 496 496 496 439 439 438 438 428 431 428 428 428 428 428 428 Model No. 2515.000 2518.000 2519.000 2519.200 2520.000 2521.000 2522.000 2523.000 2525.000 2526.000 2527.000 2528.000 2530.000 2531.000 2532.000 2533.000 2534.100 2534.500 2535.000 2536.000 2537.000 2537.010 2540.500 2541.235 2542.235 2543.235 2545.000 2546.000 2547.000 2548.000 2549.000 2549.500 2549.510 2549.600 2559.000 2560.010 2560.400 2561.010 2561.100 2561.400 2561.500 2562.010 2562.100 2562.400 2562.500 2563.010 2563.100 2563.150 2563.500 2564.000 2565.000 2565.100 2565.110 2565.120 2566.000 2567.000 2568.000 2569.000 2570.000 2570.100 2570.200 2570.500 2571.000 2572.000 Page 428 429 429 429 421 424 421 421 422 421 421 421 421 424 424 420 422 422 420 420 418 418 421 298 298 298 424 424 424 424 424 424 156 156 501 514 517 514 516 517 515 514 516 517 515 514 516 517 515 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 503 501 502 422 420 Model No. 2573.000 2574.000 2575.000 2576.000 2581.000 2583.010 2584.000 2589.000 2590.000 2591.000 2592.000 2593.000 2594.000 2595.000 2596.000 2597.000 2599.000 2682.000 2683.600 2684.600 2685.600 2686.600 2694.500 2695.500 2696.500 2730.000 2731.000 2732.000 2733.000 2734.000 2735.250 2735.500 2735.510 2735.520 2735.530 2735.540 2735.560 2735.570 2735.580 2735.590 2736.500 2736.510 2736.520 2736.530 2736.540 2740.000 2741.000 2742.000 2743.000 2744.000 2745.000 2746.000 2749.000 2760.000 2761.000 2762.000 2763.000 2772.000 2780.000 2781.000 2782.000 2784.000 2785.000 2786.000 Page 513 476 420 420 388 440 441 529 529 529 529 529 529 529 529 530 420 601 170 170 170 170 107 107 107 408 408 408 408 408 407 407 407 407 407 407 407 407 407 407 407 407 407 407 407 410 410 410 410 410 410 410 410 408 408 408 408 408 408 408 408 408 408 408 627 List of model numbers 2787.000 to 3244.140 Model No. 2787.000 2788.000 2789.000 2791.000 2792.000 2793.560 2796.000 2801.200 2802.200 2804.200 2805.200 2807.200 2808.200 2816.200 2817.000 2818.200 2819.000 2819.200 2823.200 2824.200 2826.200 2828.200 2829.200 2830.200 2836.200 2837.200 2839.200 2840.200 2843.160 2843.200 2843.250 2843.320 2843.400 2843.500 2843.630 2855.000 2856.000 2859.000 2860.000 2865.000 2866.000 2867.000 2868.000 2869.000 2870.000 2875.000 2876.000 2878.000 2879.000 2880.000 2885.000 2886.000 2887.000 2889.000 2890.000 2891.000 2892.000 2899.200 2899.250 2899.320 2899.400 2903.200 2904.200 2905.200 628 Page 408 408 408 410 410 409 408 369 369 369 369 369 369 369 364 369 364 364 369 369 369 369 369 369 369 369 369 369 499 499 499 499 499 499 499 370 370 374 370 370 370 370 370 370 370 370 370 370 370 370 370 370 370 371 371 364 364 524 524 524 524 369 369 369 Model No. 2906.200 2907.000 2908.000 2909.200 2910.200 2913.000 3020.500 3105.310 3105.320 3105.330 3105.340 3105.350 3105.360 3105.370 3105.380 3105.390 3105.400 3105.410 3105.420 3105.430 3108.024 3108.100 3108.115 3110.000 3110.200 3114.200 3118.000 3120.200 3121.000 3124.100 3124.200 3125.800 3126.100 3126.115 3126.230 3126.240 3126.270 3126.410 3126.424 3127.100 3127.115 3128.100 3128.115 3128.410 3128.424 3129.100 3129.115 3129.410 3129.424 3129.800 3130.100 3130.115 3130.410 3130.424 3144.000 3145.000 3148.007 3149.007 3149.410 3149.420 3149.440 3149.810 3149.820 3149.840 Page 369 367 367 369 369 367 341 289 289 289 289 289 289 289 289 289 289 289 289 289 221 221 221 294 294 293 294 295 341 295 295 226 227 227 325 325 326 228 228 227 227 227 227 228 228 227 227 228 228 226 227 227 228 228 218 218 220 220 219 219 219 219 219 219 Model No. 3159.100 3164.115 3164.230 3164.610 3164.620 3165.024 3165.048 3165.115 3165.230 3165.615 3165.624 3165.630 3165.648 3165.815 3165.824 3165.830 3165.848 3169.007 3171.100 3172.100 3173.100 3174.000 3175.000 3176.000 3177.000 3181.100 3182.100 3183.100 3201.040 3201.050 3201.070 3201.200 3201.300 3201.900 3201.910 3209.100 3209.104 3209.500 3209.504 3210.100 3210.104 3210.140 3210.500 3210.504 3210.540 3212.024 3212.115 3212.230 3213.310 3213.320 3213.330 3214.100 3215.100 3216.480 3232.700 3232.710 3232.720 3232.730 3232.740 3232.750 3232.760 3232.770 3232.780 3232.790 Page 347 220 220 220 220 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 220 301 301 301 301 304 304 299 302 302 302 302 301 295 232 232 304 304 252 253 252 253 253 254 253 253 254 253 255 255 255 293 293 293 255 255 258 272 272 272 272 272 272 272 272 272 272 Model No. 3232.800 3232.810 3232.820 3232.830 3232.840 3232.850 3232.860 3232.870 3232.880 3232.890 3235.440 3236.124 3237.020 3237.060 3237.066 3237.080 3237.100 3237.110 3237.124 3237.200 3237.600 3238.020 3238.055 3238.060 3238.066 3238.080 3238.100 3238.110 3238.124 3238.200 3238.600 3239.020 3239.060 3239.066 3239.080 3239.100 3239.110 3239.124 3239.200 3239.600 3240.020 3240.060 3240.066 3240.080 3240.100 3240.110 3240.124 3240.200 3240.600 3241.100 3241.110 3241.124 3241.600 3243.020 3243.060 3243.066 3243.080 3243.100 3243.110 3243.200 3243.600 3244.100 3244.110 3244.140 Page 273 273 273 273 273 273 273 273 273 273 294 222 303 303 301 303 212 212 212 303 212 303 302 303 301 303 212 212 212 303 212 303 303 301 303 213 213 213 303 213 303 303 301 303 214 214 214 303 214 214 214 214 214 303 303 301 303 215 215 303 215 215 215 215 Rittal Catalogue 33 List of model numbers 3244.600 to 3351.024 Model No. 3244.600 3245.080 3245.500 3245.510 3245.600 3248.000 3253.000 3253.010 3253.200 3253.220 3254.000 3254.200 3267.100 3267.200 3273.500 3273.515 3284.200 3284.210 3285.000 3285.200 3286.000 3286.100 3286.110 3286.120 3286.200 3286.210 3286.230 3286.240 3286.250 3286.260 3286.270 3286.280 3286.300 3286.310 3286.400 3286.410 3286.500 3286.510 3286.520 3286.530 3286.540 3286.550 3286.600 3286.610 3286.700 3286.780 3286.800 3286.850 3286.860 3286.870 3286.880 3286.900 3286.970 3286.980 3286.990 3288.200 3289.200 3294.100 3294.200 3300.040 3300.050 3300.060 3300.070 3300.080 Rittal Catalogue 33 Page 215 303 216 216 216 229 299 299 300 300 299 300 299 300 246 246 300 300 299 300 299 299 299 300 300 300 300 300 300 297 297 297 299 300 299 300 299 300 300 300 300 300 299 300 297 292 297 292 292 291 292 297 291 292 291 300 300 299 300 249 249 249 249 249 Model No. 3300.090 3300.110 3300.120 3300.160 3300.170 3300.180 3300.260 3300.261 3300.262 3300.263 3300.270 3300.280 3300.290 3300.291 3300.292 3300.293 3300.294 3300.295 3300.296 3300.297 3300.310 3300.320 3300.330 3300.340 3300.353 3300.354 3300.355 3300.356 3300.360 3300.370 3300.510 3300.560 3300.710 3300.760 3301.221 3301.320 3301.370 3301.380 3301.390 3301.421 3301.560 3301.570 3301.580 3301.590 3301.600 3301.606 3301.608 3301.610 3301.612 3301.620 3301.660 3301.800 3301.830 3301.870 3301.900 3301.910 3301.920 3301.930 3301.940 3301.950 3301.955 3301.957 3301.960 3301.965 Page 249 249 249 278 278 278 305 305 305 305 278 278 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 274 274 274 274 276 276 276 276 276 276 276 276 276 276 283 283 283 283 283 283 302 302 302 302 302 303 303 303 303 274 274 246 274 274 304 304 304 304 304 305 305 305 305 305 Model No. 3301.967 3302.100 3302.110 3302.200 3302.210 3302.300 3302.310 3303.500 3303.504 3303.510 3303.514 3303.530 3303.600 3303.610 3304.500 3304.504 3304.510 3304.514 3304.530 3304.540 3304.544 3304.560 3304.600 3304.610 3304.640 3305.500 3305.504 3305.510 3305.514 3305.530 3305.540 3305.544 3305.560 3305.600 3305.610 3305.640 3307.700 3307.710 3307.740 3310.700 3310.710 3310.740 3311.010 3311.020 3311.030 3311.040 3311.050 3311.060 3311.110 3311.130 3311.210 3311.230 3311.260 3311.310 3311.400 3311.530 3311.560 3311.600 3318.600 3318.610 3319.600 3319.610 3320.600 3321.700 Page 305 234 234 234 234 233 233 235 242 235 242 243 235 235 237 242 237 242 243 237 242 243 237 237 237 238 242 238 242 243 238 242 243 238 238 238 248 248 248 248 248 248 279 280 283 283 283 283 279 279 280 279 279 283 281 280 280 282 264 264 264 264 265 301 Model No. 3322.700 3327.700 3328.500 3328.504 3328.510 3328.514 3328.540 3328.544 3328.600 3328.610 3328.640 3329.500 3329.504 3329.510 3329.514 3329.540 3329.544 3329.600 3329.610 3329.640 3329.903 3329.904 3332.540 3332.640 3334.600 3334.660 3335.590 3335.600 3335.610 3335.620 3335.630 3335.640 3335.650 3335.660 3336.100 3336.200 3336.300 3336.500 3336.600 3336.650 3336.700 3336.710 3336.720 3336.730 3336.740 3336.750 3339.100 3339.200 3339.250 3339.280 3340.024 3340.115 3340.230 3341.024 3341.115 3341.230 3342.024 3342.115 3342.230 3342.500 3350.024 3350.115 3350.230 3351.024 Page 301 301 239 243 239 243 239 243 239 239 239 240 243 240 243 240 243 240 240 240 301 301 240 240 265 265 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 268 268 268 268 268 268 269 269 269 269 269 269 269 269 269 269 217 217 217 217 217 217 217 217 217 217 218 218 218 218 629 List of model numbers 3351.115 to 4597.000 Model No. 3351.115 3351.230 3352.024 3352.115 3352.230 3352.500 3355.100 3356.100 3357.100 3359.500 3359.510 3359.540 3359.600 3359.610 3359.640 3360.100 3360.250 3360.470 3361.500 3361.510 3361.540 3361.600 3361.610 3361.640 3363.100 3363.104 3363.500 3363.504 3364.100 3364.104 3364.500 3364.504 3366.500 3366.510 3366.540 3366.600 3366.610 3366.640 3373.100 3373.104 3373.500 3373.504 3374.100 3374.104 3374.500 3374.504 3375.100 3375.104 3375.500 3375.504 3377.000 3382.500 3382.510 3382.600 3382.610 3383.500 3383.510 3383.540 3383.600 3383.610 3383.640 3384.500 3384.510 3384.540 630 Page 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 245 245 245 245 245 245 266 266 266 236 236 236 236 236 236 256 259 256 259 256 259 256 259 241 241 241 241 241 241 257 260 257 260 257 260 257 260 258 261 258 261 297 244 244 244 244 245 245 245 245 245 245 246 246 246 Model No. 3384.600 3384.610 3384.640 3385.500 3385.510 3385.540 3385.600 3385.610 3385.640 3386.540 3386.640 3387.540 3387.640 3636.010 3659.440 3659.520 3659.620 3659.680 3861.580 4000.100 4000.200 4000.210 4114.000 4115.000 4115.500 4116.000 4116.500 4118.000 4118.500 4119.000 4120.000 4123.000 4124.000 4127.010 4127.210 4131.700 4132.700 4133.000 4134.000 4137.700 4138.140 4138.150 4138.180 4138.190 4138.240 4138.250 4138.280 4138.290 4138.300 4138.350 4138.400 4138.450 4139.140 4139.150 4139.180 4139.190 4139.300 4139.350 4140.000 4140.010 4140.020 4140.110 4140.120 4140.210 Page 246 246 246 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 490 611 611 611 611 485 156 156 156 429 429 429 429 429 429 429 477 427 429 429 496 496 449 449 474 474 449 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 493 493 493 493 493 493 Model No. 4140.220 4140.810 4140.820 4140.830 4140.840 4155.000 4155.100 4155.500 4156.000 4157.000 4162.000 4163.000 4164.000 4165.000 4166.000 4169.000 4170.000 4171.000 4172.000 4173.000 4174.000 4175.000 4176.000 4177.000 4178.000 4179.000 4180.000 4181.000 4182.000 4183.000 4189.000 4190.000 4191.000 4192.000 4193.000 4196.000 4198.000 4199.000 4309.000 4311.000 4315.100 4315.150 4315.200 4315.320 4315.350 4315.400 4315.450 4315.520 4315.550 4315.600 4315.710 4315.720 4315.800 4315.810 4315.820 4315.830 4315.840 4315.850 4315.860 4316.000 4317.000 4318.000 4319.090 4319.120 Page 493 494 494 494 494 492 492 492 425 477 477 477 477 477 477 463 463 463 463 463 463 463 463 463 463 477 477 473 472 473 425 425 527 527 527 527 438 474 462 512 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 512 512 512 530 530 Model No. 4319.160 4319.200 4320.700 4321.700 4323.700 4333.120 4333.160 4333.180 4336.000 4338.000 4339.000 4347.000 4348.000 4361.000 4362.000 4363.000 4364.000 4365.000 4367.000 4369.000 4370.000 4371.000 4372.000 4373.000 4374.000 4375.000 4376.000 4377.000 4378.000 4379.000 4380.000 4381.000 4382.000 4393.000 4394.000 4395.000 4396.000 4396.500 4398.000 4398.500 4530.000 4531.000 4532.000 4538.000 4540.000 4541.000 4542.000 4547.000 4568.000 4570.000 4576.000 4579.000 4582.000 4582.500 4583.000 4583.500 4590.700 4591.700 4592.700 4593.000 4594.000 4595.000 4596.000 4597.000 Page 530 530 511 511 511 447 447 447 527 527 527 466 500 466 466 466 464 464 464 464 464 464 464 464 464 464 464 464 464 464 464 464 464 463 466 466 466 466 466 466 561 561 470 430 398 563 563 552 438 370 445 462 398 398 429 429 443 443 443 445 462 440 462 470 Rittal Catalogue 33 List of model numbers 4598.000 to 6510.340 Model No. 4598.000 4599.000 4611.000 4612.000 4638.600 4638.800 4650.000 4694.000 4695.000 4696.000 4697.000 4757.500 4911.000 4911.100 4912.000 4916.000 4918.000 4920.000 4933.000 4934.000 4935.000 4937.000 4943.000 4944.000 4945.000 4946.000 4947.000 5001.000 5001.050 5001.051 5001.052 5001.053 5001.054 5001.060 5001.061 5001.062 5001.070 5001.075 5001.080 5001.081 5001.082 5001.083 5001.130 5001.140 5001.150 5001.160 5001.210 5001.211 5001.212 5001.213 5001.214 5001.215 5001.216 5001.217 5001.218 5001.219 5001.220 5001.221 5001.222 5001.223 5001.224 5001.225 5001.226 5001.227 Rittal Catalogue 33 Page 462 462 374 373 427 427 171 462 462 462 462 107 393 393 393 393 393 393 467 467 467 467 465 465 465 465 465 425 459 459 459 459 459 416 416 416 446 447 527 527 527 527 381 381 381 381 378 378 378 378 378 378 378 378 378 378 378 378 379 379 379 379 511 511 Model No. 5001.228 5001.229 5001.233 5001.234 5001.235 5001.236 5001.237 5001.310 5001.330 5001.350 5001.360 5001.370 5001.371 5110.500 5111.500 5112.500 5113.500 5114.500 5115.500 5116.500 5117.500 5118.500 5119.500 5120.500 5121.500 5122.500 5123.500 6002.000 6002.100 6003.000 6005.500 6013.000 6013.100 6016.200 6016.600 6016.700 6023.010 6027.000 6027.010 6028.000 6028.010 6028.014 6028.015 6028.016 6028.500 6028.510 6028.530 6028.540 6040.010 6050.000 6050.500 6052.000 6052.500 6053.000 6053.210 6053.300 6053.500 6053.800 6058.000 6058.500 6058.800 6059.000 6059.500 6070.000 Page 511 378 378 378 378 379 511 431 431 431 431 461 461 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 49 49 49 49 49 49 612 608 613 442 603 603 441 145 145 141 604 604 604 604 604 604 604 604 604 604 604 141 141 141 528 524 605 605 605 605 605 605 605 605 531 531 137 Model No. 6070.200 6071.000 6071.200 6071.400 6071.600 6071.800 6072.000 6072.200 6072.400 6072.500 6072.600 6072.800 6073.000 6074.000 6074.100 6074.300 6074.500 6075.100 6075.300 6075.500 6100.000 6100.500 6107.000 6107.100 6107.200 6108.000 6110.010 6110.100 6120.010 6130.010 6130.510 6130.610 6135.000 6136.000 6136.500 6137.035 6137.535 6140.010 6141.100 6141.200 6143.200 6143.210 6143.310 6144.100 6146.100 6146.200 6146.300 6146.400 6147.000 6148.000 6160.010 6170.010 6180.010 6190.000 6200.000 6200.500 6205.000 6205.100 6214.000 6214.500 6215.000 6220.000 6340.000 6340.100 Page 137 142 137 137 143 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 623 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 141 141 602 602 602 478 141 141 141 141 141 141 148 148 148 147 147 141 148 148 147 151 151 151 147 147 147 147 151 374 141 141 141 601 141 141 143 470 150 149 149 150 120 120 Model No. 6340.300 6340.400 6341.000 6372.541 6372.542 6372.543 6372.551 6372.552 6372.553 6372.561 6372.562 6372.563 6375.000 6375.010 6375.020 6375.029 6375.040 6375.050 6375.060 6380.000 6380.020 6380.040 6380.050 6380.400 6380.410 6380.500 6380.510 6380.600 6380.610 6385.000 6385.010 6385.040 6385.050 6385.060 6442.500 6446.020 6450.010 6450.020 6450.050 6450.060 6450.070 6450.170 6462.500 6501.000 6501.020 6501.050 6501.070 6501.090 6501.110 6501.120 6501.130 6501.140 6501.150 6501.160 6503.000 6505.100 6505.200 6505.500 6508.010 6508.020 6509.000 6510.210 6510.330 6510.340 Page 120 120 442 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 600 600 600 600 600 123 609 606 606 606 606 606 606 123 129 129 129 129 146 129 129 129 129 129 129 151 604 604 604 133 142 133 144 144 144 631 List of model numbers 6511.000 to 7072.220 Model No. 6511.000 6513.000 6513.050 6514.200 6515.000 6519.000 6520.010 6520.510 6521.010 6522.010 6523.010 6524.010 6524.210 6525.010 6525.110 6525.210 6525.510 6525.610 6526.010 6527.010 6527.110 6528.010 6528.110 6528.210 6528.410 6528.450 6528.510 6529.010 6530.200 6531.200 6532.200 6533.200 6534.000 6535.000 6535.010 6536.000 6536.010 6537.000 6538.000 6538.010 6539.010 6540.200 6544.000 6552.500 6660.010 6660.050 6662.500 6663.000 6663.400 6663.500 6664.000 6664.100 6664.300 6664.500 6665.000 6665.500 6680.000 6681.000 6700.500 6701.500 6702.500 6703.500 6704.500 6705.500 632 Page 133 133 133 610 133 145 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 142 146 143 144 142 142 133 122 122 122 122 121 121 167 121 167 121 121 167 167 122 121 123 169 169 123 169 169 169 169 169 169 169 169 169 166 166 101 102 103 104 101 102 Model No. 6706.500 6707.500 6710.500 6711.500 6712.500 6713.500 6714.500 6715.500 6716.500 6717.500 6720.100 6720.200 6720.500 6721.100 6721.200 6721.500 6722.100 6722.200 6722.500 6723.100 6723.200 6723.500 6730.030 6730.100 6730.110 6730.120 6730.130 6730.310 6730.330 6730.340 6730.400 6730.410 6730.600 6740.500 6742.500 6746.500 6748.500 6900.000 6900.100 6900.300 6900.400 6900.410 6901.100 6902.100 6902.300 6902.310 6902.400 6902.500 6902.640 6902.670 6902.700 6902.770 6902.920 6902.950 6902.960 6902.980 6903.200 7000.390 7000.410 7000.430 7000.440 7000.450 7000.460 7000.500 Page 103 104 101 102 103 104 101 102 103 104 101 101 101 102 102 102 103 103 103 104 104 104 105 105 105 105 105 450 450 450 105 105 298 106 106 106 106 111 111 109 111 111 111 111 111 148 111 111 143 145 481 522 371 616 480 480 615 86 86 86 86 87 87 86 Model No. 7000.510 7000.520 7000.530 7000.532 7000.560 7000.570 7000.580 7000.590 7000.592 7000.620 7000.625 7000.630 7000.640 7000.652 7000.653 7000.663 7000.670 7000.672 7000.675 7000.676 7000.678 7000.680 7000.684 7000.685 7000.840 7000.850 7000.852 7000.875 7000.882 7000.885 7000.892 7000.895 7000.940 7000.944 7000.990 7016.100 7016.110 7016.120 7016.130 7016.140 7016.150 7030.000 7030.010 7030.030 7030.040 7030.050 7030.060 7030.070 7030.071 7030.080 7030.090 7030.091 7030.092 7030.093 7030.094 7030.095 7030.100 7030.110 7030.111 7030.120 7030.130 7030.140 7030.150 7030.190 Page 86 87 87 87 86 86 87 87 87 483 486 506 400 388 388 388 224 375 503 460 460 224 204 536 85 85 85 95 95 95 95 95 88 88 568 542 542 542 542 532 532 582 582 580 581 581 584 585 585 584 584 584 584 584 584 584 583 583 583 583 583 583 583 583 Model No. 7030.200 7030.220 7030.230 7031.100 7040.010 7040.020 7040.030 7040.040 7040.060 7040.065 7040.070 7040.075 7040.110 7040.120 7040.201 7040.202 7040.204 7040.211 7040.212 7040.214 7040.301 7040.305 7040.311 7040.315 7040.361 7040.500 7050.035 7050.100 7050.200 7051.000 7061.000 7063.000 7063.200 7063.710 7063.720 7063.725 7063.740 7063.750 7063.752 7063.835 7063.837 7063.850 7063.858 7063.860 7063.882 7063.883 7063.884 7063.888 7063.890 7063.892 7063.895 7063.897 7064.000 7064.100 7064.110 7065.000 7066.000 7066.700 7067.100 7067.200 7069.535 7072.100 7072.200 7072.220 Page 583 583 583 575 191 191 191 191 192 192 193 193 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 192 192 192 192 193 198 574 574 574 489 489 560 539 485 485 485 560 559 559 484 484 563 488 488 559 559 559 614 488 488 484 484 489 533 533 489 489 489 400 400 569 522 518 530 Rittal Catalogue 33 List of model numbers 7072.230 to 7463.100 Model No. 7072.230 7072.240 7077.000 7078.000 7081.000 7086.535 7087.535 7089.535 7091.000 7094.100 7094.110 7094.120 7094.130 7094.140 7095.000 7096.000 7097.000 7097.220 7097.260 7097.300 7097.340 7098.000 7098.100 7099.000 7100.000 7102.000 7109.035 7109.200 7111.000 7111.100 7111.210 7111.212 7111.214 7111.220 7111.222 7111.224 7111.250 7111.252 7111.300 7111.310 7111.350 7111.900 7112.000 7113.000 7115.000 7116.500 7119.140 7119.155 7119.250 7119.255 7119.400 7119.455 7124.035 7140.535 7143.035 7144.035 7145.005 7145.035 7145.535 7145.605 7145.635 7145.705 7145.735 7147.035 Rittal Catalogue 33 Page 530 530 529 529 489 569 569 569 465 568 568 568 567 567 465 465 529 529 529 529 529 529 529 529 465 465 293 497 534 534 537 537 537 537 537 537 538 538 531 531 531 534 534 504 490 535 486 486 487 487 487 487 547 542 482 482 482 482 483 482 482 482 482 489 Model No. 7148.035 7149.035 7149.135 7150.535 7151.005 7151.035 7151.105 7151.110 7151.206 7151.208 7151.300 7152.005 7152.035 7153.005 7153.035 7154.035 7156.005 7156.035 7157.035 7158.035 7158.100 7158.150 7159.035 7161.000 7161.700 7163.500 7163.550 7163.560 7163.565 7164.035 7165.035 7166.035 7166.735 7167.000 7169.535 7170.535 7174.535 7178.535 7183.100 7184.035 7185.035 7186.035 7186.735 7200.001 7200.210 7200.214 7200.215 7200.216 7200.217 7200.450 7200.630 7200.800 7200.810 7218.035 7219.035 7220.500 7220.600 7228.035 7240.110 7240.120 7240.130 7240.150 7240.160 7240.170 Page 485 540 540 542 571 571 571 571 565 565 566 571 571 571 571 570 571 571 571 540 541 541 539 489 489 490 490 490 490 480 480 480 480 571 573 573 573 573 487 480 480 480 480 510 585 585 585 585 585 585 508 417 417 533 533 536 534 533 505 505 506 506 506 506 Model No. 7240.190 7240.200 7240.201 7240.205 7240.210 7240.220 7240.230 7240.240 7240.250 7240.260 7240.280 7240.290 7240.300 7240.305 7240.310 7240.330 7240.370 7240.510 7240.512 7240.600 7241.005 7241.015 7241.024 7241.045 7241.065 7241.500 7242.005 7242.015 7246.010 7246.030 7246.060 7246.100 7246.400 7246.420 7246.500 7255.035 7256.035 7257.005 7257.035 7257.050 7257.100 7257.105 7257.150 7257.200 7264.035 7265.035 7266.035 7269.135 7269.235 7280.035 7280.100 7281.035 7281.200 7282.035 7282.135 7283.035 7284.135 7296.000 7297.000 7298.000 7299.000 7300.230 7300.240 7300.250 Page 506 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 507 507 505 505 505 505 505 507 572 573 573 573 573 572 572 573 562 562 562 562 562 557 566 539 541 539 539 540 539 539 540 539 480 480 480 540 541 508 509 614 613 563 563 563 555 558 558 558 558 574 574 574 Model No. 7300.335 7320.435 7320.440 7320.441 7320.472 7320.475 7320.481 7320.485 7320.491 7320.530 7320.560 7320.570 7320.620 7320.630 7320.631 7320.700 7320.721 7320.730 7320.790 7320.792 7320.793 7320.794 7320.795 7320.796 7320.810 7320.812 7320.813 7320.814 7320.820 7320.830 7320.950 7338.120 7338.130 7338.160 7338.161 7338.162 7338.163 7338.164 7338.165 7338.166 7338.167 7338.168 7338.170 7338.171 7338.220 7338.320 7391.000 7394.035 7396.000 7400.000 7401.000 7402.000 7404.000 7408.510 7411.000 7412.510 7433.035 7437.035 7445.000 7450.035 7451.000 7455.030 7462.000 7463.100 Page 570 584 586 586 596 596 596 596 586 583 583 583 583 583 583 583 583 587 589 589 589 589 589 589 587 587 584 585 587 586 583 328 328 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 328 328 89 569 89 89 558 558 506 506 558 506 570 570 89 572 67 522 67 67 633 List of model numbers 7463.200 to 7824.282 Model No. 7463.200 7464.035 7465.035 7466.035 7466.735 7469.535 7470.535 7474.535 7478.535 7480.035 7480.300 7484.035 7485.035 7486.035 7486.735 7492.060 7492.070 7492.300 7492.400 7492.500 7493.000 7493.100 7493.230 7494.000 7495.000 7501.000 7501.100 7502.013 7502.014 7502.016 7502.024 7502.026 7502.034 7502.035 7502.036 7502.044 7502.045 7502.046 7502.054 7502.056 7502.064 7502.066 7502.114 7502.124 7502.126 7502.136 7502.144 7502.146 7502.166 7502.203 7502.204 7502.205 7502.206 7502.220 7502.240 7502.260 7502.302 7502.304 7502.310 7502.436 7502.446 7502.630 7502.660 7507.000 634 Page 67 480 480 480 480 573 573 573 573 509 509 480 480 480 480 560 560 560 560 560 373 373 373 558 374 54 567 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 554 554 554 554 424 503 503 528 528 517 57 58 59 59 55 Model No. 7507.010 7507.020 7507.030 7507.100 7507.110 7507.120 7507.200 7507.210 7507.220 7507.706 7507.709 7507.712 7507.715 7507.718 7507.721 7507.740 7507.750 7507.755 7507.760 7526.050 7526.750 7526.755 7526.760 7526.770 7526.780 7526.785 7526.790 7526.795 7526.800 7526.807 7526.820 7526.827 7526.829 7526.834 7526.850 7526.860 7526.964 7541.000 7542.000 7543.000 7544.000 7545.000 7546.000 7547.000 7548.000 7548.210 7549.000 7552.002 7552.020 7552.030 7552.040 7552.100 7552.110 7552.120 7552.122 7552.140 7552.142 7552.200 7552.201 7552.202 7552.203 7552.204 7552.205 7552.212 Page 55 56 56 55 55 56 56 56 56 554 554 554 554 554 554 374 371 371 222 424 383 383 383 383 383 383 383 383 383 436 383 436 383 383 383 383 470 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 502 504 591 592 592 592 591 591 596 596 596 596 594 595 595 595 595 595 594 Model No. 7552.214 7552.220 7552.420 7552.510 7561.500 7570.535 7574.535 7578.535 7581.500 7582.500 7604.000 7608.510 7610.000 7611.000 7641.000 7643.000 7644.000 7644.400 7645.000 7685.000 7688.000 7696.000 7698.000 7705.035 7705.110 7705.120 7705.235 7705.706 7705.709 7705.712 7705.715 7705.718 7705.721 7706.135 7709.135 7709.535 7709.735 7712.135 7715.135 7715.535 7715.735 7718.135 7721.135 7721.535 7721.735 7752.950 7794.420 7794.740 7816.120 7816.200 7816.360 7816.362 7816.380 7816.382 7820.100 7820.200 7820.300 7820.340 7820.350 7820.410 7820.500 7820.510 7820.600 7820.610 Page 595 596 596 593 366 573 573 573 366 366 506 506 535 535 65 65 66 487 65 553 553 553 553 518 418 418 517 553 553 553 553 553 553 61 61 60 60 61 61 60 60 61 61 60 60 504 549 549 387 387 404 404 404 404 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 84 84 Model No. 7820.650 7820.700 7820.710 7820.730 7820.740 7820.750 7820.770 7820.800 7820.810 7820.850 7821.100 7821.200 7821.300 7821.340 7821.410 7821.500 7821.510 7821.600 7821.610 7821.650 7821.700 7821.710 7821.730 7821.740 7821.750 7821.770 7821.800 7821.810 7821.850 7824.086 7824.106 7824.120 7824.126 7824.127 7824.128 7824.130 7824.132 7824.146 7824.148 7824.166 7824.168 7824.180 7824.183 7824.186 7824.188 7824.200 7824.201 7824.202 7824.203 7824.204 7824.205 7824.206 7824.207 7824.208 7824.220 7824.222 7824.223 7824.224 7824.225 7824.226 7824.227 7824.228 7824.280 7824.282 Page 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 387 387 387 387 403 387 406 406 387 387 387 387 387 403 387 387 387 403 403 403 403 403 387 403 387 387 403 403 403 403 387 403 387 404 404 Rittal Catalogue 33 List of model numbers 7824.310 to 7856.719 Model No. 7824.310 7824.312 7824.360 7824.362 7824.380 7824.382 7824.490 7824.510 7824.520 7824.522 7824.525 7824.540 7824.560 7824.580 7824.650 7825.150 7825.250 7825.260 7825.342 7825.350 7825.360 7825.361 7825.364 7825.365 7825.366 7825.367 7825.375 7825.380 7825.381 7825.382 7825.384 7825.385 7825.386 7825.387 7825.388 7825.601 7825.603 7825.605 7825.607 7825.608 7825.610 7825.612 7825.620 7825.622 7825.660 7825.680 7825.801 7825.803 7825.805 7825.807 7825.808 7825.810 7825.812 7825.860 7825.880 7825.900 7826.245 7826.360 7826.366 7826.368 7826.480 7826.486 7826.488 7826.588 Rittal Catalogue 33 Page 388 388 404 404 404 404 404 388 425 425 425 400 389 389 392 372 372 372 377 382 382 382 381 381 382 383 518 382 382 381 381 381 382 383 382 361 361 361 365 365 381 381 382 383 381 381 361 361 361 365 365 381 381 381 381 375 436 223 223 223 223 223 223 437 Model No. 7826.605 7826.625 7826.645 7826.665 7826.669 7826.685 7826.689 7826.750 7826.760 7826.766 7826.768 7826.780 7826.786 7826.788 7826.805 7826.806 7826.809 7826.825 7826.845 7826.865 7826.866 7826.869 7826.885 7826.886 7826.889 7827.000 7827.023 7827.024 7827.050 7827.061 7827.080 7827.081 7827.100 7827.101 7827.120 7827.121 7827.140 7827.141 7827.160 7827.161 7827.180 7827.181 7827.200 7827.201 7827.220 7827.221 7827.300 7827.310 7827.320 7827.330 7827.480 7827.490 7827.520 7827.532 7827.534 7827.536 7827.544 7827.550 7827.554 7827.560 7827.570 7827.590 7827.600 7827.800 Page 436 436 436 436 437 436 437 296 437 437 437 437 437 437 436 437 437 436 436 436 437 437 436 437 437 556 557 557 536 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 488 538 538 538 556 556 565 565 565 565 566 556 557 556 556 555 556 556 Model No. 7827.823 7827.824 7828.040 7828.050 7828.060 7828.061 7828.062 7828.080 7828.081 7828.082 7828.100 7828.101 7828.102 7828.120 7828.121 7828.122 7828.600 7828.660 7828.680 7828.800 7828.880 7828.950 7828.951 7828.960 7828.961 7828.970 7828.971 7829.100 7829.110 7829.150 7829.152 7829.200 7829.300 7829.400 7830.100 7830.110 7830.130 7830.200 7830.202 7830.230 7830.240 7830.250 7830.260 7830.270 7830.330 7830.335 7830.380 7830.550 7830.670 7830.850 7831.429 7831.433 7831.438 7831.442 7831.446 7831.453 7831.463 7831.472 7831.481 7831.485 7831.570 7831.571 7831.611 7831.621 Page 557 557 465 465 465 532 532 465 532 532 465 532 532 465 532 532 481 481 481 481 481 483 484 483 484 483 484 504 504 502 502 502 417 479 80 80 81 80 81 81 81 81 82 81 81 81 81 82 82 80 323 92 92 92 92 93 93 535 92 92 529 529 549 549 Model No. 7831.631 7831.641 7831.723 7831.724 7831.726 7831.800 7831.802 7831.803 7831.810 7831.812 7831.813 7855.340 7855.342 7856.003 7856.005 7856.006 7856.008 7856.010 7856.011 7856.013 7856.014 7856.015 7856.016 7856.017 7856.018 7856.019 7856.020 7856.022 7856.023 7856.025 7856.026 7856.027 7856.030 7856.043 7856.070 7856.080 7856.081 7856.082 7856.090 7856.095 7856.100 7856.101 7856.110 7856.120 7856.130 7856.140 7856.150 7856.160 7856.170 7856.180 7856.190 7856.201 7856.203 7856.204 7856.220 7856.230 7856.231 7856.240 7856.321 7856.323 7856.710 7856.713 7856.716 7856.719 Page 549 549 390 390 390 94 94 94 94 94 94 372 372 202 202 202 202 202 204 204 204 201 202 201 201 204 202 204 204 204 204 204 204 202 203 203 201 203 203 203 203 201 203 203 203 203 203 203 204 203 203 203 510 510 203 203 201 203 202 202 550 550 550 550 635 List of model numbers 7856.722 to 8600.665 Model No. 7856.722 7856.725 7856.728 7856.731 7856.734 7857.130 7857.150 7857.180 7857.190 7857.300 7857.310 7857.320 7857.321 7857.350 7857.364 7857.366 7857.372 7857.410 7857.420 7857.421 7857.423 7857.424 7857.430 7857.431 7857.432 7857.433 7857.434 7857.435 7857.437 7857.440 7857.441 7857.442 7857.443 7857.444 7857.445 7857.448 7857.482 7857.483 7857.488 7857.800 7857.801 7857.802 7857.803 7858.100 7858.160 7858.162 7858.200 7858.488 7859.120 7859.130 7859.212 7859.215 7859.222 7859.225 7859.232 7859.235 7870.614 7870.830 7885.000 7885.100 7885.200 7886.000 7886.100 7886.200 636 Page 550 550 550 550 550 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 193 198 198 196 198 347 347 347 190 190 190 190 190 196 196 196 196 196 197 197 197 197 190 190 196 199 199 199 199 546 532 532 536 224 203 203 203 510 203 510 203 510 569 569 223 223 223 223 223 223 Model No. 7890.020 7890.206 7890.208 7890.226 7890.228 7890.500 7950.100 7950.150 7950.200 7952.100 7963.310 7963.410 7963.510 7963.610 7963.710 7966.035 7967.000 7968.035 7980.000 7980.100 7980.148 7986.035 7988.035 7990.012 7990.014 7990.101 7990.103 7990.201 7990.203 7990.205 7990.206 7990.207 7990.208 7990.209 7990.210 7990.211 7990.213 7990.301 7990.303 7990.305 7990.306 7990.307 7990.308 7990.309 7990.310 7990.311 7990.313 7995.969 7995.992 7999.892 7999.893 7999.896 7999.897 7999.898 7999.961 7999.962 7999.963 7999.964 7999.965 7999.966 7999.970 7999.977 7999.978 7999.979 Page 597 597 597 597 597 597 554 430 430 496 560 560 560 560 560 221 438 221 222 222 222 221 221 346 346 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 346 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 346 323 322 323 323 324 324 322 326 326 326 326 326 326 323 324 324 324 Model No. 7999.980 7999.981 7999.982 7999.983 7999.984 7999.985 7999.986 7999.987 7999.988 7999.989 7999.990 7999.991 7999.992 7999.999 8000.100 8000.500 8001.040 8001.050 8001.060 8001.240 8001.250 8001.260 8001.280 8001.450 8001.460 8001.601 8001.605 8001.621 8001.625 8001.650 8001.660 8001.661 8001.665 8001.680 8001.681 8001.685 8001.800 8001.801 8001.805 8001.821 8001.825 8001.840 8001.850 8001.861 8001.880 8001.881 8001.885 8001.940 8001.950 8004.500 8005.500 8006.500 8080.500 8084.500 8100.235 8104.235 8104.500 8105.235 8105.500 8106.235 8106.500 8106.580 8108.235 8108.500 Page 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 326 326 322 359 359 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 358 73 73 74 71 71 385 385 386 385 386 385 386 76 385 386 Model No. 8115.235 8126.235 8126.500 8128.235 8145.235 8146.235 8148.235 8165.235 8166.235 8168.235 8170.235 8173.235 8174.235 8175.235 8176.235 8180.235 8184.235 8184.500 8185.235 8185.500 8186.235 8186.500 8188.235 8204.500 8205.500 8206.500 8208.500 8226.500 8245.500 8265.500 8284.500 8285.500 8286.500 8360.920 8366.000 8366.100 8366.200 8366.300 8366.400 8368.000 8368.100 8404.300 8450.600 8450.680 8451.600 8452.600 8453.600 8454.600 8455.600 8456.600 8457.600 8484.300 8504.300 8505.300 8584.300 8585.300 8600.255 8600.265 8600.455 8600.465 8600.510 8600.520 8600.655 8600.665 Page 385 385 386 385 385 385 385 385 385 385 385 385 385 385 385 385 385 386 385 386 385 386 385 73 73 74 74 75 70 71 71 72 72 366 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 401 172 76 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 401 401 401 401 401 363 363 363 363 363 363 363 363 Rittal Catalogue 33 List of model numbers 8600.855 to 8800.080 Model No. 8600.855 8600.865 8601.000 8601.010 8601.015 8601.025 8601.026 8601.030 8601.040 8601.050 8601.060 8601.065 8601.080 8601.085 8601.086 8601.100 8601.110 8601.130 8601.140 8601.200 8601.300 8601.400 8601.450 8601.500 8601.600 8601.602 8601.605 8601.640 8601.660 8601.680 8601.800 8601.802 8601.805 8601.850 8601.860 8601.905 8601.915 8601.920 8601.980 8602.000 8602.015 8602.025 8602.030 8602.040 8602.050 8602.060 8602.065 8602.080 8602.085 8602.100 8602.200 8602.400 8602.500 8602.600 8602.605 8602.800 8602.805 8602.850 8602.905 8602.915 8602.920 8602.980 8604.300 8604.500 Rittal Catalogue 33 Page 363 363 361 362 362 362 362 362 362 362 362 362 362 362 362 362 365 365 365 361 361 361 370 361 361 361 361 77 77 370 361 361 361 361 77 361 361 361 361 361 362 362 362 362 362 362 362 362 362 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 401 73 Model No. 8605.300 8605.500 8606.300 8606.500 8608.500 8609.020 8609.030 8609.040 8609.050 8609.060 8609.080 8609.100 8609.110 8609.120 8609.130 8609.140 8609.150 8609.160 8609.170 8609.190 8609.260 8609.390 8609.840 8609.850 8609.860 8610.600 8610.620 8610.680 8610.800 8610.820 8610.880 8611.010 8611.020 8611.030 8611.040 8611.045 8611.050 8611.060 8611.070 8611.080 8611.100 8611.110 8611.120 8611.130 8611.140 8611.150 8611.160 8611.170 8611.180 8611.190 8611.200 8611.210 8611.220 8611.250 8611.260 8611.270 8611.280 8611.290 8611.300 8611.330 8611.340 8611.350 8611.360 8611.370 Page 401 73 401 74 74 392 392 389 389 389 389 390 390 390 390 391 391 391 391 391 389 391 389 389 389 402 402 402 402 402 402 415 415 415 415 415 415 415 415 402 421 421 421 421 421 421 421 421 416 416 416 418 421 415 415 415 415 415 402 415 415 415 415 417 Model No. 8612.000 8612.010 8612.020 8612.030 8612.040 8612.050 8612.060 8612.080 8612.100 8612.120 8612.130 8612.140 8612.150 8612.160 8612.180 8612.200 8612.240 8612.250 8612.260 8612.280 8612.400 8612.410 8612.500 8612.520 8612.550 8612.560 8612.580 8612.600 8612.650 8612.660 8612.680 8612.750 8612.760 8612.780 8612.960 8612.980 8613.000 8613.010 8613.020 8613.030 8613.040 8613.060 8613.070 8613.080 8613.150 8613.160 8613.180 8613.300 8613.360 8613.640 8613.660 8613.860 8614.040 8614.050 8614.060 8614.100 8614.180 8614.200 8614.240 8614.250 8614.260 8614.640 8614.650 8614.660 Page 459 460 459 459 459 459 459 459 459 459 459 459 459 459 459 450 462 462 462 462 469 469 460 460 460 460 460 450 461 461 461 461 461 461 466 466 551 552 551 552 552 551 551 551 561 561 561 552 552 77 77 77 448 448 448 449 451 451 448 448 448 448 448 448 Model No. 8614.675 8614.680 8614.840 8614.850 8614.880 8616.602 8616.622 8616.700 8616.710 8616.720 8616.750 8616.760 8616.761 8616.762 8616.772 8616.773 8616.802 8616.822 8626.300 8626.500 8645.500 8665.500 8684.300 8684.500 8685.300 8685.500 8686.300 8686.500 8700.000 8700.010 8700.060 8700.120 8700.140 8700.150 8700.160 8700.600 8700.680 8700.800 8700.840 8700.850 8701.000 8701.040 8701.050 8701.060 8701.180 8701.200 8701.600 8701.800 8702.000 8702.040 8702.050 8702.060 8702.200 8702.600 8702.800 8800.020 8800.030 8800.040 8800.050 8800.060 8800.070 8800.071 8800.075 8800.080 Page 448 448 448 448 448 262 262 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 262 262 401 75 70 71 401 71 401 72 401 72 396 76 385 511 399 399 399 511 76 511 385 385 367 367 367 367 425 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 425 425 402 444 511 418 386 377 511 637 List of model numbers 8800.090 to 9665.780 Model No. 8800.090 8800.100 8800.110 8800.120 8800.130 8800.150 8800.160 8800.170 8800.180 8800.190 8800.200 8800.210 8800.220 8800.230 8800.240 8800.280 8800.290 8800.300 8800.310 8800.320 8800.330 8800.340 8800.350 8800.360 8800.370 8800.380 8800.390 8800.400 8800.410 8800.420 8800.430 8800.470 8800.490 8800.500 8800.510 8800.520 8800.531 8800.540 8800.560 8800.570 8800.580 8800.590 8800.600 8800.610 8800.620 8800.630 8800.640 8800.650 8800.660 8800.670 8800.680 8800.690 8800.710 8800.750 8800.751 8800.752 8800.753 8800.754 8800.806 8800.808 8800.830 8800.840 8800.850 8800.860 638 Page 444 511 387 511 462 479 479 399 479 425 376 376 375 425 479 445 375 463 463 463 473 477 477 471 472 463 363 395 395 396 397 398 396 395 525 525 526 525 488 525 488 395 499 444 499 444 464 464 499 399 499 500 425 526 526 526 526 526 471 471 377 399 399 399 Model No. 8800.880 8800.892 8800.900 8800.910 8800.920 8800.950 8801.000 8801.010 8801.310 8801.320 8801.330 8801.340 8801.350 8801.380 8801.450 8801.735 8801.745 8801.755 8801.765 8801.775 8802.060 8802.065 8802.080 8802.085 8802.100 8802.105 8802.120 8802.125 8802.160 8802.165 8802.220 8802.260 8802.280 8804.300 8804.500 8805.300 8805.500 8806.300 8806.500 8806.580 8808.500 8826.500 8845.500 8865.500 8880.500 8881.500 8884.500 8885.500 8886.500 8900.050 8900.060 8900.840 8900.850 9055.310 9055.312 9055.410 9055.412 9100.210 9101.210 9102.210 9103.210 9104.210 9105.210 9105.700 Page 399 399 481 481 366 425 405 405 296 296 296 296 296 296 405 433 433 433 433 433 512 513 512 513 512 513 512 513 512 513 446 446 446 401 73 401 73 401 74 76 74 75 70 71 72 72 71 72 72 393 393 393 393 590 590 590 590 32 32 32 32 32 32 33 Model No. 9106.210 9107.210 9108.210 9108.700 9110.210 9110.700 9111.210 9112.210 9112.700 9113.210 9113.700 9114.210 9114.700 9116.210 9116.700 9117.210 9117.700 9118.210 9118.700 9119.210 9121.122 9121.160 9121.230 9123.000 9201.600 9202.600 9203.600 9204.600 9205.600 9206.600 9207.600 9208.600 9209.600 9214.000 9266.000 9301.000 9302.000 9303.000 9304.000 9305.000 9306.000 9401.600 9402.600 9403.600 9404.600 9405.600 9406.600 9407.600 9408.600 9409.600 9500.000 9500.050 9502.000 9504.000 9505.000 9506.000 9507.000 9508.000 9508.050 9508.100 9509.000 9509.100 9510.000 9510.100 Page 32 32 32 33 32 33 32 32 33 32 33 32 33 32 33 32 33 32 33 32 33 33 33 33 177 177 177 177 177 177 177 177 177 503 440 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 28 30 28 28 28 28 28 28 30 28 28 28 28 28 Model No. 9511.000 9511.100 9512.000 9512.100 9513.000 9513.100 9514.000 9514.050 9514.100 9515.000 9515.100 9516.000 9516.100 9517.000 9517.100 9518.000 9518.100 9519.000 9519.100 9520.000 9520.100 9521.000 9521.050 9521.100 9522.000 9522.100 9523.000 9523.100 9524.000 9524.100 9530.000 9531.000 9545.000 9547.000 9548.000 9549.000 9550.000 9564.000 9565.000 9566.000 9567.000 9568.000 9580.000 9581.000 9582.000 9583.000 9659.525 9659.535 9659.545 9659.555 9660.210 9660.220 9660.235 9660.245 9660.255 9660.265 9660.935 9660.945 9660.955 9660.965 9665.750 9665.760 9665.770 9665.780 Page 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 30 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 30 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 30 30 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 434 434 434 434 469 469 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 435 435 435 435 Rittal Catalogue 33 List of model numbers 9665.785 to 9911.396 Model No. 9665.785 9665.903 9665.913 9665.923 9665.943 9665.953 9665.963 9671.446 9671.448 9671.468 9671.488 9671.536 9671.538 9671.546 9671.548 9671.568 9671.586 9671.588 9671.636 9671.638 9671.646 9671.648 9671.666 9671.668 9671.686 9671.688 9671.736 9671.738 9671.746 9671.748 9671.766 9671.768 9671.786 9671.788 9671.846 9671.848 9673.901 9673.902 9673.903 9673.915 9673.920 9673.940 Rittal Catalogue 33 Page 435 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 434 475 475 475 468 468 468 Model No. 9673.941 9673.950 9673.951 9673.953 9673.960 9673.961 9673.981 9673.983 9673.995 9674.056 9674.058 9751.015 9751.025 9751.035 9751.045 9751.055 9751.065 9751.075 9751.085 9752.015 9752.025 9753.015 9753.025 9753.035 9753.045 9753.055 9753.065 9753.075 9753.085 9753.095 9753.105 9753.115 9753.125 9753.135 9753.145 9753.155 9753.165 9753.175 9753.185 9753.195 9753.205 9754.015 Page 468 468 468 468 468 468 468 468 468 469 469 186 186 186 187 187 187 186 187 187 187 186 187 186 186 186 187 186 186 186 187 186 186 186 187 186 186 186 186 186 186 186 Model No. 9754.025 9754.035 9754.045 9755.015 9755.025 9755.035 9755.045 9755.055 9755.065 9756.015 9756.025 9756.035 9756.045 9756.055 9756.065 9757.015 9757.025 9757.035 9757.045 9757.055 9757.065 9758.015 9758.025 9758.035 9758.045 9758.055 9761.212 9762.212 9764.040 9765.051 9765.071 9765.072 9765.082 9765.083 9765.084 9765.085 9765.086 9765.087 9765.088 9765.089 9765.090 9765.092 Page 186 187 187 186 187 187 187 187 186 186 187 187 187 187 186 186 187 187 187 187 186 186 187 187 187 187 287 287 287 287 368 368 368 368 368 368 368 368 368 368 451 451 Model No. 9765.095 9765.096 9765.097 9765.120 9765.150 9765.182 9765.191 9768.152 9774.105 9774.205 9774.305 9774.405 9776.102 9776.152 9776.500 9776.550 9783.510 9783.520 9783.530 9783.540 9783.550 9783.610 9784.520 9784.540 9784.620 9784.640 9785.040 9785.042 9785.511 9785.512 9785.513 9785.514 9791.015 9791.025 9791.035 9791.045 9911.396 Page 451 451 451 441 497 368 451 287 185 185 185 185 286 286 286 286 183 183 183 183 183 183 184 184 184 184 416 416 384 384 384 384 182 182 182 182 611 639 Index A Access sensor 583 Accessories 355 – 624 – Climate control 291 – 305 – for cast aluminium enclosures GA 33 – for Data Rack 558 – for polycarbonate enclosures PK 31 – for Power System Module 204 – for UPS 196 – 199 – Hygienic Design 156, 157 – Support arm systems 142 – 146 – TopConsole 105 Accommodation system, 2 U – for LSA installation kit 574 Acoustic components – for signal pillars, modular 621 Acrylic glazed cover 408 Active kit for TE 224 Adaptor – 3U 562 – for levelling feet 375 – for L-shaped mounting angles 488 – for Siemens Pro-Panel 142 – for twin castors 375 – Metric to 482.6 mm (19˝) 562 Adaptor bracket – for TS 471 Adaptor frame – for wall-mounted cooling units 298 Adaptor kit, 3 U 562 Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝) – for TS, ES 552 Adaptor power pack for LED system light 495 Adaptor rail – for PS compatibility 463 Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝) – for TS 551 – for TS electronic enclosures 552 Adaptor sleeve, Flex-Block 359 Adaptors – for connector cut-outs 392 Add-on cover 283 Add-on unit – GSM unit quad-band 587 Adhesive measurement strip 554 Adjacent door latch for TS 417 Adjustable frame – for air/air heat exchangers 297 Adjustment set for support section 143 AE – Compact enclosures 44 – 46 – Wall-mounted distributors 65, 66 AE Laser Express 337 Air baffle plates for TS 565 Air diverter 293 Air duct system – for roof-mounted cooling units and air/water heat exchangers 291 Air/air heat exchangers 226 – 229 – Wall-mounted, railway-compatible version 228 Air/water heat exchangers 252 – 261 Aisle containment 278 All-glass door for DK-TS 404 Alternate frame, magnetic 430 Aluminium rivet 526 Aluminium strip 601 Analog airflow sensor 583 Analog differential pressure sensor 583 Angle adaptor 90° 146 Angle bracket PS 473 Angle piece 474 Angular baying brackets 397, 398 Anti-twist guard for cable shunting ring 534 AP universal consoles 107 AS interface element – for signal pillars, modular 621 640 Assembly block for TS Assembly parts – for system punchings Assembly screws Assembly tool – for HD cable gland Attachment – for punched section with mounting flange TS – for wall mounting HD – Pole clamp Auto Range power pack 463 501 568 521 460 156 441 302 B Base – for tubular door frame 616 Base configuration rail for CM 461 Base frame, divided 377 Base module for cable entry 383 Base mount – for cast feet 151 Base mounting bracket 376 Base mounting plate – for base/plinth 364 Base/plinth – Complete, sheet steel 369 – Complete, stainless steel 370 – for areas at risk from earthquakes 77 – for FlatBox 371 – Stationary 366 Base/plinth adaptor – for levelling feet 375 – for twin castors 375 Base/plinth baying brackets 362 Base/plinth cap 365 Base/plinth components – Front and rear, sheet steel 361 – Front and rear, stainless steel 367 Base/plinth trim panels – Side, sheet steel 362 – Side, stainless steel 367 – with brush strip 365 – with designer trim panels 366 Base/plinth trim, modular 367 Basic enclosures CS 183, 184 Basic modules – CMC III Processing Unit 580 – CMC III Processing Unit Compact 580 Basic Safe 322 Battery Manager RiBat 199 Battery packs – for PMC 12 196 Baying attachment 399 Baying brackets – for TS base/plinth 362 – for TS/TS and TS/PS 398 Baying clamp 395, 396 – for back-to-back mounting 399 Baying clip, Flex-Block 359 Baying connector – for Data Rack 558 – for TS 396, 400 Baying cover, top 399 Baying kit – for KL, AE 400 – for TE/TE 400 Baying seal, EMC 500 Baying system 394 – 401 Baying systems TS 8 70 – 77 – IP 66/NEMA 4X 76 – Stainless steel 172 Bit HD 156 Blanking cover – for fan-and-filter units/outlet filters 303 – for fibre-optic cut-outs 574 Blanking panel 571 Blanking plates, 482.6 mm (19˝) 564 Bottom-mounted adaptor – for enclosure internal thermostat and hygrostat Bracket – Wall bracket KS – Wall bracket TS/ES Bracket/spacer Brush strip – Vertical Built-in keyboard 19˝/4 U Bus enclosures BG – Stainless steel BUS system SK 294 440 440 474 518 566 609 39 – 41 161 295 C C rails 465 – 467 – for cable chamber enclosures 469 Cable attachment 530 Cable chamber for TS 363 Cable clamp rails – C rail 527 – Depth-variable 532 – for TS and 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames 532 – Mounting angle 527 Cable clamp strap – for patch panels 535 Cable clamp, variable 532 Cable clamping bracket 528 Cable clamps – for cable clamp rails 527 – for C rails 529 Cable conduit/cable conduit holder 529 Cable duct – for mounting plate 526 – for TS/TE 538 – for vertical TS section 525 Cable entry – on gland plate for TS, CM, TP 512, 513 Cable entry glands 435 Cable entry grommets 512 Cable entry module CP-L, round 524 Cable entry panel – 482.6 mm (19˝) 542 Cable entry plates 511 Cable gland plates – Metal 516, 517 – Plastic 514, 515 Cable glands – Brass 519 – EMC 499 – for fibre-optic technology 522 – for IW worktops 522 – Polyamide 519 – Stainless steel, HD 521 Cable lock PSM 204 Cable management 525 – 536 Cable management duct – Horizontal, 482.6 mm (19˝) 541 Cable management panel 539 – 541 – 2U 540 – for DK-TS 389 Cable manager 533 Cable route – for TS 536 – Vertical, for TS 536 Cable routing – 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level 537 – 542 – Snap-in 531 Cable routing bars 537 Cable routing channel – 482.6 mm (19˝) 540 Cable shunting ring 534 Cable support, hinged 490 Cable tie fastener 531 Cable ties 530 Cable tray – on the mounting frame 536 Rittal Catalogue 33 Index Cable tray, 2 U 541 Cage nut – front mounting, 482.6 mm (19˝) 568 Cam lock HD 156 Cam locks 421 – for operating panel 410 Captive nuts M5/M6 567 Captive nuts/threaded blocks 477 Cast aluminium enclosures GA 32, 33 Cast feet 371 Castors 374 Cat 5 patch cable 596 CD/disk box 427 Central earthing point 502 Chillers for IT cooling 272 Chillers for water – in floor-standing enclosure 268, 269 – TopTherm 264 – 267 Circuit-breaker 10 A – Connection component 496 Clamp rails for cables 527 Clamp strip, foam rubber 513 Client Access licence 346 Climate control – Modular Safe/Extend 325, 326 Climate control doors 249 Climate control system CW 274 Climate control system DX 276 Climate control units – for CS Toptec 286 Clipboard 603 Clips for gland plate 377 CM base configuration rail 461 CM compact system enclosures 48, 49 CM configurator 343 CMC III – CAN-Bus connection cable 584 – CAN-Bus Unit 580 – I/O Unit 581 – Monitoring system 578 – Mounting unit 585 – Power Unit 581 – Processing Unit 582 – Processing Unit Compact 582 Cold Plate – for frequency converters 262 Combination angle 398 Combination rails 528 Comfort handle 415, 589 Comfort Panel 116, 117 Command panel – Stainless steel 166, 167 – With display panel front 123 Command panel configurator 343 Command panel housing with door 121 Compact climate control Modular Safe 325 Compact enclosures – AE 44 – 46 – EMC 179 – HD 155 Compact light 493 Compact Panel 120 – Wall mounting bracket 442 Compact swing frame – for AE 547 Compact system enclosures CM 48, 49 Compensating panel for TS 400 Complete earthing kit 503 – Extension kit 502 Component shelf – 482.6 mm (19˝) installation 482 – for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings 485 – 487 – for frame attachment 480, 481 – Heavy-duty 483, 484 – Installation kits 488 – Static installation on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame 483 Concrete base/plinth 368 Condensate collecting bottle 302 Condensate discharge 384 Condensate hose 303 Rittal Catalogue 33 Condenser unit 283 Connecting plinth trim 365 Connection accessories – CMC III 583 – for LED system light 495 – for lights 496 Connection adaptor – CP-L to CP-L 142 – CP-L to CP-XL 142 – for signal pillar, LED compact 618 Connection cable/extension 585 Connection cables 596 – CAN-Bus 584 – for LED system lights 495 – for lights 496 – for power pack, TFT monitor 606 – for PSM busbar 204 Connection component – for signal pillars, modular 619 Connection console CP-L – for Beckhoff Control-Panels 142 Connection cover 604 Connection element – with air circuit-breaker 496 Connection hose, bottom and top 283 Connection kit 305 Connection plates CP-L 143 Connector gland 522, 524 – Sealing frame 523 – Sealing modules 523 Connector grommets 512 Connector pieces – for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm 475 – Frame connector piece for TS 475 Connectors – Enclosure surface connector 603 – for enclosures 441 – for frame 442 – for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm 475 Console for SSC 594, 595 Consoles – One-piece consoles AP 170 – One-piece consoles TP 106 – TopConsole 98 – 105 – Universal consoles TP 107 Contact cutter 500 Contact paint 500 Contact washers 501 Control unit for EC fan-and-filter units 294 Converter for SSC 595 Cooling medium for recooling systems 305 Cooling modules “Blue e” 248 Cooling units – for CS modular enclosures 287 – for CS Toptec 286 – Roof-mounted 244, 247 – Wall-mounted 233, 243 Corner connectors – for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm 475 Corner enclosures TS 8 401 Corner handle 602 Courtesy light 492 Cover – Acrylic glazed 408 Cover cap – for TS base/plinth components 365 Cover hinge – for KL 425 Cover plates – for connector cut-outs 392 – for fan panels FlatBox 222 – for support arm connection 604 Cover retainer – for KL 425 Cover with door for TS 392 CP housing couplings for desktop mounting 144 CP-C support arm system 134 – 137 CP-L support arm system 130 – 133 CP-L to CP-L 142 CP-S, steel, support arm system 126 – 129 CPU cable for SSC 596 CP-XL support arm system 138 – 141 CRAC system CW 274, 275 CRAC system DX 276, 277 Crane bracket 398 Cross member – adjustable 370 Cross-brace – for mounting plates, for TS, ES 447 CS – Modular enclosures 186, 187 – New Basic enclosures 183, 184 – Toptec 185 – Wall-mounted enclosures 182 D Data Centre Container DCC 327 Data distributors 569 Data Rack 88 DC fan mounting plate – for TS 224 Deflector 90° for air duct system 291 Depth stay for mounting angles – PS 553 Depth stays – for Data Rack 558 Depth stays as installation kit – for mounting angles 556, 557 Depth stays for mounting angles – TS 556 Digital enclosure internal temperature display and thermostat 293 Display board with bracket 603 Display Unit II 586 Distributor clip 538 Distributor racks – Data Rack 88, 558 – TE 7000 open 88 Divider kit – for pull-out frame 547 Divider panel – for module plates TS 390 – for TS 389 Divider panel seal, EMC 500 Document clip, magnetic 430 Door comfort handle 589 Door control module 589 Door Control System 588 Door kit 589 Door latch mechanism – for bayed suites 393 Door stay for escape routes for TS 429 Door switch 589 Door-mounted fan – for server enclosures TS, TE 225 Door-operated switch 495, 496 Door variants 402 – 406 Drawer – 482.6 mm (19˝) 563, 609 – 482.6 mm (19˝), for keyboard and mouse 612, 613 – 482.6 mm (19˝), for keyboards 614 – 482.6 mm (19˝) to accommodate surplus cable length 539 – Installation kits 563 – Tray 481 Dust guard trim – for AE, CM, EB, KL, BG 432 – for TS, ES 432 641 Index E F G Earth clamps, EMC 500 Earth rails 504 Earth straps 501 Earthing kit – for KL 503 – for QuickBox 503 – KE, for KL, AE, TS 503 – Pre-assembled, for DK-TS 504 Earthing kit, complete – for DK-TS 502 – for TE 503 Earthing plate 502 Earthing point, central 502 Earthing strap 501 Earthquake base/plinth 77 Earthquake kit, TS 8 77 E-Box EB 37, 38 – EMC 178 Edge protector 522 EL wall-mounted distributors 60 – 64 Electric condensate evaporator 302 EMC – Compact enclosures AE 179 – Earth clamps 500 – E-Box EB 178 – Gland plates 499 – Shield bus 498, 499 – Shielding bracket 498 EMC cable glands 499 EMC seals – Baying seal 500 – Divider panel seal 500 Enclosure attachment – Tilting, base mounting CP-L, rectangular 143 – Tilting, top mounting 145 Enclosure connector, adjustable 441 Enclosure flange 151 Enclosure for tower PC 109 Enclosure heaters 289 Enclosure internal fan – for TS 221 Enclosure internal thermostat 294 Enclosure keys 424 – Hygienic Design 156 Enclosure light 497 Enclosure panel fasteners, internal – for TS 386 Enclosure reinforcement 151 Enclosure suites 394 Enclosure surface connector 603 Enclosure systems – PC 108, 109 – Stainless steel 171, 172 – TS 69 – 77 Energy-Box 509 Energy-saving extractor plenum 305 Entry grommets – for cables 512 – for connectors 512 EPLAN platform 338, 339 Ergoform-S lock system 419 ESD connection point 504 Ex enclosures 174 – 177 – Plastic 177 – Stainless steel 176 Explosion-proof cooling units 243 Extension cable 585 Extension kit – for complete earthing kit 502 – for earth rail, vertical 504 Eyebolts 438 Fan – 24 V DC with speed monitoring 587 Fan Control System FCS 587 Fan expansion kit 222 – for door-mounted fan TS 225 Fan mounting plate – for TS 221, 224 Fan roof, modular, two-piece – for TS 223 Fan systems – for TS 219 Fan unit, active – for TE 224 Fan-and-filter units – Accessories for filter technology 299 – 302 – TopTherm 212 – 216 Fastener for support arm connection 604 Fastening bolts – for base/plinth 364 – for component shelves 490 Feet 371, 373, 374 Fibre-optic – Blanking cover 574 – Breakout box, 1 U 572 – Cable management panel 541 – Patch panels 570, 573 – Shunting ring 535 – Small distributor, polycarbonate 67 – Splicing boxes and accessories 572, 573 – Splicing cassette holder 572 Filter holder for roof ventilation 304 Filter mats – for base/plinth component, vented 366 – for climate control door/section door 300 – for cooling units 299, 300 – for discontinued cooling units 299 – for heat exchangers 300 – for one-piece gland plate 382 – for tangential fans/front outlet grilles 299 Fine filter mats – for discontinued fan-and-filter units/outlet filters 302 – for fan-and-filter units 302 Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC 328 – 329 Fixture with rods, 3 U – for LSA strips 574 Flat screen 606 FlatBox 55, 56 FlatBox base/plinth 371 Flex-Block 358 Flex-Block base/plinth system 358 Flexible hose 263 Flow regulator valve 304 Fluid distribution manifold 263 FM – Universal mounting bracket 575 Foam rubber cable clamp strip 513 Folding keyboard 609 Folding lever handle – for CM 416 Fold-out tray – for keyboard and mouse 609 Frame connector – for Comfort Panel 442 Frame connector piece – for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm 475 Front cover 283 Front outlet grille 2 U – for tangential fans 304 Front panels – for Comfort Panel and Optipanel 604 – for Compact Panel 604 Fuel cell system 205 Gas pressurised spring – for viewing window Gland plate – for CM, TP Gland plate modules for DK-TS Gland plate modules, vented Gland plates – EMC – for cable entry – for CS New Basic enclosures – for DK-TS, multi-piece – for TS, one-piece – Metal – Plastic – with membranes, plastic Glazed door – for DK-TS – for TS Grommets – for cable entry – for connector entry GSM unit quad-band Guide – for mounting plate 642 408 378 – 380 382 382 514 – 518 499 435 384 381 381 516 – 518 514, 515 515 403 402 512 512 587 446 H Handle adaptor Handle frame – for operating housings Handle set – for Comfort Panel – for Optipanel Handles – Corner handle – Folding lever handle – for component shelves – for mounting plates – Plastic handles – Security handle with code – Swivel handle – T handles – U handles Heat exchangers – Air/air – Air/water – for CS modular enclosures – for CS Toptec – LCP Inline CW and DX – LCP Passive CW – LCP rack CW and DX – LCP T3+ CW High density cable duct Hinge attachment – for partial mounting plate TS Hinge pin remover Hinged blanking plate Hinged cable support Hinged lid for interfaces Hinges – 130°/180° – exterior, for GA – for blanking plates – for PK – for TS side panel Holder – for cable conduit – for mouse – for protective bar – for TFT Horizontally hinged FT stay Hose-proof hood Housing coupling – CP-XL for desktop mounting 402 601 601 600 600 602 416 490 447 420 417 417 420 602 226 226 – 229 252 – 261 287 286 280 282 279 281 538 449 425 564 490 617 425 33 564 31 387 529 615 405 607 408 303 144 Rittal Catalogue 33 Index HPC racks – for High Performance Cooling Hygienic Design HD – Accessories – Bit – Cable gland – Cam lock – Compact enclosures – Enclosure key – Levelling feet – Rails for interior installation – Terminal boxes – Wall spacer bracket Hygrostat 94 156, 157 156 521 156 155 156 156 157 154 156 294 K Key 424 Keyboard – Built-in keyboard with touchpad 609 – Pull-out 608 Keyboard drawer 612 – 614 Keyboard rack, 482.6 mm (19˝) 611 Keyboard support 610 Keyboard, 482.6 mm (19˝) 611 Kit for separate frame TS 479 KVM switches 591 – 596 I L Identification strips 409, 432 – for patch panels 571 Incandescent lamps – for steady and flashing light components 620 Industrial Workstations 110, 111 – Base for tubular door frame 616 – Cast feet 371 Infill panels – for adaptor sections 552 – for TS network enclosures 565 Infrared acess sensor 583 Installation examples, rail systems 456 – 458 Installation kit – Depth-variable 488, 563 – for back-to-back mounting plates TS 445 – for component shelves 488, 563 – for drawers 488, 563 – for mounting angles 555 – 557 – for swing frame, small 543 – TS, width-variable 556 Integrated louvres 298 Interconnecting cables – for lights 495 Interface box 616 Interface board 295 Interface extension with wall connection and built-in RJ 45 module 616 Interface flaps – modular 617 Interior door for AE IP 69K 406 Interior installation – Rails for CM, TP 459 – Rails for AE 459 Internal latch – for side panel, lockable 388 IP 66 baying systems TS 76 IP console – for SSC premium 595 ISDN unit 586 Isolator door cover 393 IT configurator 343 Label panel – for signal pillars, modular 622 Latch for adjacent door TS 417 LCP Inline CW and DX 280 LCP Passive CW 282 LCP rack CW and DX 279 LCP T3+ CW 281 Leakage sensor 583 Levelling component for TS base/plinth 364 Levelling feet 371, 373, 374 – Hygienic Design 156 Lid for interfaces 617 Lights – 1U 497 – Compact light 493 – Courtesy light 492 – Enclosure light 497 – LED 494 – Standard light 492 – System lights 491 – Universal light 492 Lint screen 301 Liquid Cooling Package 279 – 283 Locating adaptor 143 Lock components for frame TS 402 Lock cover 422, 423 Lock cylinder inserts 422 Lock inserts 416, 421 Lock nut, stainless steel 521 Lock systems – for compact enclosures, sheet steel 411 – for console systems and industrial workstation, sheet steel 413 – for enclosures and cases, stainless steel 414 – for large enclosures, sheet steel 412 Lockable and adjacent door for TS 405 Locking bar latch 418 Louvred grille – for lint screen 301 M J Junction box – with multi-functional bracket Rittal Catalogue 33 508 Master/slave adaptor for Thermoelectric Cooler 295 Measurement module PSM 204 Mechanical maintenance bypass 196 Membrane gland plate 515 Metal filters for climate control units 300 Metal gland plates 516 Microsoft Operations Manager 346 Mini-comfort handle 418 Mini-chillers 264, 265 Mini-fan 222 Modular climate control concept 248, 249 Modular enclosures CS 186, 187 Modular Safe 323 Modular Safe Extend 324 Module plates 391 – for TE 383 Monitor frame 409 Monitor switches 591, 592 Monitor, flat 606 Monitor/keyboard unit, 1 U 590 Monitoring 577 Monitoring system CMC III 578 Motion detector 583 Mounting – Wall mounting bracket 441 Mounting angles – Additional fastening attachment 555 – C rails 465, 467, 469 – for CS Basic and modular enclosures 553 – for CS Toptec 549 – for DK-EL 553 – for FlatBox 554 – for QuickBox 554 – for TS 549 – for VerticalBox 554 – Installation kits 553, 555 – 557 – Metric 549 Mounting block for AE 476 Mounting bracket 470, 472 – FM universal mounting bracket 575 – for CP 470 Mounting clip for support rails 467 Mounting components – for signal pillar 622 – 624 Mounting frame – 482.6 mm (19˝) 550 – for TS 557 Mounting kit – for cable trays 536 – for Comfort Panel 605 – for Optipanel 605 – for VerticalBox 567 – Magnet 493 – TS, width-/depth-variable 555 Mounting kit PSM – for busbar 204 Mounting kit, 2 U 557 Mounting panel 482.6 mm (19˝), 2 U 566 Mounting plates 443, 469, 470 – Adjustment bracket for KS 446 – Attachment 444, 445 – Attachment for CM 447 – Cross-brace for TS, ES 447 – for cast aluminium enclosures GA 33 – for CS Basic and modular enclosures and for CS Toptec 451 – for KL and KL-HD 443 – for polycarbonate enclosures 31 – for TS 451 – Infill for TS 443 – Slide block for CM 446 – Slide rail for TS 446 – Small 450 – Transport handles for TS, ES 447 Mounting unit – for enclosure frame 585 Mounting unit, 1 U 586 Mouse holder 615 Mousepad – for keyboard rack 611 – Support 610, 614, 615 Multiple lock 423 Multi-seal inserts 520 Multi-tooth screws 478, 567 643 Index N NEMA 4X, NEMA 4 – Enclosures TS – Wall-mounted cooling units Network cable Network distribution enclosures Network enclosures – Based on Rittal TE 7000 – Based on Rittal TS 8 New Basic enclosures CS Noise protection kit for TS Nuts – for TS section Nylon loop Nylon loop cable holder 76 242 596 78 – 89 85 – 87 80 – 84 183 – 184 392 477 471 530 531 O One-piece consoles – AP, stainless steel – TP, sheet steel Operating housing – With handle strips Operating panel Optical components – for signal pillars, modular Optipanel Outdoor climate control – Modular Safe Outdoor enclosures Outlet filter Overflow valve Overvoltage protection PSM 170 106 122 410 620 118, 119 326 181 – 187 303 304 204 P Pair of mounting angles, second 558 Panel 540 – with solid tray 570 Paper removal flap 615 Parallel hot swap chassis UPS 197 Partial mounting plates – for ES, CS Basic and modular enclosures 449 – for TS, CS Toptec 448 – Locatable 450 Partition 390 Patch cable, Cat 5 596 Patch panels 67, 569 – 571, 573 PC enclosure systems 108, 109 – Stainless steel 171 PE busbar 503 Pedestal, complete 148 Pedestal, modular 147 Perforated mounting strip – for AE stainless steel, TP universal console 427 Perforated plate – Base/plinth trim, modular 367 Pillar 150 – Small 149 Pivot CP-L 145 Plastic – Base/plinth 358, 359 – Cable gland plates 514 – Enclosures KS 50, 51 – Ex enclosures 177 – Gland plates 515 – Handles 420 Plate – for base mounting 364 Plug-in PSM modules for busbar 201 644 PMC 12 relay card 196 PMC UPS accessories 196 – 199 Pole clamp 441 Polyamide reducers – for cable glands 520 Polycarbonate enclosures PK 28 – 31 Potential equalisation rail 504 Potential equalisation star 502 Power Control for SSC 596 Power Control Unit 510 Power Distribution Rack/Module 200 Power engineering software 341 Power packs – 24 V (DC) 302 – CMC III 584 – for PU II/Basic CMC/FCS 584 – for SSC 596 – for TFT monitor 606 Power System Module 201 – 204 Premium Panel 166 Pressure relief stoppers 384 Primer/paint 388 – Contact paint 500 Processing Unit Compact, CMC III 582 Processing Unit, CMC III 582 Programming cable 584 Protective bar – for TS 405 PSM busbar 201, 202 PSM socket modules 201 – 203 Pull-out frame, 482.6 mm (19˝) 547 Punched rails – 17 x 17 mm for TS 468 – 18 x 38 mm, TS 462 – 23 x 23 mm, PS 463 – 23 x 73 mm, PS 464 – 25 x 38 mm, TS 461 Punched section with mounting flange – 17 x 73 mm, TS 459, 460, 488 – 23 x 73 mm, PS 464 – 23 x 73 mm, TS 460 – for coupling section 469 Punched section without mounting flange – 23 x 73 mm, PS 464 – 45 x 88 mm, TS 461 Q Quality management Quick-action vent valve Quick-assembly block QuickBox Quick-change frame – for roof-mounted cooling units Quick-fit baying clamps Quick-release fastener – for QuickBox 353 263 474 57 – 59 297 395 304 424 R Rack-mounted fans 217 – 218 Rail mounting bracket 476 Rail systems 456 – 470 Rails – Base configuration rail for CM 461 – for EMC shielding bracket and strain relief 498 – for interior installation 157 – for interior installation AE 459 – for interior installation CM, TP 459 – Support rails for TS, CM, PC, TP 450 Rain canopies – for AE, CM 431 RCCMD software 347 Reinforcement – for enclosure 151 Reinforcement bracket – for TS, SE, TP universal console 377 Relay card PMC 12 196 RFID – Controller 597 – Mounting frame 597 – Tags 597 RiBat, Battery Manager 199 RiCAD 3D 337 RiCell Flex fuel cell system 205 Ride-up roller – for TS, ES, PC 430 RiDiag II 347 RiZone software 345, 346 RJ 45 – Installation module and extension 616 Roof 431 – 438 Roof mounting screw 438 Roof plates – for Data Rack 558 – for DK-TS 436, 437 – for SV-TS 434 – Multi-piece 436 – TS for cooling units 296 Roof vent 220 Roof-mounted – Cooling units 244 – 247 – Fans 219, 220 – Heat exchangers air/air 229 – Heat exchangers air/water 252 – 254 S Screen, flat 606 Screws 478, 567, 568 Sealing bungs – for cable glands 520 Second pair of mounting angles 558 Section doors for cooling modules 249 Section for cable entry – for TS, CM, TP 512, 513 Security handle with code 417 Security lock 423 Security rooms 331 Self-tapping screws 478 Semi-cylinder lock 422 Server enclosures – Based on Rittal TS 7000 95 – Based on TS 8 92, 93 – for High Performance Cooling 94 Server Switch Control 591 Service socket 509 Shallow air duct system 292 Shallow duct extension 292 Sheet steel door for DK-TS – Vented 403 – Vertically divided 404 Sheet steel glazed door, vertically divided – for TS 404 Shelves – for AE with pull-out frame 487 – See component shelves 480 – 490 Shield bus, EMC 499 Shielding – Vertical 283 Shunting ring 533, 534 Shunting ring fibre-optic 535 Side panels – Asymmetrical, for TS 386 – for cable chamber 363 – for TE 388 – for top mounting module 433 – Lockable, for TS 387 – Plug-type, divided 388 – Screw-fastened, for TS, sheet steel 385 – Screw-fastened, for TS, stainless steel 385 Rittal Catalogue 33 Index Side parts for static installation of component shelves 489 Signal pillars 618, 619 – Optical components 620 Single-phase connection cable 204 SK BUS system 295 Slide rails 558 – 561 – for mounting plate TS 446 – for swing frames 548 Small distributor – Fibre-optic, polycarbonate 67 Smoke detector 583 Snap-in cable routing 531 Snap-on nut TS 471 Socket strips 505 – 507, 510 – CMC 508 Sockets 508, 509 Software 337 – 347 Spacers 426 – for roof plate TS 438 Spare filter mat – for base/plinth component 366 – for EMC fan-and-filter unit 301 – for fan-and-filter units/outlet filters 301 – for filter holder 301 – for gland plate modules 382, 383 – for thermoelectric cooler 301 Spare key 424 Speed control 295 Spring nut – M5 478 Spring nuts – M6 568 Spring washer 418 SSC – compact 591 – Console Cat 5 594 – Console IP 595 – Console local 594 – Converter 595 – Converter VT100 595 – Duo 16 593 – Power Control for SSC premium 596 – Power Pack 596 – premium 592 – view 591 Stabiliser bracket for base/plinth TS 372 Stabiliser for TS server enclosures 372 Stainless steel 158 – 172, 176 – AE protection category IP 69K 165 – Base/plinth 370 – Baying systems TS 8 172 – Bus enclosures BG 161 – Cable entry plates 511 – Cable gland 521 – Command panel housing with door 167 – Compact enclosures AE 162 – 164 – Cooling units – roof-mounted 244 – 247 – Cooling units – wall-mounted 234 – 243 – Ex enclosures 176 – One-piece consoles AP 170 – PC enclosure systems 171 – Premium Panel 166 – Support arm system CP-S 168, 169 – Switch housing 160 – Terminal boxes KL 161 – Viewing window 409 Stand systems 147 – 151 Standard light 492 Stationary base/plinth 366 Stay – Door stay for escape routes 429 – for door 429 – for viewing window 408 Stepped collar 524 Stoppers – for roof-mounted cooling units 292 Straps, earth straps 501 Strengthener – for desk unit 105 Sub-distribution UPS 197, 198 Rittal Catalogue 33 Subracks – Configurator 343 Supplementary unit – ISDN unit 586 Support – for keyboards 610 – for mousepad 610, 614, 615 – for small appliances 566 Support arm bracket 90° CP-L 145 Support arm configurator 343 Support arm system – Accessories 142 – 146 – CP-C 134 – 137 – CP-L 130 – 133 – CP-S, steel 126 – 129 – CP-XL 138 – 141 Support arm, height adjustable, for support arm system CP-L/CP-C 144 Support bracket 473 Support rail, locatable 450 Support rails 467 – 65 x 42 mm for TS, ES 466 – for polycarbonate enclosures 31 – for TS, ES, CM 466 Support strips – for AE 426 – for TS, CM, ES, TP 426, 462 Support unit, 3 U 574 Surface connector for enclosures 603 Surplus cable holder 536 Swing frame – Installation kit 543 – Large, with trim panel 546 – Large, without trim panel 545 – Small, for TS 543 – Stay 548 – Vario, for ES and CS modular enclosures 544 Switches 591 – 596 Swivel handle for sheet steel door DK-TS 417 System accessories 355 – 624 System attachment – for frequency converters 263 System lights 491, 494 System support rails 466 System supports – for cable routes 535 System window 407 T T handles Tangential fans 482.6 mm (19˝) T-connector piece TE 7000 – Network enclosures – Open, distributor racks – Server enclosures Telescopic slides – for component shelves Temperature display and thermostat Temperature sensor Temperature/humidity sensor Terminal boxes KL – Cover hinge – Cover retainer – HD TFT – Monitor TFT display, 15˝ TFT holder TFT holder, vertically hinged Therm software Thermoelectric cooler Threaded adaptor Threaded inserts M6 for KS 420 217, 218 475 85 – 87 88 95 489 293, 294 583 583 34 – 36 425 425 154 606 611 607 607 341 232 304 478 Three-phase connection cable for PSM busbar 204 Top mounting module for TS 433 TopConsole system TP 98 – 105 – Accessories 105 Top-hat rail module 569 Top-hat rails 467 TopTherm – Chillers 264 – 267 – Fan-and-filter units 212 – 216 – LCP 279 – 282 – Wall-mounted cooling units 233, 234 TopTherm “Blue e” – for office and IT applications 246 – Roof-mounted cooling units 244 – 247 – Wall-mounted cooling units 235 – 243 Touchscreen 606 Touchscreen display – for LCP rack, Inline, T3+ 283 TP – One-piece consoles 106 – Universal consoles 107 Transport and mounting handle – for TS/ES doors 430 Transport bracket 398 Transport castors – for base/plinth, complete, sheet steel 370 – for TE 375 – for TS base/plinth 363 Transport handles for mounting plates – for TS, ES 447 Transport kit for DK-TS 375 Transport plinth 368 Tray, drawer tray 481 Trim frame – for slimline cooling units 297 – for TS 8 406 Trim panels – for base/plinth 366 – for cast feet 151 – for CM 381 – for pedestal 151 – for TP 105 TS – Adaptor rail for wiring systems 479 – Assembly block 463 – Punched rail 461, 462 – Punched section with mounting flange 459, 460 – Punched section without mounting flange 461 – Support strips 462 TS 8 configurator 343 TS 8 enclosures 68 – 77 – Corner enclosures 401 – Door locking 393 – IP 66/NEMA 4X and NEMA 4 76 – Isolator door cover 393 – Network enclosures 80 – 84 – Server enclosures 90 – 94 – Stainless steel 172 Turn-lock fastener – for PK 31 Twin castors 374 U U handles U nuts Under-floor frame – for DK-TS Universal bracket Universal consoles TP Universal light Universal lock Universal lock unit Universal mounting bracket FM 602 477 372 476 107 492 583 587 575 645 Index Universal sensor UPS – PMC 12 – PMC 120 – PMC 200 – PMC 40 (type 1-4) – PMC 40 (type 5) – PMC 800 UPS monitoring card (SNMP card) USB extension Utility bars, vertically hinged Utility lectern Utility table for 482.6 mm (19˝) 583 190 193 194 191 192 195 198 616 610 427 487 RAL colours Colour RAL Designation 5002 ultramarine blue 5018 turquoise blue 7015 slate grey 7022 umbra grey V 7024 graphite grey 7030 stone grey Vandalism sensor 583 Variable modular climate control concept 405 Vario swing frame – for ES and CS modular enclosures 544 Vent attachment 219 – TS 296 Vent cover 296 Ventilated front panels 564 VerticalBox 54 Viewing window 408 – for operating panel 410 – stainless steel 409 Voltage monitor 583 Voltage supply 505 – 510 7032 pebble grey 7033 cement grey 7035 pale grey 8019 grey brown 9005 jet black 9006 white aluminium 9011 graphite black 9017 traffic black W Wall angle 440 Wall bracket for TS, ES 440 Wall mounting bracket 439, 440 – for Compact Panel 442 – for CS wall-mounted enclosures 441 – Vertically hinged 442 Wall mounting bracket for AE 439 Wall mounting brackets – for cast aluminium enclosures 33 – for polycarbonate enclosures 31 Wall spacer bracket HD 156 Wall-mounted cooling units 233 – 243 Wall-mounted enclosures – AE 65, 66 – CS 182 – EL 60 – 64 – QuickBox 57 – 59 – Small fibre-optic distributors 67 Wall-mounted heat exchangers – Air/air 226 – 228 – Air/water 255 – 261 Wall-mounted network distributors 53 – 67 Washers, contact washers 501 Width divider 376 Window – Viewing window 408, 409 – Viewing window for operating panel 410 Windows – System window 407 Wiring plan lectern 427 Wiring plan pockets 428, 429 We reserve the right to further developments and technical modifications of our products. Such modifications, along with errors and printing errata, shall not constitute grounds for compensation. We refer customers to our Terms of Sale and Delivery. 646 Rittal Catalogue 33 2012 /2013 Catalogue 33 Edition 2012 / 2013 䡲 Enclosures Catalogue 33 䡲 Power Distribution 䡲 Climate Control 䡲 IT Infrastructure 12.2011 / E913 䡲 Software & Services RITTAL GmbH & Co. KG Postfach 1662 䡠 D-35726 Herborn Phone +49(0)2772 505-0 䡠 Fax +49(0)2772 505-2319 E-mail: info@rittal.de 䡠 www.rittal.com ENCLOSURES POWER DISTRIBUTION CLIMATE CONTROL IT INFRASTRUCTURE SOFTWARE & SERVICES
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : No Has XFA : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c041 52.342996, 2008/05/07-20:48:00 Creator Tool : FrameMaker 8.0 Modify Date : 2011:11:10 10:48:13+11:00 Create Date : 2011:10:20 13:56:50Z Metadata Date : 2011:11:10 10:48:13+11:00 Format : application/pdf Title : handbuch_33_apm.book Creator : TYPOGRAFIK Producer : Acrobat Distiller 8.1.0 (Windows) Document ID : uuid:cafa97e3-c1c0-4365-8dd2-2ee78b1878f7 Instance ID : uuid:0818b065-e2dd-4e76-9815-48c657b88b22 Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseNone Page Count : 648 Author : TYPOGRAFIKEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools